As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2025

Registration No. 333-289556

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

________________________________________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

________________________________________________

JM Group Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

________________________________________________

British Virgin Islands

 

5092

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1,
1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: +852 2770 2712

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

________________________________________________

Puglisi & Associates

850 Library Ave., Suite 204

Newark, Delaware 19711

Telephone: (302) 738-6680

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

________________________________________________

With a Copy to:

Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Joy Hui, Esq.

Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building

666 Third Avenue, 20th floor

New York, NY 10017

Tel: (212) 451-2908

 

Jing Ye, Esq.

Ye & Associate, P.C.

275 5th Avenue,2nd Floor

New York, NY 10016

Tel: (929)-300-7489

________________________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: Promptly after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 11, 2025

3,750,000 Ordinary Shares

JM Group Limited

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of 3,750,000 ordinary shares of JM Group Limited (the “Company” or “JM Group”, and when referring to the consolidated company including the Company’s subsidiaries, “we”, “us”), par value $1.00 per share (“Ordinary Shares”). The estimated initial public offering price for the Ordinary Shares in the offering is expected to be between $4 and $5 per Ordinary Share.

JM Group will reserve the symbol “[•]” for the purpose of listing its Ordinary Shares on NYSE American. This offering is contingent upon the final approval from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) for the listing of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares on NYSE American. JM Group will not proceed to consummate this offering if NYSE denies its listing application. However, there can be no guarantee or assurance that the offering will be closed and JM Group’s Ordinary Shares will be approved for trading on NYSE American.

Investing in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 24 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

JM Group is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”). As a holding company with no material operations, JM Group’s operations are conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited (“JM Manufacturing HK”), in Hong Kong, a special administrative region of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). This is an offering of the Ordinary Shares of JM Group, the holding company incorporated in BVI, instead of shares of JM Manufacturing HK, JM Group’s operating entity in Hong Kong. You may never directly hold any equity interest in JM Group’s operating entity.

Our corporate structure may involve unique risks to investors. We are not based in mainland China and do not have operations or generate revenue in mainland China, except that the manufacturers that manufacture our products are located in mainland China. We currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary in mainland China, and do not foresee the need to enter into any contractual arrangements with a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to establish a VIE structure in mainland China. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, we generated all our revenues from Hong Kong. For the six months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, we generated all our revenues from Hong Kong.

Pursuant to the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (the “Basic Law”), which is a national law of the PRC and the constitutional document for Hong Kong, national laws of the PRC shall not be applied in Hong Kong except for those listed in Annex III of the Basic Law and applied locally by promulgation or local legislation. The Basic Law expressly provides that the national laws of the PRC which may be listed in Annex III of the Basic Law shall be confined to those relating to defense and foreign affairs as well as other matters outside the autonomy of Hong Kong. The basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong as a special administrative region of the PRC are reflected in the Basic Law, providing Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”.

However, in light of the PRC government’s recent expansion of authority in Hong Kong, we may be subject to uncertainty about any future actions of the PRC government or authorities in Hong Kong, and it is possible that all the legal and operational risks associated with being based in and having operations in mainland China may also apply to operations in Hong Kong at any time with little or no advance notice. There is no assurance that there will not be any changes in the economic, political and legal environment in Hong Kong. The PRC government may intervene or influence our current and future operations in Hong Kong at any time, or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in issuers like JM Group. Such governmental actions, if and when they occur: (i) could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to continue our operations; (ii) could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to investors; and (iii) may cause the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless.

Although we do not operate our business in mainland China, we are also aware that recently, the government of mainland China initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. Since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon the legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what

 

Table of Contents

existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any. In addition, due to long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, there remains regulatory uncertainty with respect to whether in the future we will be required to obtain permissions or approvals from the authorities of mainland China to operate our business or to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities. In the event that the PRC regulatory authorities disallow our business structure, any action taken by the PRC government could significantly limit or completely hinder our operations in Hong Kong, and our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, and could cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or become worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in Hong Kong — All of JM Manufacturing HK’s operations are in Hong Kong. However, due to the long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, the government of mainland China may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, and may exert control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in Hong Kong-based issuers, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. The government of mainland China may also intervene or impose restrictions on JM Group’s ability to move money out of Hong Kong to distribute earnings and pay dividends or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the government of mainland China may also be quick with little or no advance notice and our assertions and beliefs of the risk imposed by the legal and regulatory system of mainland China cannot be certain” on page 39 of this prospectus for more information.

As of the date of this prospectus, on the basis that (i) we currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or VIE structure in mainland China, (ii) we do not have any business operations in mainland China, except that we collaborate with supplying manufacturers located in mainland China to manufacture our products, (iii) none of our customers are located in mainland China, and (iv) we possess personal information of less than 1 million individuals in the PRC (for the purpose of this subsection (iv) only, including the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau and Taiwan), and do not possess any core data or important data of the PRC or any information which affects or may affect national security of the PRC, we believe we are currently not required to obtain any permission or approval from the Cyberspace Administration of China (the “CAC”) or any other governmental authorities of mainland China to operate our business or to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities, nor have we been denied of any permissions or approvals from the authorities of mainland China.

Article 15 of the Trial Administrative Measures of the Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Overseas Listing Trial Measures, promulgated by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) on February 17, 2023 and became effective on March 31, 2023, provides that if the issuer both meets the following criteria, the overseas securities offering and listing conducted by such issuer will be deemed as indirect overseas offering by a mainland China company and such issuer shall fulfill the CSRC filing procedure prior to its listing on the foreign stock markets: (i) 50% or more of any of the issuer’s operating revenue, total profit, total assets or net assets as documented in its audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year is accounted for by mainland China companies; and (ii) the main parts of the issuer’s business activities are conducted in mainland China, or its main place(s) of business are located in mainland China, or the majority of senior management staff in charge of its business operations and management are PRC citizens or have their usual place(s) of residence located in mainland China. Based on the facts that (i) we do not operate any entities in mainland China and the operating revenue, total profit, total assets or net assets as documented in JM Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year is accounted for by our Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK located outside mainland China; (ii) we do not have any equity interest in any supplying manufacturer located in mainland China and vice versa; and (iii) we conduct a majority of our business and are headquartered in Hong Kong rather than in mainland China, and our senior management team are not PRC citizens nor have their residence located inside mainland China, we believe that it is unlikely that we meet the criteria as set forth in Article 15 of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures, and are required to fulfill the filing procedures with the CSRC to list JM Group’s securities on a U.S. securities exchange or issue securities to foreign investors. However, as the Overseas Listing Trial Measures were newly published and CSRC has the final interpretation right of the Overseas Listing Trail Measures, there are substantial uncertainties that the CSRC may take a view that is contrary to our understanding of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures because the Overseas Listing Trial Measures adopts the principle of “substance over form” regarding the determination of “indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company,” over which the CSRC may have substantial discretions.

Based on the foregoing, we do not currently expect the laws and regulations of mainland China to have any material impact on our business, financial conditions or results of operations and we are currently not subject to the government of mainland China’s direct influence or discretion over the manner in which we conduct our business activities outside of mainland China.

 

Table of Contents

Furthermore, Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP, JM Group’s Hong Kong counsel, has advised JM Group that, as of the date of this prospectus, JM Group is not required to obtain any permission or approval from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to list on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities and we have obtained all necessary licenses, permissions or approvals including the business registration certificate from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to operate our business and to the best of our knowledge, no license, permission or approval has been denied.

Nevertheless, if we (i) do not receive or maintain such permissions or approvals, should such permissions or approvals be required in the future by the government of mainland China or Hong Kong, (ii) inadvertently conclude that such permissions or approvals are not required, or (iii) applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and we are required to obtain such permissions or approvals in the future, we may be unable to obtain such permissions or approvals in a timely manner, or at all, and may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC, the CAC or other PRC or Hong Kong regulatory authorities if we fail to fully comply with any new regulatory requirements. Consequently, our operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, and JM Group’s ability to offer securities to investors could be significantly limited or completely hindered and the securities currently being offered may substantially decline in value and become worthless. If there is significant change to current political arrangements between mainland China and Hong Kong, the PRC government intervenes or influences operations of companies operated in Hong Kong like us, or exerts more control through change of laws and regulations over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in issuers like us, it may result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure” beginning on page 37 and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in Hong Kong” beginning on page 39 of this prospectus for more information.

In addition, JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from trading on a national exchange or over-the-counter market under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCA Act”) if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect JM Group’s auditors for three consecutive years. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “AHFCAA”), which would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three consecutive years. Pursuant to the HFCA Act, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report on December 16, 2021 (the “Determination Report”) which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (i) mainland China of the PRC, and (ii) Hong Kong; and such report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations. On August 26, 2022, a Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong (the “Statement of Protocol”). Pursuant to the Statement of Protocol, the PCAOB conducted inspections on selected registered public accounting firms subject to the Determination Report in Hong Kong between September and November 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. At the same time, the PCAOB also made it clear that it does not have to wait another year to reassess its determinations. Should the PCAOB deem that the PRC authorities obstruct or otherwise fail to facilitate its access in any way and at any point in the future, the PCAOB has the right to act immediately to consider the need to issue a new determination and vacate its determination issued on December 15, 2022. Should that happen, we could be named as a “Covered Issuer” and if the PCAOB determines that our auditor has not been subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years already, it could require the SEC to prohibit our securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges. On December 29, 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (the “CAA”) was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two. Our auditor, WWC, P.C., is headquartered in San Mateo, California, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis. Our auditor is not headquartered in mainland China or Hong Kong and was not identified as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination. JM Group’s auditor is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess JM Group’s auditor’s compliance with the applicable professional standards with the last inspection in November 2024. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, in the future, the PCAOB determines that it is not able to fully conduct inspections

 

Table of Contents

of JM Group’s auditor for two consecutive years, or the PCAOB re-evaluates its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol in the future, trading of its securities on a national securities exchange or in the over-the counter market may be prohibited under the HFCA Act and JM Group’s access to the U.S. capital markets may be limited or restricted. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which would reduce the period of time for foreign companies to comply with the PCAOB audits to two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading. The delisting of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, or the threat of their being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and This Offering — Although the audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by U.S. auditors who are subject to PCAOB inspections on a regular basis, there is no guarantee that future audit reports will be prepared by auditors inspected by the PCAOB and, as such, in the future investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection. Furthermore, trading in JM Group’s securities may be prohibited under the HFCA Act if the SEC subsequently determines JM Group’s audit work is performed by auditors that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely, and as a result, U.S. national securities exchanges, such as NYSE American, may determine to delist JM Group’s securities. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading.” on page 47 of this prospectus for more information.

JM Group is permitted under the laws of BVI to provide funding to its subsidiary JM Manufacturing HK through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. Save for a BVI company meeting the solvency test set out in section 56 of the BVI Act, there are no restrictions or limitation under the laws of BVI on JM Group’s ability to distribute earnings from its businesses, including subsidiary, to the U.S. investors. JM Manufacturing HK is permitted under the laws of Hong Kong to provide funding to JM Group through dividend distribution without restrictions on the amount of the funds. Both JM Group and JM Manufacturing HK currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Neither JM Group nor its subsidiary has any dividend payout policy, and each entity needs to comply with applicable law or regulations with respect to transfer of funds, dividends and distributions with other entities. Any future determination related to JM Group’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of JM Group’s board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

As of the date of this prospectus, JM Manufacturing HK has distributed dividends as follows: On October 31, 2021, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD885 (US$113) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD8,850,000 (US$1,130,152) to the shareholder on October 31, 2021; On October 31, 2022, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD900 (US$115) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD9,000,000 (US$1,149,308) to the shareholder on October 31, 2022. For the impact of the dividend payment on the financial conditions of the Company, see “Note 17EquityDividend” on page F-25 of this prospectus for further information. If JM Group determines to pay dividends on any of its Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, JM Group will be dependent on receipt of funds from JM Manufacturing HK. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK.

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company and JM Manufacturing HK have not experienced any difficulties or limitations on their ability to transfer cash between each other; they do not maintain cash management policies or procedures dictating the amount of such funding or how funds are transferred. There are no restrictions or limitation under the laws of Hong Kong imposed on the conversion of HKD into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of Hong Kong. However, if the PRC government, in the future, imposes any restriction or limitation on transfer of cash or assets out of Hong Kong, the ability of JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to JM Group could be limited, which could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to JM Group’s business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct its business. See “Dividend Policy” on page 60 and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — JM Group may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by its subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements it may have, and any limitation on the ability of its subsidiary to make payments to it could have a material adverse effect on JM Group’s ability to conduct its business.” on page 37 of this prospectus for more information.

 

Table of Contents

JM Group is an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors” and “Prospectus Summary — Implications of JM Group’s Being an Emerging Growth Company” on pages 24 and 14, respectively.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price(1)

 

$

4.500

 

$

16,875,000

Underwriter discounts(2)

 

$

0.315

 

$

1,181,250

Proceeds to JM Group, before expenses(3)

 

$

4.185

 

$

15,693,750

____________

(1)      Initial public offering price per share is assumed as $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The table above assumes that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option. For more information, see “Underwriting” beginning on page 142 of this prospectus.

(2)      An underwriting discount equal to 7% of the public offering price will be provided to the underwriter. See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 142 of this prospectus for additional disclosure regarding underwriter compensation and offering expenses.

(3)      The total estimated expenses related to this offering are set forth in the section entitled “Underwriting” beginning on page 142 of this prospectus.

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the Ordinary Shares if any such Ordinary Shares are taken. We have granted the underwriter an option for a period of 45 days after the closing date of the offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the Ordinary Shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding Ordinary Shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriter exercises the option in full, assuming an offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the total gross proceeds to JM Group, before underwriting discounts and expenses, will be $19,406,250.

The underwriter expects to deliver the shares to purchasers in the offering on or about [•], 2025.

JM Group may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

Prospectus dated [•], 2025

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

18

RISK FACTORS

 

24

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

55

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITY

 

57

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

59

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

60

CAPITALIZATION

 

61

DILUTION

 

62

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

65

OUR BUSINESS

 

93

REGULATIONS

 

110

MANAGEMENT

 

115

COMPENSATION

 

121

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

122

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

123

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

125

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

134

TAXATION

 

136

UNDERWRITING

 

142

LEGAL MATTERS

 

147

EXPERTS

 

147

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

147

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

 

147

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

147

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

JM Group and the underwriter have not authorized any person to give you any supplemental information or to make any representations for JM Group. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement are accurate as of any date other than their respective dates, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. JM Group is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. The information in this registration statement is not complete and is subject to change. No person should rely on the information contained in this document for any purpose other than participating in JM Group’s proposed offering, and only prospectus dated hereof, is authorized by f to be used in connection with our proposed offering. The preliminary prospectus will only be distributed by JM Group and no other person has been authorized by JM Group to use this document to offer or sell any of JM Group’s securities.

Until [•], 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i

Table of Contents

COMMONLY USED DEFINED TERMS

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:

        “BVI” are to the “British Virgin Islands”;

        “BVI Act” are to the BVI Business Companies Act (Law Revision 2020) (as amended);

        “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China;

        “Company” or “JM Group” are to JM Group Limited, a BVI company;

        “HKD” or “HK Dollar” are to the legal currency of Hong Kong;

        “Hong Kong” are to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China for the purposes of this prospectus only;

        “JM Manufacturing HK” are to JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong with limited liability on June 17, 2016;

        “mainland China” are to the mainland of the People’s Republic of China excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;

        “NYSE” are to the New York Stock Exchange;

        “shares” or “Ordinary Shares” are to the ordinary shares of JM Group Limited, par value $1.00 per share;

        “U.S. GAAP” are to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;

        “we”, or “us” in this prospectus are to JM Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company and its subsidiary, JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, unless the context otherwise indicates; and

        “$,” “dollars,” “US$” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.

JM Group does not have any material operations of its own and JM Group is a holding company with operations conducted in Hong Kong through its Hong Kong subsidiary JM Manufacturing HK, using Hong Kong dollars, the currency of Hong Kong. JM Group’s reporting currency is Hong Kong dollars. Unless otherwise noted, (i) translations of amounts in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the six months ended March 31, 2025 are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7799, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board. And (ii) translations of amounts in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the year ended September 30, 2024, are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7639, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board on September 30, 2024.

ii

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, JM Group urges you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, discussed under “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to buy JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

Business Overview

We are a Hong Kong-headquartered sourcing solutions provider. Aimed to promote better lifestyle choices for consumers, we globally source and wholesale a wide array of products that can be broadly classified into eight (8) major categories: (i) sports and outdoor recreation products, (ii) toys and games, (iii) seasonable décor and party supplies, (iv) electronics, (v) home and tools, (vi) school, office and art supplies, (vii) clothing, shoes and accessories, (vii) personal care products, and (viii) others.

Our customers range from retailers, distributors to wholesalers across regions, including Australia, Hong Kong, Mexico and the United States. Our suppliers are primarily manufacturers producing the products either based on the product design we produce and approved by our customers or based on the design of our customers. Our supplying manufacturers are primarily located in mainland China.

Our Products

Over years of operation, we sourced and wholesaled a wide range of merchandises for retailers, distributors, and brand owners, primarily consisting of eight (8) categories: (i) sports and outdoor recreation products, including water gun, umbrella, pool volleyball, athletic equipment and accessories, (ii) toys and games, (iii) seasonable décor and party supplies, including interior decorative elements, Christmas tree, and other general festival and event decorative goods, (iv) electronics, including electronic toys and automotive battery, (v) home and tools, (vi) school, office and art supplies, including art and craft, (vii) clothing, shoes and accessories, (vii) personal care products, such as personal care appliance, and (viii) others.

1

Table of Contents

Our Value-added Services

To support our sourcing and wholesales business, we are committed to conducting market research, creating trend guidance, designing and developing new products and packaging, and offering quality management services, which are not independently revenue generating but are critical value-added services integral to our business model.

        Market Research and trend guidelines:    Our research and development team periodically performs market and industry research on product trend and development, product and packaging design, global sales outlook for the current and potential product series, regulatory and compliance requirements. This team also proposes and prepares internal guidelines and product development plan and analysis based on its researches and communicates with our merchandising team for the purpose of planning sales and marketing activities, exploring new product lines, and advising our customers on issues affecting product design, product features and functionality, and product packaging.

        Product and Packaging Design and Development:    In addition to collaborating with our supplying manufacturers for the production based on the request and specification of our customers, we innovate new design and create prototype of new products and packaging in-house based on the research and analysis performed by our research and development team. Such design and prototypes require approval from our customers and the related IP rights are ultimately owned by our customers.

        Quality Management:    We have developed internal standard operating procedures (SOPs) and quality management procedures tailored to our business operations to achieve quick product samplings and product launching for customers and quality control.

Our Supplying Manufacturers

Close collaboration with our supplying manufacturers specialized in producing merchandises to brand owners and retailers globally is critical to our business operation and success. When selecting and evaluating manufacturers, we consider a number of business factors such as market reputation, quality, cost, production capacity and on-time delivery.

For our manufacturing orders, we typically send our instructions to our supplying manufacturers to produce based on the design approved by our customers as well as product specification, quality, cost, capacity, delivery schedule as requested by our customers.

We usually work with manufacturers that pass our assessment of, among others, quality, production capacity, ability to deliver and cost. Although we have not entered into any long-term contracts with our major manufacturers, we have forged long-term relationships with many of them based on history of close collaboration.

We have not entered into written contracts with our major manufacturers for product manufacturing and supply, which in our commercial judgment relieves us from a binding minimum procurement amount requirement associated with written contracts with our manufacturers and gives us more flexibility if we decide to replace any existing manufacturers with new manufacturers that can better suit our business needs. However, other than the foregoing, without formal written contracts, the manufacturers also have more flexibility of terminating business relationship without advance notice.

Our manufacturers are primarily located in China and other countries or regions in East and Southeast Asia, such as Vietnam and India. During the year ended September 30, 2024, our supplying manufacturers in the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, Vietnam, and India represented 71%, 27.8%, 1.1% and 0% respectively, in terms of our total purchase. During the year ended September 30, 2023, our supplying manufacturers in China, Hong Kong, Vietnam, India, Japan and Taiwan represented 88.4%, 2.1%, 7.8%, 1.1%, 0.4% and 0.2%, respectively, in terms of our total purchase.

Sales and Marketing

Instead of setting up a specialized marketing team, our merchandising team is responsible for the day-to-day marketing work because through pitching customers for product orders, the merchandising team builds relationships with customer buyers directly, and therefore they have the advantage of communicating with our sales representatives and customer buyers directly. Established relationships and direct communication can lead to more fruitful marketing.

2

Table of Contents

We conduct sales to our corporate customers through our merchandising team and through one (1) third-party sales agent, a company based in the U.S. who sells the products we source on our behalf, or the “third-party U.S. sales agent.” We develop customer base through referral by customer buyers and referral by our third-party U.S. sales agent.

Typically, after our senior management onboard new customers, our merchandising team are responsible for customer relationship maintenance.

Our customers are retailers, distributors, and brand owners. For the years ending September 30, 2024 and 2023, our top five customers accounted for 99.1% and 98.2% of our total revenue, respectively. Sales to our major customers accounted for 68.7% and 83.8% of our total revenue for the year ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, our top five customers accounted for 97.8% and 99.8% of our total revenue, respectively. Sales to our major customers accounted for 78.9% and 70.1% of our total revenue for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Our customers are primarily located in the United States, Hong Kong and Mexico. During the year ended September 30, 2024, sales to our customers in the United States dominated 72.5% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 24.3%, Mexico, 3% and Australia, 0.2%. During the year ended September 30, 2023, sales to our customers in the United States dominated 92.0% of our total sales revenue, followed by sales to customers in Hong Kong, 2.0%, Mexico, 5.7% and Australia, 0.3%.

During the six months ended March 31, 2025, sales to our customers in the United States dominated 85.5% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 11.5% and Mexico, 3%. During the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales to our customers in the United States dominated 71.7% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 26%, Mexico, 2% and Australia, 0.3%.

Research and Development

Research and development underpin our competitiveness. Our research and development is primarily associated with market and industry research and new product design and development, conducted by our merchandising team.

For more detailed information of our business, see the section entitled “Business” on page 93 of this prospectus.

Market and Industry Overview

The majority of our revenue is driven by sales of electronics, home and tools, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, and toys and games for the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, as well for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Our analysis and discussion focused on the current and future development of these sectors.

Home and tools sector

Home and tools sector primarily includes home décor for residential, commercial and hospitality consumers. The discussion below focuses on the home décor market which comprise home furniture, home textiles, flooring, wall décor and lighting.

Based on “Home Décor Market Report” published by IMARC Group, global home décor market size generated US$749.0 billion in 2023 and is estimated to produce US$1,087.5 billion by 2032 at a compound annual grow rate (CAGR) of 4.1% from 2024 through 2032. According to Market Research Future, the market size of the worldwide home décor sector in 2023 was US$619.8 billion and is estimated to surge to US$882.1 billion by 2032 at a of 4.0% from 2024 through 2032. Both researchers predicted that the market size of the home décor market in the Asia Pacific region will climb significantly by 2032 due to an expected increase in the income levels of individuals and the number of middle-class households.

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the home and tools sector:

        Consumers are more health conscious and prefer to home décor products made of less harmful chemical materials such as eco-friendly paints, bamboo, organic cotton and natural lighting. Home décor products designed with ergonomics are gaining popularity.

3

Table of Contents

        Smart technology enables the integration of energy efficiency, eco-friendly materials, personalizable and customizable design, security features to home decoration products.

        E-Commerce portals allow customer to gain access to a wide range of user evaluations and reviews, detailed product description and customizable interior design.

        Social media platforms become instrumental for customers to showcase their purchase, design and ideas which impact consumer’s choice and perception of design, quality and trend of home decoration.

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the home and tools sector in the near future:

        Customers tend to reduce their budgets on home décor products during the period of economic uncertainty.

        While market participants try to meet the increasing demand for home décor products made of eco-friendly materials, they are required to adhere to the relevant stringent safety and environmental regulations which ultimately increases the cost of manufacturing.

Seasonal décor and party supplies sector

In terms of product type, Market.US identified that party supplies include products and materials used for decorations for weddings, birthdays, corporate events and many other celebrations. Product type of party supplies consists of balloons, banners, themed decorations, invitations, tableware and disposable items.

Global seasonal décor and party supplies market

In its publication of “Party Supplies Market Size by 2032 by Types (Banner, Games, Balloon, Pinatas, Others), by Application Covered (Commercial Use, Residential Use) and Regional Forecast to 2032,” Global Growth Insights reported that the worldwide party supplies market size was US$19.83 billion 2023 and is estimated to generate approximately US$21.14 billion and US$24.02 billion in 2024 and 2032, respectively, representing a CAGR of 6.61% during the forecast period.

Market.US analyzed that the worldwide party supplies market size is projected to grow from US$13.5 billion in 2023 to US$30.8 billion in 2033 at a CAGR of 8.6% during the forecast period from 2024 to 2033. Among the various types of party supplies products, balloons and paper-based materials represented 33% and 35.5% of the global party supplies market, respectively, in 2023. Residential customers and brick-and-mortar stores accounted for 55% and 35.5% of the entire party supplies market, respectively, in 2023.

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the seasonal décor and party supplies sector:

        Desire for personalization, unique design and customization in celebration events is higher.

        Environmental consciousness grows among customers and demand for eco-friendly and sustainable, biodegradable and recyclable party supplies products such as compostable tableware, reusable decorations and plastic free packaging increases.

        Technological advance enables innovation in product design and manufacturing of environmentally friendly party supplies.

        e-Commerce platforms allow customer to gain access to a wide range of party supplies particularly personalizable and customizable products and real-time customer’s review.

        Social media platforms become instrumental for customers to share their party set-ups and ideas which impact consumer’s choice and perception of design, quality and trend of party supplies.

        Corporate and governmental events seek professional, themed and premium supplies that promote memorable experience.

        Demand in the Asia Pacific region is expanding rapidly due to increasing urbanization, higher disposable income, expanding middle-class population and adopting western style celebrations which boost the demand for party supplies.

4

Table of Contents

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the seasonal décor and party supplies sector in the near future:

        Competition becomes fierce as more players enter the party supplies market which led to price and margin pressures.

        Customers tend to reduce their budgets on discretionary spendings during the period of economic uncertainty.

        Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, production process and logistics due to geopolitical instability and global pandemic results in shortage of inventory and lost sales.

        Consumer preferences may be fluctuating especially the trend towards biodegradable and eco-friendly products. Market players that have relied on traditional materials and production line may face challenges in adapting to such changes as investment in research and development and production line can be costly and laborious.

Sports and outdoors sector

According to Verified Market Research and Wise Guys Report, sports and outdoors sector comprises riding toys, sports toys, water toys, playground equipment, water sports toys, winter sports toys, team sports toys and motorized outdoor toys.

According to the research report of “Global Outdoor Sports Toys Research Market Report: By Product Type (Water Sports Toys, Winter Sports Toys, Team Sports Toys, Motorized Outdoor Toys), By Age Group (Toddlers (0-3 years), Preschoolers (3-5 years), School-aged Children (6-12 years), Teenagers (13-19 years), Adults (20+ years)), By Material (Plastic, Metal, Rubber, Wood, Fabric), By Distribution Channel (Online Retailers, Brick-and-Mortar Stores, Specialty Sporting Goods Stores, Discount Stores, Direct-to-Consumer), By Price Category (Low-Priced (under $50), Mid-Priced ($50-$150), High-Priced (Over $150)) and By Regional (North America, Europe, South America, Asia Pacific, Middle East and Africa) — Forecast to 2032” published by Wise Guy Reports, the global outdoor sports toy market size was approximately US$10.09 billion in 2023 and is forecasted to increment from US$10.63 billion in 2024 to US$ 16.1 billion in 2032, representing a CAGR 5.33% over the forecast period (2024-2032).

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the sports and outdoors sector:

        Awareness of importance of overall health and development increased especially obesity and health risks keep rising. This led to growing health consciousness among consumers who become aware of the benefits of physical activity to reduce health risks.

        Technological innovations enable the development and production of outdoor sports toys with eco-friendly, lighter and durable materials, outdoor sports toys with smart features such as built-in sensors, remote switches, app connectivity and gaming components and customization of outdoor sports toys with unique features, design and theme.

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the sports and outdoors sector in the near future:

Possible economic downturns can influence consumer spending on discretionary items such as outdoor sports toys. Families tend to reduce discretionary spending particularly leisure and entertainment products.

        Disruption in global supply chain is triggered by price fluctuations, order delays, geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, relocation of suppliers, unreliable order fulfillments and product discontinuations.

        More stringent safety and environmental regulations are imposed which increase the cost of manufacturing.

        Competition becomes more intense as low-cost producers enter the market.

Toys and games sector

As discussed in their reports, “Toys and Games Market Report by Product Type (Plush Toys, Infant/Preschool Toys, Activity Toys, Dolls, Games and Puzzles, Ride-Ons, and Others), Distribution Channel (Specialty Stores, Supermarkets and Hypermarkets, Departmental Stores, Online Stores, General Stores) and Region 2024-2032” (“Toys and Games

5

Table of Contents

Market Report”) published by IMARC Group as well as “Toys and Games Market Size, Share, Growth and Industry Analysis, By Type (Games and Puzzles, Infant and Pre-School Toys, Construction Toys, Dolls and Accessories, Outdoor and Sports Toys, Video Games and Others), By Application (Online Channel and Offline Channel), Regional Insights, and Forecast To 2032” (“Toys and Games Market Size, Share, Growth and Industry Analysis”) produced by Business Research Insights on October 21, 2024, global toys and games sector primarily include games and puzzles, infant and pre-school toys, construction toys, dolls and accessories, outdoor and sports toys, video games, activity games and others.

As discussed in an article Toys and Games Market Report published by IMARC Group, the global toys and games size in 2023 was US$113.5 billion. IMARC Group forecasted that the size of this market sector can rise to US$170.9 billion, representing CAGR of 4.5% during 2024 through 2032.

Similarly, according to an article “Toys Market Research Report Information by Type (Preschool Toys, Soft Toys and Dolls, Action Toys, Arts and Crafts Toys, Construction Toys, Vehicles and others), Distribution Channel (Store-Based Supermarkets and Hypermarkets, Specialty Stores and others) and (Non-Store-Based) and Region (North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World)- Forecast till 2032 produced by Market Research Future in November 2024, toys market size was approximately US$190.76 billion 2023 and is projected to US$200.08 billion and US$299.85 billion in 2024 and 2032, respectively. Such ascension represents a CAGR of 5.19% during the forecast period from 2024 through 2032.

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the toys and games sector:

        Awareness among parents of the educational, cultural, and entertainment benefits that toys may offer in child development increased

        Online retail platforms provide a more accessible and convenient way to explore a wide range of toys and games.

        Social media provides a channel for manufacturers to obtain real time information of consumer trends and preferences such as popularity of characters, themes, play experience, and eco-friendly products.

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the toys and games sector in the near future:

        Possible economic downturns can influence consumer spending on discretionary items such as toys and games. Families tend to reduce discretionary spending particularly on leisure and entertainment products.

        Disruption in global supply chain is triggered by price fluctuations, order delays, geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, relocation of suppliers, unreliable order fulfillments and product discontinuations.

        More stringent safety and environmental regulations are imposed which increase the cost of manufacturing.

        Competition becomes more intense as low-cost producers enter the market.

For more detailed information, please see the section entitled “Market and Industry” on page 104 of this prospectus.

Competition

We are directly competing with other sourcing and wholesaling companies with design and development capabilities and supplying manufacturers in mainland China and Southeast Asia.

The majority of our revenue was derived from sales to the U.S. markets, while we also generate limited sales in the Hong Kong local markets. We anticipate that the customer demand for our toy, gift and household products going forward will be primarily affected by the demand and performance of U.S. and Hong Kong and we expect our targeted customer markets to maintain stable growth.

We mainly compete in product quality and research and development capabilities. We believe that we can compete effectively by virtue of our well-established relationship and collaboration process with our customers, which are retailers, distributors and international brand owners, comprehensive technical expertise in product design and development capabilities, and strong quality assurance system.

6

Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

Value-added services enable product personalization and customization

The ethos of “customer first” guides the operations of the whole company from the senior management to assistant merchandiser. Leveraging its knowledge of our customers’ businesses and industry trends, and close working relationships with our customer buyers and supplying manufacturers, our merchandise team are in charge of serving customers and are committed to deliver superior and responsive services to our customers.

Apart from traditional product sourcing and wholesaling, we offer value-added services such as conducting market research on product trend, design, packaging, industry outlook and procurement, advising customers on product and packaging design and features, and implementing quality control procedures.

Our internal research and development team compiles market and industry trend analysis and communicates with our merchandising team to share such information with our customers to decide product selection. Additionally, we have the capacity to develop 3D product models or prototypes and present the functionality and design of our designed products to our customers. Such value-added services enable us to personalize and customize the special requests of our customers and help our customers to meet their customers’ demands.

Advanced quality assurance and control

We have established an internal quality assurance and control system to supervise the quality, safety and reliability of the product and packaging design and features. We have flexibility to modify the procedures to meet the needs of our customers while we continue to maintain the level of quality control. We believe that such in-house quality assurance and control procedures facilitate the logistics and delivery of our products.

Furthermore, we have also set up a production management system to monitor the production of our supplying manufacturers and aim to ensure that the products meet our customers’ quality and safety requirements. As our major supplying manufacturers are based in China, our quality control team and/or third-party quality control contractors conduct onsite inspections and personnel training to aim to ensure that the supplying manufacturers adhere to our standard and procedures.

Strong relationship with supplying manufacturers supporting on-time delivery and favorable production cost

Through years of operations and our expertise in sourcing and wholesaling in our product series specifically seasonal décor and party supplies and toys and games, we have acquainted with the qualifications and credibility of our supplying manufacturers in the respective industries and have developed long-term relationship with those manufacturers who meet the production and safety standard of our customers. Such relationship enables us to negotiate for production and delivery priorities and production discounts.

To facilitate bulk-order production cycle and process of our supplying manufacturers, we make upfront payment for raw materials so that our supplying manufacturers enable to timely procure quality raw materials as requested by our customers.

Growth Strategy

Continue to expand our product offering and expand customer groups

Leveraging our accumulated industry experience, in-house technical expertise and customer relationship, we plan to continue expanding our product offerings of existing product categories and grow new product categories. For example, with our established strong relationship with supplying manufacturers who produce consumables, we plan to expand into the commodity consumables category to offer products such as frozen seafood, natural coconut water and instant cup noodles. With our growing product offering, we can provide more product variety to our existing customers and grow new sales channels and customer groups.

In addition, we plan to attend more global trade shows in the U.S., Europe, and China to attract more customers. We also plan to develop more demand by engaging third-party sales agents in markets such as Mexico, Spain, Germany and U.S.

7

Table of Contents

Develop our own brand with further improved supporting structure

We may explore opportunities to start building our own brands and to enter licensing arrangements with other merchandisers to use licensed trademarks for our products. We have strong internal market research and proprietary product design expertise. We believe we may capitalize this expertise to build our own brands and attract new customers. We will apply for intellectual property protection for our own the know-hows to increase asset value and monetize on our technical skills. Once we complete the initiative of creating our own brands, we will market our brands via social media platforms and partner with retailers for joint marketing campaigns.

To support this further growth, we will hire more qualified talents to further enhance our technical and marketing capabilities. We may also consider setting up new offices for additional sourcing capabilities and showroom space for product exhibits to facilitate customer onsite preview of our product offerings.

Expand our distribution channels

Driven by their convenience, accessibility to price comparison and customer review, and wider product choices, e-commerce platforms have seen significant growth in recent years. Social media plays a vital role in driving sales and becomes a powerful tool for individual and corporate users to share ideas, showcase purchases and attract engagement. We plan to expand our distribution channels with new marketing channels and platforms to meet the consumer demand for online shopping and utilize the influence of social media.

Summary of Risk Factors

Investing in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares involves significant risks. Below please find a summary of the principal risks we face, organized under relevant headings. These risks are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 24 of this prospectus. You should carefully the risks and uncertainties summarized below, the risks described under the “Risk Factors” section and the other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

Risks Related to our Business

Risks and uncertainties related to our business and industry include, but are not limited to, the following:

        Our working capital deficiency raises substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 24 of this prospectus.

        We may not be able to raise additional funds or it may only be available on terms unfavorable to us or our shareholders may result in our inability to fund our working capital requirements and harm our operational results. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 24 of this prospectus.

        Tariffs, trade war and changes in U.S. trade policies have and could continue to significantly reduce the volume of exporting our products into the United States, which may materially reduce our profit margin and our sales in the United States. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 25 of this prospectus.

        Our business model of upfront payment for supplying manufacturers’ raw material costs results in our reliance on credit line, increase our financing cost and restrain our business scale. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 25 of this prospectus.

        The industries we operate are highly competitive and our inability to compete effectively may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 26 of this prospectus.

        Consumer interests change rapidly and acceptance of our products offerings are influenced by factors outside out control and making it difficult to design and develop innovative products which are and will appeal to the targeted consumers of our customers. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 27 of this prospectus.

        We made a portion of our sales through a third-party sales agent who also refer customers to us.

        We incur credit risk with our customers, and we may provide them with products and services for which we do not get paid. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 28 of this prospectus.

8

Table of Contents

        We rely on a limited number of major supplying manufacturers with no written supplying contracts. A loss of any of these manufacturers could significantly negatively affect our business. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 28 of this prospectus.

        Risks associated with our manufacturers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 29 of this prospectus.

        We do not retain effective intellectual property rights protection measures. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 31 of this prospectus.

        We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 31 of this prospectus.

        We need to comply with the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions of our customers, including without limitation regulations on product safety and quality, failing which we could be subject to investigations and penalties imposed by regulators and could also cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 33 of this prospectus.

        Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business could subject us to fines and penalties and could also cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 35 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We are also subject to risks and uncertainties related to our corporate structure, including, but not limited to, the following:

        JM Group may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by its subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements it may have, and any limitation on the ability of JM Group’s subsidiary to make payments to it could have a material adverse effect on JM Group’s ability to conduct its business. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 37 of this prospectus.

        JM Group’s lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting may affect its ability to accurately report its financial results or prevent fraud, which may affect the market for and price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 37 of this prospectus.

        If JM Group ceases to qualify as a foreign private issuer, it would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, and it would incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that it would not incur as a foreign private issuer. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 38 of this prospectus.

        JM Group is an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if JM Group takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make it more difficult to compare JM Group’s performance with other public companies. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 38 of this prospectus.

        JM Group will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after JM Group ceases to qualify as an “emerging growth company.” See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 39 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to Doing Business in Hong Kong

A significant portion of our operations are in Hong Kong; therefore, we face risks and uncertainties relating to doing business in Hong Kong in general, including, but not limited to, the following:

        All of JM Manufacturing HK’s operations are in Hong Kong. However, due to the long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, the government of mainland China may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, and may exert control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in

9

Table of Contents

Hong Kong-based issuers, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. The government of mainland China may also intervene or impose restrictions on JM Group’s ability to move money out of Hong Kong to distribute earnings and pay dividends or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the government of mainland China may also be quick with little or no advance notice and our assertions and beliefs of the risk imposed by the legal and regulatory system of mainland China cannot be certain. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 39 of this prospectus.

        The enactment of Law of the PRC on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (the “Hong Kong National Security Law”) could impact our Hong Kong subsidiary. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 41 of this prospectus.

        There are political risks associated with conducting business in Hong Kong. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 41 of this prospectus.

        There remain some uncertainties as to whether we will be required to obtain approvals from mainland China and Hong Kong authorities to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities in the future, and if required, we cannot assure you that JM Group will be able to obtain such approval. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 42 of this prospectus.

        Rules for cross-border provision and examination of auditing records and other materials in connection with overseas securities issuance and listing was released and became effective by the CSRC The government of mainland China may impose more stringent requirement for domestic Chinese companies to share business and accounting records with foreign auditing firms and other securities service institutions, which could significantly limit or completely hinder JM Group’s ability to offer or continue to offer its Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 45 of this prospectus.

        It may be difficult for overseas shareholders and/or regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within Hong Kong. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 46 of this prospectus.

        You may incur additional costs and procedural obstacles in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in Hong Kong against JM Group or its management named in the prospectus based on Hong Kong laws. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 46 of this prospectus.

        We may be affected by the currency peg system in Hong Kong. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 47 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and This Offering

In addition to the risks described above, we are subject to general risks and uncertainties relating to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and this offering, including, but not limited to, the following:

        There has been no public market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares prior to this offering and the sales of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders pursuant to the Resale Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith, and if an active trading market does not develop you may not be able to resell JM Group’s Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 47 of this prospectus.

        JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be thinly traded and you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to sell your shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares. See more detailed discussion of this risk factor on page 50 of this prospectus.

Corporate History and Holding Company Structure

JM Manufacturing HK was incorporated under the law of Hong Kong on June 17, 2016, and our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Ting is the founder. In order to prepare for this offering, a series of restructure actions have been taken. On May 27, 2024, JM Group was incorporated under the laws of BVI with the sole purpose of being the holding company of JM Manufacturing HK. Upon incorporation, JM Group, JM Manufacturing HK, Mr. Ting and all minority shareholders of JM Manufacturing HK, or “JM Manufacturing HK Minority Shareholders,” entered into a share exchange agreement dated May 27, 2024 (the “Share Exchange Agreement”). Pursuant to the Share

10

Table of Contents

Exchange Agreement, JM Group issued a total of 1,000 Ordinary Shares to Mr. Ting and the JM Manufacturing HK Minority Shareholders allocated on pro rata basis in proportion to their respective holding of JM Manufacturing HK shares at $1.00 per share in exchange for their transfer of the issued and outstanding 10,000 ordinary shares of JM Manufacturing HK, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of JM Manufacturing HK. As a result, JM Group becomes the holding company of JM Manufacturing HK.

On July 24, 2025, we filed a certificate of amendment to our memorandum and articles of association with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1.00 per share, to 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0000625 per share and effectuated a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 16000-for-1.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure prior to:

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and immediately following our initial public offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised:

11

Table of Contents

Permission Required from the Authorities of Mainland China and Hong Kong for this Offering

As of the date of this prospectus, on the basis that (i) we currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or VIE structure in mainland China, (ii) our business operations are conducted in Hong Kong, and (iii) we possess personal information of less than one million individuals in the PRC and we have never been recognized as a critical information infrastructure operator in the PRC, we believe that we are currently not required to obtain any permission or approval from the CAC or any other governmental authorities of mainland China to operate our business or to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities, nor have we been denied of any permissions or approvals from the authorities of mainland China.

Subject to final determination by the CSRC and relevant competent authorities, based on the facts that (i) we do not operate any entities in mainland China and the operating revenue, total profit, total assets or net assets as documented in our audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year is accounted for by our Hong Kong subsidiary located outside mainland China; (ii) as of the date of this prospectus, as our business operations are conducted in Hong Kong and our senior management team are not PRC citizens and have their residence located outside mainland China, we believe that we do not meet the criteria as set forth in Article 15 of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures, and are not required to fulfill the filing procedures with the CSRC to list our securities on a U.S. securities exchange or issue securities to foreign investors. However, as the Overseas Listing Trial Measures were newly published, there are substantial uncertainties that the CSRC may take a view that is contrary to our understanding of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures because the CSRC may have substantial discretions over the determination of “indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company”.

Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP, our Hong Kong counsel, has advised us that, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not required to obtain any permission or approval from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to list on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities.

However, if we (i) do not receive or maintain such permissions or approvals, should such permissions or approvals be required in the future by the PRC or Hong Kong government, (ii) inadvertently conclude that such permissions or approvals are not required, or (iii) applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and we are required to obtain such permissions or approvals in the future, we may be unable to obtain such permissions or approvals in a timely manner, or at all, and may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC, the CAC or other PRC or Hong Kong regulatory authorities if we fail to fully comply with any new regulatory requirements. Consequently, our operations and financial conditions could be materially adversely affected, and our ability to offer securities to investors could be significantly limited or completely hindered and the securities currently being offered may substantially decline in value and become worthless.

Furthermore, the PRC government may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in issuers like us. Such governmental actions, if and when occur: (i) could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to continue our operations; (ii) could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors; and (iii) may cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

Transfers of Cash to and from Our Subsidiary

JM Group is permitted under the laws of BVI to provide funding to its subsidiary in Hong Kong through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. There are no restrictions or limitation on JM Group’s ability to distribute earnings from its businesses, including subsidiary, to the U.S. investors.

Our equity structure is a direct holding structure, where JM Group the overseas holding company to be listed in the U.S., directly holds 100% of shares of JM Manufacturing HK, our Hong Kong operating entity. Cash is transferred through our organization in the following manner: (i) funds may be transferred from JM Group, to JM Manufacturing HK in the form of capital contributions or shareholder loans, as the case may be; and (ii) dividends or other distributions may be paid by JM Manufacturing HK to JM Group. JM Manufacturing HK is permitted under the laws of Hong Kong to provide funding to JM Group through dividend distribution without restrictions on the amount of the funds or restrictions on foreign exchange. If JM Group intends to distribute dividends to its shareholders, it will depend on distribution of dividends from JM Manufacturing HK to JM Group in accordance with the laws and regulations of Hong Kong, and the dividends will be distributed by JM Group to all shareholders respectively in proportion to the shares they hold, regardless of whether the shareholders are

12

Table of Contents

U.S. investors or investors in other countries or regions. If JM Manufacturing HK incurs debt on its own in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict JM Manufacturing HK’s ability to pay dividends, make distribution or transfer funds to JM Group. Subject to the BVI Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, JM Group’s board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately following the dividend the value of JM Group’s assets will exceed its liabilities and JM Group will be able to pay its debts as they become due. There is no further BVI statutory restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend.

As of the date of this prospectus, JM Manufacturing HK has distributed dividends as follows: On October 31, 2021, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD885 (US$113) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD8,850,000 (US$1,130,152) to the shareholder on October 31, 2021; On October 31, 2022, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD900 (US$115) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD9,000,000 (US$1,149,308) to the shareholder on October 31, 2022. If JM Group determines to pay dividends on any of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, JM Group will be dependent on receipt of funds from its Hong Kong subsidiary JM Manufacturing HK. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by JM Group.

Other than disclosed above, JM Group has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital shares, or made any transfers or distributions between JM Group and JM Manufacturing HK, or to shareholders of JM Group. JM Group currently intends to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and does not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to JM Group’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of JM Group’s board of directors after considering JM Group’s financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

Within our direct holding structure, the cross-border transfer of funds within us is legal and compliant with the laws and regulations of the BVI and Hong Kong. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company and JM Manufacturing HK have not experienced any difficulties or limitations on their ability to transfer cash between each other; they do not maintain cash management policies or procedures dictating the amount of such funding or how funds are transferred. In the future, cash proceeds from overseas financing activities, including this offering, can be directly transferred to subordinate operating entity JM Manufacturing HK via capital contribution or shareholder loans.

In the reporting periods presented in this prospectus, no cash and other asset transfers have occurred among the Company and its subsidiary.

As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our operations are in Hong Kong. We do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or enter into any contractual arrangements to establish a VIE structure with any entity in mainland China. Since Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law, providing Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. The laws and regulations of mainland China do not currently have any material impact on transfer of cash from JM Group to JM Manufacturing HK or from JM Manufacturing HK to JM Group and the investors in the U.S.

There are no restrictions or limitation under the laws of Hong Kong imposed on the conversion of HKD into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of Hong Kong.

However, if the PRC government, in the future, imposes any restriction or limitation on transfer of cash or assets out of Hong Kong, the ability of JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to JM Group could be limited.

See “Dividend Policy” on page 60 and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — JM Group may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by its subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements it may have, and any limitation on the ability of JM Group’s subsidiary to make payments to it could have a material adverse effect on JM Group’s ability to conduct its business.” on page 37 of this prospectus for more information.

13

Table of Contents

JM Group’s Corporate Information

JM Group’s principal executive offices are located at Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Centre Tower 1, 1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong, and its telephone number is +852 2770 2712. JM Group’s registered office in the British Virgin Islands is at Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. JM Group maintains a website at www.justen-marks.com.hk. The information contained in, or accessible from, JM Group’s website or any other website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Implications of the HFCA Act

Pursuant to the HFCA Act, if the PCAOB is unable to inspect an issuer’s auditor for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited from trading on a national exchange or “over-the-counter” markets. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which amended the HFCA Act and requires the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three consecutive years. Pursuant to the HFCA Act, the PCAOB issued the Determination Report on December 16, 2021 which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (1) mainland China of the PRC, and (2) Hong Kong. In addition, the PCAOB’s report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations. On August 26, 2022, a Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong. The PCAOB was required to assess whether it is able to inspect and investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong by the end of 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. Our auditor, WWC, P.C., is headquartered in San Mateo, California, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis. Our auditor is not headquartered in mainland China or Hong Kong and was not identified as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination. JM Group’s auditor is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess JM Group’s auditor’s compliance with the applicable professional standards with the last inspection in November 2024. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the future, if there is any regulatory change or step taken by PRC regulators that does not permit our auditor to provide audit documentations located in mainland China or Hong Kong to the PCAOB for inspection or investigation, or the PCAOB re-evaluates its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol in the future, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection which could result in limitation or restriction to our access to the U.S. capital markets and trading of our securities, including trading on the national exchange and trading on “over-the-counter” markets, may be prohibited under the HFCA Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and the Ordinary Shares — Although the audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by U.S. auditors who are subject to PCAOB inspections on a regular basis, there is no guarantee that future audit reports will be prepared by auditors inspected by the PCAOB and, as such, in the future investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection. Furthermore, trading in JM Group’s securities may be prohibited under the HFCA Act if the SEC subsequently determines JM Group’s audit work is performed by auditors that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely, and as a result, U.S. national securities exchanges, such as NYSE American, may determine to delist JM Group’s securities. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading.” on pages 47 and 49 of this prospectus for more information.

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

As a company with less than $1.235 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, JM Group qualifies as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, JM Group:

        may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A;

14

Table of Contents

        is not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing JM Group’s compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with JM Group’s principles and objectives, which is commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”;

        is not required to obtain an attestation and report from JM Group’s independent registered accounting firm on its management’s assessment of JM Group’s internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

        is not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from JM Group’s shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

        is exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and Chief Executive Officer pay ratio disclosure;

        is eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act; and

        will not be required to conduct an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting for two years.

JM Group intends to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. JM Group’s election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare its financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.

Under the JOBS Act, JM Group may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after JM Group’s initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, herein referred to as the Securities Act, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company.

JM Group will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which its annual gross revenue exceeds $1.235 billion; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year during which the fifth anniversary of the date of this offering occurs; (iii) the date that JM Group becomes a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, herein referred to as the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of JM Group’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or (iv) the date on which JM Group has issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during any three-year period.

Upon completion of this offering, JM Group will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after JM Group no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company, as long as JM Group qualifies as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act it will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

        the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

        the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

        the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more stringent executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if JM Group no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company, but remain a foreign private issuer, JM Group will continue to be exempt from the more stringent compensation disclosures required of companies that are neither an emerging growth company nor a foreign private issuer.

15

Table of Contents

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

JM Group is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and more than 50% of its outstanding voting securities are not directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States. Therefore, JM Group is a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(c) under the Exchange Act. As a result, JM Group is not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, JM Group will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example:

        JM Group is not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports or provide periodic and current reports as frequently, as a domestic public company;

        for interim reporting, JM Group is permitted to comply solely with JM Group’s home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

        JM Group is not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

        JM Group is exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

        JM Group is not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

        JM Group is not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

16

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Ordinary Shares offered by JM Group

 

3,750,000 Ordinary Shares (or 4,312,500 Ordinary Shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price per share is US$4.50, the midpoint of the anticipated price range.

Price per Ordinary Share

 

Between $4.00 and $5.00 per Ordinary Share

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase from us up to an additional 15% of the Ordinary Shares sold in this offering, solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts.

Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to this offering

 


16,000,000 Ordinary Shares

Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this offering

 


19,750,000 Ordinary Shares, assuming that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option

Transfer Agent

 

Transhare Corporation, with its offices located at Bayside Center 1, 17755 US Highway 19 N, Suite 140, Clearwater FL 33764.

Listing

 

JM Group has applied to have its Ordinary Shares listed on NYSE American. This offering is contingent upon the final approval from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) for the listing of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares on NYSE American. JM Group will not proceed to consummate this offering if NYSE denies its listing application.

NYSE American symbol

 

[•]

Use of proceeds

 

JM Group intends to use the proceeds from this offering for brand promotion and marketing, recruitment of talented personnel, strategic investments and acquisition, and general working capital. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 59 of this prospectus for more information.

Lock-up

 

JM Group’s directors, officers and all principal shareholders holding five percent (5%) or more of JM Group’s outstanding Ordinary Shares as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (and all holders of securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of Ordinary Shares) shall enter into customary “lock-up” in favor of the Representative for a period of 180 days from the date of the offering, and each of the Company and any successors of the Company will agree for a period of 180 days from the closing of the offering, that each will not (A) offer, sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; or (B) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” on page 134 and “Underwriting” beginning on page 142 of this prospectus for more information.

Risk factors

 

The Ordinary Shares offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. You should read “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 24 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

17

Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following tables summarize our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 and the summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table presents our summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income for the periods presented:

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

REVENUE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

129,091,833

 

 

147,348,725

 

 

18,939,668

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(109,440,921

)

 

(128,707,587

)

 

(16,543,604

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(12,796,678

)

 

(3,859,024

)

 

(496,025

)

Total operating expenses

 

(122,237,599

)

 

(132,566,611

)

 

(17,039,629

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

 

6,854,234

 

 

14,782,114

 

 

1,900,039

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

INTEREST (EXPENSE) INCOME AND OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(1,722,266

)

 

(1,426,237

)

 

(183,323

)

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

15,386

 

 

(1,352

)

 

(174

)

Other income – litigation settlement

 

1,356,253

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

11,667

 

 

25,667

 

 

3,299

 

Bank charge

 

(546,235

)

 

(586,821

)

 

(75,428

)

Total interest and other expense, net

 

(885,195

)

 

(1,988,743

)

 

(255,626

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

5,969,039

 

 

12,793,371

 

 

1,644,413

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

(838,541

)

 

(346,973

)

 

(44,599

)

NET INCOME

 

5,130,498

 

 

12,446,398

 

 

1,599,814

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted(1)

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

 

0.32

 

 

0.78

 

 

0.10

 

18

Table of Contents

The following table presents our summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

4,858,613

 

 

17,622,838

 

 

2,265,175

 

Accounts receivables, net

 

55,063,982

 

 

64,445,383

 

 

8,283,575

 

Prepayments

 

11,006,599

 

 

3,645,996

 

 

468,643

 

Amount due from related party

 

7,049,425

 

 

83,720

 

 

10,761

 

Other current assets

 

16,653

 

 

43,576

 

 

5,601

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

77,995,272

 

 

85,841,513

 

 

11,033,755

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

114,559

 

 

97,743

 

 

12,564

 

Deposits

 

516,303

 

 

671,303

 

 

86,287

 

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

465,001

 

 

1,455,578

 

 

187,095

 

Right-of-use assets – operating lease

 

684,418

 

 

98,692

 

 

12,686

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

1,780,281

 

 

2,323,316

 

 

298,632

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

79,775,553

 

 

88,164,829

 

 

11,332,387

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

40,228,954

 

 

43,608,706

 

 

5,605,304

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

2,569,828

 

 

2,415,500

 

 

310,480

 

Accounts payable

 

64,439,616

 

 

59,963,938

 

 

7,707,546

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

80,997

 

 

68,542

 

 

8,810

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

684,418

 

 

98,692

 

 

12,686

 

Taxes payable

 

1,624,235

 

 

1,971,208

 

 

253,372

 

Accrued expenses

 

2,487,951

 

 

1,529,977

 

 

196,658

 

Commission payable

 

110,633

 

 

280,570

 

 

36,063

 

Amount due to related party

 

6,006

 

 

6,006

 

 

772

 

Contract liabilities

 

1,226,534

 

 

1,509,718

 

 

194,054

 

Other payable

 

823,580

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

114,282,752

 

 

111,452,857

 

 

14,325,745

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term loan, non-current

 

7,782,965

 

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

27,622

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

7,810,587

 

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

122,093,339

 

 

118,036,217

 

 

15,171,946

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares, US$0.0000625 par value, 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares authorized, and 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively(1)

 

7,831

 

 

7,831

 

 

1,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

11,692,169

 

 

11,692,169

 

 

1,502,869

 

Accumulated losses

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(41,571,388

)

 

(5,343,428

)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

(42,317,786

)

 

(29,871,388

)

 

(3,839,559

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

79,775,553

 

 

88,164,829

 

 

11,332,387

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

19

Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the summary of unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flow for the periods presented:

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income

 

5,130,498

 

 

12,446,398

 

 

1,599,814

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of plant and equipment

 

44,311

 

 

16,816

 

 

2,161

 

Provision (reversal) of expected credit losses accounts

 

470,248

 

 

(10,445,496

)

 

(1,342,626

)

(Gain) loss from unrealized foreign currency translation

 

(15,386

)

 

1,352

 

 

174

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivables

 

(44,154,035

)

 

1,134,131

 

 

145,777

 

Prepayments

 

3,170,835

 

 

7,360,603

 

 

946,105

 

Deposits

 

 

 

(155,000

)

 

(19,923

)

Other current assets

 

54,002

 

 

(26,924

)

 

(3,461

)

Accounts payable

 

42,172,498

 

 

(4,550,150

)

 

(584,860

)

Taxes payable

 

24,318

 

 

346,973

 

 

44,599

 

Accrued expenses

 

(1,512,736

)

 

(954,889

)

 

(122,738

)

Commission payable

 

(229,359

)

 

169,937

 

 

21,843

 

Contract liabilities

 

(2,491,395

)

 

283,184

 

 

36,399

 

Other payable

 

(994,535

)

 

(823,580

)

 

(105,861

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,669,264

 

 

4,803,355

 

 

617,403

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from amount due from related party

 

4,186,133

 

 

8,207,908

 

 

1,055,015

 

Repayment of amount due from related party

 

(7,437,169

)

 

(1,242,203

)

 

(159,667

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(3,251,036

)

 

6,965,705

 

 

895,348

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

36,167,900

 

 

23,109,891

 

 

2,970,461

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

(40,148,297

)

 

(25,695,783

)

 

(3,302,842

)

Proceeds from factoring arrangement

 

73,795,872

 

 

93,413,413

 

 

12,007,020

 

Repayment under factoring arrangement

 

(69,000,095

)

 

(88,801,702

)

 

(11,414,247

)

Repayment of finance lease

 

(38,494

)

 

(40,077

)

 

(5,151

)

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

(465,001

)

 

(990,577

)

 

(127,325

)

Repayment of amount due to related party

 

(1,568,646

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(1,256,761

)

 

995,165

 

 

127,916

 

Change in cash

 

(2,838,533

)

 

12,764,225

 

 

1,640,667

 

Cash at the beginning of the period

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

624,508

 

Cash at the end of the period

 

5,072,807

 

 

17,622,838

 

 

2,265,175

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Supplementary cash flow information

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

814,222

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

1,725,514

 

 

1,424,571

 

 

183,109

 

20

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of income for the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 and the summary consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2024 and 2023 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table presents our summary consolidated statements of income for the periods presented:

 

For the Years ended September 30,

2023

 

2024

 

2024

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

REVENUE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

119,097,976

 

 

221,238,043

 

 

28,475,930

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(107,284,282

)

 

(188,757,892

)

 

(24,295,354

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(33,545,670

)

 

(24,887,221

)

 

(3,203,277

)

Total operating expenses

 

(140,829,952

)

 

(213,645,113

)

 

(27,498,631

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

(21,731,976

)

 

7,592,930

 

 

977,299

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(3,057,359

)

 

(3,399,000

)

 

(437,491

)

Gain (Loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

(84,123

)

 

564,916

 

 

72,711

 

Government grants

 

108,800

 

 

 

 

 

Other income – litigation settlement

 

 

 

4,456,253

 

 

573,572

 

Other income

 

 

 

427,696

 

 

55,049

 

Bank charge

 

(789,692

)

 

(994,430

)

 

(127,995

)

Other expense

 

(728,000

)

 

(58,964

)

 

(7,588

)

Total interest expense and other income (expense), net

 

(4,550,374

)

 

996,471

 

 

128,258

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

(26,282,350

)

 

8,589,401

 

 

1,105,557

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

 

(1,560,959

)

 

(200,914

)

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

(26,282,350

)

 

7,028,442

 

 

904,643

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

 

(1.64

)

 

0.44

 

 

0.06

 

21

Table of Contents

The following table presents our summary consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented:

 

As of September 30,

2023

 

2024

 

2024

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

Accounts receivables, net

 

26,371,136

 

 

55,063,982

 

 

7,087,380

 

Prepayments

 

13,313,016

 

 

11,006,599

 

 

1,416,678

 

Amount due from related party

 

717,488

 

 

7,049,425

 

 

907,344

 

Other current assets

 

80,713

 

 

16,653

 

 

2,143

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

48,393,693

 

 

77,995,272

 

 

10,038,905

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

175,687

 

 

114,559

 

 

14,745

 

Deposits

 

408,032

 

 

516,303

 

 

66,454

 

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

 

 

465,001

 

 

59,851

 

Right-of-use assets – operating lease

 

1,823,483

 

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Other non-current assets

 

58,960

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

2,466,162

 

 

1,780,281

 

 

229,143

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

50,859,855

 

 

79,775,553

 

 

10,268,048

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

50,302,117

 

 

40,228,954

 

 

5,177,938

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

1,952,990

 

 

2,569,828

 

 

330,767

 

Accounts payable

 

37,590,060

 

 

64,439,616

 

 

8,294,134

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

77,934

 

 

80,997

 

 

10,425

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

1,139,065

 

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Taxes payable

 

1,834,290

 

 

1,624,235

 

 

209,058

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,915,761

 

 

2,487,951

 

 

320,228

 

Commission payable

 

350,645

 

 

110,633

 

 

14,240

 

Amount due to related party

 

1,568,646

 

 

6,006

 

 

773

 

Contract liabilities

 

3,717,929

 

 

1,226,534

 

 

157,869

 

Other payable

 

994,535

 

 

823,580

 

 

106,004

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

104,443,972

 

 

114,282,752

 

 

14,709,529

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term loan, non-current

 

6,659,177

 

 

7,782,965

 

 

1,001,759

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

108,516

 

 

27,622

 

 

3,555

 

Operating lease obligation, net of current portion

 

684,418

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

7,452,111

 

 

7,810,587

 

 

1,005,314

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

111,896,083

 

 

122,093,339

 

 

15,714,843

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares, US$0.0000625 par value, 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares authorized, and 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively(1)

 

7,831

 

 

7,831

 

 

1,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,169

 

 

11,692,169

 

 

1,504,919

 

Accumulated losses

 

(61,046,228

)

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(6,952,714

)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

(61,036,228

)

 

(42,317,786

)

 

(5,446,795

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

50,859,855

 

 

79,775,553

 

 

10,268,048

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

22

Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the summary of consolidated statements of cash flow for the periods presented:

 

For the Years ended September 30,

2023

 

2024

 

2024

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net (loss) income

 

(26,282,350

)

 

7,028,442

 

 

904,643

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of plant and equipment

 

136,290

 

 

61,128

 

 

7,868

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

1,328,014

 

 

1,139,065

 

 

146,611

 

Provision for expected credit losses accounts

 

8,505,786

 

 

638,940

 

 

82,239

 

Loss (gain) from unrealized foreign currency translation

 

84,123

 

 

(564,916

)

 

(72,711

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivables

 

18,585,959

 

 

(29,331,787

)

 

(3,775,345

)

Prepayments

 

(4,449,216

)

 

2,306,417

 

 

296,863

 

Deposits

 

324,528

 

 

(108,271

)

 

(13,936

)

Other current assets

 

727,146

 

 

64,060

 

 

8,245

 

Other non-current assets

 

(58,960

)

 

58,960

 

 

7,589

 

Accounts payable

 

(346,077

)

 

26,849,556

 

 

3,455,853

 

Taxes payables

 

(819,243

)

 

(210,055

)

 

(27,037

)

Accrued expenses

 

4,821,459

 

 

(2,427,810

)

 

(312,488

)

Commission payable

 

149,254

 

 

(240,012

)

 

(30,892

)

Contract liabilities

 

(5,586,315

)

 

(2,491,395

)

 

(320,672

)

Operating lease obligation

 

(1,328,014

)

 

(1,139,065

)

 

(146,611

)

Other payable

 

519,395

 

 

(170,955

)

 

(22,004

)

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(3,688,221

)

 

1,462,302

 

 

188,215

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(168,163

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from amount due from related party

 

9,926,023

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of amount due from related party

 

 

 

(6,331,937

)

 

(814,995

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

9,757,860

 

 

(6,331,937

)

 

(814,995

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

61,103,687

 

 

71,562,320

 

 

9,210,910

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

(64,858,946

)

 

(79,107,261

)

 

(10,182,032

)

Proceeds from factoring arrangement

 

89,225,679

 

 

128,813,127

 

 

16,579,760

 

Repayment under factoring arrangement

 

(91,739,595

)

 

(129,035,806

)

 

(16,608,421

)

Dividend payments

 

(9,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

Repayment of finance lease

 

(193,613

)

 

(77,831

)

 

(10,018

)

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

 

 

(465,001

)

 

(59,851

)

Repayment of amount due to related party

 

 

 

(1,568,646

)

 

(201,903

)

Proceeds from amount due to related party

 

1,568,646

 

 

6,006

 

 

773

 

Additional capital contribution from shareholders

 

 

 

11,690,000

 

 

1,504,640

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(13,894,142

)

 

1,816,908

 

 

233,858

 

Change in cash

 

(7,824,503

)

 

(3,052,727

)

 

(392,922

)

Effect of foreign exchange on cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at the beginning of the year

 

15,735,843

 

 

7,911,340

 

 

1,018,282

 

Cash at the end of the year

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Supplementary cash flow information

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

819,243

 

 

1,771,014

 

 

227,950

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

3,855,461

 

 

3,404,653

 

 

438,219

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligation

 

2,285,649

 

 

 

 

 

23

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, which could cause the trading price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. You should only consider investing in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares if you can bear the risk of loss of your entire investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our working capital deficiency raises substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our working capital deficiency has raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company’s working capital deficit was HKD36,287,480 (US$4,670,624) and HKD25,611,344 (US$3,291,990). Our independent registered public accounting firm, WWC, P.C., included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the years ended September 30, 2024 and the six months ended March 31, 2025 with respect to this uncertainty. Our future ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to generate cash from our operating and financing activities to finance our operations.

There is no assurance that we will succeed in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to us to fund continuing operations, if at all. The perception that we might be unable to continue as a going concern also make it more difficult to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, and could result in the loss of confidence by investors and employees. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that our investors will lose all or a part of their investment.

We may not be able to raise additional funds or it may only be available on terms unfavorable to us or our shareholders may result in our inability to fund our working capital requirements and harm our operational results.

We have incurred working capital deficiency and our future viability depends on ability to raise additional funds. In addition, we will need to raise additional funds to fund our operations and implement our growth strategy, or to respond to competitive pressures and/or perceived opportunities. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing that we may secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected.

If we experience operating difficulties or other factors, many of which may be beyond our control, cause our revenues or cash flows from operations, if any, to decrease, we may be limited in our ability to spend the capital necessary to complete our development, marketing and growth programs. We require additional financing, in addition to the anticipated cash generated from our operations, to fund our working capital requirements. Additional financing might not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds were not available or were not available on acceptable terms, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our business or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. In such a capital restricted situation, we may curtail our marketing, development, and operational activities or be forced to sell some of our assets on an untimely or unfavorable basis.

24

Table of Contents

Our business model of upfront payment for supplying manufacturers’ raw material costs results in our reliance on credit line, increase our financing cost and restrain our business scale.

We typically make upfront payment for raw materials, which benefits our control over raw material quality and avoids potential delay that supplying manufacturers could have encountered in financing raw materials procurement cost for bulk order. For example, to finance the upfront payment, on July 14, 2017, we entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank (the “SCB Revolving Facility”) to sell account receivables with total limits of HKD28,000,000, under which when we sell account receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to us. We are obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable and are liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute. As of September 30, 2024, we had a balance of factoring arrangements against HKD22,675,250 (US$2,907,065) of accounts receivable, respectively at interest rate arrange of 7.9-8.0%. As of March 31, 2025, we have a balance of factoring arrangements against HKD27,286,961 (US$3,507,367) of accounts receivable at interest rate range of 6.8% to 7.3%.

High interest rate of the SCB Resolving Facility can deteriorate our net margin and financing costs can put pressure on our available working capital that can be used for our operations. Further, our account receivables are sold at a discount to the lender and we are required to indemnify the lender from any loss, damages, cost, charges, interests or expenses arising from the accountable receivable or the SCB Resolving Facility, which puts further pressure on our cash flow. As of the date of this prospectus, the unutilized credit under the SCB Resolving Facility is limited, which affects the cash available for us to finance the raw material upfront payment necessary to fulfill new orders from our customers. As a result, our business growth and scale are constrained by the cash available under our credit line.

Tariffs, trade war and changes in U.S. trade policies have and could continue to significantly reduce the volume of exporting our products into the United States, which may materially reduce our profit margin and our sales in the United States.

We sell most of our products to the United States. Since 2017, the U.S. and China have been engaged in a trade dispute that has involved a number of actions against China (including Hong Kong) including the imposition of tariffs on Chinese imports. On February 1, 2025, President Trump issued executive orders imposing a 25% tariff on products imported from Canada and Mexico and a 10% tariff on products imported from China, effective February 4, 2025. An additional 10% increase in the China tariffs became effective March 4, 2025. On April 2, 2025, President Trump announced that the United States would impose a 10% tariff on all countries, effective on April 5, 2025, and individualized higher tariff rates on countries with which the United States has proportionately large trade deficits in goods, including, among others, a 34% additional tariff on goods imported from China that brings the total additional tariff rate levied on Chinese goods since 2025 to 54%. On April 4, 2025, the Chinese government announced that China would impose a 34% tariff on goods imported from the United States. President Trump responded by further imposing an additional 50% tariff on goods imported from China that brings the total additional tariff rate levied on Chinese goods since 2025 to 104%. On April 9, 2025, China retaliated against U.S. tariffs by imposing tariffs of 84% on goods from the United States. On April 9, 2025, President Trump suspended reciprocal tariffs imposed on trade surplus countries for 90 days with exception of China, which faces an additional 41% tariff increase that brings the total additional tariff rate levied on products from China since 2025 to 145% which has made export of our products to the United State impossible. On April 11, 2025, China retaliated against U.S. tariffs by imposing tariffs of 125% on goods from the United States. On May 12, 2025, the United States and China issued a joint statement in Geneva outlining an agreement to de-escalate from the latest rounds of tariff increases. The arrangement reduces tariffs back to the levels of the United States’ April 2 “baseline” and “reciprocal” tariff order and suspends the reciprocal tariff for 90 days to allow for further negotiations. The 10% baseline tariff (and a retaliatory 10% tariff by China) will remain in effect, as will all other active tariffs. China will also lift certain non-tariff retaliation measures announced in early April. The changes enter into effect on May 14, 2025, and the 90-day suspension will last until around August 12, 2025.

As of the date of this prospectus, there is still a high degree of uncertainty surrounding U.S. tariff policy, how it will be implemented, and how other countries will react to it. It also remains uncertain whether increased tariffs and trade tensions will create further disruptions and uncertainties to the international trade and lead to a downturn to the global economy.

The previous tariffs on products from China, including Hong Kong, have resulted in a material negative impact on our business and results of operations as we had to reduce our sales prices and profit margin to absorb some of the tariffs while still lost some orders, and these new tariffs or any additional actions may potentially have negative impact on our ability to maintain our customer base, and revenue and cost level, which may in turn have negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

25

Table of Contents

We continue to evaluate the impact of currently effective tariffs as well as other recent changes in foreign trade policy by the U.S. administration on our products. At this time, it is unknown how long U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods will remain in effect or whether additional tariffs will be imposed. Depending upon their duration and implementation, as well as our ability to mitigate their impact, these changes in foreign trade policy and any recently enacted, proposed and future tariffs on products from China, as well as general uncertainty in the tariff environment, will materially and negatively impact our business, results of operations and liquidity if the U.S. and China couldn’t reach a deal to reduce the tariffs from the current level.

Changes in capital markets, merger and acquisition activity, legal or regulatory requirements, general economic conditions and monetary or geopolitical disruptions, as well as other factors beyond our control, could reduce demand for our products, in which case our revenues and profitability could decline.

Different factors outside of our control could affect demand for our products. These include:

        fluctuations in U.S. and/or global economies, including economic downturns or recessions and the strength and rate of any general economic recoveries;

        level of leverage incurred by countries or businesses;

        merger and acquisition activity;

        frequency and complexity of significant commercial litigation;

        over expansion by businesses causing financial difficulties;

        business and management crises, including the occurrence of alleged fraudulent or illegal activities and practices;

        new and complex laws and regulations, repeals of existing laws and regulations or changes of enforcement of laws, rules and regulations, including antitrust/competition reviews of proposed merger and acquisition transactions;

        other economic, geographic or political factors; and

        general business conditions.

We are not able to predict the positive or negative effects that future events or changes to the U.S. or global economies will have on our business. Fluctuations, changes and disruptions in financial, credit, merger and acquisition and other markets, political instability and general business factors could impact various segments’ operations and could affect such operations differently. Changes to factors described above, as well as other events, including by way of example, contractions of regional economies, or the economy of a particular country, trade restrictions, monetary systems, banking, real estate and retail or other industries; debt or credit difficulties or defaults by businesses or countries; new, repeals of or changes to laws and regulations, including changes to the bankruptcy and competition laws of the U.S. or other countries; tort reform; banking reform; a decline in the implementation or adoption of new laws or regulation, or in government enforcement, litigation or monetary damages or remedies that are sought; or political instability may have adverse effects on our business.

The industries we operate are highly competitive and our inability to compete effectively may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The industries we operate highly competitive. Globally, certain of our competitors have financial and strategic advantages over us, including:

        greater financial resources;

        larger sales, marketing and product development departments;

        Integrated manufacturing operations or more competitive manufacturing offerings;

        stronger brand name recognition and/or well-established owned brands/trademark;

        broader international sales and marketing infrastructure;

26

Table of Contents

        longer operating histories; and

        greater economies of scale, inclusive of purchasing power and leverage of their investments across a range of areas, inclusive but not limited to research, technology, data analytics and strategic sourcing.

In addition, the industries we operate have no significant barriers to entry. Competition is based primarily upon the ability to design and develop new products, adapt to changing consumer behaviors and trends, procure licenses for popular characters and trademarks, leverage manufacturing relationships and operations for low pricing, among other factors. Many of our competitors offer similar products or alternatives to our products, or better pricing or manufacturing offerings than us.

Consumer interests change rapidly, and acceptance of our products offerings are influenced by factors outside out control and making it difficult to design and develop innovative products which are and will appeal to the targeted consumers of our customers.

Our ability to successfully develop new products and product categories tailored to our customers’ brand images and target markets are affected by the interests the targeted customers of our customers, which evolve quickly and can change dramatically from year to year and by geography. To be successful, we must correctly anticipate the types of products which will capture consumers’ interests and imagination, and quickly develop and introduce innovative products which can compete successfully for consumers’ limited time, attention and spending. Although we have extensive experience and expertise in the industries we operate, it is very difficult to predict consumer acceptance with certainty. Evolving consumer tastes and shifting interests, coupled with an ever-changing and expanding pipeline of products, technology and entertainment which compete for consumer interest and acceptance, create an environment in which some products, technology and entertainment offerings can fail to achieve consumer acceptance or such consumer acceptance can be rapidly replaced. As a result, our products offerings can have short consumer life cycles with no guarantee of success.

Consumer acceptance of our or our customers’ product offerings is also affected by outside factors, such as critical reviews, promotions, the quality and acceptance of popular media content released into the marketplace at or near the same time, availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure activities, general economic conditions and public tastes generally, all of which could change rapidly and most of which are beyond our control.

If we devote time and resources to develop products that consumers do not accept, do not find interesting enough to buy in sufficient quantities to be profitable to our customers, or do not purchase due to the pricing of a product, our customers will reduce or stop order of such products from us. If we cannot timely provide other new products to satisfy our customer needs, our relationship with our customers may be adversely affected and our business, growth, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected as well.

We have a substantial customer concentration, with a limited number of customers accounting for a substantial portion of our revenues.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a few customers. We currently have two major customers: (i) 1616 Holdings, Inc., a major distributor and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the U.S.-based discounted retailer, Five Below (the “1616 Holdings”), with which we have entered into a vendor agreement on August 15, 2023, under which we are required to comply with standard terms and conditions, including product quality, labeling, manufacturing, legal compliance, and other requirements, updated from time to time by 1616 Holdings, and under which either party may terminate the agreement at will; (ii) Harvest Giant Inc. Limited, a leading textile manufacturing sourcing and procurement company in Hong Kong (the “Harvest Giant”), with which we have no long-term contractual arrangement but rather engage in order-by-order transactions. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, sales to 1616 Holdings and Harvest Giant accounted for HKD116,172,583 ($14,932,401), or 79%, and HKD16,936,025 ($2,176,895), or 11% of our revenue. For the year ended September 30, 2024, sales to 1616 Holdings and Harvest Giant accounted for HKD152,376,017 ($19,661,382), or 68.7%, and HKD4,235,596 ($546,527), or 1.9%, of our revenue. For the year ended September 30, 2023, sales to 1616 Holdings and Harvest Giant accounted for HKD101,837,894 ($13,140,373), or 83.8%, and HKD6,316,408 ($815,020), or 5.2%, of our revenue. Inherent risks exist whenever a large percentage of total revenues are concentrated with a limited number of customers. It is not possible for us to predict the future level of demand for the products of these customers in the marketplace or the future demand for our products and services by these customers. If any of these customers experience declining or delayed sales due to market, economic or competitive conditions, we could be pressured to reduce our prices or they could decrease the purchase quantity of our products, which could have an adverse effect on our margins and financial position and could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations. If any of our major customers stop coming to us for customized products, such suspension would materially negatively affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

27

Table of Contents

We made a portion of our sales through a third-party sales agent who also refer customers to us.

In addition to sales to our corporate customers through our merchandising team, we also conduct indirect sales through one (1) third-party U.S. sales agent, who sells the products we source to US retailers on our behalf. We entered into a written contact with our third-party US sales agent in 2022. Pursuant to this contract, our third-party U.S. sales agent has been authorized to market and sell the products to US retailers on our behalf at the product prices we set for commission, and we shall be responsible for providing the necessary promotional marketing materials. The sales agent receives a commission as a percentage of sales generated under the contract, which are payable every six months. The contract may be terminated at any time by either party. In addition, we also have also developed customer base through referral by our (1) third-party US sales agent. We conduct sales to our corporate customers through our merchandising team and sales through our third-party U.S. sales agent.

If we cannot maintain or terminate our relationship with our third-party US sales agent, or cannot find new sales agent with similar terms to replace, our business growth, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are exposed to credit risk with our customers and have incurred credit loss, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Our customers generally place orders for our products and services using a purchase order and we invoice our customers after they have received the products or services from us. During this procurement process, we become obligated to pay our suppliers for any products or services we procure from them on behalf of our customers regardless of whether our customers ultimately pay us for these products or services. Therefore, we bear the responsibility for the credit risk of our customers. If any of our customers is experiencing or exposed to potential financial distress, facing complex challenges, involved in litigation or regulatory proceedings, or facing foreclosure of collateral or liquidation of assets, such customers may not have sufficient funds to continue operations or to pay for our services. We mitigate this credit risk through procedures that evaluate the creditworthiness of customers prior to accepting a purchase order from them. However, our procedures may not successfully identify all those who ultimately fail to pay us for our products and services and any non-payments may negatively impact our revenues, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our business depends on our ability to collect payments from our customers for the products and services delivered. We generally offer a credit term of 60 days to our customers. Our failure to manage the orders efficiently or collect the receivables could expose us to credit losses on such orders. Selling products to customers that do correlate to actual costs incurred may negatively impact our profitability on such orders and adversely affect the financial results of our business. We make allowance for potentially uncollectible amounts overdue up to 60 days and delinquent account receivable balances are written off against the allowance for expected credit losses after our management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable. As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, we made allowance for expected credit losses in the amount of HKD17,515,679 and HKD18,154,619 (US$2,336,712). Since we generally do not require collateral or other security from our customers, we establish an allowance for expected credit losses based upon estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. However, actual losses on customer receivables balance could differ from those that we anticipate and as a result we might need to adjust our allowance. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our customers. Macroeconomic conditions, including related turmoil in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our customers, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy, and as a result could cause customers to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. As a result, an extended delay or default in payment relating to a significant account will have a material and adverse effect on the aging schedule and turnover days of our accounts receivable. If we are unable to collect our receivables from our customers in accordance with the contracts with our customers, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, we made a net reversal for expected credit losses in the amount of HKD10,445,496 as compared to a provision for expected credit losses in the amount of HKD470,248 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, this primarily driven by a significant repayment from one of our customers.

We have a limited number of major supplying manufacturers within no written supplying contracts. A loss of any of these manufacturers could significantly negatively affect our business.

We have a limited number of major manufacturers. For the year ended September 30, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16.6%, 10.7% and 9.2% of our total purchases, respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2023, we had three major manufacturers accounting for 18.2%, 14.2% and 10.4%, of the total purchase of the Company.

28

Table of Contents

If we experience a significant increase in demand of our products, or if we need to replace an existing manufacturer, we may not be able to supplement service or replace them on acceptable terms, which may undermine our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner. Identifying and approving suitable manufacturers could be an extensive process that requires us to become satisfied with their quality control, technical capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical practices. Accordingly, a loss of any significant manufacturer would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our manufacturers may face supply chain risks and constraints of their own, which may impact the availability and pricing of our products and delay for the deliveries of our products.

We have not entered into written contracts with our major manufacturers for product manufacturing and supply, which in our commercial judgment relieves us from a binding minimum procurement amount requirement associated with written contracts with our manufacturers and gives us more flexibility if we decide to replace any existing manufacturers with new manufacturers that can better suit our business needs. However, other than the foregoing, without formal written contracts, the manufacturers also have more flexibility of terminating business relationship without advance notice.

Risks associated with our manufacturers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We relied on several major manufacturers that each accounts for more than 10% of our total purchase for the year ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We also have manufacturers from jurisdictions other than mainland China, such as Vietnam. the ability of our supplying manufacturers to produce products in a timely and efficient manner may be subject to various factors influencing their performance. For example, political and economic instability, pandemics or other disease outbreaks or natural disasters that our manufacturers may encounter, the availability or cost of raw materials, customs and trade restrictions, transport security, and other factors relating to our manufacturers are beyond our control.

Further, we rely on our manufacturers’ representations of product quality, safety and compliance with applicable laws and standards. If our manufacturers or other vendors violate applicable laws, regulations, or implement practices regarded as unethical, unsafe, or hazardous to the environment, it could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operating results. Further, concerns regarding the safety and quality of products provided by our manufacturers could cause our customers to avoid purchasing those products from us. As such, any issue, or perceived issue, regarding the quality and safety of any items we sell, regardless of the cause, could adversely affect our reputation, operations and financial results.

We also are unable to predict whether our manufacturers in the future will be subject to new, different, or additional export trade restrictions imposed by the PRC government or import trade restrictions imposed by foreign governments, or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from manufacturers, including the imposition of additional export restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to our customers and materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation. Furthermore, our manufacturers operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries and regions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.

We are subject to seasonality.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, a significant portion of our net sales and net earnings has been realized during the period from July through August and from November through January. Accordingly, our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Our operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of any other results. If for any reason our sales were to be substantially below seasonal norms, our annual revenues and earnings could be materially and adversely affected.

We may not manage our growth effectively. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

To manage growth successfully, we may need to add qualified managers and employees and periodically update our operating, financial and other systems, as well as our internal procedures and controls. We also must effectively motivate, train and manage our merchandising staff. If we fail to add or retain qualified managers, employees and contractors when needed, estimate costs, or manage our growth effectively, our business, financial results and financial condition may suffer.

29

Table of Contents

We cannot assure that we can successfully manage growth and being profitable as we grow. In periods of declining growth, underutilized employees and contractors may result in expenses and costs being a greater percentage of revenues. In such situations, we will have to weigh the benefits of decreasing our workforce or limiting our service offerings and saving costs against the detriment that we could experience from losing valued professionals and their industry expertise and customers.

Our reputation is crucial to our business. Any harm to our reputation or failure to enhance our brand recognition may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reputation is critical to our business. Our reputation is vulnerable to many threats that can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate. Regulatory inquiries or investigations, lawsuits initiated by customers or other third parties, employee misconduct, perceptions of conflicts of interest and rumors, among other things, could substantially damage our reputation, even if they are baseless or satisfactorily addressed. Moreover, any negative media publicity about our industry in general or product or service quality problems of other firms in the industry, including our competitors, may also negatively impact our reputation and brand. If we are unable to maintain a good reputation or further enhance our brand recognition, our ability to attract and retain customers and key employees could be harmed and, as a result, our business and revenues would be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to compete effectively, we may miss new business opportunities or lose existing customers, and our revenues and profitability may decline.

The market for some of our products is highly competitive. We do not compete against the same companies for all of our products or in all geographic regions. Instead, we compete with different companies or businesses of companies depending on the particular types of requested products and the location of the customer or delivery of the products. Our operations are highly competitive.

Our competitors include large organizations, such as foreign wholesalers and chain retailers, which offer products and services that are the same or similar to products or services offered by us; and small firms and independent contractors that focus on specialized products and services. Some of our competitors have significantly more financial resources, a larger national or international presence, larger professional staffs and greater brand recognition than we do. Some have lower overhead and other costs.

If we cannot compete effectively or if the costs of competing, including the costs of hiring and retaining professionals, become too expensive, our revenue growth and financial results could be negatively affected and may differ materially from our expectations.

Since JM Group cannot exert the same level of influence or control over its independent contractors as it can exert over its own employees, its contractors could fail to comply with its quality assurance policies and procedures, which could result in claims against it that could harm its financial conditions and operating results.

JM Group relies on independent contractors supplied by third parties in the manufacturing sites in mainland China and Vietnam to conduct quality control review on our supplying manufacturers. Accordingly, it is not in a position to directly provide the same direction, motivation and oversight as it would if such contractors were its own employees. While we have established contractual requirements and policy guardrails to govern the actions of the third-party contractors, such contractors could still fail to comply with our policies and procedures.

Extensive foreign, state and local laws regulate JM Group’s business and products. While JM Group has implemented contractual requirements and quality assurance policies and procedures designed to govern our manufacturing partners’ and our third-party contractors’ conduct, and to protect the goodwill and reputation associated with our products, it can be difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of the contractors’ independent status. Violations by these contractors of applicable law or of our policies and procedures could reflect negatively on JM Group’s products and operations, and harm its business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious liability for the actions of our contractors. If any of these events occur, the value of an investment in JM Group’s securities could be impaired.

Our business and sales are subject to the business strategies of the brand owners.

For the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, all our revenue were attributed to sales to our customers who are brand owners in the United States, Mexico, Australia and Hong Kong. The products are designed, purchased or manufactured at the request of the brand owners, often but not always with our recommendation, inputs or in

30

Table of Contents

partnership in the design and development process of the products. In addition, intellectual property rights arising from or associated with the products belong to the brand owners. Our business and sales are heavily dependent on the market receptiveness of, and demand for, the products being provided by various brand owners. The overall business strategies and product development plans adopted by these brand owners and their ability to maintain and develop the brands are therefore essential to our business.

As we have limited influence on the decisions made by the brand owners in relation to their business strategies, in particular, the production of their existing products and development of new products, we cannot assure that the brand owners will be able to maintain and further develop their brands and/or products, or that our customers will continue to show preferences to their brands and/or products. If the strategies of the brand owners turn out to be unsuccessful or due to any other reasons the marketability of the brands falls substantially, the profitability of our business would be materially and adversely affected.

We cannot assure that our products can meet consumer preferences and needs, and will continue to gain market acceptance and secure market share.

We sell and distribute a variety of products to the general public through our customers’ sales network. The general acceptance by consumers of the brands and products designed and provided by us is of vital importance to our success and it hinges on a number of factors such as brand image, product quality and customer loyalty. Our success also depends, to a large extent, on our ability to offer a diversified portfolio of products that can meet the changing consumer preferences and needs. There is no assurance that the existing products designed and provided by us will be able to satisfy changes in consumer preferences and needs.

We may also fail to anticipate, identify or respond to the constant changes in relation to consumer preferences and needs on a timely basis, nor can we assure that we will be able to gain or increase market receptiveness and market share for our products.

Consumer preferences and needs for products and brands can change from time to time for various reasons, including negative publicity regarding our products, emergence of competitive products and brands, or a general decrease in demand for the beauty device products distributed and sold us. Any of these events could adversely affect our competitive advantage and market share, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We do not retain effective intellectual property rights protection measures.

We cannot make assurances that the steps we have taken or will take in the future to protect our intellectual property rights or the intellectual rights of our customers or are or will be adequate to deter misappropriation of proprietary information or that we will be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce intellectual property rights. We do not have written agreement with any of our supplying manufacturers regarding the protection and allocation of intellectual property rights, except where design and branding of a product belongs to our customers, our customers’ written agreements with our manufacturing partners govern. We cannot be certain that our supplying manufacturing do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us or the supplying manufacturing, we may be forced to divert some resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits, and may be found liable under vicarious or joint-and-several liabilities. In some cases, we may be required to indemnify or compensate our customers or third parties for all associated costs or losses, become parties to such civil or criminal proceedings and subject to any court or government-ordered sanctions, and lose future purchase orders or contracts with our customers. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations as well as our growth.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of

31

Table of Contents

such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such rights against us in Hong Kong, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert some resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits.

We may face the risk that the products we develop or sell to our customers, or the products manufactured by our supplying manufacturing, may be subject to copyrights or patents of third parties, or that may otherwise incorporate protected intellectual property from third parties. In addition, we may make representations our right to sell the products and agree to indemnify our customers in the purchase orders and/or customer agreements. If a third-party bring intellectual property infringement claims with respect to merchandise we sell to our customers, or if we sell unlicensed merchandise to our customers, such merchandise could be required to be removed from the market and be destroyed. As a result, our customers may record loss of the revenues and profits, incur costs associated with destruction and removal of such merchandise and be subject to liability under various civil and criminal causes of action, including actions to recover unpaid royalties and other damages and injunctions. Because of our relationships with our customers and the contractual arrangements, we may be required to indemnify or compensate our customers for all associated costs or losses, become parties to such civil or criminal proceedings and subject to any court or government-ordered sanctions, and lose future purchase orders or contracts with our customers. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations as well as our growth.

Further, if we were found to be in violation of the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. Historically, we have been involved in an intellectual property infringement case bought by Spin-balls LLC, a Florida-based toy developer against us as a co-defendant with respect to certain toy products we manufactured and sold. We agreed not to make, use, market, distribute or sell such products and in 2024, we reached a settlement with the plaintiff. See JM Group Limited Consolidated Financial Statement — Note 19 Subsequent Events” on page F-28.

Compromise of confidential or proprietary information could damage our reputation, harm our businesses and adversely impact our financial results.

Our own confidential and proprietary information and that of our customers could be compromised, whether intentionally or unintentionally, by our employees, consultants or manufacturers. A compromise of the security of our information technology systems leading to theft or misuse of our own or our customers’ proprietary or confidential information, or the public disclosure or use of such information by others, could result in losses, third-party claims against us and reputational harm, including the loss of customers. The theft or compromise of our or our customers’ information could negatively impact our reputation, financial results and prospects. In addition, if our reputation is damaged due to a data security breach, our ability to attract new engagements and customers may be impaired or we may be subjected to damages or penalties, which could negatively impact our businesses, financial results or financial condition.

If we fail to prevent security breaches, improper access to or disclosure of our data or user data, or other hacking and attacks, we may lose users, and our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We plan to have privacy and data security policies in place that are designed to prevent security breaches and we are looking for resources to assist us to develop our security measures against breaches. However, as newer technologies evolve, and the portfolio of the service providers with which the Company shares confidential information with grows, we could be exposed to increased risk of breaches in security and other illegal or fraudulent acts, including cyberattacks. The evolving nature of such threats, in light of new and sophisticated methods used by criminals and cyberterrorists, including computer viruses, malware, phishing, misrepresentation, social engineering and forgery, is making it increasingly challenging to anticipate and adequately mitigate these risks.

We are likely in the future to be subject to these types of attacks. If we are unable to avert these attacks and security breaches, we could be subject to significant legal and financial liabilities, our reputation would be harmed and we could sustain substantial revenue loss from lost sales and customer dissatisfaction. We may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks may target us, our manufacturers, customers or other participants, or the internet infrastructure on which we depend. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause us to incur significantly higher costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and network protection technologies, train employees, and engage third-party experts and consultants. As we do not carry cybersecurity insurance, we will not be able to mitigate such risks to any third party. Cybersecurity breaches would not only harm our reputation and business, but also could materially decrease our revenue and net income.

32

Table of Contents

We need to comply with the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions of our customers, including without limitation regulations on product safety and quality, failing which we could be subject to investigations and penalties imposed by regulators and could also cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business.

In connection with our sales to the jurisdictions where our customers are located, we could be subject to complying with the applicable laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions.

In the United States, for example, our products are subject to extensive and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations, including the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the Flammable Fabrics Act and the rules and regulations promulgated under these acts. These statutes are administered by the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”), which has the authority to remove from the market products that are found to be defective and present a substantial hazard or risk of serious injury or death. The CPSC can require a manufacturer to recall, repair or replace these products under certain circumstances. In addition, for certain types of products we develop or sell, such as products involving low radio frequency emissions which are regulated by equipment authorization requirements of the Federal Communication Commission, there may be additional sector or product-specific government regulations in the United States and elsewhere. Depending on the destination of our products, we may also be subject to product safety and consumer protection statutes in other international markets. While our products’ design, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, and shipping are subject to quality assurance processes engaged by us and our customers, and we adhere to compliance requirements requested by our customers, we cannot assure you that defects in our products will not be alleged or found.

If we are subject to any regulatory investigations or if any governmental penalties or sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible proceedings, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of our management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could materially harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Any reviews by regulatory agencies or legislatures may result in substantial regulatory fines, changes to our business practices, and other penalties, which could negatively affect our business and results of operations. Changes in social, political, and regulatory conditions or in laws and policies governing a wide range of topics may cause us to change our business practices. Further, our expansion into a variety of new fields also could raise a number of new regulatory issues. These factors could negatively affect our business and results of operations in material ways.

Moreover, we are exposed to the risk of misconduct, errors and failure to functions by our management, employees and parties with whom we collaborate, who may from time to time be subject to litigation and regulatory investigations and proceedings or otherwise face potential liability and penalties in relation to noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations, which could harm our reputation and business.

Product liability claims could affect our sales and results of operations adversely.

We may be subject to product liability claims from our customers or consumers. In many cases, we have contractually agreed to representations that our products comply with applicable product safety laws and agreed to indemnify our customers for any potential breach of contractual obligation or violations of laws and regulations. We generally request contractual guarantee from our manufacturing partners to take full responsibility for any chargebacks and loss derived from customer complaints. We have also secured general liability and product liability insurance. If our manufacturing partners do not honor their contractual obligations, we may seek recourse by litigations or arbitrations against our manufacturing partners that may be time-consuming, expensive, or unsuccessful. If we are unsuccessful to seek recourse from our manufacturing partners, if we do not have adequate insurance available or if such contractually guarantee is not enforceable under the relevant jurisdictions, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued. Furthermore, if the products are recalled or required to be destroyed, the associated costs may have significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in labor costs in Hong Kong may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The economy in Hong Kong has experienced increases in inflation and labor costs in recent years. As a result, average wages in Hong Kong are expected to continue to increase. In addition, we are required by Hong Kong laws and regulations to maintain various statutory employee benefits, including mandatory provident fund scheme and work-related injury insurance, to provide statutorily required paid sick leave, annual leave and maternity leave, and pay

33

Table of Contents

severance payments or long service payments. The relevant government agencies may examine whether an employer has complied with such requirements, and those employers who fail to comply commit a criminal offence and may be subject to fines and/or imprisonment. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to control our labor costs or pass on these increased labor costs to our users by increasing the fees of our services, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

JM Group’s principal shareholders have substantial influence over JM Group and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of JM Group’s other shareholders.

Mr. Ting is currently the beneficial owner of 8,160,000 Ordinary Shares or 51% of JM Group’s outstanding Ordinary Shares. Mr. Ting will own approximately 41.3% of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares following the offering. Mr. Ting will be able to exert significant voting influence over JM Group’s business, including decisions regarding mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of JM Group’s assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by JM Group’s other shareholders, including those who purchased Ordinary Shares in JM Group’s initial public offering. Moreover, this concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of JM Group, which could deprive JM Group’s shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of JM Group and might reduce the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

We are vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, wars, riots, terrorist attacks or similar events may give rise to supply chain disruptions, shipment delays, manufacturing breakdowns, and demand shifts, which could cause adversely affect our ability to provide products and services to our customers. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any health epidemic harms the Hong Kong economy in general. A prolonged outbreak of any illnesses or other adverse public health developments in Hong Kong or elsewhere in the world could have a material adverse effect on our business operations. Such outbreaks could severely disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our headquarter is located in Hong Kong, where our management and employees currently reside. Consequently, if any natural disasters, health epidemics or other public safety concerns were to affect Hong Kong or cause travel restriction in or out of Hong Kong or its surrounding areas, our operation may experience material disruptions, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 has and may continue to adversely impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition

An outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus, commonly referred as “COVID-19” emerged in late 2019 and has spread globally. COVID-19 is considered to be highly contagious and poses a serious threat to public health. The World Health Organization labeled the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic on March 11, 2020, given its threat beyond a public health emergency of international concern the organization had declared on January 30, 2020. In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the governments of many countries, states, cities and other geographic regions took preventative or protective actions, causing lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses. These measures have adversely affected our business operations. Such measures were gradually lifted in 2021 to 2022.

During the period from 2020 to 2022, government measures have also led to significant supply chain disruptions to our manufacturing partners, particularly in mainland China, where severe regional lockdown measures were introduced intermittently during the period. The supply chain disruptions have resulted in raw material price inflation, shipping delays, and factory closures, all of which had significant disruptions to their operations in 2021 and 2022, and led to disruptions to the manufacturing, logistic and delivery of our products from the manufacturers to us and from us to our customers.

In addition, our business also faced significant operational challenges, where lockdowns and restrictive policies left our offices closed from time to time. To address these challenges and uncertainties, during the height of the pandemic, all of our employees were occasionally asked to work from home. As a result, our financial performance was significantly impacted with a decline in product sales declined and operational costs increases during 2020 to 2022.

Furthermore, even after the COVID-19 outbreak has subsided, the lasting effect on issues ranging from supply chains, consumer purchase, to economic conditions may continue to affect our business, results and financial conditions, which may be difficult to predict, as the resulting disruptions on our operations may continue extending over a prolonged period. We may experience impacts to our business as a result of the global economic impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, including any economic downturn or recession or other long-term effects that have occurred or may occur to us, our customers and manufacturers in the future.

34

Table of Contents

Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business could subject us to fines and penalties and could also cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various governmental agencies in Hong Kong, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing compliance with various legal obligations, such as intellectual property laws, employment and labor laws, workplace safety, governmental trade laws, import and export controls, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than in Hong Kong. These laws and regulations impose added costs on our business. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to:

        investigations, enforcement actions, and sanctions;

        mandatory changes to our network and products;

        disgorgement of profits, fines, and damages;

        civil and criminal penalties or injunctions;

        claims for damages by our customers or channel partners;

        termination of contracts;

        failure to obtain, maintain or renew certain licenses, approvals, permits, registrations or filings necessary to conduct our operations; and

        temporary or permanent debarment from sales to public service organizations.

If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of our management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could materially harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Any reviews by regulatory agencies or legislatures may result in substantial regulatory fines, changes to our business practices, and other penalties, which could negatively affect our business and results of operations. Changes in social, political, and regulatory conditions or in laws and policies governing a wide range of topics may cause us to change our business practices. Further, our expansion into a variety of new fields also could raise a number of new regulatory issues. These factors could negatively affect our business and results of operations in material ways.

Moreover, we are exposed to the risk of misconduct, errors and failure to functions by our management, employees and parties with whom we collaborate, who may from time to time be subject to litigation and regulatory investigations and proceedings or otherwise face potential liability and penalties in relation to noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations, which could harm our reputation and business.

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we or members of our board, officers, executives or employees, may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we believe that we have meritorious claims or defenses. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their share or stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future.

Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

35

Table of Contents

If JM Group becomes directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter, which could harm our business operations, stock price and reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in JM Group’s stock, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.

Recently, U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China, including Hong Kong, have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered around financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies has sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on JM Group, its business and its stock price. Although substantially all of our operations are based in Hong Kong and none of our customers are based in mainland China, if JM Group becomes the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend our company. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from growing our business.

If we are unable to rely on the services and connections of our key personnel, or retain the current key personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

Our growth has been heavily dependent on the services provided by our management team. They manage our business operation, develop and execute our business strategies and manage the relationship with our key product manufacturers and corporate customers. Therefore, our future success relies on our ability to retain the services of these key management personnel. If any of these key personnel are unable or unwilling to continue to provide services to us, and we are unable to find suitable replacements, we may not be able to continue our operations effectively and efficiently, and our business and financial conditions could be adversely affected.

Our employees may leave to form or join competitors, and we may not have, or may choose not to pursue, legal recourse against such professionals.

Our employees typically have close relationships with the customers they serve, based on their expertise and bonds of personal trust and confidence. Therefore, the barriers to our employees pursuing independent business opportunities or joining our competitors should be considered low. Although our customers generally contract for services with us as a company, and not with an individual employee, in the event that an employee leaves, such customers may decide that they prefer to continue working with a specific person rather than with us. In the event an employee departs and acts in a way that we believe violates his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, we will consider any legal remedies we may have against such person on a case-by-case basis. We may decide that preserving cooperation and a professional relationship with a former employee or customer, or other concerns, outweighs the benefits of any possible legal recourse. We may also decide that the likelihood of success does not justify the costs of pursuing a legal remedy. Therefore, there may be times we may decide not to pursue legal action, even if it is available to us.

A severe or prolonged downturn in the Chinese or global economy could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese or global economy may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. There is uncertainty over the global economic condition such as the trade war between the United States and China and the lasting impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China. There have also been concerns about the economic effect of the tensions in the relationship between China and surrounding Asian countries. Adverse economic conditions could also reduce the number of customers and interests in our services and products. Should any of these situations occur, our net revenues will decline, and our business and financial conditions will be negatively impacted. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

36

Table of Contents

Inflation and rising commodity prices could adversely affect our business.

Our financial performance could be adversely impacted by inflation, as some of our customers, particularly those in the discounted retailing sector, are particularly sensitively to pricing pressure due to their market positions, pricing strategies, or consumer base. Inflationary pressures on the products our customer sell could impact our customers’ net sales and earnings, thereby increasing pressures over our customers’ product demands, pricing strategies, order and inventory targets. During 2022 and 2023, many of our customers experienced levels of inflation that are higher than experienced in recent years, resulting in part from various supply disruptions, increased shipping and transportation costs, increased commodity costs, increased labor costs in the supply chain, monetary policy actions, and other disruptions caused by the uncertain economic environment. As a result, many of our customers have sought to lower their costs of goods by reducing orders and inventories and negotiating for lower product development or manufacturing costs. We are unable to predict how long the current inflationary environment will continue or the impact of inflationary trends on consumer behavior and our sales and profitability in the future. Changes in commodity prices could also negatively impact our sales and earnings if our competitors react more aggressively.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

JM Group may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by its subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements it may have, and any limitation on the ability of JM Group’s subsidiary to make payments to it could have a material adverse effect on JM Group’s ability to conduct its business.

JM Group is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, and it may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by its subsidiary for its cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to JM Group’s shareholders and service any debt it may incur. If any of JM Group’s subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to JM Group.

Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us. See “Taxation — Hong Kong Profits Taxation” on page 141 of this prospectus. There are no restrictions or limitation under the laws of Hong Kong imposed on the conversion of HKD into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of Hong Kong. However, if the PRC government, in the future, imposes any restriction or limitation on transfer of cash or assets out of Hong Kong, the ability of JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to JM Group could be limited, which could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to JM Group’s business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct its business.

JM Group’s lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting may affect its ability to accurately report its financial results or prevent fraud, which may affect the market for and price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

To implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to include a report of management on the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Prior to filing the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, JM Group was a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources for addressing JM Group’s internal control over financial reporting. JM Group’s management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of JM Group’s internal control over financial reporting and its independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of JM Group’s internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audits of JM Group’s consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2024 and 2023, JM Group and its independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in JM Group’s internal control over financial reporting as well as other control deficiencies for the above mentioned periods. As defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of JM Group’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified related to i) inadequate segregation of duties for certain key functions due to limited staff and resources; ii) a lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements to formalize key controls over financial reporting and to prepare consolidated financial statements and related disclosures; and iii) a lack of independent directors and an audit committee to establish formal risk assessment process and internal control framework.

37

Table of Contents

JM Group intends to implement measures designed to improve its internal control over financial reporting to address the underlying causes of these material weaknesses, including i) hiring more qualified staff to fill up the key roles in the operations; ii) setting up a financial and system control framework with formal documentation of polices and controls in place; and iii) appointing independent directors, establishing an audit committee and strengthening corporate governance.

JM Group will be subject to the requirement that it maintain internal controls and that management perform periodic evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal controls. Effective internal control over financial reporting is important to prevent fraud. As a result, JM Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the market for and trading price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, may be materially and adversely affected if JM Group does not have effective internal controls. Before this offering, JM Group was a private company with limited resources. As a result, JM Group may not discover any problems in a timely manner and current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in JM Group’s financial reporting, which would harm JM Group’s business and the trading price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. The absence of internal controls over financial reporting may inhibit investors from purchasing JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and may make it more difficult for JM Group to raise funds in a debt or equity financing.

Additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies may be identified in the future. If JM Group identifies such issues or if JM Group is unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, its stock price may decline and it may be unable to maintain compliance with the listing rules of NYSE American.

If JM Group ceases to qualify as a foreign private issuer, it would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, and it would incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that it would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

JM Group expects to qualify as a foreign private issuer upon the completion of this offering. As a foreign private issuer, JM Group will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and JM Group’s officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, JM Group will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States domestic issuers, and it will not be required to disclose in its periodic reports all of the information that United States domestic issuers are required to disclose. While JM Group currently expects to qualify as a foreign private issuer immediately following the completion of this offering, JM Group may cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future.

JM Group is an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if JM Group takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make it more difficult to compare JM Group’s performance with other public companies.

JM Group is an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. JM Group has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised, and it has different application dates for public or private companies, JM Group, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of JM Group’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. If some investors find JM Group’s Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and JM Group’s share price may be more volatile.

38

Table of Contents

JM Group will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after JM Group ceases to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

Upon consummation of this offering, JM Group will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as a public company that JM Group did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. JM Group is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior fiscal year end, and (2) the date on which JM Group has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

Compliance with these rules and regulations increases JM Group’s legal and financial compliance costs and makes some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After JM Group is no longer an “emerging growth company,” or until five years following the completion of JM Group’s initial public offering, whichever is earlier, JM Group expects to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a public company, JM Group has been required to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. JM Group has incurred additional costs in obtaining director and officer liability insurance. In addition, JM Group incurs additional costs associated with its public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for JM Group to find qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as executive officers. JM Group is currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and JM Group cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Risks Related to Doing Business in Hong Kong

All of JM Manufacturing HK’s operations are in Hong Kong. However, due to the long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, the government of mainland China may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time, and may exert control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in Hong Kong-based issuers, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. The government of mainland China may also intervene or impose restrictions on JM Group’s ability to move money out of Hong Kong to distribute earnings and pay dividends or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Changes in the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the government of mainland China may also be quick with little or no advance notice and our assertions and beliefs of the risk imposed by the legal and regulatory system of mainland China cannot be certain.

Our corporate structure may involve unique risks to investors. We are not based in mainland China and do not have operations in mainland China except that our manufacturers are located in mainland China. We currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary in mainland China, or do not foresee the need to enter into any contractual arrangements with a VIE to establish a VIE structure in mainland China. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, we generated all our revenues from Hong Kong. As of the date of this prospectus, on the basis that (i) we currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or VIE structure in mainland China, and we do not have any business operations in mainland China, except that we collaborate with manufacturers located in mainland China to manufacture our products, (iii) none of our and our subsidiary’s clients are located in mainland China, and (iv) we and our subsidiary possess personal information of less than 1 million individuals in the PRC (for the purpose of this subsection (iv), including the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau and Taiwan), and do not possess any core data or important data of the PRC or any information which affects or may affect national security of the PRC, we do not expect to be materially affected by recent statements by the government of mainland China indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in mainland China-based issuers. However, due to long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, there remains regulatory uncertainty with respect to the implementation and interpretation of laws and regulations in mainland China.

39

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Basic Law, which is a national law of the PRC and the constitutional document for Hong Kong, national laws of the PRC shall not be applied in Hong Kong except for those listed in Annex III of the Basic Law and applied locally by promulgation or local legislation. The Basic Law expressly provides that the national laws of the PRC which may be listed in Annex III of the Basic Law shall be confined to those relating to defense and foreign affairs as well as other matters outside the autonomy of Hong Kong. The basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong as a special administrative region of the PRC are reflected in the Basic Law, providing Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”.

However, the government of mainland China may choose to exercise significant oversight and discretion, and the policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws of the government of mainland China may change from time to time and with little or no advance notice to us or our shareholders. As a result, the application, interpretation, and enforcement of new and existing laws and regulations in mainland China are often uncertain. In addition, these laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied inconsistently by different agencies or authorities, and may be inconsistent with our current policies and practices. New laws, regulations, and other government directives in mainland China may also be costly to comply with, and such compliance or any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions may:

        delay or impede our development;

        result in negative publicity or increase our operating costs;

        require significant management time and attention; and/or

        subject us to remedies, administrative penalties and even criminal liabilities that may harm our business, including fines assessed for our current or historical operations, or demands or orders that we modify or even cease our business practices.

Although we do not operate our business in mainland China, we are aware that recently, the government of mainland China initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. Since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any, and due to long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, it is also highly uncertain the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on our daily business operation, the ability to accept foreign investments and list on a U.S. or other foreign exchange. In the event that the PRC regulatory authorities disallow our business structure, any action taken by the PRC government could significantly limit or completely hinder our operations in Hong Kong and our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and could cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

The PRC government may intervene or influence our operations at any time or may exert control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in Hong Kong-based issuers, which may result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. For example, there is currently no restriction or limitation under the laws of Hong Kong on the conversion of HK dollar into foreign currencies and the transfer of currencies out of Hong Kong and the laws and regulations of the PRC on currency conversion control do not currently have any material impact on the transfer of cash between JM Group, the ultimate holding company, and JM Manufacturing HK, the wholly-owned operating subsidiary in Hong Kong. However, the PRC government may, in the future, impose restrictions or limitations on our ability to move money out of Hong Kong to distribute earnings and pay dividends to and from the other entities within our organization or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Such restrictions and limitations, if imposed in the future, may delay or hinder the expansion of our business outside of Hong Kong and may affect our ability to receive funds from JM Manufacturing HK. The promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations, in each case, that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or way we conduct our business, could require us to change certain aspects of our business to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for our products and services, reduce revenues, increase costs, require us to obtain more licenses, permits, approvals or certificates, or subject us to additional liabilities. To the extent any new

40

Table of Contents

or more stringent measures are required to be implemented, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected and such measures could materially decrease the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, potentially rendering it worthless.

The enactment of Law of the PRC on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (the “Hong Kong National Security Law”) could impact our Hong Kong subsidiary.

On June 30, 2020, the Standing Committee of the PRC National People’s Congress adopted the Hong Kong National Security Law. This law defines the duties and government bodies of the Hong Kong National Security Law for safeguarding national security and four categories of offences — secession, subversion, terrorist activities, and collusion with a foreign or overseas force to endanger national security — and their corresponding penalties. On July 14, 2020, the former U.S. President Donald Trump signed the Hong Kong Autonomy Act (the “HKAA”), into law, authorizing the U.S. administration to impose blocking sanctions against individuals and entities who are determined to have materially contributed to the erosion of Hong Kong’s autonomy. On August 7, 2020 the U.S. government imposed HKAA-authorized sanctions on eleven individuals, including former and current HKSAR chief executives Carrie Lam and John Lee. On October 14, 2020, the U.S. State Department submitted to relevant committees of Congress the report required under HKAA, identifying persons materially contributing to “the failure of the Government of China to meet its obligations under the Joint Declaration or the Basic Law.” The HKAA further authorizes secondary sanctions, including the imposition of blocking sanctions, against foreign financial institutions that knowingly conduct a significant transaction with foreign persons sanctioned under this authority. The imposition of sanctions may directly affect the foreign financial institutions as well as any third parties or customers dealing with any foreign financial institution that is targeted. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Hong Kong National Security Law and HKAA on Hong Kong and companies located in Hong Kong. If our Hong Kong subsidiary is determined to be in violation of the Hong Kong National Security Law or the HKAA by competent authorities, our business operations, financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The PRC government may intervene or influence our operations at any time or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based issuers, which may result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. Additionally, the governmental and regulatory interference could significantly limit or completely hinder JM Group’s ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

There are political risks associated with conducting business in Hong Kong.

Substantially all our operations are based in Hong Kong. Accordingly, our business operations and financial condition will be affected by the political and legal developments in Hong Kong. During the period covered by the financial information included in this prospectus, we derive substantially all of our revenue from operations in Hong Kong. Any adverse economic, social and/or political conditions, material social unrest, strike, riot, civil disturbance or disobedience, as well as significant natural disasters, may adversely affect our business operations. Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law, namely, Hong Kong’s constitutional document, which provides Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. However, there is no assurance that there will not be any changes in the economic, political and legal environment in Hong Kong in the future. Since a substantial part of our operations is based in Hong Kong, any change of such political arrangements may pose an immediate threat to the stability of the economy in Hong Kong, thereby directly and adversely affecting our results of operations and financial position.

If the PRC attempts to alter its agreement to allow Hong Kong to function autonomously, this could potentially impact Hong Kong’s common law legal system and may in turn bring about uncertainty in, for example, the enforcement of our contractual rights. This could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business and operations. Additionally, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in Hong Kong may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Accordingly, we cannot predict the effect of future developments in the Hong Kong legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the preemption of local regulations by national laws. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us, including our ability to enforce our agreements with our customers.

41

Table of Contents

Under the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of PRC, Hong Kong is exclusively in charge of its internal affairs and external relations, while the government of the PRC is responsible for its foreign affairs and defense. As a separate customs territory, Hong Kong maintains and develops relations with foreign states and regions. Based on certain recent developments including the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region issued by the Standing Committee of the PRC National People’s Congress in June 2020, the U.S. State Department has indicated that the United States no longer considers Hong Kong to have significant autonomy from China and President Trump signed an executive order and the HKAA to remove Hong Kong’s preferential trade status and to authorize the U.S. administration to impose blocking sanctions against individuals and entities who are determined to have materially contributed to the erosion of Hong Kong’s autonomy. The United States may impose the same tariffs and other trade restrictions on exports from Hong Kong that it places on goods from mainland China. These and other recent actions may represent an escalation in political and trade tensions involving the U.S, mainland China and Hong Kong, which could potentially harm our business.

Our revenue is susceptible to the ongoing incidents or factors which affect the stability of the social, economic and political conditions in Hong Kong. Any drastic events may adversely affect our business operations. Such adverse events may include changes in economic conditions and regulatory environment, social and/or political conditions, civil disturbance or disobedience, as well as significant natural disasters. Given the relatively small geographical size of Hong Kong, any of such incidents may have a widespread effect on our business operations, which could in turn adversely and materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the HKAA on Hong Kong and companies with operations in Hong Kong like us. Furthermore, legislative or administrative actions in respect of China-U.S. relations could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including JM Group, and the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected.

There remain some uncertainties as to whether we will be required to obtain approvals from mainland China and Hong Kong authorities to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities in the future, and if required, we cannot assure you that JM Group will be able to obtain such approval.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rules”), adopted by six regulatory agencies of mainland China in 2006 and amended in 2009, requires an overseas special purpose vehicle formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of mainland China-based companies and controlled by mainland China-based companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange.

Although we do not operate our business in mainland China, we are also aware that recently, the government of mainland China initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. For example, on July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued a document to crack down on illegal activities in the securities market and promote the high-quality development of the capital market, which, among other things, requires the relevant governmental authorities to strengthen cross-border oversight of law-enforcement and judicial cooperation, to enhance supervision over mainland China-based companies listed overseas, and to establish and improve the system of extraterritorial application of the PRC securities laws.

On December 28, 2021, the CAC and other PRC authorities promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which took effect on February 15, 2022. In addition, the Cybersecurity Law, which was adopted by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on November 7, 2016 and came into force on June 1, 2017, and the Cybersecurity Review Measures, or the “Review Measures”, provide that personal information and important data collected and generated by a critical information infrastructure operator, or a “CIIO”, in the course of its operations in mainland China must be stored in mainland China, and if a CIIO purchases internet products and services that affect or may affect national security, it should be subject to national security review by the CAC together with competent departments of the State Council.  On September 30, 2024, the State Council released the Regulations on the Management of Network Data Security, or the “Network Data Regulation”, which came into effect on January 1, 2025. The Network Data Regulation serves as a comprehensive implementing regulation for the compliance requirements set out by the Cybersecurity Law, Data Security Law, and Personal Information Protection Law. The Network Data Regulation introduces several key obligations, including requiring network data handlers to specify the purpose and

42

Table of Contents

method of personal information processing, as well as the types of personal information involved, before any personal information is handled. It further clarifies definitions for important data, outlines the obligations of those handling important data, and establishes broader contractual requirements for data sharing between data handlers.

Currently we do not expect the Review Measures to have an impact on the business and operations of JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK, or this offering, because (i) JM Manufacturing HK is incorporated and operating in Hong Kong without any subsidiary or VIE structure in mainland China, and it is unclear whether the Review Measures shall be applied to a Hong Kong company; (ii) as of the date of this prospectus, JM Manufacturing HK has not collected and stored personal information of any individual customers of mainland China and possesses personal information of less than 1 million individuals in the PRC (for the purpose of this subsection (ii), including the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau and Taiwan), and do not possess any core data or important data of the PRC or any information which affects or may affect national security of the PRC; and (iii) as of the date of this prospectus, JM Manufacturing HK has not been informed by any governmental authority of mainland China of any requirement that it file for a cybersecurity review for the offering. Based on the foregoing, as of the date of this prospectus, we believe JM Manufacturing HK is not required to pass the cybersecurity review of the CAC in order to list JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the U.S. Nonetheless, if the authorized PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we are required to go through such cybersecurity review or if any other PRC government authorities promulgate any interpretation or implementation rules before JM Group’s listing that would require us to go through a cybersecurity review for this offering, we may fail to complete such cybersecurity review procedures in a timely manner, or at all. Any failure or delay in the completion of the cybersecurity review procedures or any other non-compliance with the related laws and regulations may result in fines or other penalties, reputational damage as well as legal proceedings or actions against us, which may have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Overseas Listing Trial Measures and relevant five guidelines, which became effective on March 31, 2023. The Overseas Listing Trial Measures comprehensively improve and reform the existing regulatory regime for overseas offering and listing of PRC domestic companies’ securities and regulate both direct and indirect overseas offering and listing of mainland China-based companies’ securities by adopting a filing-based regulatory regime.

According to the Overseas Listing Trial Measures, mainland China-based companies that seek to offer and list securities in overseas markets, either in direct or indirect means, are required to fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC and report relevant information. The Overseas Listing Trial Measures provides that an overseas listing or offering is explicitly prohibited, if any of the following: (i) such securities offering and listing is explicitly prohibited by provisions in laws, administrative regulations and relevant state rules; (ii) the intended securities offering and listing may endanger national security as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (iii) the domestic company intending to make the securities offering and listing, or its controlling shareholder(s) and the actual controller, have committed relevant crimes such as corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property or undermining the order of the socialist market economy during the latest three years; (iv) the domestic company intending to make the securities offering and listing is currently under investigations for suspicion of criminal offenses or major violations of laws and regulations, and no conclusion has yet been made thereof; or (v) there are material ownership disputes over equity held by the controlling shareholder(s) or by other shareholder(s) that are controlled by the controlling shareholder(s) and/or actual controller.

The Overseas Listing Trial Measures also provides that if the issuer both meets the following criteria, the overseas securities offering and listing conducted by such issuer will be deemed as indirect overseas offering by PRC domestic companies: (i) 50% or more of any of the issuer’s operating revenue, total profit, total assets or net assets as documented in its audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year is accounted for by domestic companies; and (ii) the main parts of the issuer’s business activities are conducted in mainland China, or its main place(s) of business are located in mainland China, or the majority of senior management staff in charge of its business operations and management are PRC citizens or have their usual place(s) of residence located in mainland China. Where an issuer submits an application for initial public offering to competent overseas regulators, such issuer must file with the CSRC within three business days after such application is submitted. The Overseas Listing Trial Measures also requires subsequent reports to be filed with the CSRC on material events, such as change of control or voluntary or forced delisting of the issuer(s) who have completed overseas offerings and listings.

43

Table of Contents

Based on the facts that (i) we do not operate any entities in mainland China and the operating revenue, total profit, total assets or net assets as documented in JM Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year is accounted for by our Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK located outside mainland China; (ii) we do not have any equity interest in any manufacturer located in mainland China and vice versa; and (iii) we conduct a majority of our business and are headquartered in Hong Kong rather than in mainland China, and our senior management team are not PRC citizens nor have their residence located inside mainland China, we believe that, it is unlikely that we meet the criteria as set forth in Article 15 of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures, and are currently required to complete the filing procedure with the CSRC or to obtain regulatory approval from the CSRC before JM Group’s Ordinary Shares can be listed in the U.S. However, as the Overseas Listing Trial Measures were newly promulgated and CSRC has the final interpretation right of the Overseas Listing Trail Measures, there exists substantial uncertainty that the CSRC may take a view that is contrary to our understanding of the Overseas Listing Trial Measures because the Overseas Listing Trial Measures adopts the principle of “substance over form” regarding the determination of “indirect overseas offering and listing by a domestic company,” over which the CSRC may have substantial discretions. If we are required to complete the filing procedures with the CSRC in connection with this offering, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete such filings in a timely manner, or at all, in the future. Any failure by us to comply with such filing could impact our operations materially and adversely, subject us to order to rectify, warnings and fines, and significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

As of the date of this prospectus, on the basis that (i) we currently do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or VIE structure in mainland China, (ii) we do not have any business operations in mainland China, except that we collaborate with manufacturers located in mainland China to manufacture the products, (iii) none of our clients are located in mainland China, and (iv) we possess personal information of less than 1 million individuals in the PRC (for the purpose of this subsection (iv), including the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau and Taiwan), and do not possess any core data or important data of the PRC or any information which affects or may affect national security of the PRC, we believe, we are currently not required to obtain any permission or approval from the CAC, or other governmental authorities of mainland China to operate our business or to list JM Group’s securities on the U.S. exchanges and to issue securities to foreign investors, nor have we been denied of any permissions or approvals from the authorities of mainland China. Furthermore, Tian Yuan Law LLP, JM Group’s Hong Kong counsel, has advised JM Group that, as of the date of this prospectus, JM Group is not required to obtain any permission or approval from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to list on the U.S. exchanges and offer securities and we have obtained all necessary licenses, permissions or approvals including the business registration certificate from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to operate our business and to the best of our knowledge, no license, permission or approval has been denied.

However, if we (i) do not receive or maintain such permission or approval, should the permission or approval be required in the future by the government of mainland China or Hong Kong, (ii) inadvertently conclude that such permission or approval is not required, or (iii) applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and we are required to obtain such permission or approval in the future, we may be unable to obtain such permissions or approvals in a timely manner, or at all, and may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC, the CAC or other PRC or Hong Kong regulatory authorities if we fail to fully comply with any new regulatory requirements. Consequently, our operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, and JM Group’s ability to offer securities to investors could be significantly limited or completely hindered and the securities currently being offered may substantially decline in value and become worthless.

Although we do not operate our business in mainland China, we are aware that recently, the government of mainland China initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. Nevertheless, since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon the legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any. Considering long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, it is also highly uncertain what potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on JM Manufacturing HK’s daily business operations, JM Group’s ability to accept foreign investments and the listing of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares on a U.S. or other foreign exchanges. If there is significant change to current political arrangements between mainland China and Hong Kong, the PRC government intervenes or influences operations of companies operated in Hong Kong like us, or exerts more control

44

Table of Contents

through change of laws and regulations over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in issuers like JM Group, it may result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of the securities JM Group is registering for sale or could significantly limit or completely hinder JM Group’s ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless.

Rules for cross-border provision and examination of auditing records and other materials in connection with overseas securities issuance and listing was released and became effective by the CSRC The government of mainland China may impose more stringent requirement for domestic Chinese companies to share business and accounting records with foreign auditing firms and other securities service institutions, which could significantly limit or completely hinder JM Group’s ability to offer or continue to offer its Ordinary Shares to investors and could cause the value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to significantly decline or become worthless.

On February 24, 2023, the CSRC, Ministry of Finance of the PRC, National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China promulgated the Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Archives Rules, which took effect on March 31, 2023. Pursuant to the Archives Rules, domestic companies that seek for overseas offering and listing shall strictly abide by applicable laws and regulations of the PRC and the Archives Rules, enhance legal awareness of keeping state secrets and strengthening archives administration, institute a sound confidentiality and archives administration system, and take necessary measures to fulfill confidentiality and archives administration obligations. Such domestic companies shall not leak any state secret and working secret of government agencies, or harm national security and public interest. Furthermore, a domestic company that plans to, either directly or through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals or entities including securities companies, securities service providers and overseas regulators, any document and materials that contain state secrets or working secrets of government agencies, shall first obtain approval from competent authorities according to law, and file with the secrecy administrative department at the same level. Moreover, a domestic company that plans to, either directly or through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals and entities including securities companies, securities service providers and overseas regulators, any other documents and materials that, if leaked, will be detrimental to national security or public interest, shall strictly fulfill relevant procedures stipulated by applicable national regulations. The Archives Rules also stipulate that a domestic company that provides accounting archives or copies of accounting archives to any entities including securities companies, securities service providers and overseas regulators and individuals shall fulfill due procedures in compliance with applicable national regulations. As we are not domestic companies, and do not plan to leak any state secret and working secret of government agencies, or harm national security or public interest in connection with provision of documents, materials and accounting archives, we believe we may not be required to obtain relevant approval or file with the secrecy administrative department in accordance with the Archives Rules with respect to the offering. However, as the Archives Rules was newly published, there are substantial uncertainties as to the implementation and interpretation, if we are required to perform additional procedures in connection with the provision of accounting archives or other documents, we cannot assure you that we will be able to fulfill such procedures in a timely manner, or even at all. Any failure by us to comply with the Archives Rules may materially adversely affected, our ability to offer securities to investors to become significantly limited or completely hindered.

On August 26, 2022, a Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong. Pursuant to the Statement of Protocol, the PCAOB conducted inspections on select registered public accounting firms subject to the Determination Report in Hong Kong between September and November 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. On December 29, 2022, the CAA was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain any approval or authorization from relevant secret protection regulator or other government authorities in a timely manner, or any such approval or authorization can be obtained at all and if we are required to obtain any approval or authorization. Failure to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the required filings in a timely manner may result in the failure to complete the listing or subject us to fines, penalties or other sanctions, which may have a significant adverse impact on our financial position and operations.

45

Table of Contents

In addition, the Archives Rules take into account the international practice of cross-border audit regulatory co-operation and requires that “on-site inspections should be conducted mainly by CSRC and Chinese regulators, or rely on the inspection results of Chinese regulators” stated in the Regulations on Enhancing Confidentiality and File Management in Relation to Overseas Securities Issuance and Listing published in 2009. The Archives Rules make it clear that the CSRC or Chinese regulators shall provide necessary support through multilateral or bilateral cooperation mechanism for cross-border investigation and examination carried out by overseas securities administrative authorities and regulators on mainland China enterprises seeking overseas listings and security brokers or security service providers providing securities services for such domestic enterprises in respect of their activities relating to such overseas issuance and listings. However, there is no existing tried-and-proved mechanisms for cross-border regulatory cooperation, due to various legal and practical problems.

Although we do not believe that we are currently prohibited from providing its accounting records to our auditor or that we or our auditor would be required to go through any prescribed procedures for approval under current laws and regulations of mainland China, we may be subject to additional compliance requirements in the future. Since the Archive Rules are newly promulgated, and the interpretation and implementation are not very clear, we cannot assure you that we will be able to receive clearance of such regulatory requirements in a timely manner, or at all, in the future. If the CSRC, the state secret protection regulator or any other relevant government regulator require that we obtain approval or complete relevant procedure prior to the completion of this offering, the offering will be delayed until we have obtained such approval or completed such procedure. There is also the possibility that we may not be able to obtain or maintain such approval, complete such procedure or that we inadvertently concluded that such approval or procedure was not required. If prior approval or procedure was required while we inadvertently concluded that such approval or procedure was not required or if applicable laws and regulations or the interpretation of such were modified to require us to obtain such approval or procedure in the future, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other regulatory authorities of mainland China. Any failure of us to fully comply with new regulatory requirements may significantly limit or completely hinder JM Group’s ability to offer or continue to offer the Ordinary Shares, cause significant disruption to our business operations, severely damage our reputation, materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, and cause the Ordinary Shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

It may be difficult for overseas shareholders and/or regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within Hong Kong.

Shareholder claims or regulatory investigations that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in Hong Kong.

Our principal business operation is conducted in Hong Kong. The Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong (the “SFC”) is a signatory to the International Organization of Securities Commissions Multilateral Memorandum of Understanding, which provides for mutual investigatory and other assistance and exchange of information between securities regulators around the world, including the SEC. This is also reflected in section 186 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”), which empowers the SFC to exercise its investigatory powers to obtain information and documents requested by non-Hong Kong regulators, as well as section 378 of the SFO, which allows the SFC to share confidential information and documents in its possession with such regulators. However, there is no assurance that such cooperation will materialize, or if it does, whether it will adequately address any efforts to investigate or collect evidence to the extent such may be sought by U.S. regulators. In the event that U.S. regulators carry out an investigation on us and there is a need to conduct such investigation, or collect evidence in Hong Kong, U.S. regulators may not be able to carry out such investigation or evidence collection directly in Hong Kong. The inability for US regulators to directly conduct investigations or evidence collection activities in Hong Kong may increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

You may incur additional costs and procedural obstacles in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in Hong Kong against JM Group or its management named in the prospectus based on Hong Kong laws.

Currently, all of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of JM Group’s directors and officers are Hong Kong residents and a substantial portion of their assets are located in Hong Kong. As such, you may incur additional costs and procedural obstacles in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in Hong Kong against JM Group or its

46

Table of Contents

management named in the prospectus. While as judgments entered in the United States can be enforced in Hong Kong under common law, if you want to enforce a judgment of the United States in Hong Kong, it must be a final judgment conclusive upon the merits of the claim, for a liquidated amount in a civil matter and not in respect of taxes, fines, penalties, or similar charges, the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were not contrary to natural justice, and the enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy of Hong Kong. Such a judgment must be for a fixed sum and must also come from a “competent” court as determined by the private international law rules applied by the Hong Kong courts. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the British Virgin Islands and Hong Kong, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” beginning on page 57 of this prospectus.

We may be affected by the currency peg system in Hong Kong.

Since 1983, Hong Kong dollars have been pegged to the U.S. dollars at the rate of approximately HK$7.80 to US$1.00. We cannot assure you that this policy will not be changed in the future. If the pegging system collapses and Hong Kong dollars suffer devaluation, the Hong Kong dollar cost of our expenditures denominated in foreign currency may increase. This would in turn adversely affect the operations and profitability of our business.

Risks Related to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and This Offering

There has been no public market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares prior to this offering and the sales of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders pursuant to the Resale Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith, and if an active trading market does not develop you may not be able to resell JM Group’s Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this public offering and the sales of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders pursuant to the Resale Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith, there has been no public market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. JM Group expects to apply for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to be listed on NYSE American. There is no guarantee that JM Group’s application will be approved by the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). If an active trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares does not develop after this offering and the sales of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders pursuant to the Resale Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith, the market price and liquidity of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares will be materially adversely affected. You may not be able to sell any Ordinary Shares that you purchase in the offering at or above the public offering price. Accordingly, investors should be prepared to face a complete loss of their investment.

Although the audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by U.S. auditors who are subject to PCAOB inspections on a regular basis, there is no guarantee that future audit reports will be prepared by auditors inspected by the PCAOB and, as such, in the future investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection. Furthermore, trading in JM Group’s securities may be prohibited under the HFCA Act if the SEC subsequently determines JM Group’s audit work is performed by auditors that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely, and as a result, U.S. national securities exchanges may determine to delist JM Group’s securities. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading.

As an auditor of companies that are registered with the SEC and publicly traded in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, JM Group’s auditor is required under the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess their compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. The PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC government authorities. JM Group’s U.S. auditor is subject to PCAOB inspections on a regular basis, and we have no operations in mainland China. However, if there is significant change to current political arrangements between mainland China and Hong Kong, companies operated in Hong Kong like us may face similar regulatory risks as those operated in mainland China and we cannot assure you that JM Group’s auditor’s work will continue to be able to be inspected by the PCAOB.

As part of a continued regulatory focus in the United States on access to audit and other information currently protected by national law, in particular mainland China’s, in June 2019, a bipartisan group of lawmakers introduced bills in both houses of the U.S. Congress which, if passed, would require the SEC to maintain a list of issuers for which PCAOB is not able to inspect or investigate the audit work performed by a foreign public accounting firm completely. The proposed Ensuring Quality Information and Transparency for Abroad-Based Listings on our Exchanges (“EQUITABLE”)

47

Table of Contents

Act prescribes increased disclosure requirements for these issuers and, beginning in 2025, the delisting from U.S. national securities exchanges of issuers included on the SEC’s list for three consecutive years, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading. It is unclear if this proposed legislation will be enacted. Furthermore, there have been recent deliberations within the U.S. government regarding potentially limiting or restricting China-based companies from accessing U.S. capital markets. On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the HFCA Act, which includes requirements for the SEC to identify issuers whose audit work is performed by auditors that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a restriction imposed by a non-U.S. authority in the auditor’s local jurisdiction. The U.S. House of Representatives passed the HFCA Act on December 2, 2020, and the HFCA Act was signed into law on December 18, 2020. Additionally, in July 2020, the U.S. President’s Working Group on Financial Markets issued recommendations for actions that can be taken by the executive branch, the SEC, the PCAOB or other federal agencies and department with respect to Chinese companies listed on U.S. stock exchanges and their audit firms, in an effort to protect investors in the United States. In response, on November 23, 2020, the SEC issued guidance highlighting certain risks (and their implications to U.S. investors) associated with investments in China-based issuers and summarizing enhanced disclosures the SEC recommends China-based issuers make regarding such risks. On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the HFCA Act. JM Group will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies JM Group as having a “non-inspection” year (as defined in the interim final rules) under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the HFCA Act, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. Under the HFCA Act, JM Group’s securities may be prohibited from trading on U.S. stock exchanges if JM Group’s auditor is not inspected by the PCAOB for three consecutive years, and this ultimately could result in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares being delisted. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the AHFCAA, which would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading. On September 22, 2021, the PCAOB adopted a final rule implementing the AHFCAA, which provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the AHFCAA, whether the Board is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. On November 5, 2021, the SEC approved the PCAOB’s Rule 6100, Board Determinations Under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. Rule 6100 provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the AHFCAA, whether it is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the AHFCAA. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions. On December 16, 2021, the SEC announced that the PCAOB designated mainland China and Hong Kong as the jurisdictions where the PCAOB is not allowed to conduct full and complete audit inspections as mandated under the HFCA Act. On August 26, 2022, a Statement of Protocol was signed by the PCAOB, the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong. Pursuant to the Statement of Protocol, the PCAOB conducted inspections on select registered public accounting firms subject to the Determination Report in Hong Kong between September and November 2022. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB board announced that it has completed the inspections, determined that it had complete access to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, and voted to vacate the Determination Report. On December 29, 2022, the CAA was signed into law by President Biden. The CAA contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA, which reduces the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the HFCA Act from three years to two. JM Group’s auditor is based in the United States, and therefore is not currently subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the future, if there is any regulatory change or step taken by PRC regulators that does not permit WWC, P.C. to provide audit work papers located in mainland China or Hong Kong to the PCAOB for inspection or investigation, or the PCAOB re-evaluates its determination as a result of any obstruction with the implementation of the Statement of Protocol in the future, the trading in JM Group’s securities may be prohibited under the HFCA Act, ultimately resulting in a determination by a securities exchange to delist our securities. Delisting of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares would force holders of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to sell their Ordinary Shares. The market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected as a result of anticipated negative impacts of these executive or legislative actions upon, regardless of whether these executive or legislative actions are implemented and regardless of our actual operating performance.

48

Table of Contents

The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the AHFCAA, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. Future developments in respect of increasing U.S. regulatory access to audit information are uncertain, as the legislative developments are subject to the legislative process and the regulatory developments are subject to the rule-making process and other administrative procedures.

The recent joint statement by the SEC and an act passed by the U.S. Senate and the U.S. House of Representatives, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering, business operations, share price and reputation.

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China (including in Hong Kong) have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered on financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial reporting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud.

On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based or having substantial operations in emerging markets including China, reiterating past SEC and PCAOB statements on matters including the difficulty associated with inspecting accounting firms and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets and the difficulty of bringing and enforcing SEC, Department of Justice and other U.S. regulatory actions, including in instances of fraud, in emerging markets generally.

On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the HFCA Act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or controlled by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national exchange. On December 2, 2020, the U.S. House of Representatives approved the HFCA Act.

As a result of this scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on JM Group, its offering, business and share price. If JM Group becomes the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend JM Group. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from developing our growth. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, we and our business operations will be severely affected and you could sustain a significant decline in the value of our shares.

NYSE American may apply additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing because we plan to have a small public offering and our insiders will hold a large portion of our listed securities.

Under Section 101 of the NYSE American Company Guide, NYSE American has discretionary authority to deny initial listing, apply additional or more stringent criteria for the initial or continued listing of particular securities, or suspend or delist particular securities based on any event, condition, or circumstance that exists or occurs that makes initial or continued listing of the securities on NYSE American inadvisable or unwarranted in the opinion of NYSE American, even though the securities meet all enumerated criteria for initial or continued listing on NYSE American.

Additionally, NYSE American has used its discretion to deny initial or continued listing or to apply additional and more stringent criteria in the instances, including but not limited to: (i) where the company engaged an auditor that has not been subject to an inspection by PCAOB, an auditor that PCAOB cannot inspect, or an auditor that has not demonstrated sufficient resources, geographic reach, or experience to adequately perform the company’s audit; (ii) where the company planned a small public offering, which would result in insiders holding a large portion of the company’s listed securities. NYSE American was concerned that the offering size was insufficient to establish the company’s initial valuation, and there would not be sufficient liquidity to support a public market for the company; and (iii) where the company did not demonstrate sufficient nexus to the U.S. capital market, including having no U.S. shareholders, operations, or members of the board of directors or management. JM Group’s initial public offering

49

Table of Contents

will be relatively small and the insiders of JM Group will hold a large portion of its listed securities following the consummation of the offering. Therefore, JM Group may be subject to the additional and more stringent criteria of NYSE American for its initial and continued listing, which might cause delay or even denial of our listing application.

JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be thinly traded and you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to sell your shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares.

When JM Group’s Ordinary Shares are approved by NYSE and begin trading on NYSE American, JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be “thinly-traded”, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing JM Group’s Ordinary Shares at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation may be attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that JM Group is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if JM Group came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and might be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as JM Group or purchase or recommend the purchase of JM Group’s shares until such time as JM Group became more seasoned. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in JM Group’s shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. A broad or active public trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may not develop or be sustained.

The initial public offering price for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

The initial public offering price for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may vary from the market price of its Ordinary Shares following our initial public offering. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in the last few years. If you purchase JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in JM Group’s initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, or the market price following our initial public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our initial public offering. The market price for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations due to factors such as:

        the financial projections JM Group may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

        actual or anticipated fluctuations in JM Group’s quarterly operating results;

        changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

        negative publicity, studies or reports;

        our capability to catch up with the technology innovations in the industry;

        announcements by JM Group or its competitors of acquisitions, strategic business relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

        addition or departure of key personnel;

        fluctuations of exchange rates between the Hong Kong dollar and the U.S. dollar; and

        general economic or political conditions in Hong Kong, the PRC and greater Asia region.

In addition, the securities market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of Ordinary Shares purchased.

The initial public offering price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares is substantially higher than the (pro forma) net tangible book value per share of its Ordinary Shares. Consequently, when you purchase JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the offering and upon completion of the offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $3.54 per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $13,272,680 based on the assumed offering price of $4.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See “Dilution” on page 62 of this prospectus.

50

Table of Contents

Substantial future sales of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares or the anticipation of future sales of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the public market could cause the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the public market after this offering and the sales of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders pursuant to the Resale Prospectus filed contemporaneously herewith, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to decline. An aggregate of 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares are outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 19,750,000 Ordinary Shares will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering, assuming that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to decline.

JM Group does not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

JM Group currently intends to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to JM Group’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of JM Group’s board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

On October 31, 2021, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD885 ($113) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD8,850,000 ($1,130,152) to the shareholder on October 31, 2021; On October 31, 2022, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD900 ($115) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD9,000,000 ($1,149,308) to the shareholder on October 31, 2022. Other than the foregoing, JM Manufacturing HK has no plan to declare or pay any further cash dividends on our capital shares.

If JM Group determines to pay dividends on any of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, it will be dependent on receipt of funds from its Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by JM Group.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about JM Group’s business, or if they publish a negative report regarding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about JM Group or its business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover JM Group downgrade JM Group, the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of JM Group or fail to regularly publish reports on JM Group, JM Group could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and the trading volume to decline.

JM Group may experience extreme stock price volatility unrelated to its actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, and such volatility may subject JM Group to securities litigation.

The market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may have, when compared to seasoned issuers, significant price volatility and we expect that JM Group’s share price may continue to be more volatile than that of a seasoned issuer for the indefinite future. Recently, there have been instances of extreme stock price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and strong stock price volatility with a number of recent initial public offerings, especially among companies with relatively smaller public floats. As a relatively small-capitalization company with relatively small public float, JM Group may experience greater stock price volatility, extreme price run-ups, lower trading volume and less liquidity than large-capitalization companies. In particular, JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be subject to rapid and substantial price volatility, low volumes of trades and large spreads in bid and ask prices. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to JM Group’s actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

51

Table of Contents

In addition, if the trading volumes of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares are low, persons buying or selling in relatively small quantities may easily influence prices of our Ordinary Shares. This low volume of trades could also cause the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to fluctuate greatly, with large percentage changes in price occurring in any trading day session. Holders of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. A decline in the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares also could adversely affect its ability to issue additional shares of Ordinary Shares or other securities and JM Group’s ability to obtain additional financing in the future. No assurance can be given that an active market in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares will develop or be sustained. If an active market does not develop, holders of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be unable to readily sell the shares they hold or may not be able to sell their shares at all.

In the past, plaintiffs have often initiated securities class action litigation against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. JM Group may, in the future, be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and liabilities and could divert management’s attention and resources.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because JM Group is incorporated under British Virgin Islands law.

JM Group is a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. JM Group’s corporate affairs are governed by its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against JM Group’s directors, actions by its minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of JM Group’s directors to it under the British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of JM Group’s shareholders and the fiduciary duties of its directors under the British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the British Virgin Islands. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, where JM Group was incorporated, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. JM Group is permitted to rely on home country practice with respect to its corporate governance. Although JM Group currently does not intend to rely on home country practice immediately after the initial public offering, it may elect to rely on home country practice in the future. If JM Group chooses to follow the British Virgin Islands’ practice in the future, its shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and This Offering — As a foreign private issuer, JM Group is permitted to, and it will, rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance practices applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our shares.” on page 52 of this prospectus.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulties in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by JM Group’s management, or members of its board of directors, than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the BVI Act and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law.” beginning on page 127 of this prospectus.

As a foreign private issuer, JM Group is permitted to, and it will, rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance practices applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our shares.

As a foreign private issuer, JM Group is permitted to take advantage of certain provisions in the NYSE American Company Guide that allow JM Group to follow its home country law for certain governance matters. Certain corporate governance practices in its home country, the British Virgin Islands, may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards. Currently, JM Group does not plan to rely on any home country practices with respect to its corporate governance immediately following this offering. Under the NYSE American Company Guide, it may in the future

52

Table of Contents

decide to use the home country practices exemption with respect to some or all of the other corporate governance rules, provided that it discloses the requirements that JM Group is not following and describe the home country practices it is following. However, if JM Group choose to follow home country practices in the future, its shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would otherwise enjoy under the NYSE American corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

If JM Group cannot satisfy, or continue to satisfy, the initial listing requirements and other rules of NYSE American, although JM Group is exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to US issuers as a Foreign Private Issuer, our securities may not be listed or may be delisted, which could negatively impact the price of JM Group’s securities and your ability to sell them.

JM Group will seek to have its securities approved for listing on NYSE American upon consummation of this offering. We cannot assure you that JM Group will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time. Even if JM Group’s securities are listed on NYSE American, we cannot assure you that JM Group’s securities will continue to be listed on NYSE American.

In addition, following this offering, in order to maintain JM Group’s listing on NYSE American, JM Group will be required to comply with certain rules of NYSE American, including those regarding minimum shareholders’ equity, minimum share price and certain corporate governance requirements. Even if JM Group initially meets the listing requirements and other applicable rules of NYSE American, it may not be able to continue to satisfy these requirements and applicable rules. If JM Group is unable to satisfy NYSE American’s criteria for maintaining our listing, its securities could be subject to delisting.

If NYSE does not list JM Group’s securities, or subsequently delists JM Group’s securities from trading, JM Group could face significant consequences, including:

        a limited availability for market quotations for JM Group’s securities;

        reduced liquidity with respect to JM Group’s securities;

        a determination that JM Group’s Ordinary Shares are a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in JM Group’s Ordinary Share to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares;

        limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Because our business is conducted in Hong Kong dollars and the price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares is quoted in United States dollars, changes in currency conversion rates may affect the value of your investments.

Our business is conducted in Hong Kong, our books and records are maintained in Hong Kong dollars, which is the currency of Hong Kong, and the financial statements that JM Group files with the SEC and provide to its shareholders are presented in United States dollars. Changes in the exchange rate between the Hong Kong dollar and U.S. dollar affect the value of our assets and the results of our operations in United States dollars. The value of the Hong Kong dollar against the United States dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in Hong Kong’s political and economic conditions and perceived changes in the economy of Hong Kong and the United States. Any significant revaluation of the Hong Kong dollar may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue and financial condition. Further, although JM Group’s Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus are denominated in United States dollars, JM Group will need to convert the net proceeds it receives into Hong Kong dollars in order to use the funds for our business. Changes in the conversion rate between the United States dollar and the Hong Kong dollar will affect that amount of proceeds JM Group will have available for our business.

JM Group has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

JM Group’s management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and

53

Table of Contents

variability of factors that will determine JM Group’s use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by JM Group’s management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business.

JM Group’s pre-IPO shareholders will be able to sell their shares after completion of this offering subject to restrictions under Rule 144.

JM Group’s pre-IPO shareholders may be able to sell their Ordinary Shares under Rule 144 after completion of this offering. Because these shareholders have paid a lower price per Ordinary Share than participants in this offering, when they are able to sell their pre-IPO shares under Rule 144, they may be more willing to accept a lower sales price than the IPO price. This fact could impact the trading price of the stock following completion of the offering, to the detriment of participants in this offering. Under Rule 144, before our pre-IPO shareholders can sell their shares, in addition to meeting other requirements, they must meet the required holding period. JM Group does not expect any of the Ordinary Shares to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during the pendency of this offering.

There can be no assurance that JM Group will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

A non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income; or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, or the asset test. Based on JM Group’s current and expected income and assets (taking into account the expected cash proceeds and our anticipated market capitalization following this offering), JM Group does not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether JM Group is or will become a PFIC is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends, in part, upon the composition of JM Group’s income and assets. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with JM Group’s conclusion or that the IRS would not successfully challenge JM Group’s position. Fluctuations in the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may cause JM Group to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years because the value of JM Group’s assets for the purpose of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. The composition of JM Group’s income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, it uses its liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If JM Group were to be or become a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder and such U.S. Holder may be subject to additional reporting requirements and increased U.S. federal income tax liability. Our status as a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis. Accordingly, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status and also expresses no opinion with regard to our expectations regarding our PFIC status. For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to JM Group and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if JM Group were or are determined to be a PFIC, see “Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company.” beginning on page 138 of this prospectus.

54

Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, all of which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. You can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “approximates,” “believes,” “hopes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or other similar expressions in this prospectus. These statements are likely to address our growth strategy, financial results and product and development programs. You must carefully consider any such statements and should understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ from our forward-looking statements. These factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual future results may vary materially. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

        future financial and operating results, including revenues, income, expenditures, cash balances and other financial items;

        our capital requirements and our ability to raise any additional financing which we may require;

        our ability to continue as going concern;

        our ability to execute our growth, expansion and acquisition strategies, including our ability to meet our goals;

        current and future economic and political conditions;

        our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;

        our expectations regarding our customer base;

        our ability to procure the applicable regulatory licenses in the relevant jurisdictions that we operate in;

        competition in our industry;

        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry;

        our ability to retain effective intellectual property rights and secure the right to use other intellectual property that we deem to be essential or desirable to the conduct of our business;

        our ability to hire and retain qualified management personnel and key employees in order to enable us to develop our business;

        overall industry and market performance; and

        other assumptions described in this prospectus underlying or relating to any forward-looking statements.

We describe material risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our business, including our financial condition and results of operations, under “Risk Factors” Beginning on page 24 of this prospectus. We base our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to our management at the time the statements are made. We caution you that actual outcomes and results may, and are likely to, differ materially from what is expressed, implied or forecast by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should be careful about relying on any forward-looking statements. Except as required under the federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements after the distribution of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changes in assumptions, or otherwise.

55

Table of Contents

Industry Data and Forecasts

This prospectus contains certain data and information that we obtained from various government and private publications. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The gifts, toys, and household products industry in Hong Kong, greater Asia and North America, may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of this industry to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. In addition, the new and rapidly changing nature of the gifts, toys, and household products industry results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industry. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

56

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

JM Group is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands business company, such as:

        political and economic stability;

        an effective judicial system;

        a favorable tax system;

        the absence of exchange controls or currency restrictions; and

        the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the British Virgin Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to:

        the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the United States; and

        British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

JM Group’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, JM Group’s officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

All of JM Group’s assets are located in Hong Kong. In addition, all of JM Group’s directors and officers are nationals or residents of Hong Kong. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon JM Group or these persons, or to enforce against JM Group or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

JM Group has appointed Puglisi & Associates as its agent to receive service of process upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Ogier, JM Group’s British Virgin Islands counsel, and Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP, JM Group’s Hong Kong counsel, have advised JM Group that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the BVI or Hong Kong would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against JM Group or its directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands or Hong Kong against JM Group or its directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

There is uncertainty with regard to British Virgin Islands law as to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the British Virgin Islands are also unlikely to recognize or enforce the judgment against a British Virgin Islands company. Because the courts of the British Virgin Islands have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. Ogier has advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States, in certain circumstances a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction may be recognized and enforced in the courts of the British Virgin Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the High Court of the British Virgin Islands, provided such judgment:

        is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction and such foreign court had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment;

        imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

        is final;

57

Table of Contents

        no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the BVI;

        is not in respect of taxes, a fine, a penalty or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the company; and

        was not obtained in a fraudulent manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the British Virgin Islands.

In appropriate circumstances, a BVI Court may give effect in the BVI to other kinds of final foreign judgments such as declaratory orders, orders for performance of contracts and injunctions.

Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP, JM Group’s Hong Kong counsel, has further advised JM Group that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of Hong Kong would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in Hong Kong against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, as there are currently no treaties or other arrangements providing for reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments between Hong Kong and the United States. However, the common law permits an action to be brought upon a foreign judgment. That is to say, a foreign judgment itself may form the basis of a cause of action since the judgment may be regarded as creating a debt between the parties to it. In a common law action for enforcement of a foreign judgment in Hong Kong, the enforcement is subject to various conditions, including but not limited to, that the foreign judgment is a final judgment conclusive upon the merits of the claim, the judgment is for a liquidated amount in civil and commercial matters and not in respect of taxes, fines, penalties, or similar charges, the judgment is not obtained by fraud, the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were not contrary to natural justice, and the enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy of Hong Kong. Such a judgment must be for a fixed sum and must also come from a “competent” court as determined by the private international law rules applied by the Hong Kong courts. The defenses that are available to a defendant in a common law action brought on the basis of a foreign judgment include lack of jurisdiction, breach of natural justice, fraud, contrary to Hong Kong public policy, and in conflict with a prior Hong Kong judgment. However, a separate legal action for debt must be commenced in Hong Kong in order to recover such debt from the judgment debtor. As a result, there is uncertainty as to the enforceability in Hong Kong, in original actions or in actions for enforcement, of judgments of U.S. courts of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state or territory within the United States.

58

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

JM Group estimates that, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option, JM Group will receive net proceeds of $14,862,000 from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by JM Group and based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Use of Proceeds

 

Percentage
of the net
proceeds

Brand promotion and marketing

 

25

%

Recruitment of talented personnel

 

25

%

Strategic investments and acquisition

 

25

%

General working capital

 

25

%

The foregoing represents JM Group’s current intentions based upon its present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. JM Group’s management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. To the extent that the net proceeds JM Group receives from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, JM Group intends to invest its net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

Brand promotion and marketing

After going public, JM Group aims to further promote its company branding, profile and professional capability in order to achieve strong reputation and reliable image. We believe enhancing the trust level from our existing and potential customers is the key success factor for our industry in the long run. In addition, we plan to conduct feasibilities study about expanding our business to the U.S., Europe and other Asia markets.

Recruitment of talented personnel

Human resources is crucial for our industry, and recruitment of talented personnel continues to be one of our on-going top priorities during day-to-day operations. Thus, we plan to recruit additional experienced staff, including administrative, executive and accounting personnel, marketing and sales as well as designers with solid industry backgrounds that can support the expansion of business, and necessary research and development personnel to support development of new product lines.

Strategic investments and acquisitions

JM Group plans to allocate 25% of the net proceeds of the Offering for strategic investments in complementary businesses, products or services, although JM Group does not currently have any plans or commitments for any such acquisitions or investments.

General working capital

JM Group aims to reserve 25% of net proceeds for general working capital needs and use as daily operation. This can serve as a buffer to deal with the fluctuating economic environment and at the same time provide a stable finance backup for daily operational use.

The foregoing represents JM Group’s current intentions based upon its present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. JM Group’s management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. To the extent that the net proceeds JM Group receives from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, JM Group intends to invest its net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

59

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Subject to the BVI Act and JM Group’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, JM Group’s board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately following the dividend the value of JM Group’s assets will exceed its liabilities and JM Group will be able to pay its debts as they become due. There is no further BVI statutory restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend.

As of the date of this prospectus, JM Manufacturing HK has distributed dividends as follows: On October 31, 2021, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD885 (US$113) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD8,850,000 (US$1,130,152) to the shareholder on October 31, 2021; On October 31, 2022, JM Manufacturing HK declared a per share dividend of HKD900 (US$115) to its then sole shareholder, Mr. Ting, which was paid in full in a total amount of HKD9,000,000 (US$1,149,308) to the shareholder on October 31, 2022. If JM Group determines to pay dividends on any of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, JM Group will be dependent on receipt of funds from its Hong Kong subsidiary JM Manufacturing HK. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by JM Group.

Other than disclosed above, JM Group has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital shares, or made any transfers or distributions between JM Group and JM Manufacturing HK, or to shareholders of JM Group. JM Group currently intends to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and does not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to JM Group’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of JM Group’s board of directors after considering JM Group’s financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

If JM Group determines to pay dividends on any of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, JM Group will be dependent on receipt of funds from its Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK.

Cash dividends, if any, on JM Group’s Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars.

Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by JM Group. See “Taxation — Hong Kong Profits Taxation.” on page 141 of this prospectus.

60

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth JM Group’s capitalization as of March 31, 2025:

        on an actual basis; and

        on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Ordinary Shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by JM Group.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” beginning on page 65 of this prospectus.

 

March 31, 2025

   

Actual

 

Actual

     

Adjusted

   

HKD

 

US$

 

US$

Debt

   

 

     

 

 

Short-term bank loans

 

43,608,706

 

 

5,605,304

 

 

5,605,304

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

2,415,500

 

 

310,480

 

 

310,480

Non-current portion of long-term bank loans

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

 

846,201

Shareholders’ equity:

   

 

     

 

 

Ordinary Shares, US$0.0000625 par value, 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares authorized, and 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted to reflect the share split on July 24, 2025) as of March 31, 2025(1); 19,750,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised(2)

 

7,831

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,234

Additional paid-in capital

 

11,692,169

 

 

1,502,869

 

 

16,364,635

Accumulated losses

 

(41,571,388

)

 

(5,343,428

)

 

(5,343,428)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

(29,871,388

)

 

(3,839,559

)

 

11,022,441

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

(2)      The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after the offering is based on 16,000,000, which is the number of shares outstanding on March 31, 2025, assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 562,500 Ordinary Shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

61

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted for each Ordinary Share you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Ordinary Share and JM Group’s net tangible book value per Ordinary Share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per Ordinary Share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per Ordinary Share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Ordinary Shares.

JM Group’s net tangible book value as of HKD29,871,388 was approximately $3,839,559, or $0.0000625 per Ordinary Share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of JM Group’s total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of JM Group’s total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per Ordinary Share from the initial public offering price per Ordinary Share and after deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by JM Group.

After giving further effect to JM Group’s sale of 3,750,000 Ordinary Shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by JM Group, JM Group’s pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2025 is $11,022,441, or $0.56 per Ordinary Share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per Ordinary Share of $0.80 to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per Ordinary Share of $3.94 to new investors purchasing Ordinary Shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per Ordinary Share basis.

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

 

$

4.50

 

Net tangible book value per Ordinary Share as of March 31, 2025

 

$

(0.24

)

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Ordinary Share attributable to new investors purchasing Ordinary Shares in this offering

 

$

0.80

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Ordinary Share after this offering

 

$

0.56

 

Dilution per Ordinary Share to new investors in this offering

 

$

3.94

 

An increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares would increase (decrease) JM Group’s net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering assuming no change to the number of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated expenses payable by JM Group.

To the extent that JM Group issues additional Ordinary Shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2025, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors, the total consideration paid and the average price per Ordinary Share before deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by JM Group.

 

Ordinary
Shares purchased

 

Total consideration

 

Average
price per
ordinary
share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

16,000,000

 

81.0

%

 

$

1,503,869

 

8.0

%

 

$

0.09

New investors

 

3,750,000

 

19.0

%

 

$

16,875,000

 

92.0

%

 

$

4.50

Total

 

19,750,000

 

100.0

%

 

$

18,378,869

 

100.0

%

 

$

0.93

62

Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our Corporate History

JM Manufacturing HK was incorporated under the law of Hong Kong on June 17, 2016, and our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Ting is the founder. In order to prepare for this offering, a series of restructure actions have been taken. On May 27, 2024, JM Group was incorporated under the laws of BVI with the sole purpose of being the holding company of JM Manufacturing HK. Upon incorporation, JM Group, JM Manufacturing HK, Mr. Ting and JM Manufacturing HK Minority Shareholders, entered the Share Exchange Agreement. Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, JM Group issued a total of 1,000 Ordinary Shares to Mr. Ting and the JM Manufacturing HK Minority Shareholders allocated on pro rata basis in proportion to their respective holding of JM Manufacturing HK shares at $1.00 per share in exchange for their transfer of the issued and outstanding 10,000 ordinary shares of JM Manufacturing HK, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of JM Manufacturing HK. As a result, JM Group becomes the holding company of JM Manufacturing HK.

On July 24, 2025, we filed a certificate of amendment to our memorandum and articles of association with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1.00 per share, to 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0000625 per share and effectuated a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 16000-for-1.

Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure prior to:

63

Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and immediately following our initial public offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised:

64

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with JM Group Limited’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. JM Group Limited’s actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.

Overview

Leveraging our expertise in the gifts, toys, and household products industry, we aim to promote consumer lifestyles. Through JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited (“JM Manufacturing HK”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of JM Group Limited (“JM”) in Hong Kong, we primarily engage in sourcing and wholesaling of a variety of products, including without limitation, gifts, toys, household products and other products for international brand owners. Additionally, we provide product design and development collaboration as a value-added service for our customers. Our customers range from retailers, distributors to wholesalers across regions, including Australia, Hong Kong, Mexico and the United States. Having commenced operations in 2016, we have accumulated over seven years of experience in the industry.

Over years of operation, we sourced and wholesaled a wide range of gifts, toys, household products, and other product that can be broadly classified into eight (8) major categories: (i) sports and outdoor recreation products, including water gun, umbrella, pool volleyball, athletic equipment and accessories, (ii) toys and games, (iii) seasonable décor and party supplies, including interior decorative elements, Christmas tree, and other general festival and event decorative goods, (iv) electronics, including electronic toys and automotive battery; (v) home and tools, (vi) school, office and art supplies, including art and craft, (vii) clothing, shoes and accessories, (vii) personal care products, such as personal care appliance, and (viii) others.

Our revenue increased from HKD119,097,976 for the year ended September 30, 2023, to HKD221,238,043 (US$ 28,475,930) for the year ended September 30, 2024, representing an increase of 85.8%, which was primarily due to increased sales demand, especially in the sports, outdoors and personal care products.

Our gross profit margin increased by 4.8% for the year ended September 30, 2024, which in line with the revenue increased.

Our revenue increased from HKD129,091,833 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, to HKD147,348,725 (US$18,939,668) for the six months ended March 31, 2025, representing an increase of 14.1%, which was primarily due to increased sales demand, especially in the sports, outdoors and personal care products, and acquisition of a new customer during the six months ended March 31, 2025.

Although revenue increased during the period, our gross profit margin declined slightly by 2.7%, primarily due to a disproportionate rise in the cost of sales. This may be attributed to factors such as increased raw material or production costs, and shift in costs toward lower-margin products at the expense of margin. As a result, while topline growth remained strong, profitability at the gross level was under pressure.

Key Factors that Affect Results of Operations

Our results of operations have been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors, including those set out below:

Competition from other sellers in the market

The gifts, toys, and household products sourcing market are relatively fragmented and competitive. We primarily compete with other sourcing companies in the industry and indirectly compete with manufacturers based in Southeast Asia. We compete based on our product quality, research and development capabilities, established customer relationships and our experienced management team. Our current and future competitors may have longer operating histories, larger and more established customer bases, better manufacturer relationships, better supply chain capabilities, or greater financial, technical, or marketing resources than we do. Competitors may leverage their

65

Table of Contents

experience and resources to compete with us in a variety of ways, including investing more heavily in sales and marketing, adopting more aggressive pricing strategies, and making acquisitions for the expansion of their products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and such competition may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.

Our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers

Our success depends on our ability to maintain good relationships with our existing customers and increase sales to them over time, as a significant amount of current net revenue is generated from sales to a limited number of existing customers. If we are unable to satisfy our existing customer needs in terms of product quality or service level, our business transactions with our customers may decline, and our operating results and financial conditions would be adversely impacted in a material manner.

In addition, our future success depends in part on our ability to attract new customers and continue to expand our customer base. In order to attract new customers, we must increase our investment in sales and marketing functions across markets and recruit the right talent to drive the expansion efforts. Such investment and recruitment activities may not necessarily yield an increase in revenue, and even if they do, the expenses we will incur may more than offset any increase in revenue, which would harm our business, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our ability to manage costs of raw materials or transportation

Changes in the costs of raw materials or transportation indirectly affect our cost structure. Any increase in production costs may be passed on to us, but we might not be able to pass on all or any part of the subsequent increase in costs to our customers, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. We do not have long-term contracts with third-party contract manufacturers and raw material vendors. We usually enter into fixed-price contracts with vendors and agree on raw materials pricing concurrently with our acceptance of each customer order, but in some cases a short time gap may be inevitable. Where market forces drive up raw material costs, we may from time to time fail to negotiate price terms that are advantageous to us and hence put pressure on our profit margin.

A downturn in general economic conditions

Majority of our revenue was derived from sales to the US consumer market, with future expansion strategies into the Europe and Asia market. In recent years, the global economic indicators have shown mixed signs, and the future growth of the economies is subject to many factors beyond our control. A downturn in the economy could adversely impact consumer purchases of discretionary items such as gifts, toys, and household products. Factors that could affect consumers’ willingness to make such discretionary purchase include general business conditions, levels of employment, interest rates and tax rates, the availability of consumer credit, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. In the event of an economic downturn, we could experience lower than expected net sales, which could force us to delay or slow down our growth strategy and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, profitability, and cash flow.

The COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic and the travel restrictions, quarantines, and other related public health measures and actions taken by governments and the private sector have adversely affected global economies, financial markets, and the overall environment for our business, and the extent to which it may continue to impact our results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain. The global macroeconomic effects of the pandemic may persist indefinitely, even after the pandemic has subsided.

Supply chain disruptions have become a major challenge for the global economy since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. These shortages and supply-chain disruptions are significant and widespread. Lockdowns in several countries across the world, labor shortages, robust demand for tradable goods, disruptions to logistics networks, and capacity constraints have resulted in increases in freight costs and delivery times. Companies that are reliant on the movement of goods and materials, such as our company, may suffer from plant closures and supply shortages across the extended supply network.

66

Table of Contents

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results of operations going forward will depend on future developments, including the frequency, duration and extent of outbreaks of COVID-19, the appearance of new variants with different characteristics, and the success or failure of efforts to contain or treat cases. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this prospectus.

Economic, political and social conditions in mainland China and Hong Kong, as well as its government policies, laws and regulations

Our key operations are in Hong Kong. However, due to the long arm provisions under the current laws and regulations of mainland China, the PRC government may exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene in or influence our operations at any time with little or no advance notice, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of JM Group Limited’s Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced to a significant degree by the political, economic, and social conditions in the PRC generally and by the continued economic growth in mainland China as a whole. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects are, to a significant degree, subject to economic, political, and legal developments in the PRC.

Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law, namely, Hong Kong’s constitutional document, which provides Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems.” However, there is no assurance that there will not be any changes in the economic, political, and legal environment in Hong Kong in the future. Since our operation is based in Hong Kong, any change of such political arrangements may pose immediate threat to the stability of the economy in Hong Kong, thereby directly and adversely affecting our results of operations and financial positions.

Basis of presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all the information and footnotes required by the U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with the U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted consistent with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, in normal recurring nature, as necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2025, and results of operations and cash flows for the six-months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all the information and footnotes required by the U.S. GAAP. Interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or for any future period. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024 and related notes included in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

Use of estimates and assumptions

In preparing the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with the U.S. GAAP, the management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited interim condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, allowance of expected credit losses, useful lives of property and equipment, the impairment of long-lived assets, uncertain income tax positions, and implicit interest rate of operating and finance leases. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

67

Table of Contents

Risks and uncertainties

Economic and political risks

The Company’s operations are mainly conducted in Hong Kong. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by changes in the political, economic, and legal environments in Hong Kong.

The Company’s operations in Hong Kong are subject to special considerations and significant risks. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic, and legal environment and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political and social conditions in Hong Kong, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion, remittances abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

Liquidity Risk

Our accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements has exposed to liquidity risk, which is the risk that we are unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company’s working capital deficit was HKD36,287,480 and HKD25,611,344 (US$3,291,990). This factor raises substantial doubt as to whether the Company will be able to continue as a going concern. The liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, we will turn to other financial institutions and related parties to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

Our Company is attempting to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue and borrow money from financial institutions; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support the Company’s daily operations. Management intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering to alleviate working capital pressure. Additionally, management intends to negotiate extended credit periods with suppliers and to request prepayments or milestone payments from customers, if feasible. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s ability to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and its ability to raise additional funds by way of a public or private offering.

Inflation Risk

Management monitors changes in price levels. Historically inflation has not materially impacted the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements; however, significant increases in the price of raw materials and labor that cannot be passed to the Company’s customers could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations.

Foreign currency translation

The Company uses Hong Kong dollars (“HKD”) as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary which is incorporated in Hong Kong is HKD, which is its respective local currency based on the criteria of ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”.

In the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated income statements during the year in which they occur.

Convenience translation

Translations of amounts in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the six months ended March 31, 2025 are solely for the convenience of the reader and

68

Table of Contents

were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7799, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board. Translations of amounts in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the year ended September 30, 2024, are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7639, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board on September 30, 2024. No representation is made that the HKD amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at such rate or at any other rate.

Fair value measurement

The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.

The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels are defined as follow:

        Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

        Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the carrying values of current assets and current liabilities approximated their fair values reported in the consolidated balance sheets and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets due to the short-term maturities of these instruments, respectively.

Cash

Cash mainly represents cash on hand, cash in the bank and demand deposits placed with financial institutions, which have original maturities of less than three months and are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company had HKD4,858,613 and HKD17,622,838 (US$2,265,175) in cash, respectively. The Company maintains all its bank accounts in Hong Kong.

Accounts receivables and allowance for expected credit losses accounts

Accounts receivables are recorded and carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for any potential uncollectible amounts overdue up to 60 to 120 days.

The Company make estimates of expected credit and collectability trends for the allowance for credit losses and allowance for unbilled receivables based upon our assessment of various factors, including historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from customers. The provision is recorded against accounts receivable balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income. Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for expected credit losses after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

Allowance for expected credit losses accounts was HKD18,154,619 as of September 30, 2024, and HKD7,709,123 (US$990,903) as of March 31, 2025.

Accounts receivable that are factored out to banks with recourse to the Company are not derecognized until the recourse period expires and the risks and rewards of the receivables have been fully transferred. The corresponding cash received from the banks is recorded as a short-term loan. Any fee incurred to effect factoring is net-off against short-term loan and taken to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income over the period of factoring using the effective interest method.

The Company from time to time may factor accounts receivables due from certain high credit quality customers to factoring house, on a recourse basis, in exchange of a loan equal to approximately 90% of the face value of the receivables in exchange for immediate cash proceeds for use in operations.

69

Table of Contents

Factoring liability

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells accounts receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable and is liable for the losses incurred in any business dispute.

The factoring is not treated as a sale in accordance with ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” but as a secured borrowing. Such borrowings are presented as short-term loans. See Note 14 for disclosure of short-term loan.

The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties and the cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to third parties, on a gross basis as trade accounts receivables and payment of loans in cash flow from financing activities in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company has balance of factoring arrangements against HKD22,675,250 and HKD27,286,961 (US$3,507,367) of accounts receivable, respectively.

As of September 30, 2024

Purchase of Accounts Receivables

 

Total
principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest
rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

22,675,250

 

128,813,127

 

129,035,806

 

7.3% to 8.0%

As at March 31, 2025

Purchase of Accounts Receivables

 

Total
principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest
rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

27,286,961

 

93,413,413

 

88,801,702

 

6.8% to 7.3%

Prepayments

Prepayments mainly consist of prepayments to manufacturers. Management reviews its prepayments on a regular basis to determine if the allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Deposits

Deposits paid by the company represent amounts paid in advance for utility, rental or other contractual obligations. These amounts are refundable and bear no interest. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment if applicable. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method after consideration of the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Useful Life

Office equipment

 

5 years

Office furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

lesser of lease term or expected useful life

70

Table of Contents

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the statements of operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred, while additions, renewals and betterment, which are expected to extend the useful life of assets, are capitalized. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation to determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

Impairment for long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognizes an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company will reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is taken to the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Borrowings which are due to be settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in short-term loan in the balance sheet even though the original term was for a period longer than twelve months and an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are authorized for issue. Other borrowings due to be settled more than twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in long-term loan in the balance sheet.

Finance leases

Finance lease assets are subsequently amortized using the straight-line method from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of its useful life or the end of the lease term unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company or the Company is reasonably certain to exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset. In those cases, the Finance lease assets are amortized over the useful life of the underlying asset. Accordingly, the assets leased under the finance leases are included in property and equipment, and depreciation thereon is recognized in operating expenses in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. When the Company makes its contractual payments under finance leases, the Company allocates a portion to reduce the finance lease obligation, and a portion is recognized as interest expenses.

Operating leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liability, current and non-current in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease obligation represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When determining the lease term, the Company includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, if any. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company used an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company has elected to adopt the following lease policies in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02: (i) for leases that have lease terms of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company elected not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements; and (ii) the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients for existing arrangements entered into prior to October 1, 2021 to not reassess (a) whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, (b) the lease classification applied to existing leases, and(c) initial direct costs.

71

Table of Contents

Contract liabilities

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. For certain products, customers are required to pay before the goods or services are delivered. The Company recognizes a contract asset or a contract liability in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, depending on the relationship between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment.

The Company classifies its right-to-consideration in exchange for goods transferred to a customer as either a receivable or a contract asset. A receivable is a right to consideration that is unconditional as compared to a contract asset which is a right to consideration that is conditional upon factors other than the passage of time. The Company recognizes accounts receivable in its unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets when it delivers the goods in advance of receiving consideration and if it has the unconditional right to receive consideration. The Company did not have any capitalized contract costs as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025.

Contract liabilities are recognized if the Company receives consideration in advance of performance, which is mainly in relation to emerging and other goods or services. The Company expects to recognize a significant majority of this balance as revenue over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the contract liabilities of the Company amounted to HKD1,226,534 and HKD1,509,718 (US$194,054), respectively.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the five-step model defined by ASC Topic 606 requires the Company to (1) identify its contracts with customers, (2) identify its performance obligations under those contracts, (3) determine the transaction prices of those contracts, (4) allocate the transaction prices to its performance obligations in those contracts and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation under those contracts is satisfied. Revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration expected in exchange for those goods or services.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers in an amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Control is the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the specified goods and services.

The Company currently generates its revenue through trading gifts, toys, and household products and other products through distribution network to the US market. Currently, the Company sells its products through sourcing and wholesale customers. The Company sells goods under Free On Board (“FOB”) shipping point term, and revenue is recognized when product is loaded on the ships and control is deemed as transferred. Typical payment terms set forth in the invoice are within 60 days and factoring loan of accounts receivables are within 120 days.

The Company is the principal for the majority of its transactions and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is the principal when it has control of the merchandise before it is transferred to customers, which generally is established when the Company is primarily responsible for merchandising decisions, maintains the relationship with customer, and has pricing discretion.

Merchandise costs

Merchandise costs of gifts, toys, household products and other products, which are directly related to revenue-generating transactions, primarily consist of the cost of purchasing of products.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of bad debts, entertainment & commission, and general administrative expenses such as employee costs, rental expenses, management fee, legal and professional fees and other miscellaneous administrative expenses.

72

Table of Contents

Employee benefit

Hong Kong Employment Ordinance (“The Ordinance”) provides that an employee employed under a continuous employment contract for a period of one month or more immediately preceding a sickness day is entitled to sickness allowance if (1) the sick leave taken is not less than four consecutive days; (2) the sick leave taken is supported by an appropriate medical certificate; and (3) the employee has accumulated sufficient number of paid sickness days. The daily rate of sickness allowance is a sum equivalent to four-fifths of the average daily wages earned by an employee in the 12-month period preceding the first sickness day.

The Ordinance also provides that an employee is entitled to 14 statutory holidays regardless of his or her length of services. Holiday pay should be paid to the employee whose continuous employment contract is not less than three months immediately preceding a statutory holiday is entitled to the holiday pay.

An employee is entitled to paid annual leave after having been employed under a continuous employment contract for every 12 months. An employee’s paid annual leave increases progressively from 7 days to a maximum of 14 days in accordance with his or her length of employment.

Under Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, an employer shall enroll their relevant employees in Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes. Relevant employees are those who are between 18 and 65 years of age and have been employed for consecutive 60 days or more. An employer is required to make regular mandatory contributions of at least 5% of the employee’s monthly income between HKD7,100 and HKD30,000 and HKD1,500 of the employee’s monthly income over HKD30,000.

Government grants

Government grants are granted by local government authorities as an incentive for companies to develop, upgrade and restructure operations, promote domestic sales and enhance competitiveness and facilitate business development. The Company receives government grants related to government sponsored projects and records such government grants as a liability when they are received. The Company records government grants in interest income (expense) and other income (expense). Total government grants amounted to HKD108,800 and nil for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. No government grants were received for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025.

Income taxes

The Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the current laws of the British Virgin Islands. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the Company and the Company’s subsidiary in Hong Kong, JM Manufacturing to the Company’s shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

JM Manufacturing is incorporated in and carry trade and business in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong profits tax under Inland Revenue Department Ordinance.

The charge for taxation is based on actual results for the year as adjusted for items that are non-assessable or disallowed; and it is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Company is not currently subject to tax in the British Virgin Islands.

Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Related parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

73

Table of Contents

Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes its liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Earnings (loss) per share

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary share outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. There were no dilutive shares for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, or for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and account receivable. The Company places its cash with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality.

Accounts receivable primarily comprise of amounts receivable from the service customers. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of these service customers. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific service customers and other information.

Concentration of customers

As of September 30, 2024, two major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 50% and 40% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, three major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, and one is a well-known retailer that represents and sells low-cost products from the US and abroad, accounted for 56%, 29% and 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 70% and 26% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 79% and 11% of the Company’s total revenues respectively.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, one major customer, who is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, accounted for 83% of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended September 30, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufactured products from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 69% and 24% of the Company’s total revenues respectively.

74

Table of Contents

Concentration of manufacturers

As of September 30, 2024, one manufacturer accounted for 16.7% of the total balance of accounts payables. As of March 31, 2025, four manufacturers accounted for 21.1%, 16.1%, 15.6% and 11.4% of the total balance of accounts payable, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16%, 15% and 10% of our total purchases, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, three manufacturers accounted for 20%, 12% and 11% of our total purchases, respectively.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, three manufacturers accounted for 18.2%, 14.2% and 10.4% of our total purchases, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16.6%, 10.7% and 9.2% of our total purchases, respectively.

Segment reporting

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for detailing the Company’s business segments. Based on the criteria established by ASC 280, the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company. As a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company does not distinguish between markets or segments for the purpose of internal reporting. As the Company’s long-lived assets are substantially located in Hong Kong, no geographical segments are presented.

Deferred initial public offering (“IPO”) cost

Pursuant to ASC 340-10-S99-1, IPO costs directly attributable to an offering of equity securities are deferred and would be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. These costs include legal fees related to the registration drafting and counsel, consulting fees related to the registration preparation, and the SEC filing and print related costs. During the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company recorded a charge of HKD465,001 and HKD990,577 related to the IPO. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company had capitalized deferred IPO costs of HKD465,001 and HKD1,455,578 (US$187,095), respectively.

Global Unrest

Global unrest due to wars and terrorist attacks have led to further economic disruptions. Mounting inflationary cost pressures and recessionary fears have negatively impacted the global economy. Prior to the interest risks cut in 2024, since mid-2022, the U.S. Federal Reserve had addressed elevated inflation by increasing interest rates due to the inflation risk. Given current market conditions, the Company may be unable to access the capital markets, and additional capital may only be available to the Company on terms that could be significantly detrimental to the Company’s existing shareholders and to the Company’s business.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company, or EGC, and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” This amendment incorporates certain U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification Topics, allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. For entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosure requirements and for entities required to file or furnish financial statements with or to the SEC in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are

75

Table of Contents

not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, the effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC removes that related disclosure from its rules. For all other entities, the amendments will be effective two years later. However, if by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the related disclosure from its regulations, the amendments will be removed from the Codification and not become effective for any entity. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2023-06 to have a material impact on its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” which primarily requires disaggregated disclosure of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements on an annual and interim basis. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company is currently assessing the impact of adoption.

In March 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-02 — Liabilities (405): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 122. The amendments in this Update are effective immediately and on a fully retrospective basis to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adoption of this standard to its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Results of Operations

For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2024, compared to Six Months Ended March 31, 2025

The following table sets forth a summary of the consolidated results of operations of us for the periods indicated, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of its total revenues.

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

   

HKD

 

% of
revenue

 

HKD

 

US$

 

% of
revenue

Revenue

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

129,091,833

 

 

100.0

%

 

147,348,725

 

 

18,939,668

 

 

100.0

%

   

129,091,833

 

 

100.0

%

 

147,348,725

 

 

18,939,668

 

 

100.0

%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating Expenses

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(109,440,921

)

 

(84.8

)%

 

(128,707,587

)

 

(16,543,604

)

 

(87.3

)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(12,796,678

)

 

(9.9

)%

 

(3,859,024

)

 

(496,025

)

 

(2.6

)%

Total operating expenses

 

(122,237,599

)

 

(94.7

)%

 

(132,566,611

)

 

(17,039,629

)

 

(89.9

)%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Income from operations

 

6,854,234

 

 

5.3

%

 

14,782,114

 

 

1,900,039

 

 

10.0

%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(1,722,266

)

 

(1.3

)%

 

(1,426,237

)

 

(183,323

)

 

(1.0

)%

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

15,386

 

 

*

 

 

(1,352

)

 

(174

)

 

*

 

Other income – litigation settlement

 

1,356,253

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Other income

 

11,667

 

 

*

 

 

25,667

 

 

3,299

 

 

*

 

Bank charge

 

(546,235

)

 

(0.4

)%

 

(586,821

)

 

(75,428

)

 

(0.4

)%

Total interest and other (expense) income, net

 

(885,195

)

 

(0.7

)%

 

(1,988,743

)

 

(255,626

)

 

(1.3

)%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Income before income taxes

 

5,969,039

 

 

4.6

%

 

12,793,371

 

 

1,644,413

 

 

8.7

%

Provision for income taxes

 

(838,541

)

 

(0.6

)%

 

(346,973

)

 

(44,599

)

 

(0.2

)%

Net income

 

5,130,498

 

 

4.0

%

 

12,446,398

 

 

1,599,814

 

 

8.4

%

____________

*        Less than 0.1%

76

Table of Contents

Revenue

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025:

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Sales of products

           

Clothing, shoes and accessories

 

36,756,352

 

21,246,495

 

2,730,947

Home and tools

 

8,354,560

 

11,747,774

 

1,510,016

Personal care

 

4,134,759

 

10,280,198

 

1,321,379

School, office and art supplies

 

4,509,964

 

3,481,362

 

447,482

Seasonal décor and party supplies

 

12,589,143

 

9,178,255

 

1,179,739

Sports and outdoors

 

53,462,509

 

70,714,990

 

9,089,447

Toys and games

 

9,284,546

 

20,699,651

 

2,660,658

Total

 

129,091,833

 

147,348,725

 

18,939,668

For the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, we generated our revenue primarily through sales of toys and games, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, school, office and art supplies, home and tools, clothing, shoes and accessories, electronics and personal care.

Our revenue increased from HKD129,091,833 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, to HKD147,348,725 (US$18,939,668) for the six months ended March 31, 2025, representing an increase of 14.1%. The increase is primarily due to increased sales demand, especially in the sports, outdoors and personal care products, and acquisition of a new customer during the six months ended March 31, 2025.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, and 2025, we maintained a strong relationship with our top customer, a US-incorporated entity with established global brands across various sectors, through sales of toys and games, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, school, office and art supplies, home and tools, clothing, shoes and accessories, electronics and personal care.

Merchandise costs

Our total merchandise costs increased by 17.6% to HKD128,707,587 (US$16,543,604) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD109,440,921 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was in line with our significant increase in sales of products during the six months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the corresponding period in 2024.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

For the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, our selling, general and administrative expenses consisted of staff costs, rental expenses, transport and travelling, selling and marketing, depreciation, legal and professional fees, auditor’s remuneration and consulting fees. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our general and administrative expenses for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025:

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Staff costs

 

4,077,619

 

4,372,031

 

 

561,965

 

Rental expenses

 

761,010

 

768,552

 

 

98,787

 

Transport and travelling

 

1,544,543

 

761,837

 

 

97,924

 

Selling and marketing

 

3,226,521

 

4,224,502

 

 

543,002

 

Depreciation

 

44,311

 

16,816

 

 

2,161

 

Legal and professional fees

 

284,320

 

775,002

 

 

99,616

 

Auditor’s remuneration

 

44,000

 

712,106

 

 

91,532

 

Provision (reversal) of expected credit losses accounts

 

470,248

 

(10,445,496

)

 

(1,342,626

)

Others

 

2,344,106

 

2,673,674

 

 

343,664

 

Total

 

12,796,678

 

3,859,024

 

 

496,025

 

77

Table of Contents

Staff costs

Our staff costs increased by 7.2% to HKD4,372,031 (US$561,965) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD4,077,619 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 mainly due to an increase in headcount and salaries.

Rental expenses

Our rental expenses mainly represented rental expenses for Hong Kong office. Our rental and office expenses increased by 1.0% to HKD768,552 (US$98,787) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD761,010 for the six months ended March 31, 2024.

Transport and travelling

Our transport and travelling consisted of motor vehicle running costs, travel and communication expenses and other travel related expenses. Our transport and travelling expenses decreased by 50.7%, to HKD761,837 (US$97,924) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD1,544,543 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to a decrease in business travel.

Selling and marketing

Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 31% to HKD4,224,502 (US$543,002) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD3,226,521 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was principally driven by the higher commission expenses and product development spending, all of which aligned with the growth in sales during the period.

Depreciation

Our depreciation mainly represented depreciation of our property and equipment. Our depreciation for our property and equipment decreased to HKD16,816 (US$2,161) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD44,311 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 mainly due to certain property and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the period, resulting in no further depreciation being recognized for those assets in the current period.

Legal and professional fee

Our legal and professional fee increased to HKD775,002 (US$99,616) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD284,320 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to expenses incurred in our preparation for public listing in US.

Auditor’s remuneration

Our Auditor’s remuneration increased to HKD712,106 (US$91,532) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD44,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to expenses incurred in our preparation for public listing in US.

Provision (reversal) of expected credit losses accounts

Our net provision (reversal) for expected credit losses decreased from a provision of HKD470,248 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 to a net reversal of HKD10,445,496 (US$1,342,626) for the six months ended March 31, 2025. This net reversal of HKD10,445,496 (US$1,342,626) comprises a reversal of HKD11,990,066 (US$1,541,159) primarily driven by a significant repayment from one of our customers, and a provision of HKD1,544,570 (US$198,533) primarily driven by an increase of within one-month overdue amounts from two major customers, which is in line with the growth in sales volume.

78

Table of Contents

Others

Our other general and administrative expenses mainly consisted of bank charges, cleaning charges, courier and postage, insurance, printing and stationery, management fees and other miscellaneous expenses. Our other general and administrative expenses increased to HKD2,673,674 (US$343,664) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD2,344,106 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in motor vehicle expenses and subscription fee.

Income from operations

Our overall income from operations increased by 116%, resulting in an income from operations of HKD14,782,114 (US$1,900,039) for the six months ended March 31, 2025, compared to HKD6,854,234 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was in line with the increase in revenue, cost of sales, and SG&A expenses during the six months ended March 31, 2025.

Interest expense, net

Our interest expenses primarily relate to interest incurred from import invoice financing and factoring loans. The interest expenses decreased to HKD1,426,237 (US$183,323) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD1,722,266 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. This was primarily due to a decrease in proceeds from factoring arrangements, which declined to HKD93,413,413 as of period ended March 31, 2025 from HKD128,813,127 as of year ended September 30, 2024. Furthermore, a slight decline in benchmark interest rates — driven by central banks easing monetary policy to support economic growth — contributed to lower trade finance rates, resulting in reduced finance costs for the Company.

Bank charges

Our bank charges primarily are related to the factoring arrangement. Our bank charges increased to HKD586,821 (US$75,428) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 from HKD546,235 for the six months ended March 31, 2024, which was mainly due to higher utilization of the factoring facility during the period.

Provision for income tax expense

Our income tax expenses amounted to HKD346,973 (US$44,599) for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and HKD838,541 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. We are subject only to Hong Kong corporate tax regime. Starting from the financial year commencing on April 1, 2018, the two-tiered profits tax regime took effect, under which the tax rate is 8.25% for assessable profits on the first HKD2,000,000 and 16.5% for any assessable profits in excess of HKD2,000,000.

Net income

Our net income increased by 143%, resulting in a net gain of HKD12,446,398 (US$1,599,814) for the six months ended March 31, 2025, compared to HKD5,130,498 for the six months ended March 31, 2024.

79

Table of Contents

For the Year Ended September 30, 2023, compared to Year Ended September 30, 2024

The following table sets forth a summary of the consolidated results of operations of us for the periods indicated, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of its total revenues.

 

For the year ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

   

HKD

 

% of
revenue

 

HKD

 

US$

 

% of
revenue

Revenue

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

119,097,976

 

 

100.0

%

 

221,238,043

 

 

28,475,930

 

 

100.0

%

   

119,097,976

 

 

100.0

%

 

221,238,043

 

 

28,475,930

 

 

100.0

%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating Expenses

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(107,284,282

)

 

(90.1

)%

 

(188,757,892

)

 

(24,295,354

)

 

(85.3

)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(33,545,670

)

 

(28.2

)%

 

(24,887,221

)

 

(3,203,277

)

 

(11.2

)%

Total operating expenses

 

(140,829,952

)

 

(118.2

)%

 

(213,645,113

)

 

(27,498,631

)

 

(96.5

)%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

(21,731,976

)

 

(18.2

)%

 

7,592,930

 

 

977,299

 

 

(3.4

)%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(3,057,359

)

 

(2.6

)%

 

(3,399,000

)

 

(437,491

)

 

(1.5

)%

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

(84,123

)

 

(0.1

)%

 

564,916

 

 

72,711

 

 

*

 

Government grants

 

108,800

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Other income – litigation settlement

 

 

   

 

 

4,456,253

 

 

573,572

 

 

2.0

%

Other income

 

 

 

*

 

 

427,696

 

 

55,049

 

 

*

 

Bank charge

 

(789,692

)

 

(0.7

)%

 

(994,430

)

 

(127,995

)

 

(0.45

)%

Other expense

 

(728,000

)

 

(0.6

)%

 

(58,964

)

 

(7,588

)

 

*

 

Total interest expense and other expense, net

 

(4,550,374

)

 

(3.8

)%

 

996,471

 

 

128,258

 

 

(0.45

)%

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(26,282,350

)

 

(22.1

)%

 

8,589,401

 

 

1,105,557

 

 

3.88

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

*

 

 

(1,560,959

)

 

(200,914

)

 

0.71

%

Net (loss) income

 

(26,282,350

)

 

(22.1

)%

 

7,028,442

 

 

904,643

 

 

3.18

%

____________

*        Less than 0.1%

Revenue

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Sales of products

           

Clothing, shoes and accessories

 

2,432,141

 

57,038,708

 

7,341,550

Home and tools

 

2,968,120

 

13,853,892

 

1,783,158

Personal care

 

2,193,144

 

11,130,763

 

1,432,660

School, office and art supplies

 

5,912,160

 

6,678,500

 

859,601

Seasonal décor and party supplies

 

37,465,982

 

44,845,862

 

5,772,188

Sports and outdoors

 

29,332,638

 

54,740,198

 

7,045,705

Toys and games

 

38,384,591

 

32,950,120

 

4,241,068

Others

 

409,200

 

 

Total

 

119,097,976

 

221,238,043

 

28,475,930

80

Table of Contents

For the year ended September 30, 2023, and 2024, we generated our revenue primarily through sales of toys and games, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, school, office and art supplies, home and tools, clothing, shoes and accessories, electronics and personal care.

Our revenue increased by 85.8%, from HKD119,097,976 for the year ended September 30, 2023, to HKD221,238,043 (US$28,475,930) for the year ended September 30, 2024. This increase was primarily due to increased sales demand, which has been returning to pre-pandemic levels, and we acquired a new customer during the year ended September 30, 2024, who contributed a significant portion of the total sales.

For the years ended September 30, 2023, and 2024, we maintained a strong relationship with our top customer, a US-incorporated entity with established global brands across various sectors, through sales of toys and games, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, school, office and art supplies, home and tools, clothing, shoes and accessories, electronics and personal care.

Merchandise costs

The following table shows disaggregated merchandise costs by major cost items for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Merchandise costs

 

107,272,043

 

188,757,892

 

24,295,354

Artwork expenses

 

 

 

Royalty & patent fee

 

12,239

 

 

Total

 

107,284,282

 

188,757,892

 

24,295,354

Our total merchandise costs increased by 75.9% to HKD188,757,892 (US$24,295,354) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD107,284,282 for the year ended September 30, 2023. The increase was in line with our significant increase in sales of products compared to the prior period.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, our selling, general and administrative expenses consisted of staff costs, rental expenses, transport and travelling, selling and marketing, depreciation, legal and professional fees, auditor’s remuneration and consulting fees. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our general and administrative expenses for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Staff costs

 

8,698,754

 

7,616,692

 

980,358

Rental expenses

 

1,618,830

 

1,510,280

 

194,391

Transport and travelling

 

4,494,401

 

2,648,750

 

340,925

Selling and marketing

 

2,029,313

 

6,532,846

 

840,854

Depreciation

 

136,290

 

61,128

 

7,868

Legal and professional fees

 

54,708

 

286,413

 

36,864

Auditor’s remuneration

 

2,236,640

 

1,457,604

 

187,611

Bad debts

 

8,505,786

 

638,941

 

82,239

Others

 

5,770,948

 

4,134,567

 

532,167

Total

 

33,545,670

 

24,887,221

 

3,203,277

Staff costs

Our staff costs decreased by 12.4% to HKD7,616,692 (US$980,358) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD8,698,754 for the year ended September 30, 2023 mainly due to a decrease in headcount and salaries.

81

Table of Contents

Rental expenses

Our rental expenses mainly represented rental expenses for Hong Kong office. Our rental and office expenses decreased by 6.7% to HKD1,510,280 (US$194,391) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD1,618,830 for the year ended September 30, 2023.

Transport and travelling

For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, our transport and travelling consisted of motor vehicle running cost, travel and communication expenses and other travel related expenses. Our transport and travelling expenses decreased by 41.1%, to HKD2,648,750 (US$340,925) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD4,494,401 for the year ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to a decrease in business travel.

Selling and marketing

For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, our selling and marketing expenses increased by 222% from HKD2,092,313 for the year ended September 30, 2023 to HKD6,532,846 (US$840,854) for the year ended September 30, 2024. The increase was principally driven by the higher commission expenses and product development spending, all of which aligned with the growth in sales during the year.

Depreciation

Our depreciation mainly represented depreciation for our property and equipment. Our depreciation for our property and equipment decreased from HKD136,290 for the year ended September 30, 2023 to HKD61,128 (US$7,868) for the year ended September 30, 2024 due to some of the property and equipment being fully depreciated in the prior year.

Legal and professional fee

Our legal and professional fee increased to HKD286,413 (US$36,864) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD54,708 for the year ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to expenses incurred in our preparation for public listing.

Auditor’s remuneration

Our auditor’s remuneration fee decreased to HKD1,457,604 (US$187,611) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD2,236,640 for the year ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to higher audit fees incurred in connection with our preparation for public listing in the prior year. Audit services were first provided in fiscal year 2023, covering both fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023, whereas the current year’s fee relates only to fiscal year 2024.

Bad debts

Our bad debt expense decreased to HKD638,941 (US$82,239) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD8,505,786 for the year ended September 30, 2023, which was mainly driven by a reduced provision for bad debt write-offs, reflecting improved debt aging in the current year.

Others

Our other general and administrative expenses mainly consisted of bank charges, cleaning charges, courier and postage, insurance, printing and stationery, management fees and other miscellaneous expenses. Our other general and administrative expenses decreased to HKD4,134,567 (US$532,167) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD5,770,948 for the year ended September 30, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in office expenses and bank charges due to fewer bank transactions.

82

Table of Contents

(Loss) Income from operations

Our overall income from operations increased by 134.9%, resulting in an income from operations of HKD7,592,930 (US$977,299) for the year ended September 30, 2024, compared to a loss from operations of HKD21,731,976 for the year ended September 30, 2023. This increase was primarily due to increased sales and costs, while the SG&A decreased in fiscal year 2024.

Interest expense, net

Our interest expenses primarily relate to interest incurred from import invoice financing and factoring loans. The increase in interest expenses to HKD3,399,000 (US$437,491) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD3,057,359 for the year ended September 30, 2023 is mainly attributable to the rise in proceeds from the factoring arrangements, which increased to HKD128,813,127 in FY2024 from HKD89,225,679 in FY2023. In addition, the slight increase in benchmark interest rates driven by central banks tightening monetary policy to combat inflation has directly impacted trade finance rates, resulting in higher finance costs for the Company.

Government grants

Government grants which is amount granted by local government authorities as an incentive for companies to develop, upgrade and restructure operation, promote domestic sales and enhance competitiveness and facilitate business development. The Company receives government grants related to government sponsored projects and records such government grants as a liability when they are received. The Company records government grants in interest income (expense) and other income (expense). Total government grants amounted to HKD108,800 and nil for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

Other income

Our other income increased to HKD4,883,949 (US$628,621) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from nil for the year ended September 30, 2023 primarily due to a litigation case settlement with the supplier, the payment of HKD4,456,253(US$573,572) was successfully claimed from the supplier in July 2024.

Other expenses

Our other expenses primarily consist of employee claims and other non-operating costs. The decrease in other expenses to HKD58,964 (US$7,588) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD728,000 for the year ended September 30, 2023 was mainly due to the tax penalties regarding prior years imposed by the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department.

Provision for income tax expense

Our income tax expenses amounted to HKD1,560,959 (US$200,914) for the year ended September 30, 2024 and nil for the year ended September 30, 2023. We are subject only to Hong Kong corporate tax regime. Starting from the financial year commencing on April 1, 2018, the two-tiered profits tax regime took effect, under which the tax rate is 8.25% for assessable profits on the first HKD2,000,000 and 16.5% for any assessable profits in excess of HKD2,000,000.

Net income (losses)

Our net income increased by 127%, resulting in a net gain of HKD7,028,442 (US$904,643) for the year ended September 30, 2024, compared to a net loss of HKD26,282,350 for the year ended September 30, 2023.

83

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our current assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated.

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

4,858,613

 

 

17,622,838

 

 

2,265,175

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

55,063,982

 

 

64,445,383

 

 

8,283,575

 

Prepayments

 

11,006,599

 

 

3,645,996

 

 

468,643

 

Amount due from related party

 

7,049,425

 

 

83,720

 

 

10,761

 

Other current assets

 

16,653

 

 

43,576

 

 

5,601

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

77,995,272

 

 

85,841,513

 

 

11,033,755

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

40,228,954

 

 

43,608,706

 

 

5,605,304

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

2,569,828

 

 

2,415,500

 

 

310,480

 

Accounts payable

 

64,439,616

 

 

59,963,938

 

 

7,707,546

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

80,997

 

 

68,542

 

 

8,810

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

684,418

 

 

98,692

 

 

12,686

 

Taxes payable

 

1,624,235

 

 

1,971,208

 

 

253,372

 

Accrued expenses

 

2,487,951

 

 

1,529,977

 

 

196,658

 

Commission payable

 

110,633

 

 

280,570

 

 

36,063

 

Amount due to related party

 

6,006

 

 

6,006

 

 

772

 

Contract liabilities

 

1,226,534

 

 

1,509,718

 

 

194,054

 

Other payable

 

823,580

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

114,282,752

 

 

111,452,857

 

 

14,325,745

 

NET CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

(36,287,480

)

 

(25,611,344

)

 

(3,291,990

)

Accounts receivables, net

Our accounts receivables represented receivables from our customers arising from our sales. We generally grant our customers a credit period ranging from 60 to 120 days, depending on their reputation, transaction history and the products purchased. Our accounts receivables increased by 17% to HKD64,445,383 (US$8,283,575) for the period ended March 31, 2025 from HKD55,063,982 for the year ended September 30, 2024, which was primarily driven by the increased sales.

Our management regularly reviews outstanding accounts and provides an allowance for expected credit losses. When collection of the original invoice amounts is no longer probable, we will either partially or fully write off the balance against the allowance for expected credit losses. In establishing the required allowance for expected credit losses, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers.

Our management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written off against allowance for expected credit losses after all means of collection have been exhausted and the likelihood of collection is not probable.

Amount due from related party

Our amount due from the related party reflects payments made on behalf of the shareholder and related parties by JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited. As of March 31, 2025, our amount due from the related party decreased significantly by 98.8% to HKD83,720 (US$10,761) from HKD7,049,425 as of September 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily attributable to the repayments made by the director and shareholder to the Company.

84

Table of Contents

Prepayments

Our prepayments are mainly related to the trade deposits paid, which amounted to HKD3,645,996 (US$468,643) as of March 31, 2025 and HKD11,006,599 as of September 30, 2024. The trade deposits are advance payments made by the Company to the manufacturers for goods or services that will be received in the future. This type of prepayment serves as a security or partial payment for the upcoming delivery.

Our prepayments decreased by 66.9% to HKD3,645,996 (US$468,643) as of March 31, 2025 from HKD11,006,599 as of September 30, 2024. The decrease was mainly due to the prepayments made to the vendors as of September 30, 2024, which have been utilized over the months, and no significant prepayment was made as of March 31, 2025.

Other current assets

Our other current assets increased to HKD43,576 (US$5,601) as of March 31, 2025, from HKD16,653 as of September 30, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by security deposits held by customers for goods ordered. These deposits will be refunded to the Company once the goods have been delivered.

Loans

Our loans comprise both short-term and long-term borrowings, including the current portion, with Standard Chartered Bank and Bank of China. As of March 31, 2025, our short-term loans increased by 8.4% to HKD43,608,706 (US$5,605,304) from HKD40,228,954 as of September 30, 2024, primarily due to new bank loans obtained during the period for factoring arrangement and working capital purposes. The current portion of long-term loans decreased by 6.0% to HKD2,415,500 (US$310,480) from HKD2,569,828 as of September 30, 2024, mainly due to the scheduled maturity of certain long-term borrowings and ongoing repayments made by the company.

Accounts payable

Our accounts payable decreased by 6.9% to HKD59,963,938 (US$7,707,546) as of March 31, 2025, from HKD64,439,616 as of September 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to higher purchase volumes earlier in the period and substantial repayments made close to the period end March 31, 2025.

Finance lease obligation, current

Our finance lease obligation primarily relates to motor vehicles. As of March 31, 2025, our finance lease obligation slightly decreased by 15.4% to HKD68,542 (US$8,810) from HKD108,619, this was primarily due to the lease nearing its maturity date.

Operation lease obligation, current

Our operating lease obligation pertains to the office rental. Our operating lease obligation decreased by 85.6% to HKD98,692 (US$12,685) as of March 31, 2025 from HKD684,418 as of September 30, 2024. This was primarily due to the repayment of the establishment office rental agreement with a landlord made during the six months ended March 31, 2025.

Taxes payable

Our taxes payable increased by 21% to HKD1,971,208 (US$253,372) as of March 31, 2025 compared to HKD1,624,235 as of September 30, 2024. The increase is aligned with the increase in profit before income taxes.

Accrued expenses

Our accruals decreased to HKD 1,529,977 (US$196,658) as of March 31, 2025, from HKD 2,487,951 as of September 30, 2024, primarily due to higher accruals for legal, professional, and auditor’s remuneration incurred in connection with the preparation for the public listing as of year ended September 30, 2024. However, the accrued expenses as of period ended March 31, 2025 reflect only six months of results and, therefore, were lower.

85

Table of Contents

Commission payable

Our commission payable represents amounts owed to sales representatives, agents, or other parties for services rendered in connection with sales transactions. Our commission payable increased by 153.6% to HKD280,570 (US$36,063) as of March 31, 2025 from HKD110,633 as of September 30, 2024, which was primarily due to the higher commission expenses incurred in connection with the increase in sales during the six months ended March 31, 2025.

Contract liabilities

Our contract liabilities are recognized if the Company receives consideration in advance of performance, which is mainly in relation to emerging and other services. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the contract liabilities of the Company amounted to HKD1,509,718 (US$194,054) and HKD1,226,534, respectively. The increase as of March 31, 2025, was mainly due to initial deposits received from a new customer for a purchase order, which had not yet been recognized as revenue.

Other payable

Our other payable is primarily related to disputed payables to manufacturers, renovation costs, payroll expense payable, and tax penalties. These payables decreased to nil as of March 31, 2025, from HKD823,580 as of September 30, 2024. The decrease was mainly due to full settlements with the counterparties.

Cash Flows

Our use of cash is primarily related to operating activities and deferred initial public offering costs. We have historically financed our operations primarily through the cash flow generated from our operations.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows information for the years indicated:

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

624,508

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,669,264

 

 

4,803,355

 

617,403

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(3,251,036

)

 

6,965,705

 

895,348

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(1,256,761

)

 

995,165

 

127,916

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 

5,072,807

 

 

17,622,838

 

2,265,175

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our cash inflow from operating activities was principally from receipt of sales. Our cash outflow used in operating activities was principally for payment of purchases of manufactured goods, staff costs and other operating expenses.

For the six months ended March 31, 2025, net cash generated in operating activities of HKD4,803,355 (US$617,403) primarily resulted from our net income of HKD12,446,398 (US$1,599,814), as adjusted for non-cash items and change in operating activities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted of depreciation of plant and equipment of HKD16,816 (US$2,161), reversal of expected credit losses accounts of HKD10,445,496 (US$1,342,626) and unrealized foreign currency translation of HKD1,352 (US$174). Changes in operating assets and liabilities mainly included: (i) a decrease in accrued expenses of HKD954,889 (US$122,738) due to the decrease in accrued legal and professional fee, and auditor’s remuneration for the preparation of public listing, (ii) a decrease in accounts payable of HKD4,550,150 (US$584,860) due to higher purchase volumes earlier in the period and substantial repayments made close to the period end, (iii) a decrease in other payable of HKD823,580 (US$105,861) due to full settlements with the counterparties; and partially offset by (iv) decrease in accounts receivables of HKD1,134,131 (US$145,777) due to repayment made by the customers during the period; and (v) decrease in prepayments of HKD7,360,603 (US$946,105).

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, net cash generated in operating activities of HKD1,669,264 primarily resulted from our net income of HKD5,130,498, as adjusted for non-cash items and change in operating activities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted of depreciation of plant and equipment of HKD44,311, provision of expected credit losses accounts of HKD470,248 and unrealized foreign currency translation of HKD15,386. Changes in operating assets and liabilities mainly included: (i) an increase in accounts receivable of HKD44,154,035 due to

86

Table of Contents

delayed in customer payments, (ii) a decrease in contract liabilities of HKD2,491,395 due to service performed and recognized at the end of the period, (iii) a decrease in other payable of HKD994,535, (iv) an increase in accrued expenses of HKD1,512,736 due to in connection with the preparation for the public listing; and partially offset by (v) a decrease in prepayments of HKD3,170,835 primarily due to the utilization of previously recorded prepayments and (vi) an increase in accounts payable of HKD42,172,498 due to outstanding remained unpaid as of the reporting date.

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

For the six months ended March 31, 2025, net cash provided by investing activities was HKD6,965,705 (US$895,348), which were primarily due to the proceeds from the shareholder.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, net cash used in investing in activities was HKD 3,251,036, primarily due to the advance funds to a shareholder for its own investment purposes.

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

For the six months ended March 31, 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was HKD995,165 (US$127,916), which was primarily related to the proceeds from bank loans and factoring arrangement.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, net cash used in financing activities was HKD1,256,761, which was primarily related to the repayment of bank loan and factoring arrangement.

Capital Expenditures

We did not incur any capital expenditure for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including arrangements that would affect its liquidity, capital resources, market risk support, and credit risk support or other benefits.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our current assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated.

 

As of
September 30,
2023

 


As of September 30,

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

26,371,136

 

 

55,063,982

 

 

7,087,380

 

Prepayments

 

13,313,016

 

 

11,006,599

 

 

1,416,678

 

Amount due from related party

 

717,488

 

 

7,049,425

 

 

907,344

 

Other current assets

 

80,713

 

 

16,653

 

 

2,143

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

48,393,693

 

 

77,995,272

 

 

10,038,905

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

50,302,117

 

 

40,228,954

 

 

5,177,938

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

1,952,990

 

 

2,569,828

 

 

330,767

 

Accounts payable

 

37,590,060

 

 

64,439,616

 

 

8,294,134

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

77,934

 

 

80,997

 

 

10,425

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

1,139,065

 

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Taxes payable

 

1,834,290

 

 

1,624,235

 

 

209,058

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,915,761

 

 

2,487,951

 

 

320,228

 

Commission payable

 

350,645

 

 

110,633

 

 

14,240

 

Amount due to related party

 

1,568,646

 

 

6,006

 

 

773

 

Contract liabilities

 

3,717,929

 

 

1,226,534

 

 

157,869

 

Other payable

 

994,535

 

 

823,580

 

 

106,004

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

104,443,972

 

 

114,282,752

 

 

14,709,529

 

NET CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

(56,050,279

)

 

(36,287,480

)

 

(4,670,624

)

87

Table of Contents

Accounts receivables, net

Our accounts receivables represented receivables from our customers arising from our sales. We generally grant our customers a credit period ranging from 60 to 120 days, depending on their reputation, transaction history and the products purchased. Our accounts receivables increased by 108.8% to HKD55,063,982 (US$7,087,380) for the year ended September 30, 2024 from HKD26,371,136 for the year ended September 30, 2023, which was primarily driven by the increased sales and delayed payment from one of our key customers.

Our management regularly reviews outstanding accounts and provides an allowance for expected credit losses. When collection of the original invoice amounts is no longer probable, we will either partially or fully write-off the balance against the allowance for expected credit losses. In establishing the required allowance for expected credit losses, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers.

Our management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written-off against allowance for expected credit losses after all means of collection have been exhausted and the likelihood of collection is not probable.

Amount due from related party

Our amount due from the related party reflects payments made on behalf of the shareholder and related parties by JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited. As of September 30, 2024, our amount due from the related party increased significantly by 882.5%, from HKD717,488 as of September 30, 2023, to HKD7,049,425 (US$907,344) as of September 30, 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to the payments made on behalf of the director and shareholder of the Company.

Prepayments

Our prepayment is mainly related to the trade deposit paid, which amounted to HKD13,313,016 and HKD11,006,599 (US$1,416,678) as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The trade deposit is an advance payment made by the Company to the manufacturers for goods or services that will be received in the future. This payment serves as a security or partial payment for the upcoming delivery.

Our prepayment decreased by 17.3% to HKD11,006,599 (US$1,416,678) as of September 30, 2024 from HKD13,313,016 as of September 30, 2023 was mainly due to the decrease of trade deposit, as our top customer changed its purchasing method by making payments upon shipping instead of provide trade deposits.

Other current assets

Our other current assets decreased by 80% to HKD16,653 (US$2,143) as of September 30, 2024, from HKD80,713 as of September 30, 2023. This significant decline was primarily due to the customer releasing the security deposits for goods ordered and issuing a refund to the Company, which had been recorded in prior years.

Loans

Our loans comprise short-term and long-term loans, including the current portion, with Standard Chartered Bank and Bank of China. As of September 30, 2024 our short-term loans decreased by 20% to HKD40,228,954 (US$5,177,938). The reduction was primarily due to loan repayments during the year. And long-term loans in current portion increased by 31.6% to HKD2,569,828 (US$330,767). The increase was primarily driven by the impending maturity of the long-term loans.

Accounts payable

Our accounts payable significantly increased by 71.4% to HKD64,439,616 (US$8,294,134) as of September 30, 2024, from HKD37,590,060 as of September 30, 2023 primarily due to higher purchase and delayed repayments made close to the year end.

88

Table of Contents

Finance lease obligation, current

Our finance lease obligation primarily relates to motor vehicles. As of September 30, 2024, our finance lease obligation slightly increased by 3.9% to HKD80,997 (US$10,425), this was primarily due to the lease nearing its maturity date, causing a larger portion of the lease liability to be classified as current.

Operation lease obligation, current

Our operating lease obligation pertains to the office rental. Our operating lease obligation decreased by 40% to HKD684,418 (US$88,093) as of September 30, 2024 was primarily due to the repayment of the establishment office rental agreement with a landlord.

Taxes payable

Our taxes payable was HKD1,624,235 (US$209,058) as of September 30, 2024 compared to HKD1,834,290 as of September 30, 2023.

Accrued expenses

Our accruals decreased to HKD2,487,951 (US$320,228) as of September 30, 2024 from HKD4,915,761 as of September 30, 2023, principally due to lower accrued of legal and professional and auditor’s remuneration incurred for the preparation of public listing.

Commission payable

Our commission payable represents amounts owed to sales representatives, agents, or other parties for services rendered in connection with sales transactions. Our commission payable decreased by 68.4% to HKD110,633 (US$14,240) as of September 30, 2024 from HKD350,645 as of September 30, 2023 was primarily due to the lower commission expenses incurred near the year end and the payments made to the sales representatives.

Amount due to related party

Our amount due to the related party of HKD6,006 (US$773) as of September 30, 2024 was related to payments made on behalf of the Company by Mr. Ting, who is both a director and shareholder of the Company.

Contract liabilities

Our contract liabilities are recognized if the Company receives consideration in advance of performance, which is mainly in relation to emerging and other services. As of September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, the contract liabilities of the Company amounted to HKD1,226,534 (US$157,869) and HKD3,717,929, respectively. The decrease in contract liabilities as of September 30, 2024 was mainly due to initial deposits made by a new customer for its purchase order and were subsequently recognized as revenue.

Other payable

Our other payable is primarily related to disputed payables to manufacturers, renovation costs, payroll expense payable, and tax penalties. The decrease in other payable from HKD994,535 as of September 30, 2023 to HKD823,580 (US$106,004) as of September 30, 2024 was primarily due to the shortened timing of payments to the counter parties.

Cash Flows

Our use of cash is primarily related to operating activities and deferred initial public offering costs. We have historically financed our operations primarily through the cash flow generated from our operations.

89

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows information for the years indicated:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

15,735,843

 

 

7,911,340

 

 

1,018,282

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(3,688,221

)

 

1,462,302

 

 

188,215

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

9,757,860

 

 

(6,331,937

)

 

(814,995

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(13,894,142

)

 

1,816,908

 

 

233,858

 

Effect of foreign exchange on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

Our cash inflow from operating activities was principally from receipt of sales. Our cash outflow used in operating activities was principally for payment of purchases of manufactured goods, staff costs and other operating expenses.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, net cash used in operating activities of HKD3,688,221 (US$474,717) primarily resulted from our net losses of HKD26,282,350 (US$3,382,845), as adjusted for non-cash items and change in operating activities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted of depreciation of plant and equipment of HKD136,290 (US$17,404), amortization of right-of-use assets of HKD1,328,014 (US$169,587), provision for expected credit losses accounts of HKD8,505,786 (US$1,086,189) and unrealized foreign currency translation of HKD84,123 (US$10,743). Changes in operating assets and liabilities mainly included: (i) an increase in accrued expenses of HKD4,821,459 (US$615,702) due to the accrued legal and professional fee, auditor’s remuneration for the preparation of public listing; (ii) a decrease in prepayments of HKD4,449,216 (US$568,165) and partially offset by (i) an increase in accounts receivable of HKD18,585,959 (US$2,373,427); (ii) a decrease in operating lease obligation of HKD1,328,014 (US$169,587) due to a new lease signed for HK office and repayment of lease; (iii) a decrease in accounts payable of HKD346,077 (US$44,194) due to lower stock orders and repayment made to supplier; (iv) a decrease in contract liabilities of HKD5,586,315 (US$713,372) due to the recognition to revenue.

For the year ended September 30, 2024, net cash generated in operating activities of HKD1,462,302 (US$188,215) primarily resulted from our net income of HKD7,028,442 (US$904,643), as adjusted for non-cash items and change in operating activities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted of depreciation of plant and equipment of HKD61,128 (US$7,868), amortization of right-of-use assets of HKD1,139,065 (US$146,611), provision for expected credit losses accounts of HKD638,940 (US$82,239) and unrealized foreign currency translation of HKD564,916 (US$72,711). Changes in operating assets and liabilities mainly included: (i) a decrease in accrued expenses of HKD2,427,810 (US$312,488) due to the decrease in accrued legal and professional fee, and auditor’s remuneration for the preparation of public listing; and (ii) a decrease in accounts receivable of HKD29,331,787,990 (US$3,775,345), and (iii) a decrease in operating lease obligation of HKD1,139,065 (US$146,611) due to a lease repayment of the HK office; (iv) a decrease in contract liabilities of HKD2,491,395 (US$320,672) due to the recognition to revenue and partially offset by (v) an increase in prepayments of HKD2,306,417 (US$296,863) and (vi) an increase in accounts payable of HKD26,849,556 (US$3,455,853) due to higher stock orders and slower repayment made to supplier; and (vii) an increase in prepayments of HKD2,306,417 (US$296,863).

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

For the year ended September 30, 2024, net cash used in investing activities was HKD6,331,937 (US$814,995), which the funds were primarily to repayment of amount due from the shareholder.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, net cash provided by investing activities was HKD9,757,860, which the funds were primarily from the shareholder.

90

Table of Contents

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

For the year ended September 30, 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was HKD1,816,908 (US$233,858), which was primarily related to the proceeds from bank loans and factoring arrangement.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, net cash used in financing activities was HKD13,894,142, which was primarily related to the repayment of bank loan and factoring arrangement, and the dividend payment to shareholder.

Capital Expenditures

We did not incur any capital expenditures for the year ended September 30, 2024. While we spent capital expenditures of HKD168,163 for the year ended September 30, 2023, which mainly related to the leasehold improvement and furniture and fixture for the office.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including arrangements that would affect its liquidity, capital resources, market risk support, and credit risk support or other benefits.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Credit risk

Our assets that are potentially subject to a significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and accounts receivable.

We believe that there is no significant credit risk associated with cash in Hong Kong, which were held by reputable financial institutions. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the cash balance of HKD4,858,613 and HKD17,622,838 (approximately US$2,265,175) respectively, were maintained at financial institutions in Hong Kong across two (2) major reputable banks.

We have designed credit policies with an objective to minimize their exposure to credit risk. Our accounts receivable is short term in nature and the associated risk is minimal. We conduct credit evaluations on our customers and generally do not require collateral or other security from such customers. We periodically evaluate the creditworthiness of the existing customers in determining an allowance for expected credit losses primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

We are also exposed to risk from accounts receivable. These assets are subject to credit evaluations. An allowance, where applicable, would make up for estimated unrecoverable amounts which have been determined by reference to past default experience and the current economic environment.

Customers concentration risk

As of September 30, 2024, two major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 50% and 40% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, three major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, and one is a well-known retailer that represents and sells low-cost products from the US and abroad, accounted for 56%, 29% and 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 70% and 26% of the Company’s total revenues respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 79% and 11% of the Company’s total revenues.

91

Table of Contents

For the year ended September 30, 2023, one major customer, who is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, accounted for 83% of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended September 30, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufactured products from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 69% and 24% of the Company’s total revenues respectively.

Manufacturers concentration risk

As of September 30, 2024, one manufacturer accounted for 16.7% of the total balance of accounts payables, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, four manufacturers accounted for 19.8%, 12.1%, 10.6% and 9.9% of the total balance of accounts payable, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16%, 15% and 10% of our total purchases, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, three manufacturers accounted for 20%, 12% and 11% of our total purchases, respectively.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, three manufacturers accounted for 18.2%, 14.2% and 10.4% of our total purchases, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16.6%, 10.7% and 9.2% of our total purchases, respectively.

Interest rate risk

In respect of the exposure to cash flow interest rate risk arising from floating rate non-derivative financial instruments held by us, such as cash deposits and bank borrowings, at the end of the reporting period, we are not exposed to significant interest rate risk as the interest rates are not expected to change significantly.

Foreign currency risk

We are exposed to foreign currency risk primarily through sales that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the operations to which they relate. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily US$. As HKD is currently pegged to US$, our exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations is minimal.

92

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

“The Company”, “JM Group”, “we”, or “us” in this Business section refers to JM Group Limited and its subsidiary, unless the context otherwise indicates.

Business Overview

We are a Hong Kong-headquartered sourcing solutions provider. Aimed to promote better lifestyle choices for consumers, we globally source and wholesale a wide array of products that can be broadly classified into eight (8) major categories: (i) sports and outdoor recreation products, including water gun, umbrella, pool volleyball, athletic equipment and accessories, (ii) toys and games, (iii) seasonable décor and party supplies, including interior decorative elements, Christmas tree, and other general festival and event decorative goods, (iv) electronics, including electronic toys and automotive battery; (v) home and tools, (vi) school, office and art supplies, including art and craft, (vii) clothing, shoes and accessories, (vii) personal care products, such as personal care appliance, and (viii) others.

In support of our sourcing and wholesaling business, we are committed to offering value-added services to our customers throughout the entire cycle of product creation, development, production and delivery, such as market and industry research, trend analysis, product and packaging design, and quality control and management:

Idea Creation

 

From the start, we actively collaborate with our customers in the idea creation stage of product development. Our research and development team periodically performs market and industry research to proactively plan and pitch new product ideas to our customers, or advise our customers on lates product and market trends and to assist in the creation of new product ideas.

Product Design and Development

 

Once product ideas are created, we work closely with our customers and manufacturers to turn ideas into realities. Our merchandizing team works closely with the manufacturers in the design and manufacturing of prototypes, regularly communicates with customers in the refinements of product design, testing of product functions, design of packaging and labelling, and implementation of production guidelines and requirements. We also assist our customers in the planning of sales and marketing of their products.

 

Product Manufacturing

 

Once products are ready to move into the production stage, we help select manufacturer and negotiate purchase orders with the manufacturer, provide product specification, quality, cost, capacity, delivery schedule to the manufacturer for production, and undertake quality control and assurance role for our customers.

Our customers range from retailers, distributors to wholesalers across regions, including Australia, Hong Kong, Mexico and the United States. Our suppliers are primarily manufacturers producing the products either based on the product design we produce and approved by our customers or based on the design of our customers. Our supplying manufacturers are primarily located in China.

Competitive Strengths

Value-added services enable product personalization and customization

The ethos of “Customer first” guides the operations of the whole company from the senior management to assistant merchandiser. Leveraging its knowledge of our customers’ businesses and industry trends, and close working relationships with our customer buyers and supplying manufacturers, our merchandise team are in charge of serving customers and are committed to deliver superior and responsive services to our customers.

Apart from traditional product sourcing and wholesaling, we offer value-added services such as conducting market research on product trend, design, packaging, industry outlook and procurement, advising customers on product and packaging design and features, and implementing quality control procedures.

93

Table of Contents

Our internal research and development team compiles market and industry trend analysis and communicates with our merchandising team to share such information with our customers to decide product selection. Additionally, we have the capacity to develop 3D product models or prototypes and present the functionality and design of our designed products to our customers. Such value-added services enable us to personalize and customize the special requests of our customers and help our customers to meet their customers’ demands.

Advanced quality assurance and control

We have established an internal quality assurance and control system to supervise the quality, safety and reliability of the product and packaging design and features. We have flexibility to modify the procedures to meet the needs of our customers while we continue to maintain the level of quality control. We believe that such in-house quality assurance and control procedures facilitate the logistics and delivery of our products.

Furthermore, we have also set up a production management system to monitor the production of our supplying manufacturers and aim to ensure that the products meet our customers’ quality and safety requirements. As our major supplying manufacturers are based in China, our quality control team and/or third-party quality control contractors conduct onsite inspections and personnel training to aim to ensure that the supplying manufacturers adhere to our standard and procedures.

Strong relationship with supplying manufacturers supporting on-time delivery and favorable production cost

Through years of operations and our expertise in sourcing and wholesaling in our product series specifically seasonal décor and party supplies and toys and games, we have acquainted with the qualifications and credibility of our supplying manufacturers in the respective industries and have developed long-term relationship with those manufacturers who meet the production and safety standard of our customers. Such relationship enables us to negotiate for production and delivery priorities and production discounts.

To facilitate bulk-order production cycle and process of our supplying manufacturers, we make upfront payment for raw materials so that our supplying manufacturers enable to timely procure quality raw materials as requested by our customers.

Growth Strategy

Continue to expand our product offering and expand customer groups

Leveraging our accumulated industry experience, in-house technical expertise and customer relationship, we plan to continue to expanding our product offerings of existing product categories and grow new product categories. For example, with our established strong relationship with supplying manufacturers who produce consumables, we plan to expand into the commodity consumables category to offer products such as frozen seafood, natural coconut water and instant cup noodles. With our growing product offering, we believe that we can provide more product variety to our existing customers and grow new sales channels and customer groups.

In addition, we plan to attend more global trade shows in the U.S., Europe, and China to attract more customers. We also plan to develop more demand by engaging third-party sales agents in markets such as Mexico, Spain, Germany and U.S.

Develop our own brand with further improved supporting structure

We may consider opportunities to start building our own brands and to enter licensing arrangements to use licensed brands. We have strong internal market research and proprietary product design expertise. We believe we may capitalize this expertise to build our own brands and attract new customers. We will apply for intellectual property protection for our own the know-hows to increase asset value and monetize on our technical skills. Once we complete the initiative of creating our own brands, we will market our brands via social media platforms and partner with retailers for joint marketing campaigns.

To support this further growth, we will hire more qualified talents to further enhance our technical and marketing capabilities. We may also consider setting up new offices for additional sourcing capabilities and showroom space for product exhibits to facilitate customer onsite preview of our product offerings.

94

Table of Contents

Expand our distribution channels

Driven by their convenience, accessibility to price comparison and customer review, and wider product choices, e-commerce platforms have seen significant growth in recent years. Social media plays a vital role in driving sales and becomes a powerful tool for individual and corporate users to share ideas, showcase purchases and attract engagement. We plan to expand our distribution channels with new marketing channels and platforms to meet the consumer demand for online shopping and utilize the influence of social media.

Our Products

Over years of operation, we sourced and wholesaled a wide range of merchandises for retailers, distributors, and brand owners, primarily consisting of eight (8) categories: (i) sports and outdoor recreation products, including water gun, umbrella, pool volleyball, athletic equipment and accessories, (ii) toys and games, (iii) seasonable décor and party supplies, including interior decorative elements, Christmas tree, and other general festival and event decorative goods, (iv) home and tools, (v) school, office and art supplies, including art and craft, (vi) clothing, shoes and accessories, and (vii) personal care products, such as personal care appliance.

95

Table of Contents

Toys and games

Toys and games series is the major product category of our business and represented 31.8% and 15% of our total revenue for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. Our products included in this series comprises moji tub, high bounce putty tub, acoustic guitar, giant water wiggle, neon flexible tract set, basic helicopter, prepack high mist car, building block set, fighting robot, squeeze balloon dog, cowbell, desktop bell, desktop gong, triangle, megaphone, claw machine, dino loop track set, standing football table.

Seasonal décor and party goods

Seasonal décor and party supplies series is another major product category, constituting 31.5% and 20.1% of our total revenue for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

96

Table of Contents

Our wide range of seasonal and party goods include, without limitation, Easter, Halloween, and Christmas season decorations, such as bucket, basket, plastic grass, tinsel garland, tinsel and disco wreath, Christmas trees, knit stocking, coir mat, skull candy, candle holder, mascot mask, banner, poly and holiday characters, ornaments, led hanging globe and plastic skeleton/figures.

Sports and outdoors

Our sports and outdoors series contributed to 25.3% and 24.6%, respectively, of our total revenue for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024. Our sports and outdoors series include, among others, skateboard, longboard, foldable balance beam, foldable ping pong table, tennis racquet and balls, stepper, plastic tumbler, metal stool, beach set, water gun, badminton set, cloth hammock, retractable net, metal table, sharp shooter, throwing disc, beach bucket set, water blast, folding chair, beach umbrella, beach toy set, flying disc, dollar blast, butterfly net pack, gamer blast, tech blast, backpack blast, metal folding chair, boogie board and so on.

Home and Tools

Our home and tool series comprises a variety of home furniture and tools such as trapezoid PVC bin, coiled lanyard, ceramic pot, table, desk, basket, mirror, hanging shelf, wood crate, chalkboard, tray, cabinet and others. For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, we recognized 2.5% and 6.3% of our revenue from this series, respectively.

97

Table of Contents

Personal care

Personal care products primarily consist of cosmetic brushes, baby and adult diapers, adult incontinence and postpartum underwear, water bottle, shampoo and conditioner. We recognized 0.7% and 5%, from this series for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

School, office and art supplies

School, office and art supplies series mainly include crafts and stationery such as desktop draw board, bucket bundle of chalk, portable easel set, color pencils, clipboard, 2-in-1 drawing boarding board, wheat plastic pen, journals, filler paper, bucket bundle chalk set, color pencils, portable double magnetic art easel and lava pen. During the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, we generated approximately 5.0% and 3.1%, respectively, of our revenue from this series.

Clothing, shoes and accessories

Our clothing, shoes and accessories series primarily includes tote bags, suitcases, and fabric. Our sale of clothing, shoes and accessories contributed to 2.0% and 25.8% of our total revenue for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

Our Value-added Services

To support our sourcing and wholesale business, we are committed to conducting market research, creating trend guidance, designing and developing new products and packaging, and offering quality management services, which are not independently revenue generating but are critical value-added services integral to our business model.

Market Research and Trend Guidelines

Our research and development team periodically performs market and industry research on product trend and development, product and packaging design, global sales outlook for the current and potential product series, regulatory and compliance requirements. This team also proposes and prepares internal guidelines and product development plan and analysis based on its researches and communicates with our merchandising team for the purpose of planning sales and marketing activities, exploring new product lines, and advising our customers on issues affecting product design, product features and functionality, and product packaging.

Product and Packaging Design and Development

In addition to working with our supplying manufacturers for the production based on the request and specification of our customers, we innovate new design and create prototype of new products and packaging in-house based on the research and analysis performed by our research and development team. Such design and prototypes require approval from our customers and the related IP rights are ultimately owned by our customers.

98

Table of Contents

Quality Management

We have developed internal standard operating procedures (SOPs) and quality management procedures tailored to our business operations to achieve quick product samplings and product launching for customers and quality control, including SOPs concerning the following issues to ensure that we meet thew requests of our customers and comply with relevant regulatory requirements:

        Design verification

        Product sample functionality, safety and reliability testing, improvement and correction, determination of product specification and packaging by an engineer

        Third-party pre-production laboratory testing and certification

        Internal pre-production testing

        Individual carton drop test to verify packing resistance reliability to loading and unloading

        Carton transit test to verify packing resistance reliability to transportation of the product

        Product testing (functionality testing, abuse testing, reliability testing, safety testing)

        Aesthetics inspection

        Raw material inspection

        Mass production inline inspection

        Mass production final inspection

Our Supplying Manufacturers

Close collaboration with our supplying manufacturers specializing in producing merchandises to brand owners and retailers globally is critical to our business operation and success. When selecting and evaluating manufacturers, we consider a number of business factors such as market reputation, quality, cost, production capacity and on-time delivery.

For our manufacturing orders, we typically send our instructions to our supplying manufacturers to produce based on the design approved by our customers as well as product specification, quality, cost, capacity, delivery schedule as requested by our customers.

We usually work with manufacturers that pass our assessment of, among others, quality, production capacity, ability to deliver and cost. Although we have not entered into any long-term contracts with our major manufacturers, we have forged long-term relationships with many of them based on the history of close collaborations.

We have not entered into written contracts with our major manufacturers for product manufacturing and supply, which in our commercial judgment relieves us from a binding minimum procurement amount requirement associated with written contracts with our manufacturers and gives us more flexibility if we decide to replace any existing manufacturers with new manufacturers that can better suit our business needs. However, other than the foregoing, without formal written contracts, the manufacturers also have more flexibility of terminating business relationship without advance notice.

Our manufacturers are primarily located in mainland China and other countries or regions in East and Southeast Asia, such as Vietnam and India. During the year ended September 30, 2024, our supplying manufacturers in the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, Vietnam, and India represented 71%, 27.8%, 1.1% and 0% respectively, in

99

Table of Contents

terms of our total purchase. During the year ended September 30, 2023, our supplying manufacturers in mainland China, Hong Kong, Vietnam, India, Japan and Taiwan represented 88.4%, 2.1%, 7.8%, 1.1%, 0.4% and 0.2%, respectively, in terms of our total purchase.

Our top five supplying manufacturers accounted for approximately 58.2% and 48.7% of our total cost of merchandise, respectively, for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024. In particular, procurement from two major suppliers accounted for 16% and 11% of our total purchase for the year ended September 30, 2024, respectively, and procurement from two major suppliers accounted for 18% and 14% of our total purchase for the year ended September 30, 2023, respectively. Our major supplying manufacturers are certified by the Business Supply Chain Initiative (BSCI), a nonprofit dedicated to the promotion of sustainable and ethical trade practices, and Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (CTPAT), a voluntary trade partnership program operated by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP). To optimize profit margin and diversify supply chain, we plan to expand our supplying manufacturer base in Vietnam, Cambodia and Indonesia, especially for our home and tools series as well as school, office and art supplies series.

Sales and Marketing

We develop customer base through referral by customer buyers and one (1) third-party US sales agent. We conduct sales to our corporate customers through our merchandising team and through our third-party U.S. sales agent who sells the products we source to US retailers on our behalf.

We entered into a written contact with our third-party US sales agent in 2022. Pursuant to this contract, our third-party U.S. sales agent has been authorized to market and sell the products to US retailers on our behalf at the product prices we set for commission, and we shall be responsible for providing the necessary promotional marketing materials. The sales agent receives a commission as a percentage of sales generated under the contract, which are payable every six months. The agreement may be terminated at any time by either party. We believe business relationship with our third-party sales agent supplements the sale and marketing of efforts our merchandising team by expanding the out research of our sales network and diversifying our customer base.

Instead of setting up a specialized marketing team, our merchandising team is responsible for the day-to-day marketing work because through pitching customers for product orders, the merchandising team build relationships with customer buyers directly, and therefore they have the advantage of communicating with our sales representatives and customer buyers directly. Established relationships and direct communication can lead to more fruitful marketing.

100

Table of Contents

Typically, after our senior management onboard new customers, our merchandising team are responsible for customer relationship maintenance.

Customers

Our customers are retailers, distributors, and brand owners. For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, our top five customers accounted for 98.2% and 99.1% of our total revenue, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, our top five customers accounted for 99.8% and 97.8% respectively.

Our customers are located in the United States, Hong Kong, Mexico and Australia. During the year ended September 30, 2024, sales of our customers in the United States dominated 72.5% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 24.3%, Mexico, 3% and Australia, 0.2%. During the year ended September 30, 2023, sales of our customers in the United States dominated 92.0% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 2.0%, Mexico, 5.7% and Australia, 0.3%. During the six months ended March 31, 2025, sales of our customers

101

Table of Contents

in the United States dominated 85.4% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 11.5%, and Mexico, 3.1%. During the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales of our customers in the United States dominated 71.7% of our total sales revenue, followed by customers in Hong Kong, 26%, Mexico, 3.1% and Australia, 0.3%.

We currently have two major customers: (i) 1616 Holdings, Inc., a major distributor and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the U.S.-based discounted retailer, Five Below (the “1616 Holdings”), in accordance with a vender agreement that we have entered into with Five Below in August 2023 (“Vendor Agreement”). Pursuant to the Vendor Agreement, in consideration of our rights to sell merchandises to Five Below, we have (i) agreed to Five Below to comply with the terms and conditions of Five Below relating to, among others, quality packing, ticketing, delivery, inspection, testing and insurance, (ii) made representations and warranties to Five Below, including among others, complying with the applicable laws, regulations and industry standards, and (iii) agreed with Five Below on the terms relating to product recall; (ii) Harvest Giant Inc. Limited, a textile manufacturing sourcing and procurement company in Hong Kong (the “Harvest Giant”), with which we have no long-term contractual arrangement but rather engage in order-by-order transactions. For the year ended September 30, 2024, sales to 1616 Holdings and Harvest Giant accounted for HKD152,376,017 ($19,661,382), or 68.7%, and HKD4,235,596 ($546,527), or 1.9%, of our revenue. For the year ended September 30, 2023, sales to 1616 Holdings and Harvest Giant accounted for HKD101,837,894 ($13,140,373), or 83.8%, and HKD6,316,408 ($815,020), or 5.2%, of our revenue.

Competition

We are directly competing with other sourcing and wholesaling companies with design and development capabilities and supplying manufacturers in mainland China and Southeast Asia.

The majority of our revenue was derived from sales to the U.S. markets, while we also generated limited sales in the Hong Kong local markets. We anticipate that customer demand for our toy, gift and household products going forward will be primarily affected by the demand and performance of U.S. and Hong Kong. However, we expect our targeted customer markets to maintain stable growth.

We mainly compete in product quality and research and development capabilities. We believe that we can compete effectively by virtue of our well-established relationship with our customers, which are retailers, distributors and international brand owners, comprehensive technical expertise in product design and development capabilities, integrated collaboration process with our customers, and strong quality assurance system.

Research and Development

Research and development underpins our competitiveness. Our research and development is primarily associated with market and industry research and new product design and development, conducted by our merchandising team.

Intellectual Property

As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any registered trademarks or patents. JM Manufacturing HK registered the domain name of “www.justen-marks.com.hk.”

Where our supplying manufacturers produce products based upon the design of our customers, the patents and other intellectual property rights associated with such design are owned by our customers.

Employees

The following table sets forth the numbers of our full-time employees, categorized by function, as of March 31, 2025:

Function

 

Number of
Employees

Management

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Administration

 

Finance and accounting

 

Research and development

 

Operations

 

Total

 

21

102

Table of Contents

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees. As part of our human resource strategy, we offer employees a dynamic work environment, competitive salaries, performance-based cash bonuses and other incentives. As a result, we have generally been able to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain a stable core management team.

All of our employees are based in Hong Kong. We entered into standard employment, confidentiality and non-compete agreements with our employees. As required by Hong Kong laws and regulations, we participate in mandatory provident fund plans and maintain employees’ compensation insurance.

None of our employees are currently represented by labor unions. We believe that we maintain good working relationship with our employees and we have not experienced any material labor disputes.

Facilities

Our principal executive office is a 6,597 square feet leased property located at No. 1 Hok Cheung Street, Kowloon, Hong Kong. Pursuant to the Lease Agreement, the lease term is two year, from May 16, 2023 to May 15, 2025 and the monthly rent is HKD99,000 (US$12,642).

The operating lease expenses amounted to HKD1,510,280 (US$194,391) for the year ended September 30, 2024, and amounted to HKD1,618,830 (US$206,724.59) for the year ended September 30, 2023.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. For example, in 2024, we reached a settlement with a third party regarding certain intellectual property infringements claims in the United States. See JM Group Limited Consolidated Financial Statement — Note 19 Subsequent Events” on page F-28.

Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

Governmental Regulations

Our operations are subject to numerous laws of Hong Kong, as well as those of other countries where our products are sold to, and regulations in a number of areas including, but not limited to, areas of labor and employment, immigration, advertising, e-commerce, tax, import and export requirements, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, and environmental, health, and safety. Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP, our Hong Kong counsel, has advised JM Group that, as of the date of this prospectus, we have obtained all necessary licenses, permissions or approvals including the business registration certificate from the governmental authorities of Hong Kong to operate our business and to the best of our knowledge, no license, permission or approval has been denied. See “Regulations” on page 110 of this prospectus.

The following table provides details on the licenses, permissions or approvals held by JM Group’s Hong Kong subsidiary JM Manufacturing HK.

License/permit/approval

 

Issuing authority

 

Commencement date

 

Expiry date

Business Registration Certificate

 

Inland Revenue Department

 

June 17, 2024

 

June 16, 2025

103

Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY

The majority of our revenue is driven by home and tools, seasonal décor and party supplies, sports and outdoors, and toys and games for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024. Our analysis and discussion focused on the current and future development of these sectors.

Home and tools sector

Home and tools sector primarily includes home décor for residential, commercial and hospitality consumers. The discussion below focuses on the home décor market which comprise home furniture, home textiles, flooring, wall décor and lighting.

Global home and tools sector

Based on “Home Décor Market Report by Product Type (Home Furniture, Home Textiles, Flooring, Wall Décor, Lighting and Others), Distribution Channel (Home Décor Stores, Supermarkets and Hypermarkets, Online Stores, and Others) and Region 2024-2032” (“Home Décor Market Report”) published by IMARC Group in 2024, global home décor market size generated US$749.0 billion in 2023 and is estimated to produce US$1,087.5 billion by 2032 at a CAGR of 4.1% from 2024 through 2032. According to the report of “Home-décor Market Research Report Information By Product Type By Application By Region Forecasts till 2032” released by Market Research Future in November 2024, the market size of the worldwide home décor sector in 2023 was US$619.8 billion and is estimated to surge to US$882.1 billion by 2032 at a CAGR of 4.0% from 2024 through 2032. Both researchers predicted that the market size of the home décor market in Asia Pacific will climb significantly by 2032 due to an expected increase in the income levels of individuals and the number of middle-class households.

U.S. home and tools sector

According to its Home Décor Market Report, IMAC Group assessed that North America region primarily the United States continues to dominate the global market of home décor due to a higher portion of middle-class and affluent households in the U.S. who pursue comfortable living condition. In its report “United States Home Décor Market Report and Forecast 2024-2032” released in 2024, Expert Market Research analyzed that the US home décor market produced US$180.62 billion in 2023 and is projected to give rise to US$273.85 billion by 2032 at a CAGR of 4.6% from 2024 through 2032.

Key Market Drivers and Opportunities

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the home and tools sector:

        Consumers are more health conscious and prefer to home décor products made of less harmful chemical materials such as eco-friendly paints, bamboo, organic cotton and natural lighting. Home décor products designed with ergonomics is gaining popularity.

        Smart technology enables the integration of energy efficiency, eco-friendly materials, personalizable and customizable design, security features to home decoration products.

        e-Commerce portals allow customer to gain access to a wide range of user evaluations and reviews, detailed product description and customizable interior design.

        Social media platforms become instrumental for customers to showcase their purchase, design and ideas which impact consumer’s choice and perception of design, quality and trend of home decoration.

Key Market Restraints

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the home and tools sector in the near future:

        Customers tend to reduce their budgets on home décor products during the period of economic uncertainty.

        While market participants try to meet the increasing demand for home décor products made of eco-friendly materials, they are required to adhere to the relevant stringent safety and environmental regulations which ultimately increases the cost of manufacturing.

104

Table of Contents

Seasonal décor and party supplies sector

In terms of product type, Market. US, in its report “Global Party Supplies Market Report By Product Type (Balloons, Tableware/Disposable Supplies, Banners & Decorations, Pinatas & Games, Invitations, Party Favors, Candles & Cake Toppers), By Material, By Application, By Distribution Channel, By Region and Companies — Industry segment Outlook, Market Assessment, Competition Scenario, Trends and Forecast 2024-2033” (“Global Party Supplies Market Report”) published in November 2024, identified that party supplies include products and materials used for decorations for weddings, birthdays, corporate events and many other celebrations. Product type of party supplies consists of balloons, banners, themed decorations, invitations, tableware and disposable items.

Global seasonal décor and party supplies market

In its publication of “Party Supplies Market Size by 2032 by Types (Banner, Games, Balloon, Pinatas, Others), By Application Covered (Commercial Use, Residential Use) and Regional Forecast to 2032” (Party Supplies Market Size by 2032”) released in January 2024, Global Growth Insights reported that the worldwide party supplies market size was US$19.83 billion 2023 and is estimated to generate approximately US$21.14 billion and US$24.02 billion in 2024 and 2032, respectively, representing a CAGR of 6.61% during the forecast period.

Market. US in its report “Global Party Supplies Market Report” analyzed that the worldwide party supplies market size is projected to grow from US$13.5 billion in 2023 to US$30.8 billion in 2033 at a CAGR of 8.6% during the forecast period from 2024 to 2033. Among various type of party supplies products, balloons and paper-based materials represented 33% and 35.5%, of the global party supplies market, respectively, in 2023. Residential customers accounted for and brick-and-mortar held 55% and 35.5%, of the entire party supplies market, respectively, in 2023.

U.S. seasonal décor and party supplies market

According to Party Supplies Market Size by 2032, Global Growth Insights indicated that North America especially the U.S. remains the strongest party supplies market globally due to its strong culture of celebrations for birthdays, holidays, weddings and other special occasions. Cognitive Market Research identified in its publication “North America Party Supplies Market Report 2024” issued in September 2024 that the U.S. market share of party supplies industry is approximately US$3.9 billion in 2024 and is forecasted to rise at a growth rate of 7.7% from 2024 to 2031. According to Market.US, such leading position and growth is driven by the high per capita income and disposable income in the United States.

Key Market Drivers and Opportunities

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the seasonal décor and party supplies sector:

        Desire for personalization, unique design and customization in celebration events is higher.

        Environmental consciousness grows among customers and demand for eco-friendly and sustainable, biodegradable and recyclable party supplies products such as compostable tableware, reusable decorations and plastic free packaging increases.

        Technological advance enables innovation in product design and manufacturing of environmentally friendly party supplies.

        E-Commerce platforms allow customer to gain access to a wide range of party supplies particularly personalizable and customizable products and real-time customer’s review.

        Social media platforms become instrumental for customers to share their party set-ups and ideas which impact consumer’s choice and perception of design, quality and trend of party supplies.

        Corporate and governmental events seek professional, themed and premium supplies that promote memorable experience.

        Asia Pacific regions is expanding rapidly due to increasing urbanization, higher disposable income, expanding middle-class population and adopting western style celebrations which boost the demand for party supplies.

105

Table of Contents

Key Market Restraints

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the seasonal décor and party supplies sector in the near future:

        Competition becomes fierce as more players enter the party supplies market which led to price and margin pressures.

        Customers tend to reduce their budgets on discretionary spendings during the period of economic uncertainty.

        Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, production process and logistics due to geopolitical instability and global pandemic results in shortage of inventory and lost sales.

        Consumer preferences may be fluctuating especially the trend towards biodegradable and eco-friendly products. Market players that have relied on traditional materials and production line may face challenges in adapting to such changes as investment in research and development and production line can be costly and laborious.

Sports and outdoors sector

As discussed in two research reports of “Global Outdoor Toys Market Size By Product Type, By Age Group, By Material, By sales Channel, By Geographic Scope and Forecast” (“Global Outdoor Toys Market report”) published by Verified Market Research in September 2024 as well as “Global Outdoor Sports Toys Research Market Report: By Product Type (Water Sports Toys, Winter Sports Toys, Team Sports Toys, Motorized Outdoor Toys), By Age Group (Toddlers (0-3 years), Preschoolers (3-5 years), School-aged Children (6-12 years), Teenagers (13-19 years), Adults (20+ years)), By Material (Plastic, Metal, Rubber, Wood, Fabric), By Distribution Channel (Online Retailers, Brick-and-Mortar Stores, Specialty Sporting Goods Stores, Discount Stores, Direct-to-Consumer), By Price Category (Low-Priced (under $50), Mid-Priced ($50-$150), High-Priced (Over $150)) as well as By Regional (North America, Europe, South America, Asia Pacific, Middle East and Africa) — Forecast to 2032” (“Global Outdoor Sports Toys Research Market Report”) released by Wise Guy Reports on August 6, 2024, sports and outdoors sector comprises riding toys, sports toys, water toys, playground equipment, water sports toys, winter sports toys, team sports toys and motorized outdoor toys.

Global sports and outdoors market

According to Global Outdoor Sports Toys Research Market Report published by Wise Guy Reports, the global outdoor sports toy market size was approximately US$10.09 billion in 2023 and is forecasted to increment from US$10.63 billion in 2024 to US$ 16.1 billion in 2032, representing a CAGR of 5.33% over the forecast period (2024-2032).

In its “Global Sports and Outdoor Toys Market Report” issued in 2024, Experts Market Research also analyzed that the market size of global sports and outdoor toys market was roughly US$15.3 billion in 2023 and is predicted to generate around US$23.2 billion by 2032 at a CAGR of 4.6% during 2024-2032.

Moreover, Global Outdoor Toys Market report by Verified Market Research reported that the outdoor toys market size was approximately US$10.0 billion in 2023 and is expected to rise to US$13.69 billion by 2031 at a CAGR 4% over the forecast period (2024-2031).

U.S. sports and outdoors market

Global Outdoor Sports Toys Research Market Report of Wise Guy Reports stated that the outdoor sports toys market size of North America region accounts for approximately US$3.36 billion or 31.6% of the global respective market size in 2024 and continues to prevail in this segment.

106

Table of Contents

Key Market Drivers and Opportunities

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the sports and outdoors sector:

        Awareness of importance of overall health and development increased especially obesity and health risks keep rising. This led to growing health consciousness among consumers who become aware of the benefits of physical activity to reduce health risks.

        Technological innovations enable the development and production of outdoor sports toys with eco-friendly, lighter and durable materials, outdoor sports toys with smart features such as built-in sensors, remote switches, app connectivity and gaming components and customization of outdoor sports toys with unique features, design and theme.

Key Market Restraints

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the sports and outdoors sector in the near future:

Possible economic downturns can influence consumer spending on discretionary items such as outdoor sports toys.

        Families tend to reduce discretion spending particularly leisure and entertainment products.

        Disruption in global supply chain is triggered by price fluctuations, order delays, geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, relocation of suppliers, unreliable order fulfillments and product discontinuations.

        More stringent safety and environmental regulations are imposed which increase the cost of manufacturing.

        Competition becomes more intense as low-cost producers enter the market.

Toys and games sector:

As discussed in their reports, “Toys and Games Market Report by Product Type (Plush Toys, Infant/Preschool Toys, Activity Toys, Dolls, Games and Puzzles, Ride-Ons, and Others), Distribution Channel (Specialty Stores, Supermarkets and Hypermarkets, Departmental Stores, Online Stores, General Stores) and Region 2024-2032” (“Toys and Games Market Report”) published by IMARC Group in 2024 as well as “Toys and Games Market Size, Share, Growth and Industry Analysis, By Type (Games and Puzzles, Infant and Pre-School Toys, Construction Toys, Dolls and Accessories, Outdoor and Sports Toys, Video Games and Others), By Application (Online Channel and Offline Channel), Regional Insights, and Forecast To 2032” (“Toys and Games Market Size, Share, Growth and Industry Analysis”) produced by Business Research Insights on October 21, 2024, global toys and games sector primarily include games and puzzles, infant and pre-school toys, construction toys, dolls and accessories, outdoor and sports toys, video games, activity games and others.

Global toys and games market

As discussed in Toys and Games Market Report published by IMARC Group, the global toys and games size in 2023 was US$113.5 billion. IMARC Group forecasted that the size of this market sector can rise to US$170.9 billion, representing a CAGR of 4.5% during 2024 through 2032.

Similarly, according to an article “Toys Market Research Report Information by Type (Preschool Toys, Soft Toys and Dolls, Action Toys, Arts and Crafts Toys, Construction Toys, Vehicles and others), Distribution Channel (Store-Based Supermarkets and Hypermarkets, Specialty Stores and others) and (Non-Store-Based) and Region (North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World)- Forecast till 2032” produced by Market Research Future in November 2024, toys market size was approximately US$190.76 billion 2023 and is projected to US$200.08 billion and US$299.85 billion in 2024 and 2032, respectively. Such ascension represents a CAGR of 5.19% during the forecast period from 2024 through 2032.

107

Table of Contents

US toy market

In accordance with the market insights compiled by Statista in July 2024, the toys and games market in the United States is forecasted to generate approximately US$40.1 billion or 30.9% in 2024 compared to the estimated revenue of the global toys and games market, US$129.5 billion, in the same period. The U.S. toys and games market is projected to be the top player in the worldwide toys and games market in 2024.

The Toy Association reported that the U.S. market size for the total toy industry for 2023 was approximately US$41.0 billion, of which US$28.0 billion represented the U.S. retail sales of toys, according to the statistics performed by Circana’s U.S. Retail Tracking Service. Although the U.S. retail sales of toys in 2023 dropped by 8.0% compared to 2022, the market size of the U.S. retail sales of toys climbed by 25.1% in 2023 compared to 2019.

Further, The Toy Association stated that the Outdoor and Sports Toys, approximately US$4.5 billion of the total U.S. retail toy sales, continues to be the largest category of the U.S. retail toy sales market.

The “Economic Impact of the Toy Industry in the United States, 2024” prepared by John Dunham & Associates for The Toy Association in 2024 mentioned that the toy industry remains a strong industry sector which contributed US$157.5 billion to the U.S. economy and created 667,241 American job opportunities. There have been 3 billion toys sold annually in the United States.

According to the Toys and Games Market Size, Share, Growth and Industry Analysis compiled by Business Research Insights, the market in Northern America especially the United States is diverse due to its heterogeneous demographics and cultural backgrounds. The demand for toys and games extends across various aspect of age groups, ethics and populations which conduces to a vivid and extensive market. Additionally, there is a significant amount of affluent middle-class and household with strong spending power and high demand for child development and education in the United States. This population group earns a higher disposable income level and is often willing to allocate a considerable portion of its budget to discretionary items such as toys and games with educational and innovative features.

Pursuant to its “Toys and Games Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By application (Up to 8 Years, 9-15 Years), By Distribution Channel (Online, Offline), By Product (Preschool Toys, Electronic Games), By Region, and Segment Forecasts, 2024-2030” issued in 2024, Grand View Research cited that toy and game manufacturers are required to comply with the applicable toy safety regulations in the Consumer Product Safety Act and the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act. Those regulations set forth standards for testing methods as well as chemical and material safety requirements to protect consumers especially children from potential hazards of toys.

Key Market Drivers and Opportunities

Below is a list of major factors that we believe are key market drivers and opportunities for the toys and games sector:

        Awareness among parents of educational, cultural, and entertainment benefits that toys offer in child development increased

108

Table of Contents

        Online retail platforms provide a more accessible and convenient way to explore a wide range of toys and games.

        Social media provides a channel for manufacturers to obtain real time information of consumer trends and preferences such as popularity of characters, themes, play experience, eco-friendly products.

Key Market Restraints

We believe the following are major factors that restrain the development of the toys and games sector in the near future:

        Possible economic downturns can influence consumer spending on discretionary items such as toys and games. Families tend to reduce discretionary spending particularly leisure and entertainment products.

        Disruption in global supply chain is triggered by price fluctuations, order delays, geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, relocation of suppliers, unreliable order fulfillments and product discontinuations.

        More stringent safety and environmental regulations are imposed which increase the cost of manufacturing.

        Competition becomes more intense as low-cost producers enter the market.

109

Table of Contents

REGULATIONS

Regulations Related to our Business Operations in Hong Kong

JM Manufacturing HK is JM Group’s wholly-owned subsidiary established in Hong Kong through which JM Group conducts its operations. As at the date of this prospectus, there was no statutory or mandatory licensing and qualification system in Hong Kong governing the design, development and sourcing gifts, toys, household products, and personal care electrical appliances.

Below sets out a summary of certain aspects of the Hong Kong laws and regulations which are relevant to our operation and business.

Business Registration Ordinance (Chapter 310 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Business Registration Ordinance requires every person carrying on any business to make an application to the Commissioner of Inland Revenue in the prescribed manner for the registration of that business within one month after the commencement of business. The Commissioner of Inland Revenue must register each business for which a business registration application is made and as soon as practicable after the prescribed business registration fee and levy are paid and issue a business registration certificate or branch registration certificate for the relevant business or the relevant branch, as the case may be. Any person who fails to apply for business registration shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of HK$5,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance (Cap. 486) of Hong Kong), or the PDPO

The PDPO protects the privacy interests of living individuals in relation to personal data. The PDPO covers any automated and non-automated data relating directly or indirectly to a living individual and applies to both public and private bodies as data users that control the collection, holding, processing or use of personal data. Data users are obliged to comply with the requirements of the six data protection principles (the “Data Protection Principles”) contained in Schedule 1 to the PDPO. The PDPO provides that a data user shall not do an act, or engage in a practice, that contravenes a Data Protection Principle unless the act or practice, as the case may be, is required or permitted under the PDPO. The six Data Protection Principles are:

        Principle 1 — purpose and manner of collection of personal data;

        Principle 2 — accuracy and duration of retention of personal data;

        Principle 3 — use of personal data;

        Principle 4 — security of personal data;

        Principle 5 — information to be generally available; and

        Principle 6 — access to personal data.

In general, the personal data shall be lawfully and fairly collected and steps should be taken to ensure that the data subject is explicitly or implicitly informed on or before collecting the data. Personal data should also be accurate, up-to-date and kept no longer than necessary while unless with the consent from the data subjects. Personal data should be used for the purposes for which they were collected or a directly related purpose.

Non-compliance with a Data Protection Principle may lead to a complaint to the Privacy Commissioner for Personal Data (the “Privacy Commissioner”), which is the governing body to promote, administer and oversee the enforcement of the PDPO. The Privacy Commissioner may serve an enforcement notice to direct the data user to remedy the contravention and/or instigate prosecution actions. A data user who contravenes an enforcement notice commits an offense which may lead to a fine and imprisonment.

The PDPO also gives data subjects certain rights, inter alia:

        the right to be informed by a data user whether the data user holds personal data of which the individual is the data subject;

        if the if the data user holds such data, to be supplied with a copy of such data; and

        the right to request correction of any data they consider to be inaccurate.

110

Table of Contents

The PDPO criminalizes, including but not limited to, the misuse or inappropriate use of personal data in direct marketing activities, non-compliance with a data access request and the unauthorized disclosure of personal data obtained without the relevant data user’s consent. An individual who suffers damage, including injured feelings, by reason of a contravention of the PDPO in relation to his or her personal data, may seek compensation from the data user concerned.

Employment Ordinance (Chapter 57 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the EO

The Employment Ordinance (Chapter 57 of the Laws of Hong Kong) is an ordinance enacted for, amongst other things, the protection of the wages of employees and the regulation of the general conditions of employment and employment agencies. Under the EO, an employee is generally entitled to, amongst other things, notice of termination of his or her employment contract; payment in lieu of notice; maternity protection in the case of a pregnant employee; not less than one rest day in every period of seven days; severance payments or long service payments; sickness allowance; statutory holidays or alternative holidays; and paid annual leave of up to 14 days depending on the period of employment.

Employees’ Compensation Ordinance (Chapter 282 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the ECO

The Employees’ Compensation Ordinance (Chapter 282 of the Laws of Hong Kong) is an ordinance enacted for the purpose of providing for the payment of compensation to employees injured in the course of employment.

The ECO establishes a no-fault and non-contributory employee compensation system for work injuries and lays down the rights and obligations of employers and employees in respect of injuries or death caused by accidents arising out of and in the course of employment, or by prescribed occupational diseases. That is to say, if an employee sustains an injury or dies as a result of an accident arising out of and in the course of his employment, his employer is generally liable to pay compensation even if the employee might have committed acts of faults or negligence when the accident occurred. Similarly, an employee who suffers incapacity arising from an occupational disease or dies from an occupational disease is entitled to receive the same compensation as that payable to employees injured in occupational accidents. The employer must report to the Commissioner for Labour any work accident resulting in the aforesaid injury, incapacity or death in accordance with section 15 of the ECO.

As stipulated by the ECO, no employer shall employ any employee in any employment unless there is in force in relation to such employee a policy of insurance issued by an insurer for an amount not less than the applicable amount specified in the Fourth Schedule of the ECO in respect of the liability of the employer. According to the Fourth Schedule of the ECO, the insured amount shall be not less than HKD100,000,000 (approximately $12,900,000) per event if a company has no more than 200 employees. Any employer who contravenes this requirement commits a criminal offence and is liable on conviction to a fine and imprisonment. An employer who has taken out an insurance policy under the ECO is required to display a prescribed notice of insurance in a conspicuous place on each of its premises where any employee is employed.

Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance (Chapter 485 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the MPFSO

The Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance (Chapter 485 of the Laws of Hong Kong) is an ordinance enacted for the purposes of providing for the establishment of non-governmental mandatory provident fund schemes, or the MPF Schemes. Section 7 of the MPFSO requires every employer of an employee of 18 years of age or above but under 65 years of age to take all practical steps to ensure the employee becomes a member of a registered MPF Scheme within the first 60 days of employment. Subject to the minimum and maximum relevant income levels, it is mandatory for both employers and their employees to contribute 5% of the employee’s relevant income to the MPF Scheme. Any employer who contravenes the requirement of enrolling eligible employees in a registered MPF Scheme or the requirement of paying mandatory contributions to the MPF Schemes commits a criminal offence and is liable on conviction to a fine and imprisonment.

Minimum Wage Ordinance (Chapter 608 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the MWO

The Minimum Wage Ordinance (Chapter 608 of the Laws of Hong Kong) provides for a prescribed minimum hourly wage rate (currently at HK$42.1 per hour) during the wage period for every employee engaged under a contract of employment under the EO. Any provision of the employment contract which purports to extinguish or reduce the right, benefit or protection conferred on the employee by the MWO is void pursuant to section 15 of the MWO.

111

Table of Contents

Failure to pay minimum wage amounts to a breach of the wage provisions under EO. An employer who willfully and without reasonable excuse fails to pay wages to an employee when it becomes due commits a criminal offence and is liable on conviction to a fine and imprisonment.

Independent contractors

Under the Hong Kong laws, a worker may be categorized as either an independent contractor or an employee. There are several important factors to distinguish an employee from an independent contractor, among others, (i) control over work procedures, working time and method; (ii) ownership and provision of work equipment, tools and materials; and (iii) whether the person is free to hire helpers to assist in the work. A company is generally not liable to take up employer’s obligations under the EO, the ECO, the MWO and the MPFSO in respect of its independent contractors.

Inland Revenue Ordinance (Chapter 112 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the IRO

The Inland Revenue Ordinance (Chapter 112 of the Laws of Hong Kong) regulates taxes on property, earnings and profits in Hong Kong. The IRO provides that every person including corporations, partnerships, trustees and bodies of persons, carrying on any trade, profession or business in Hong Kong are liable for tax on all profits (excluding profits arising from the sale of capital assets) arising in or derived from Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business. Under the IRO, where an employer commences to employ in Hong Kong an individual who is or is likely to be chargeable to tax, or any married person, the employer shall give a written notice to the Commissioner of Inland Revenue not later than three months after the date of commencement of such employment. Where an employer ceases or is about to cease to employ in Hong Kong an individual who is or is likely to be chargeable to tax, or any married person, the employer shall give a written notice to the Commissioner of Inland Revenue not later than one month before such individual ceases to be employed in Hong Kong.

The IRO further provides, among other things, that profits tax is payable by corporations carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong on the assessable profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong at the standard rate, which is on the date hereof fixed at 8.25% on assessable profits up to HK$2,000,000 and 16.5% on any part of assessable profits over HK$2,000,000.

Consumer Goods Safety Ordinance (Chapter 456 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the CGSO

The Consumer Goods Safety Ordinance (Chapter 456 of the Laws of Hong Kong) imposes a duty on manufacturers, importers and manufacturers of certain consumer goods to ensure that the consumer goods they supply are safe and for incidental purposes.

The Company’s products are regulated by the CGSO and the Consumer Goods Safety Regulation (Cap. 456A, Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Consumer Goods Safety Regulation”).

Section 4(1) of the CGSO requires consumer goods to be reasonably safe having regard to all of the circumstances including the manner in which, and the purpose for which the products are presented, promoted or marketed, the use of any mark in relation to the products, instructions and warnings given for the keeping or use of the products, reasonable safety standards published by a standards institute or other similar bodies and the existence of any reasonable means to make the products safer.

According to section 2(1) of the Consumer Goods Safety Regulation, where consumer goods on their packages are marked with, or where any labels affixed to or any documents enclosed in their packages contain, any warning or caution regarding the safe keeping, use, consumption or disposal, such warning or caution shall be in both the English and the Chinese languages. Such warnings and cautions, as required by section 2(2) of Consumer Goods Safety Regulation, shall be legible and be placed in a conspicuous position on (a) the consumer goods; (b) any package of the consumer goods; (c) a label security affixed to the package; or (d) a document enclosed in the package.

Electrical Products (Safety) Regulation (Chapter 406G of the Laws of Hong Kong)

It is a requirement under the Electrical Products (Safety) Regulation (Chapter 406G of the Laws of Hong Kong) that electrical products which are designed for household use and supplied in Hong Kong shall comply with certain safety requirements and obtain recognized certificates of safety compliance.

112

Table of Contents

Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance (Chapter 509 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the OSHO

The Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance (Chapter 509 of the Laws of Hong Kong) aims to ensure the safety and health of employees when they are at work. Under the OSHO, an employer must ensure the safety and health of his workplace by (i) providing and maintaining plant and work systems that are safe and without risks to health, (ii) making arrangement for ensuring safety and health in connection with the use, handling, storage or transport of plant or substances, (iii) providing all necessary information, instruction, training and supervision for ensuring safety and health, (iv) providing and maintaining safe access to and egress from the workplace, and (v) providing and maintaining a safe and healthy work environment provided the workplace is under the employer’s control. The Commissioner for Labour may serve improvement notices on an employer or an occupier of the workplace against contravention of the OSHO, or suspension notices against an activity or condition or use of workplace where there is an imminent risk of death or serious bodily injury. An employer who fails to comply with the above may be liable on conviction to a fine and imprisonment, if he did so intentionally, knowingly or recklessly.

Occupational Safety and Health Regulation (Chapter 509A of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Occupational Safety and Health Regulation (Chapter 509A of the Laws of Hong Kong) further sets out basic requirements for accident prevention, fire precaution, workplace environment control, hygiene at workplaces, first aid, as well as what employers and employees are expected to do in manual handling operations.

Tortious Duty Under Common Law

Apart from contractual liability, under common law, manufacturers, distributors and retailers of products also owe a duty of care to consumers and may be liable for damage resulting from defects in goods caused by their negligent acts or for any fraudulent misrepresentation made in the distributing and selling of goods. Where a manufacturer, distributor and retailer knows or reasonably believes that the products may be defective, he may have to cease to supply such goods and to give warning and instructions to persons to whom the products are supplied. Any person who undertakes to design, import or supply a product, and who negligently performs his work and causes damage to another person or property, will also attract civil liability.

Trade Description Ordinance (Chapter 362 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the TDO

The Trade Descriptions Ordinance (Chapter 362 of the Laws of Hong Kong) prohibits false trade descriptions, false, misleading or incomplete information, false statements, etc., in respect of goods offered in the course of trade. Therefore, all of the products sold by the Company are required to comply with the relevant provisions therein. Section 2 of the TDO provides, inter alia, that “trade description” in relation to goods means an indication, direct or indirect, and by whatever means given, of certain matters (including quantity, method of manufacture, composition, fitness for purpose, availability, compliance with a standard specified or recognized by any person, price, their being of the same kind as goods supplied to a person, price, place or date of manufacture, production, processing or reconditioning, person by whom manufactured, produced, processed or reconditioned, etc.), with respect to any goods or parts of the goods; and in relation to services means an indication, direct or indirect, and by whatever means given, of certain matters (including nature, scope, quantity, fitness for purpose, method and procedures, availability, the person by whom the service is supplied, after-sale service assistance, price etc.).

Section 7 of the TDO provides that no person shall in the course of trade or business apply a false trade description to any goods or sell or offer for sale any goods with false trade descriptions applied thereto. Section 7A of the TDO provides that a trader who applies a false trade description to a service supplied or offered to be supplied to a consumer, or supplies or offers to supply to a consumer a service to which a false trade description is applied, commits an offence.

Sections 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H and 13I of the TDO provide that a trader who engages in relation to a consumer in a commercial practice that (a) is a misleading omission; or (b) is aggressive; (c) constitutes bait advertising; (d) constitutes a bait and switch; or (e) constitutes wrongly accepting payment for a product, commits an offence.

A person who commits an offence under sections 7, 7A, 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H or 13I shall be subject, on conviction on indictment, to a fine of HK$500,000 and to imprisonment for 5 years, and on summary conviction, to a fine at HK$100,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

113

Table of Contents

Trade Marks Ordinance (Chapter 559 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the TMO

The Trade Marks Ordinance (Chapter 559 of the Laws of Hong Kong) provides for the registration of trademarks, the use of registered trademarks and connected matters. Hong Kong provides territorial protection for trademarks. Therefore, trademarks registered in other countries or regions are not automatically entitled to protection in Hong Kong. In order to enjoy protection by the laws of Hong Kong, trademarks must be registered with the Trade Marks Registry of the Intellectual Property Department under the Trade Marks Ordinance and the Trade Marks Rules (Chapter 559A of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Trade Marks Rules”).

According to section 10 of the TMO, a registered trademark is a property right acquired through due registration under such ordinance. The owner of a registered trademark is entitled to the rights provided by the ordinance.

By virtue of section 14 of the TMO, the owner of a registered trademark is conferred exclusive rights in the trademark. The rights of the owner in respect of the registered trademark come into existence from the date of the registration of the trademark. According to section 48 of such ordinance, the registration date is the filing date of the application for registration.

Subject to the exceptions in section 19 to section 21 of the TMO, any use of the trademark by third parties without the consent of the owner is an infringement of the trademark. Conducts which amount to infringement of the registered trademark are further specified in section 18 of the same ordinance.

Sale of Goods Ordinance (Chapter 26 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The Sale of Goods Ordinance (Chapter 26 of the Laws of Hong Kong) provides, inter alia, that where a seller sells goods in the course of a business, there is an implied condition that (a) where the goods are purchased by description, the goods must correspond with the description; (b) the goods supplied are of merchantable quality; and (c) the goods must be fit for the purpose for which they are purchased. Otherwise, a buyer has the right to reject defective goods unless he or she has a reasonable opportunity to examine the goods.

114

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

 

49

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director

Rita Ting

 

54

 

General Counsel Nominee* and Director Nominee**

Kin Zheng

 

37

 

Chief Financial Officer Nominee*

Yue Chun Stephen Fung

 

49

 

Independent Director Nominee**

Man Kit Chiu

 

46

 

Independent Director Nominee**

Li Sze Wai

 

40

 

Independent Director Nominee**

____________

*        The appointment will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

**      The appointment onto the board of directors as well as each of the committees of the board and will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Stanley Ting, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, and director.    Mr. Ting is the founder of the Company and currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of JM Group. He has also served as the Chief Executive Officer and director of JM Manufacturing HK, JM Group’s operating subsidiary since 2016. Mr. Ting has over two decades of experience in product wholesale, sourcing and manufacturing, with extensive experience in sourcing household products such as toys, seasonal decorations, furniture, and other goods from China, Vietnam, & India to global markets. From 2002 to 2008, Mr. Ting served as director of sales for US market for Justen Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong trading company. Based on his intimate knowledge of the U.S. and South America retail industries, in 2008, he started his own product sourcing and wholesale company, JM Manufacturing Ltd., and served as its Chief Executive Officer and director, until he merged its operations into JM Manufacturing HK, JM Group’s operating subsidiary, he founded in 2016. Mr. Ting received his bachelor’s degree in Finance from Boston University.

We believe Mr. Ting qualifies as the company’s director because of his deep knowledge of the Company’s business and extensive experience in the sourcing industry for global markets.

Rita Ting (aka Rita Ting-Hopper), General Counsel Nominee and director nominee.    Ms. Ting has served as the general counsel of JM Manufacturing HK since January 2025 and will serve as the general counsel of the Company upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. She has over 20 years of experience in the legal industry. Ms. Ting was listed in the Top 50 Attorneys of Virginia for 2023 by Attorney Intel. Before joining JM Group, Ms. Ting served as Deputy General Counsel for Kerecis, a biotechnology company, from November 2022 until its acquisition by Coloplast Corp. in December 2023. Prior to that, from October 2017 to November 2022, Ms. Ting was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Festi LLC, the developer of a booking platform for local and community events and activities. Before joining entrepreneurship, Ms. Ting was a senior litigation attorney at Orlans PC (f/k/a Draper and Goldberg) between June 2022 and Oct 2017 specializing in business and commercial litigation. Ms. Ting received a J.D. degree from the Southern Methodist University Dedman School of Law in 1995, and a bachelor’s degrees in business administration and French from Pepperdine University in 1992.

We believe Ms. Ting qualifies as the company’s director because of her background in the legal industry.

Kin Zheng, Chief Financial Officer Nominee.    Mr. Zheng currently serves as the financial controller of JM Manufacturing HK since 2023, responsible for supervising accounting and finance function of the company, and will serve as our CFO of the Company upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. He joined JM Manufacturing HK in 2014. He served as the divisional merchandising manager between March 2014 and July 2020, and then served as the operation manager from June 2018 to April 2023. Before joining us, Mr. Zheng was the logistic and operation executive of Shing Yuan Limited, a Hong Kong paper manufacturing company, from 2010 through 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Zheng served as personal wealth consultant at Success International Bullion (HK) Ltd. Mr. Zheng received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Management from Zhejiang University, China in 2009.

115

Table of Contents

Mr. Yue Chun Stephen Fung, Independent Director Nominee.    Mr. Fung has extensive experience in the retail and consumer goods industries. Currently, he is a non-executive director and member of the audit committee of the board of directors of China-Hong Kong Photo Products Holdings Limited (HKSE: 1123), a Hong Kong listed photo and imaging solutions developer and retailer. Since November 2018, Mr. Fung has been service as the China President of Fung Group that he joined in 2001, a Hong Kong based holding company with portfolio in the consumer goods industry, responsible for representing the interests of Fung Group and driving its growth in China. He is also the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Fung Kids Fashion (Holding) Limited, overseeing the children’s apparel, footwear and accessories retailing business. He was also the Vice President of Portfolio Management at Aetos Japan, an asset management firm that focuses on real estate assets. He has also held positions as a director of Fung Retailing Limited, a director of Toys“R”Us Asia and a director of Suhyang Networks Co., Ltd. Mr. Fung received his bachelor’s degree in Economics from Boston College in 1999 and his M.B.A. degree from the International University of Japan in 2005.

We believe Mr. Fung qualifies as the company’s director because of his experience as a public company director and his extensive experience in the retail and consumer goods industries.

Mr. Man Kit Chiu, Independent Director Nominee.    Mr. Chiu has more a decade of experience in the financial industry. Mr. Chiu has served as a director of Sino Wealth Asset Management Limited, a Hong Kong based asset management firm licensed by the Hong Kong Securities & Future Commission (SFC), since September 2024, responsible for operations and management matters. From January 2022 to May 2024, Mr. Chiu served as the responsible officer of Poly Treasure Holdings Limited, a SFC licensed asset and investment management firm. Before joining Poly Treasure, Mr. Chiu served as a director of Nice Talent Asset Management Limited, a SFC licensed asset management firm, from November 2018 to December 2021. From 2017 to 2018, Mr. Chiu managed a global multi-assets fund and a Hong Kong property fund for SFC licensed Visionary Group Capital Management Limited. He joined Visionary Group after working for SFC licensed firms Tiger Securities Asset Management Company Limited and Target Capital Management Limited to manage Hong Kong equity funds. Mr. Chiu holds a SFC Type 4 (Advising on securities) and Type 9 (Asset Management) license in Hong Kong. He received his bachelor’s degree in Finance from Albright College in the United States.

We believe Mr. Chiu qualifies as the company’s director because of his extensive experience in equity capital market, asset management and corporate finance.

Sze Wai Li, Independent Director Nominee.    Ms. Li has over 15 years of experience in professional auditing, corporate accounting and financial management. She currently serves as an executive director of Nice Talent Asset Management Limited., since July 2023, responsible for supervising finance, accounting and human resource matters. Prior to that, from February 2020 to July 2023 Ms. Li was the finance manager of the same company, responsible for accounting, finance and human resources matters. Currently, she also works as a senior manager at Nice Talent Capital Limited, a consultancy company in Hong Kong since 2015, overseeing accounting function of the company and providing accounting advisory services to clients. Prior that, Ms. Li was the project and investment manager of a Hong Kong company specializing in global commodities investment and trading, from 2011 through 2015. Earlier in her career, Ms. Li worked as an auditor for KPMG from 2006 through 2010, with her last position being Assistant Manager. Ms. Li received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the Chinese University of Hong Kong in 2006 and a Master of Laws in Corporate and Financial Law from The University of Hong Kong in 2014. She has been a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) since February 2010.

We believe Ms. Li qualifies as the company’s director because of her experience in accounting and financial management.

Family Relationships

None of the directors or executive officers have a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, except that our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Ting is brother of our director, Ms. Ting.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, none of the Company’s directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

116

Table of Contents

Board of Directors

The Company’s board of directors will consist of five directors upon closing of this offering. The Company’s board of directors has determined that the Company’s three independent director nominees, Mr. Fung, Mr. Chiu and Ms. Li satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 803 of the NYSE American Company Guide and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Duties of Directors

Under British Virgin Islands law, the Company’s directors owe fiduciary duties both at common law and under statute, including a statutory duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to the Company’s best interests. When exercising powers or performing duties as a director, the Company’s directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, taking into account without limitation the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken by him. In exercising the powers of a director, the directors must exercise their powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the company acting in a manner that contravenes the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or the BVI Act. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law”, beginning on page 127 of this prospectus, for additional information on the Company’s directors’ fiduciary duties under British Virgin Islands law. In fulfilling their duty of care to the Company, the Company’s directors must ensure compliance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The Company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by the Company’s directors is breached.

The functions and powers of the Company’s board of directors include, among others:

        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

        authorizing the payment of donations to religious, charitable, public or other bodies, clubs, funds or associations as deemed advisable;

        exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company;

        executing checks, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the company; and

        maintaining or registering a register of relevant charges of the company.

Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

Each of the Company’s directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for reelection. All of the Company’s executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors.

Qualification

There is currently no shareholding qualification for directors, although a shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by the Company’s shareholders by ordinary resolution.

Insider Participation Concerning Executive Compensation

The Company’s Board of Directors, which will consist of five members upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, is making all determinations regarding executive officer compensation from the time the Company first entered into employment agreements with executive officers up until the time where the three independent directors will be installed.

117

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Company will establish three committees under the board of directors to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part: An audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Even though the Company is exempted from corporate governance standards because it is a foreign private issuer, the Company has voluntarily adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee.    The Company’s audit committee will consist of Messrs. Yue Chun Stephen Fung and Man Kit Chiu and Ms. Sze Wai Li. Ms. Li will be the chairman of the Company’s audit committee. The Company has determined that Mr. Fung, Mr. Chiu and Ms. Li will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 803 of the NYSE American Company Guide and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company’s board also has determined that Ms. Li qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules or possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of Section 803 of the NYSE American Company Guide. The audit committee will oversee the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of the Company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

        appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

        reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

        reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

        reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;

        meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and

        monitoring compliance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Compensation Committee.    The Company’s compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Yue Chun Stephen Fung and Man Kit Chiu and Ms. Sze Wai Li upon the effectiveness of their appointments. Mr. Fung will be the chairman of the Company’s compensation committee. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to the Company’s directors and executive officers. The Company’s chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated.

The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

        reviewing and approving to the board with respect to the total compensation package for the Company’s most senior executive officers;

        approving reviewing and recommending to the board with respect to the compensation of the Company’s directors; and overseeing the total compensation package for the Company’s executives other than the most senior executive officers;

        reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans;

        selecting compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and

        programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

118

Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    The Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Yue Chun Stephen Fung and Man Kit Chiu and Ms. Sze Wai Li upon the effectiveness of their appointments. Mr. Chiu will be the chairperson of the Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become the Company’s directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

        identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to the Company’s board of directors or for appointment to fill any vacancy;

        reviewing annually with the Company’s board of directors its current composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to the Company;

        identifying and recommending to the Company’s board the directors to serve as members of committees;

        advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the Company’s board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and

        monitoring compliance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Corporate Governance

The business and affairs of the company are managed under the direction of the Company’s Board. The Company has conducted Board meetings regularly since inception. Each of the Company’s directors has attended all meetings either in person, via telephone conference, or through written consent for special meetings. In addition to the contact information in this prospectus, the Board has adopted procedures for communication with the officers and directors as the date hereof. Each shareholder will be given specific information on how he/she can direct communications to the officers and directors of the Company at the Company’s annual shareholders’ meetings. All communications from shareholders are relayed to the members of the Board.

After the consummation of this offering, we will qualify as a “foreign private issuer” under the SEC rules and NYSE American Company Guide. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Also, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. However, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and we will submit to the SEC from time to time, on Form 6-K, reports of information that would likely be material to an investment decision in our Shares.

As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC, we are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices, instead of certain corporate governance standards required by the NYSE American for U.S. companies. The exemptions are subject to our disclosure of which requirements we are not following and the equivalent BVI requirements. Below are some of the exemptions afforded to foreign private issuers under the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE American:

        Exemption from the requirement that we disclose within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers.

        Exemption from the requirement that our board of directors be composed of independent directors.

        Exemption from the requirement that our audit committee have a minimum of three members.

        Exemption from the requirement that we hold annual shareholders’ meetings.

119

Table of Contents

        Exemption from the requirement that our board of directors have a remuneration committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

        Exemption from the requirement that director nominees are selected, or recommended for selection by our board of directors, either by (i) independent directors constituting a majority of our board of directors’ independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate, or (ii) a committee comprised solely of independent directors and governed by a formal written charter or board resolution, as applicable, addressing the nomination process as adopted.

We intend to comply with all of the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on NYSE American. We may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other NYSE American corporate governance rules. We also intend to comply with BVI corporate governance requirements under the BVI Act applicable to us at the same time. If we rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules of NYSE American, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NYSE American. We may utilize these exemptions for as long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Insider Trading Policy and Clawback Policy

We have adopted (i) a code of business conduct and ethics, (ii) an insider trading policy that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, and (iii) a clawback policy that applies to our directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “Policies”). The Policies will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

120

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

For the year ended September 30, 2024, we paid an aggregate of HKD1,267,500 (US$161,860) in cash to the Company’s executive officers and directors, and for the year September 30, 2023, we paid an aggregate of HKD1,267,500 (US$161,860) in cash to the Company’s executive officers and directors. The said payment was made by JM Manufacturing HK, our wholly-owned subsidiary. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.

We have entered into an employment agreement (an “Operative Employment Agreement”) by and between JM Manufacturing HK and Mr. Zheng, our Chief Financial Officer Nominee and the financial controller of JM Manufacturing HK, on June 1, 2021. The Operative Employment Agreement provides the salary, remuneration and benefits of Mr. Zheng.

We currently do not have an employment agreement with our CEO, Chairman and Director, Mr. Ting, or our director and general counsel nominee, Ms. Ting. The Company will sign an employment agreement with each of Mr. Ting, Ms. Ting and Mr. Zheng to be effective as of the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The form of the employment agreement has been filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

We will also enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our Company.

Except as disclosed above, we have not entered into other employment agreements with the Company’s officers.

Compensation of Directors

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, we did not compensate the Company’s directors.

We plan to offer to each of our independent director nominee an offer letter to be effective as of the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The form of the offer letter has been filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

121

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s Ordinary Shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Ordinary Shares offered in this offering for:

        each of the Company’s directors, director nominees and executive officers who beneficially own the Company’s Ordinary Shares; and

        each person known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5.0% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares.

Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering includes 19,750,000 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, director nominee, officer or beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Company’s Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. As of the date of the prospectus, the Company have 6 shareholders of record, none of which are located in the United States.

 

Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering

 

Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
(Over-allotment option
not exercised)

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Number

 

Percent

Directors and Executive Officers(1):

       

 

       

 

Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

 

8,160,000

 

51

%

 

8,160,000

 

41.3

%

Rita Ting

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kin Zheng

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yue Chun Stephen Fung

 

 

 

 

 

 

Man Kit Chiu

 

 

 

 

 

 

Li Sze Wai

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group

 

8,160,000

 

51

%

 

8,160,000

 

41.3

%

5% Principal Shareholders:

       

 

       

 

Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

 

8,160,000

 

51

%

 

8,160,000

 

41.3

%

____________

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1, 1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

The Company is not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of the Company.

122

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Compensation of Executive Officers,” below we describe transactions since incorporation, to which the Company has been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction is material to the Company and in which any of the following is a party: (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, the Company; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives them significant influence over the Company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.

Set forth below are the related party transactions that we have entered into during the last three fiscal years and up to the date of this prospectus.

a. Nature of Related Party Relationships

Name

 

Relationship with the Company

Mr. Ting Chun Kwok Stanley (“Mr. Ting”)

 

Controlling shareholder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company and Executive Director of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, and Director of JM Group Limited

JMJM Limited

 

100% shareholding owned by Mr. Kin Zheng, a CFO of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

Uniqloop Hong Kong Limited

 

25% shareholding owned by Mr. Ting (Chief Executive Officer), 25% shareholding owned by Mr. Ivan Chan (COO) and 10% shareholding owned by Mr. Kin Zheng (CFO) of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

Tooti & Beyond Limited

 

100% shareholding owned by Mr. Ivan Chan, a COO of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

b. Due from a related party

Due from a related party consisted of the following:

Name

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 

As of
September 30,
2023

 

As of
September 30,
2022

 

As of
September 30,
2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Mr. Ting

 

7,049,425

 

 

10,348,793

 

907,344

JMJM Limited

 

 

329,073

 

273,992

 

Uniqloop Hong Kong Limited

 

 

67,117

 

20,050

 

Tooti & Beyond Limited

 

 

321,298

 

677

 

Total purchase from related party

 

7,049,425

 

717,488

 

10,643,512

 

907,344

____________

(1)      The receivable represented payments made on behalf of the director and shareholder by JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited. The amount was wholly settled in cash subsequently on April 3, 2025.

(2)      Payments made on behalf of the CFO by thy entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly transferred to Stanley on September 30, 2024.

(3)      Payments made on behalf of the COO and shareholder by thy entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly settled in cash subsequently on August 22, 2024.

(4)      Payments made on behalf of the COO and shareholder by thy entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly transferred to Stanley on September 30, 2024.

123

Table of Contents

c. Accounts due to a related party

Due to a related party consisted of the following:

Name

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 

As of
September 30,
2023

 

As of
September 30,
2022

 

As of
September 30,
2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Mr. Ting

 

(6,006

)

 

(1,568,646

)

 

 

(773

)

Total

 

(6,006

)

 

(1,568,646

)

 

 

(773

)

____________

(1)      On September 25, 2024, the Company entered into a debt waiver agreement with Mr. Ting, a director and shareholder of the Company, for the waiver of debt totaling HKD1,568,646 (US$200,316) by Mr. Ting.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

The Company’s board of directors will establish an audit committee, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which will be tasked with review and approval of all related party transactions. In addition, the Company has adopted a related party transactions policy, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The related party transactions policy requires the review and approval of related party transactions by the Company’s audit committee before the entry into such related party transactions.

124

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The Company was incorporated as a BVI business company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on May 27, 2024. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company is authorized to issue a maximum of 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares with a par value of $0.0000625 per share.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding.

On July 24, 2025, we filed a certificate of amendment to our memorandum and articles of association with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs to increase our authorized shares from 50,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $1.00 per share, to 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value of $0.0000625 per share and effectuated a forward split of all issued and outstanding shares at a ratio of 16000-for-1 (the “2025 Forward Split”). As a result of the 2025 Forward Split, the Company now has 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.

Ordinary Shares

General

All of the Company’s issued shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Shares of the Company are issued in registered form. There are no limitations imposed by the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the Company’s shares. In addition, there are no provisions in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Under the BVI Act, the Ordinary Shares are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in the Company’s register of members. If (a) information that is required to be entered in the register of members is omitted from the register or is inaccurately entered in the register, or (b) there is unreasonable delay in entering information in the register, a shareholder of the company, or any person who is aggrieved by the omission, inaccuracy or delay, may apply to the British Virgin Islands Courts for an order that the register be rectified, and the court may either refuse the application or order the rectification of the register, and may direct the company to pay all costs of the application and any damages the applicant may have sustained.

Dividends

The holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Company’s board of directors, subject to the BVI Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Voting Rights

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action or may be effected by a resolution of members in writing, each in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. At each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each share that such shareholder holds.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the restrictions contained in the Company’s amended and restated articles of association, any of the Company’s shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her Ordinary Shares by an instrument of transfer.

For so long as the Ordinary Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange, the Ordinary Shares may be transferred without the need for a written instrument of transfer if the transfer is carried out in accordance with the laws, rules, procedures and other requirements applicable to shares registered on the designated stock exchange.

Liquidation

As permitted by the BVI Act and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Company may be voluntarily liquidated under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if the Company’s assets exceed the Company’s liabilities and the Company is able to pay the Company’s debts as they fall due. The Company may also be wound up in circumstances where the Company is insolvent in accordance with the terms of the BVI Insolvency Act, 2003 (as amended).

125

Table of Contents

If the Company is wound up and the assets available for distribution among the Company’s shareholders are more than sufficient to repay all amounts paid to the Company on account of the issue of shares immediately prior to the winding up, the excess shall be distributable pari passu among those shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If the Company is wound up and the assets available for distribution among the shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the amounts paid to the Company on account of the issue of shares, those assets shall be distributed so that, to the greatest extent possible, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the amounts paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If the Company is wound up, the liquidator appointed by the Company may, in accordance with the BVI Act, divide among the Company’s shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the Company’s assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares

The Company’s board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their Ordinary Shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The Ordinary Shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares

The BVI Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit us to purchase our own shares with the prior written consent of the relevant shareholders, a resolution of directors and in accordance with applicable law.

Variations of Rights of Shares

The rights attached to any class of shares of the Company may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued shares of that class

General Meetings of Shareholders

Under the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a copy of the notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given by the director convening such meeting not less than seven calendar days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting and the other directors. The Company’s board of directors shall call a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of the Company’s outstanding voting shares. In addition, the Company’s board of directors may call a meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders may be called on short notice if at least 90% of the shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice and presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver for this purpose.

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than 50 percent of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of our shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall either be dissolved or stand further adjourned at the discretion of the chairman of the board or, if different, the chairman of the meeting. No business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. At every meeting of our shareholders, the chairman of the board or his/her nominee shall preside as chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall be deemed to be present in person at

126

Table of Contents

the meeting if he or she participates by telephone or other electronic means and all shareholders participating in the meeting are able to communicate with the chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board or if the chairman of the board or his/her nominee is not present at the meeting, either physically in person, by telephone or other electronic means, if appropriate, the shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual shareholder or representative of a shareholder present shall take the chair.

Inspection of Books and Records

Under the BVI Act, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Corporate Affairs, which will include the company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments) and records of license fees paid to date and will also disclose any articles of dissolution, articles of merger and a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register.

A member of the Company is also entitled, upon giving written notice to the Company, to inspect (i) the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv) minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which that member is a member, and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (i) to (iv) above. However, the Company’s directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a member to inspect any document, or part of a document specified in (ii) to (iv) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts or records. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.” on page 147 of this prospectus. Where a company fails or refuses to permit a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the BVI court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

Changes in Capital

The Company may from time to time by resolution of shareholders or resolution of the Company’s board of directors, subject to the BVI Act and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

        amend the Company’s memorandum and articles of association to increase or decrease the maximum number of shares the Company is authorized to issue;

        split the Company’s authorized and issued shares into a larger number of shares;

        combine the Company’s authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of shares; and

        create new classes of shares with preferences to be determined by resolution of the board of directors to amend the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to create new classes of shares with such preferences at the time of authorization.

Differences in Corporate Law

The BVI Act and the laws of the British Virgin Islands affecting British Virgin Islands companies like the Company and the Company’s shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the British Virgin Islands applicable to the Company and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Section 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies (the “surviving company”) and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company (the “consolidated company”). The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the company and another company (which need not be a BVI company, and which may be the company’s parent or

127

Table of Contents

subsidiary, but need not be) is set out in the BVI Act. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which with the exception of a merger between a parent company and its subsidiary, must also be approved by a resolution of a majority of the shareholders voting at a quorate meeting of shareholders or by written resolution of the shareholders of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge. While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation, or any other matter, even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company. A transaction entered into by the Company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by the Company unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation. A foreign company which is able under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction to participate in the merger or consolidation is required by the BVI Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration. After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized, if required, by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands. The merger is effective on the date that the articles of merger are registered with the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation.

As soon as a merger becomes effective: (a) the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its memorandum and articles of association, as amended or established by the articles of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies; (b) in the case of a merger, the memorandum and articles of association of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its memorandum and articles of association are contained in the articles of merger or, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association filed with the articles of consolidation are the memorandum and articles of the consolidated company; (c) assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company; (d) the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies; (e) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against a constituent company or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and (f) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger by or against a constituent company, or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation; but: (i) the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the member, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be; or (ii) the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company. The Registrar of Corporate Affairs shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation. If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a Court approved plan of arrangement or scheme of arrangement in accordance with the BVI Act.

A shareholder may dissent from (a) a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares; (b) a consolidation if the company is a constituent company; (c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50 per cent in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including: (i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the members in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition, or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (d) a compulsory redemption of 10 per cent or

128

Table of Contents

fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90 percent or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the BVI Act; and (e) a plan of arrangement, if permitted by the British Virgin Islands Court (each, an Action). A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

A shareholder dissenting from an Action must object in writing to the Action before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder within 20 days who gave written objection. Such objection shall include a statement that the member proposes to demand payment for his or her shares if the Action is taken. These shareholders then have 20 days to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the Action, provided that in the case of a merger, the 20 days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder. Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent. Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company shall make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have 30 days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the 30 days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within 20 days immediately following the expiration of the 30-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without taking into account any change in value as a result of the transaction.

Shareholders’ Suits

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to the Company’s shareholders as a matter of British Virgin Islands law. These are summarized below.

Prejudiced members

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association be set aside.

Derivative actions

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company in certain circumstances to redress any wrong done to it. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI Court may only grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:

        the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and

        it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

When considering whether to grant leave, the British Virgin Islands Court is also required to have regard to the following matters:

        whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;

        whether a derivative action is in the company’s best interests, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;

        whether the action is likely to proceed;

129

Table of Contents

        the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and

        whether an alternative remedy is available.

Just and equitable winding up

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition the BVI Court for the winding up of a company under the BVI Insolvency Act (Law Revision 2020) for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is generally only available where the company has been operated as a quasi-partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, subject to certain limitations, the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

        is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was the Company’s director; or

        is or was, at the Company’s request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the Company’s best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful and is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to the Company’s directors, officers or persons controlling the Company under the foregoing provisions, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

130

Table of Contents

Under British Virgin Islands law, the Company’s directors owe fiduciary duties both at common law and under statute including, among others, a statutory duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. The Company’s directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, taking into account without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, the Company’s directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner which contravenes the BVI Act or the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to the Company by the Company’s directors.

Pursuant to the BVI Act and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:

(a)     vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

(b)    attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

(c)     sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.

and, subject to compliance with the BVI Act and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the BVI Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the BVI Act, if a company or director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes the provisions of the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles of association of the company, the British Virgin Islands Court may, on application of a shareholder or director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles. Furthermore, pursuant to section 184I(1) of the BVI Act, a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any acts of the company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the British Virgin Islands Court for an order which, inter alia, can require the company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholders.

Shareholder action by written consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. British Virgin Islands law provides that, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of a company, an action that may be taken by members of the company at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing.

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. British Virgin Islands law and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association allow the Company’s shareholders holding 30% or more of the votes of the outstanding voting shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. There is no requirement under BVI law to hold shareholders’ annual general meetings, but the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do permit the directors to convene meetings of the shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the board of directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

131

Table of Contents

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under British Virgin Islands law, the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, the Company’s shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by a resolution of our shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least seventy-five per cent (75%) of the shareholders of the Company entitled to vote. Directors can also be removed by a resolution of directors, with or without cause, passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors. British Virgin Islands law has no comparable statute and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association does not provide for the same protection afforded by the Delaware business combination statute.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Company may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders or resolution of directors.

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the rights attached to any class of shares of the Company may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

132

Table of Contents

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. An amendment is effective from the date it is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering the Company is required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, the Company also may delegate the maintenance of the Company’s anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

The Company reserves the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, the Company may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

If any person resident in the British Virgin Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

133

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before JM Group’s initial public offering, there has not been a public market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, and although the Company intends to apply for listing on NYSE American, a regular trading market for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may not develop. Future sales of substantial amounts of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the public market after JM Group’s initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares to fall or impair JM Group’s ability to raise equity capital in the future. Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 19,750,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, assuming that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option. All of the Ordinary Shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than JM Group’s “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and our major shareholders holding more than 5% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, have agreed that, if requested by the Representative, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of the first public sale of the Ordinary Shares and continuing for a period of 180 days, (i) offer, pledge, or sell, directly or indirectly any number of the Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Ordinary Shares or (ii) file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

The Company is not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may dispose of significant numbers of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the future. The Company cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, or the availability of Ordinary Shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

Rule 144

All of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been JM Group’s affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about the Company. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from the Company or from JM Group’s affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.

A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of JM Group and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

        1% of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding, in the form of Ordinary Shares or otherwise; or

        the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares on NYSE American during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

134

Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by JM Group’s affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of JM Group’s affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about the Company.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of JM Group’s employees, consultants, or advisors who purchases JM Group’s Ordinary Shares from the Company in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those Ordinary Shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

135

Table of Contents

TAXATION

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares

The following sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences related to an investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares or U.S. tax laws, other than certain U.S. federal income tax laws, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state or local tax law, U.S. federal non-income tax laws, and non-U.S. (foreign) and other tax laws.

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the federal income tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

JM GROUP URGES POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF JM GROUP’S ORDINARY SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF JM GROUP’S ORDINARY SHARES.

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

        banks;

        financial institutions;

        insurance companies;

        pension plans;

        cooperatives;

        regulated investment companies;

        real estate investment trusts;

        broker-dealers;

        traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

136

Table of Contents

        U.S. expatriates;

        certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

        tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

        persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

        persons holding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;

        persons that actually or constructively own 10% (by vote or value) or more of JM Group’s voting shares (including by reason of owning JM Group’s Ordinary Shares);

        persons who acquired JM Group’s Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock (share) option or otherwise as compensation;

        persons holding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities;

        events, hip-hop, and marketing industries investment trusts;

        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

        beneficiaries of a Trust holding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares; or

        persons holding JM Group’s Ordinary Shares through a trust.

All of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Ordinary Shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, non-U.S. (foreign) and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on JM Group’s Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by the Company to you with respect to the Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of JM Group’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or JM Group is eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) JM Group is not a PFIC for either JM Group’s taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is no income tax treaty between the United States and the BVI, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on NYSE American. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible

137

Table of Contents

for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by the Company with respect to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds JM Group’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Ordinary Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. JM Group does not intend to calculate JM Group’s earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Taxation of Dispositions of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you may be eligible for reduced long-term capital gain tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. JM Group does not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. However, transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Ordinary Shares. In addition, certain U.S. Holders must file a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 926 to report the contribution of property (including cash) to a foreign corporation. Failure to report the information could result in substantial penalties. The foregoing description of reporting requirements is not exhaustive, and you should consult your own tax advisor regarding your obligation to file Form 8938, Form 926, or other applicable forms as a result of an investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)

Based on JM Group’s current and anticipated operations and the composition of JM Group’s assets, JM Group was not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable years ended September 30, 2021, 2022, 2023 and the taxable year ended September 30, 2024. Depending on the amount of cash JM Group raises in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for JM Group’s taxable year ending September 30, 2025 (JM Group’s current taxable year) or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of JM Group’s assets may be assets which produce passive income, in which case JM Group would be deemed a PFIC, which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for

138

Table of Contents

U.S. taxpayers who are shareholders. JM Group will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year which cannot be made until the close of the taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:

        at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or

        at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

JM Group will be treated as owning JM Group’s proportionate share of the assets and earning JM Group’s proportionate share of income of any other corporation in which JM Group owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

JM Group must make a separate determination each year as to whether JM Group is a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to JM Group’s status as a PFIC for JM Group’s current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash JM Group raises in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for JM Group’s current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of JM Group’s assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. JM Group will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. In addition, because the value of JM Group’s assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, JM Group’s PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and the amount of cash JM Group raises in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Ordinary Shares may cause JM Group to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of JM Group’s income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, JM Group spends the cash JM Group raises in this offering. JM Group is under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of JM Group’s being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of JM Group’s assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares from time to time and the amount of cash JM Group raises in this offering) that may not be within JM Group’s control. If JM Group is a PFIC for any year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, JM Group will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Ordinary Shares. If JM Group ceases to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Ordinary Shares.

If JM Group is a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares;

        the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income,

        the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year, and

        An additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares as capital assets.

139

Table of Contents

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the Ordinary Shares, you will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the Ordinary Shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by JM Group, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on JM Group’s Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including NYSE American. If the Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on NYSE American and if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were JM Group to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. JM Group does not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. Therefore, you should not expect to be eligible to make this election.

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if JM Group was a PFIC at any time during the period you hold JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, then such Ordinary Shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if JM Group ceases to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year JM Group ceases to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Ordinary Shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which JM Group is treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares on the last day of the last year in which JM Group is treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Ordinary Shares for tax purposes. IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for JM Group’s Ordinary Shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of JM Group’s Ordinary Shares. However, if JM Group is determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for JM Group’s first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) JM Group’s Ordinary Shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Ordinary Shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if JM Group is determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits JM Group’s Ordinary Shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Ordinary Shares.

If you hold Ordinary Shares in any year in which JM Group is classified as a PFIC, you will be required to file IRS Form 8621 and to provide certain annual information regarding such Ordinary Shares, including regarding distributions received on the Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Ordinary Shares. The failure to file IRS Form 8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax.

140

Table of Contents

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in JM Group’s Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.

Hong Kong Profits Taxation

JM Group’s subsidiary, JM Manufacturing HK, is a Hong Kong entity subject to the two-tier profit tax rates system according to Hong Kong tax rules and regulations.

The two-tier profits tax rates system was introduced under the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the “Ordinance”) of Hong Kong became effective for the assessment year 2018/2019. Under the two-tier profit tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD 2 million of assessable profits of a corporation will be subject to the lowered tax rate, 8.25% while the remaining assessable profits will be subject to the legacy tax rate, 16.5%. The Ordinance only allows one entity within a group of “connected entities” is eligible for the two-tier tax rate benefit. An entity is a connected entity of another entity if (1) one of them has control over the other; (2) both of them are under the control (more than 50% of the issued share capital) of the same entity; (3) in the case of the first entity being a natural person carrying on a sole proprietorship business-the other entity is the same person carrying on another sole proprietorship business. Under the Ordinance, it is an entity’s election to nominate an entity that will be subject to the two-tier profits tax rate on its Profits Tax Return. The election is irrevocable.

JM Manufacturing HK elected the two-tier profits tax rate for its tax years of 2021/2022, 2022/2023 and 2023/2024.

British Virgin Islands Taxation

The Company and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the Company to persons who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands will not be subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes in the British Virgin Islands, with respect to the Ordinary Shares in the Company owned by them and dividends received on such shares, nor will they be subject to any estate or inheritance taxes in the British Virgin Islands.

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands with respect to any shares, debt obligations or other securities of the Company.

Except to the extent that JM Group has any interest in real property in the British Virgin Islands, all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of the Company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the Company are exempt from the payment of stamp duty in the British Virgin Islands.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to the Company or its shareholders.

British Virgin Islands Economic Substance Legislation

The British Virgin Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, has introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union (the “EU”) as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the Economic Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 (the “ES Act”) came into force in the British Virgin Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for in-scope British Virgin Islands entities which are engaged in certain “relevant activities”.

Although it is presently anticipated that the ES Act will have little material impact on the Company or its operations, as the legislation is relatively new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation, it is not currently possible to ascertain the precise impact of these legislative changes on the Company.

141

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Prime Number Capital, LLC, as representative of the Underwriters in this offering. The Representative may retain other brokers or dealers to act as a sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter will agree to purchase from us, on a firm commitment basis, the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite its name below, at the offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Underwriter

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

Prime Number Capital, LLC

 

 

Total

 

3,750,000

The Representative is committed to purchase all the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus if it purchases any Ordinary Shares other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised. The Representative is offering the Ordinary Shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the Representative of officer’s certificates and legal opinions.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the Representative a 45-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of additional Ordinary Shares (equal to 15% of the number of Ordinary Shares sold in the offering), at the offering price per Ordinary Shares less underwriting discounts. The Representative may exercise this option for 45 days from the date of closing of this offering solely to cover sales of Ordinary Shares by the Representative in excess of the total number of Ordinary Shares set forth in the table above. If any of the additional Ordinary Shares are purchased, the Representative will offer the additional Ordinary Shares at an assumed offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional Ordinary Shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Ordinary Shares listed in the preceding table.

Discounts and Expenses

We will pay the Representative a discount equivalent to seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of this offering. The Representative proposes initially to offer the Ordinary Shares to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less the aforesaid fee (“underwriting discount”) set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The offering of the Ordinary Shares by the Representative is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the Representative’s right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The following table shows the per Ordinary Share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts, and proceeds before expenses to us.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With Full
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price(1)

 

$

4.500

 

$

16,875,000.00

 

$

19,406,250.00

Underwriting discounts to be paid by us(2)

 

$

0.315

 

$

1,181,250.00

 

$

1,358,437.50

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

4.185

 

$

15,693,750.00

 

$

18,047,812.50

____________

(1)      IPO price per share is assumed to be $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated IPO price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2)      We have agreed to pay the Representative a discount equal to seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of this offering.

142

Table of Contents

We have agreed to reimburse the Representative up to a maximum of $250,000 (including advances) for out-of-pocket accountable expenses, including, but not limited to, travel, due diligence expenses, reasonable fees and expenses of its legal counsel, accountable roadshow expenses, and background checks on our principal shareholders, directors and officers. We have paid to Prime Number Capital LLC $50,000 in accountable expenses as advance as of the date hereof, which will be refundable to us to the extent actually not incurred by the Representative in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

We have also agreed to pay the Representative a non-accountable expense allowance in the amount equal to 1% of the gross amount to be disbursed to the Company from the closing of the offering.

We will apply to list our Ordinary Shares on NYSE American under the symbol “[•].” The closing of this offering is conditioned upon NYSE’s final approval of our listing application, and there is no guarantee or assurance that our Ordinary Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE American.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the Representative against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement.

Right of First Refusal

Until 12 months from the closing of this offering, the Representative shall have a right of first refusal to act as lead or joint investment banker, lead or joint book-runner, and or lead or joint placement agent in the event we pursue a public and private equity and debt offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(E)(i), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the date of commencement of sales of the public offering or the termination date of the engagement between the us and the Representative.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and our major shareholders holding more than 5% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, have agreed that, if requested by the Representative, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of the first public sale of the Ordinary Shares and continuing for a period of 180 days, (i) offer, pledge, or sell, directly or indirectly any number of the Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Ordinary Shares or (ii) file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

The Representative may in its sole discretion and at any time release some or all of the ordinary shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the Representative will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and subscription agreement. A form of the underwriting agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. The initial public offering price of the Ordinary Shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Ordinary Shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

143

Table of Contents

Electronic Offer, Sales, and Distribution of Ordinary Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the Underwriter or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the Underwriter may distribute prospectuses electronically. The Underwriter may agree to allocate a number of Ordinary Shares to selling group members for sales to its online brokerage account holders. The Ordinary Shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the Underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the Underwriter may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our Ordinary Shares. Specifically, the Underwriter may sell more Ordinary Shares than it is obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of Ordinary Shares available for purchase by the Underwriter under option to purchase additional Ordinary Shares. The Underwriter can close out a covered short sale by purchasing Ordinary Shares in the open market. The Underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing Ordinary Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Ordinary Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The Underwriter may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when an underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our Ordinary Shares in this offering because such underwriter repurchases those Ordinary Shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the Underwriter may bid for, and purchase, our Ordinary Shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our Ordinary Shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The Underwriter is not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on NYSE American, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the Underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in our Ordinary Shares on NYSE American in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the Ordinary Shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Underwriter and its affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Underwriter and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The Underwriter and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

144

Table of Contents

Application for NYSE American Listing

We plan to list our Ordinary Shares on NYSE American under the symbol “[•]”. We will not consummate and close this offering without a listing approval letter from NYSE. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on NYSE American. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of Ordinary Shares in this offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our Ordinary Shares will in fact be listed.

If our Ordinary Shares are listed on NYSE American, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase Ordinary Shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Ordinary Shares, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Ordinary Shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

145

Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and accountable and non-accountable expenses reimbursable to the underwriters, that JM Group expects to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and NYSE American listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

USD

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

 

$

3,302

FINRA Filing Fee

 

$

2,000

NYSE American Listing Fee

 

$

50,000

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

$

583,437

Printing and Engraving Expenses

 

$

24,000

Investor Relations

 

$

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

$

Total Expenses

 

$

662,739

These expenses will be borne by JM Group.

146

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to BVI law will be passed upon for JM Group by Ogier, JM Group’s counsel as to BVI law. The legal matters as to United States Federal and New York State law will be passed upon for JM Group by Robinson & Cole LLP. The underwriter is being represented by Ye & Associates, P.C. with respect to legal matters of United States federal and New York State law. Legal matters as to Hong Kong laws will be passed upon for JM Group by Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP. The underwriters and Ye & Associates, P.C. may rely upon Ogier with respect to matters governed by BVI law and Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP with respect to matters governed by Hong Kong law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of WWC, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The office of WWC, P.C. is located at 2010 Pioneer Court, San Mateo, CA 94403.

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the Ordinary Shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal Underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to JM Group’s directors, officers or persons controlling JM Group, JM Group has been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

JM Group has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act, covering the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus. You should refer to JM Group’s registration statements and their exhibits and schedules if you would like to find out more about JM Group and about the Ordinary Shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that JM Group refers you to. Since the prospectus may not contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, JM Group will be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, JM Group will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, JM Group is exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders under the federal proxy rules contained in Sections 14(a), (b) and (c) of the Exchange Act, and JM Group’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, such as JM Group, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. The information on that website is not a part of this prospectus.

No dealers, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

147

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To:

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

   

JM Group Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JM Group Limited and its subsidiary (collectively the “Company”) as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter — Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying the consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As disclosed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses, and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding those matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

F-2

Table of Contents

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WWC, P.C.
WWC, P.C.
Certified Public Accountants
PCAOB ID No. 1171

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023
San Mateo, California
May 28, 2025, except for Note 15, Note 17 and Note 19, for which the date is August 12, 2025

F-3

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

Accounts receivables, net

 

26,371,136

 

 

55,063,982

 

 

7,087,380

 

Prepayments

 

13,313,016

 

 

11,006,599

 

 

1,416,678

 

Amount due from related party

 

717,488

 

 

7,049,425

 

 

907,344

 

Other current assets

 

80,713

 

 

16,653

 

 

2,143

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

48,393,693

 

 

77,995,272

 

 

10,038,905

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

175,687

 

 

114,559

 

 

14,745

 

Deposits

 

408,032

 

 

516,303

 

 

66,454

 

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

 

 

465,001

 

 

59,851

 

Right-of-use assets – operating lease

 

1,823,483

 

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Other non-current assets

 

58,960

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

2,466,162

 

 

1,780,281

 

 

229,143

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

50,859,855

 

 

79,775,553

 

 

10,268,048

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

50,302,117

 

 

40,228,954

 

 

5,177,938

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

1,952,990

 

 

2,569,828

 

 

330,767

 

Accounts payable

 

37,590,060

 

 

64,439,616

 

 

8,294,134

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

77,934

 

 

80,997

 

 

10,425

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

1,139,065

 

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Taxes payable

 

1,834,290

 

 

1,624,235

 

 

209,058

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,915,761

 

 

2,487,951

 

 

320,228

 

Commission payable

 

350,645

 

 

110,633

 

 

14,240

 

Amount due to related party

 

1,568,646

 

 

6,006

 

 

773

 

Contract liabilities

 

3,717,929

 

 

1,226,534

 

 

157,869

 

Other payable

 

994,535

 

 

823,580

 

 

106,004

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

104,443,972

 

 

114,282,752

 

 

14,709,529

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term loan, non-current

 

6,659,177

 

 

7,782,965

 

 

1,001,759

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

108,516

 

 

27,622

 

 

3,555

 

Operating lease obligation, net of current portion

 

684,418

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

7,452,111

 

 

7,810,587

 

 

1,005,314

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

111,896,083

 

 

122,093,339

 

 

15,714,843

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares, US$0.0000625 par value, 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares authorized, and 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively(1)

 

7,831

 

 

7,831

 

 

1,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,169

 

 

11,692,169

 

 

1,504,919

 

Accumulated losses

 

(61,046,228

)

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(6,952,714

)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

(61,036,228

)

 

(42,317,786

)

 

(5,446,795

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

50,859,855

 

 

79,775,553

 

 

10,268,048

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

 

For the Years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

REVENUE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

119,097,976

 

 

221,238,043

 

 

28,475,930

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(107,284,282

)

 

(188,757,892

)

 

(24,295,354

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(33,545,670

)

 

(24,887,221

)

 

(3,203,277

)

Total operating expenses

 

(140,829,952

)

 

(213,645,113

)

 

(27,498,631

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

(21,731,976

)

 

7,592,930

 

 

977,299

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(3,057,359

)

 

(3,399,000

)

 

(437,491

)

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

(84,123

)

 

564,916

 

 

72,711

 

Government grants

 

108,800

 

 

 

 

 

Other income – litigation settlement

 

 

 

4,456,253

 

 

573,572

 

Other income

 

 

 

427,696

 

 

55,049

 

Bank charge

 

(789,692

)

 

(994,430

)

 

(127,995

)

Other expense

 

(728,000

)

 

(58,964

)

 

(7,588

)

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

(4,550,374

)

 

996,471

 

 

128,258

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

(26,282,350

)

 

8,589,401

 

 

1,105,557

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

 

(1,560,959

)

 

(200,914

)

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

(26,282,350

)

 

7,028,442

 

 

904,643

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted(1)

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

 

(1.64

)

 

0.44

 

 

0.06

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

Ordinary shares

 

Share
Capital

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Shareholders’
Deficit

   

No. of
Shares

 

Par
Value

 
       

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

BALANCE, September 30, 2022

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

2,169

 

(25,763,878

)

 

(25,753,878

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(26,282,350

)

 

(26,282,350

)

Dividends distribution*

 

 

 

 

 

(9,000,000

)

 

(9,000,000

)

BALANCE, September 30, 2023

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

2,169

 

(61,046,228

)

 

(61,036,228

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

7,028,442

 

 

7,028,442

 

Dividends distribution*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group restructuring – injection of operating subsidiary

 

 

 

 

11,690,000

 

 

 

11,690,000

 

BALANCE, September 30, 2024

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

11,692,169

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(42,317,786

)

BALANCE, September 30, 2024 (US$)

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

1,504,919

 

(6,952,714

)

 

(5,446,795

)

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

*        The Company has accounted for advance to certain shareholder as a reduction of in capital in the form of dividends.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the Years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net (loss) income

 

(26,282,350

)

 

7,028,442

 

 

904,643

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of plant and equipment

 

136,290

 

 

61,128

 

 

7,868

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

1,328,014

 

 

1,139,065

 

 

146,611

 

Provision for expected credit losses accounts

 

8,505,786

 

 

638,940

 

 

82,239

 

Loss (gain) from unrealized foreign currency translation

 

84,123

 

 

(564,916

)

 

(72,711

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivables

 

18,585,959

 

 

(29,331,787

)

 

(3,775,345

)

Prepayments

 

(4,449,216

)

 

2,306,417

 

 

296,863

 

Deposits

 

324,528

 

 

(108,271

)

 

(13,936

)

Other current assets

 

727,146

 

 

64,060

 

 

8,245

 

Other non-current assets

 

(58,960

)

 

58,960

 

 

7,589

 

Accounts payable

 

(346,077

)

 

26,849,556

 

 

3,455,853

 

Taxes payables

 

(819,243

)

 

(210,055

)

 

(27,037

)

Accrued expenses

 

4,821,459

 

 

(2,427,810

)

 

(312,488

)

Commission payable

 

149,254

 

 

(240,012

)

 

(30,892

)

Contract liabilities

 

(5,586,315

)

 

(2,491,395

)

 

(320,672

)

Operating lease obligation

 

(1,328,014

)

 

(1,139,065

)

 

(146,611

)

Other payable

 

519,395

 

 

(170,955

)

 

(22,004

)

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(3,688,221

)

 

1,462,302

 

 

188,215

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(168,163

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from amount due from related party

 

9,926,023

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of amount due from related party

 

 

 

(6,331,937

)

 

(814,995

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

9,757,860

 

 

(6,331,937

)

 

(814,995

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

61,103,687

 

 

71,562,320

 

 

9,210,910

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

(64,858,946

)

 

(79,107,261

)

 

(10,182,032

)

Proceeds from factoring arrangement

 

89,225,679

 

 

128,813,127

 

 

16,579,760

 

Repayment under factoring arrangement

 

(91,739,595

)

 

(129,035,806

)

 

(16,608,421

)

Repayment of finance lease

 

(193,613

)

 

(77,831

)

 

(10,018

)

Dividend payments

 

(9,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

 

 

(465,001

)

 

(59,851

)

Repayment of amount due to related party

 

 

 

(1,568,646

)

 

(201,903

)

Proceeds from amount due to related party

 

1,568,646

 

 

6,006

 

 

773

 

Additional capital contribution from shareholders

 

 

 

11,690,000

 

 

1,504,640

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(13,894,142

)

 

1,816,908

 

 

233,858

 

Change in cash

 

(7,824,503

)

 

(3,052,727

)

 

(392,922

)

Effect of foreign exchange on cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at the beginning of the year

 

15,735,843

 

 

7,911,340

 

 

1,018,282

 

Cash at the end of the year

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

625,360

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Supplementary cash flow information

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

819,243

 

 

1,771,014

 

 

227,950

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

3,855,461

 

 

3,404,653

 

 

438,219

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligation

 

2,285,649

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — NATURE OF BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

JM Group Limited (the “Company” or “JM Group”) is a holding company incorporated on May 27, 2024, under the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) law. The Company has no substantial operations other than holding all of the outstanding share capital of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited (“JM Manufacturing”), a Hong Kong Company incorporated on June 17, 2016. The Company, through JM Manufacturing, is engaged in the sourcing and wholesaling of toys, gifts, household products and other products for international brand owners. The Company’s headquarter is located in Hong Kong, China. All of the Company’s business activities are carried out by JM Manufacturing.

On May 27, 2024, a reorganization of JM Manufacturing completed under common control of its then existing shareholders, who collectively owned all of the equity interests of JM Group prior to the reorganization. JM Group and JM Manufacturing are under common control which results in the consolidation of JM Manufacturing at carrying value. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis as if the reorganization became effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of JM Group.

The consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of each of the following entities:

Name

 

Background

 

Ownership

 

Principal activities

JM Group Limited
(the “Company” or
“JM Group”)

 

   A BVI company

   Incorporated on May 27, 2024

 

 

Investment holding

             

JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited
(“JM Manufacturing”)

 

   A Hong Kong company

   Incorporated on June 17, 2016

 

100% owned by
JM Group

 

Engaged in the sourcing and wholesaling of toys, gifts, household products, and other products

Note 2 — Liquidity and going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP which contemplates continuation of the Company on a going concern basis. The going concern basis assumes that assets are realized, and liabilities are settled in the ordinary course of business at amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern depends upon its ability to sell of its customized products in the US to generate positive operating cash flows. As of September 30, 2024, the Company’s working capital deficit was HKD36,287,480 (US$4,670,624). The factor raises substantial doubt as to whether the Company will be able to continue as a going concern.

The Company is attempting to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue, and borrow money from financial institutions; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support the Company’s daily operations. Management intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering to alleviate working capital pressure. Additionally, management intends to negotiate extended credit periods with suppliers and to request prepayments or milestone payments from customers, if feasible. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s ability to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and its ability to raise additional funds by way of a public or private offering.

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-8

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary. All inter-company transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Risks and uncertainties

Economic and political risks

The Company’s operations are mainly conducted in Hong Kong. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by changes in the political, economic, and legal environments in Hong Kong.

The Company’s operations in Hong Kong are subject to special considerations and significant risks. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic, and legal environment and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political and social conditions in Hong Kong, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion, remittances abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

Liquidity Risk

The Company is also exposed to liquidity risk which is the risk that we are unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, we will turn to other financial institutions and related parties to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

Inflation Risk

Management monitors changes in price levels. Historically inflation has not materially impacted the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements; however, significant increases in the price of raw materials and labor that cannot be passed to the Company’s customers could adversely impact Company’s results of operations.

Use of estimates and assumptions

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with the U.S. GAAP, the management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, allowance of expected credit losses, useful lives of property and equipment, the impairment of long-lived assets, uncertain income tax positions, and implicit interest rate of operating and finance leases. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-9

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Foreign currency translation

The Company uses Hong Kong dollars (“HKD”) as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary which is incorporated in Hong Kong is HKD, which is its respective local currency based on the criteria of ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”.

In the consolidated financial statements of the Company, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the year in which they occur.

Convenience translation

Translations of amounts in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the year ended September 30, 2024 are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7693, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board. No representation is made that the HKD amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at such rate or at any other rate.

Fair value measurement

The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.

The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels are defined as follow:

        Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

        Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the carrying values of current assets and current liabilities approximated their fair values reported in the consolidated balance sheets due to the short-term maturities of these instruments, respectively.

Cash

Cash mainly represents cash on hand, cash in the bank and demand deposits placed with financial institutions, which have original maturities of less than three months and are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use. As of September 30, 2023, and 2024, the Company had HKD7,911,340 and HKD4,858,613(US$625,360) in cash, respectively. The Company maintains all its bank accounts in Hong Kong.

Accounts receivables and allowance for expected credit losses

Accounts receivables are recorded and carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for any potential uncollectible amounts overdue by 60 to 120 days.

F-10

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

The Company make estimates of expected credit and collectability trends for the allowance for credit losses and allowance for unbilled receivables based upon our assessment of various factors, including historical experience, the age of the accounts receivables balances, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from customers. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss). Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for expected credit losses after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

Allowance for expected credit losses accounts was HKD17,515,679 and HKD18,154,619 (US$2,336,712) as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

Accounts receivable that are factored out to banks with recourse to the Company are not derecognized until the recourse period has expired and the risks and rewards of the receivables have been fully transferred. The corresponding cash received from the banks is recorded as a short-term loan. Any fee incurred to effect factoring is net-off against short-term loan and taken to the income statement over the period of factoring using the effective interest method.

The Company from time to time may factor accounts receivables due from certain high credit quality customers to factoring house, on a recourse basis, in exchange of a loan equal to approximately 90% of the face value of the receivables in exchange for immediate cash proceeds for use in operations.

Factoring liability

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells accounts receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable but is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

The factoring is not treated as a sale in accordance with ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” but as a secured borrowing. Such borrowings are presented as short-term loans. See Note 14 for disclosure of short-term loan.

The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties and the cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to third parties, on a gross basis as trade accounts receivables and payment of loans in cash flow from financing activities in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the Company has balance of factoring arrangement against HKD22,897,929 and HKD22,675,250 (US$2,187,571) of accounts receivables, respectively.

As at September 30, 2023

Purchase of Accounts
Receivables

 

Total principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

22,897,929

 

89,225,679

 

91,739,595

 

7.9% to 8.0%

As at September 30, 2024

Purchase of Accounts
Receivables

 

Total principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

22,675,250

 

128,813,127

 

129,035,806

 

7.3% to 8.0%

F-11

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Prepayments

Prepayments mainly consist of prepayments to manufacturers. Management reviews its prepayments on a regular basis to determine if the allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Deposits

Deposits paid by the company represent amounts paid in advance for utility, rental or other contractual obligations. These amounts are refundable and bear no interest. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment if applicable. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method after consideration of the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Useful Life

Office equipment

 

5 years

Office furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

lesser of lease term or expected useful life

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the statements of operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred, while additions, renewals and betterment, which are expected to extend the useful life of assets, are capitalized. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation to determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

Impairment for long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognizes an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company will reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is taken to the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Borrowings which are due to be settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in short-term loan in the balance sheet even though the original term was for a period longer than twelve months and an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are authorized for issue. Other borrowings due to be settled more than twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in long-term loan in the balance sheet.

F-12

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Finance leases

Finance lease assets are subsequently amortized using the straight-line method from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of its useful life or the end of the lease term unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company or the Company is reasonably certain to exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset. In those cases, the Finance lease assets are amortized over the useful life of the underlying asset. Accordingly, the assets leased under the finance leases are included in property and equipment, and depreciation thereon is recognized in operating expenses in the financial statements. When the Company makes its contractually required payments under finance leases, the Company allocates a portion to reduce the finance lease obligation, and a portion is recognized as interest expenses.

Operating leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liability, current and non-current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease obligation represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When determining the lease term, the Company includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, if any. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company used an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company has elected to adopt the following lease policies in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02: (i) for leases that have lease terms of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company elected not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements; and (ii) the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients for existing arrangements entered into prior to October 1, 2021 to not reassess (a) whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, (b) the lease classification applied to existing leases, and(c) initial direct costs.

Contract Liabilities

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. For certain products, customers are required to pay before the goods or services are delivered. The Company recognizes a contract asset or a contract liability in the consolidated balance sheets, depending on the relationship between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment.

The Company classifies its right to consideration in exchange for goods transferred to a customer as either a receivable or a contract asset. A receivable is a right to consideration that is unconditional as compared to a contract asset which is a right to consideration that is conditional upon factors other than the passage of time. The Company recognizes accounts receivable in its consolidated balance sheets when it delivers the goods in advance of receiving consideration and if it has the unconditional right to receive consideration. The Company did not have any capitalized contract cost as of September 30, 2023 and 2024.

Contract liabilities are recognized if the Company receives consideration in advance of performance, which is mainly in relation to emerging and other goods or services. The Company expects to recognize a significant majority of this balance as revenue over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the contract liabilities of the Company amounted to HKD3,717,929 and HKD1,226,534 (US$157,869), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the five-step model defined by ASC Topic 606 requires the Company to (1) identify its contracts with customers, (2) identify its performance obligations under those contracts, (3) determine the transaction prices of those contracts, (4) allocate the transaction prices to its performance

F-13

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

obligations in those contracts and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation under those contracts is satisfied. Revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration expected in exchange for those goods or services.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers in an amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Control is the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the specified goods and services.

The Company currently generates its revenue through trading of gifts, toys, and household products and other products through distribution network to the US market. Currently, the Company sells its products through sourcing and wholesale customers. The Company sells goods under Free On Board (“FOB”) shipping point term, and revenue is recognized when product is loaded on the ships and control is deemed as transferred. Typical payment terms set forth in the invoice are within 60 days and factoring loan of accounts receivables are within 120 days.

The Company is the principal for the majority of its transactions and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is the principal when it has control of the merchandise before it is transferred to customers, which generally is established when the Company is primarily responsible for merchandising decisions, maintains the relationship with customer, and has pricing discretion.

Merchandise costs

Merchandise costs of gifts, toys, and household products and other products, which are directly related to revenue-generating transactions, primarily consist of cost of purchasing of products.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of bad debts, entertainment & commission, and general administrative expenses such as of employee costs, rental expenses, management fee, legal and professional fees and other miscellaneous administrative expenses.

Employee Benefit

Hong Kong Employment Ordinance (“The Ordinance”) provides that an employee employed under a continuous employment contract for a period of one month or more immediately preceding a sickness day is entitled to sickness allowance if (1) the sick leave taken is not less than four consecutive days; (2) the sick leave taken is supported by an appropriate medical certificate; and (3) the employee has accumulated sufficient number of paid sickness days. The daily rate of sickness allowance is a sum equivalent to four-fifths of the average daily wages earned by an employee in the 12-month period preceding the first sickness day.

The Ordinance also provides that an employee is entitled to 14 statutory holidays regardless of his or her length of services. Holiday pay should be paid to the employee whose continuous employment contract is not less than three months immediately preceding a statutory holiday is entitled to the holiday pay.

An employee is entitled to a paid annual leave after having been employed under a continuous employment contract for every 12 months. An employee’s paid annual leave increases progressively from seven days to a maximum of 14 days in accordance with his or her length of employment.

Under Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, an employer shall enroll their relevant employees in Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes. Relevant employees are employees aged 18 to 64 and have been employed in any industry for a continuous period of 60 days or more and have been employed for consecutive 60 days or more. An employer is required to make regular mandatory contributions of at least 5% of the employee’s monthly income between HKD7,100 and HKD30,000 and HKD1,500 of the employee’s monthly income over HKD30,000.

F-14

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Under Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, an employer shall enroll their regular employees in Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes. Regular employees are employees aged 18 to 64 and have been employed in any industry for a continuous period of 60 days or more and have been employed for consecutive 60 days or more. An employer is required to make regular mandatory contributions of at least 5% of the employee’s monthly income between HKD7,100 and HKD30,000 and HKD1,500 of the employee’s monthly income over HKD30,000.

Government Grants

Government grants which is amount granted by local government authorities as an incentive for companies to develop, upgrade and restructure operation, promote domestic sales and enhance competitiveness and facilitate business development. The Company receives government grants related to government sponsored projects and records such government grants as a liability when they are received. The Company records government grants in interest income (expense) and other income (expense). Total government grants amounted to HKD108,800 and nil for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

Income taxes

The Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the current laws of the British Virgin Islands. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the Company and the Company’s subsidiary in Hong Kong, JM Manufacturing to the Company’s shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

JM Manufacturing is incorporated in and carry trade and business in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong profits tax under Inland Revenue Department Ordinance.

The charge for taxation is based on actual results for the year as adjusted for items that are non-assessable or disallowed; and it is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Company is not currently subject to tax in the British Virgin Islands.

Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. The Company incurred a tax penalty related to the underpayment of income taxes for the prior years 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022. A penalty related to income taxes was incurred, amounting to HKD728,000 and HKD956,792 (US$123,150) for the year ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The penalty related to income taxes was wholly settled on September 29, 2023 and April 22, 2024, respectively.

Related parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes a liability for such a contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

F-15

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Earnings (loss) per share

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary share outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, there were no dilutive shares.

Concentration of Risks

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivables. The Company places its cash with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality.

Accounts receivables primarily comprise of amounts receivables from the service customers. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs on-going credit evaluations of the financial condition of these service customers. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific service customers and other information.

Concentration of customers

As of September 30, 2023, two major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufactured products from the Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 58% and 32% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively. As of September 30, 2024, two major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 50% and 40% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, one major customer, who is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, accounted for 83% of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended September 30, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 69% and 24% of the Company’s total revenues respectively.

Concentration of manufacturers

As of September 30, 2023, four manufacturers accounted for 20.6%, 16.1%,11.1% and 10.2% of the total balance of accounts payables, respectively. As of September 30, 2024, four manufacturers accounted for 16.7%, 9.5%,9.5% and 9.4% of the total balance of accounts payables, respectively.

For the year ended September 30, 2023, three manufacturers accounted for 18.2%, 14.2% and 10.4% of our total purchases, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16.6%, 10.7% and 9.2% of our total purchases, respectively.

Deferred initial public offering (“IPO”) cost

Pursuant to ASC 340-10-S99-1, IPO costs directly attributable to an offering of equity securities are deferred and would be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. These costs include legal fees related to the registration drafting and counsel, consulting fees related to the registration preparation, and the SEC filing and print related costs. As of December 31, 2023, the Company did not initiate its IPO. During

F-16

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a charge of HKD 465,001 ($59,851) related to the IPO. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the Company had capitalized deferred IPO costs of nil and HKD 465,001 ($59,851), respectively.

COVID-19 and World Unrest

The global outbreak of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the U.S. government in March 2020. This negatively affected the U.S. and global economy, disrupted global supply chains, significantly restricted travel and transportation, resulted in mandated closures and orders to “shelter-in-place” and created significant disruption of the financial markets. While the U.S. national emergency expired in May 2023 and substantially all closures and “shelter-in-place” orders have ended, there can be no assurance that the COVID-19 pandemic will not impact the Company’s operational and financial performance in the future, as the duration and spread of the pandemic and related actions taken by U.S. and foreign government agencies to prevent disease spread are uncertain, out of the Company’s control, and cannot be predicted.

World unrest due to wars and terrorist attacks have led to further economic disruptions. Mounting inflationary cost pressures and recessionary fears have negatively impacted the global economy. Since mid-2022, the U.S. Federal Reserve has addressed elevated inflation by increasing interest rates, as inflation remains elevated. Given current market conditions, the Company may be unable to access the capital markets, and additional capital may only be available to the Company on terms that could be significantly detrimental to the Company’s existing stockholders and to the Company’s business.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company, or EGC, and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” This amendment incorporates certain U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification Topics, allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. For entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosure requirements and for entities required to file or furnish financial statements with or to the SEC in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, the effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC removes that related disclosure from its rules. For all other entities, the amendments will be effective two years later. However, if by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the related disclosure from its regulations, the amendments will be removed from the Codification and not become effective for any entity. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2023-06 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) — Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendment requires entities to report a measure of segment profit or loss that the chief operating decision maker uses to assess segment performance and make decisions about allocating resources. The amendment also requires other specified segment items and amounts, such as depreciation, amortization, and depletion expense, to be disclosure under certain circumstances. The amendment does not change or remove those disclosure requirements and also does not change how an entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or applies the quantitative thresholds to determine its reportable segments. This amendment is effective for the Company’s consolidated financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2023-07.

F-17

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This ASU enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures to provide investors information to better assess how an entity’s operations and related tax risks and tax planning and operational opportunities affect its tax rate and prospects for future cash flows. This new guidance is effective for the Company for its fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect a significant impact to the combined financial statements upon adoption.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” which primarily requires disaggregated disclosure of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements on an annual and interim basis. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted and the Company is currently assessing the impact of adoption.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income (Loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note 4 — Revenue

Effective October 1, 2021, the Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which replaced ASC Topic 605, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2021 are presented under ASC Topic 606 while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be presented under the Company’s historic accounting under ASC Topic 605. The Company’s accounting for revenues remains substantially unchanged. There was no cumulative effect adjustments made to the contracts in place prior to October 1, 2021. The effect from the adoption of ASC Topic 606 was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers in an amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Control is the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the specified goods and services.

Factoring liability

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells account receivables to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank would prepay approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable but is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

The factoring is not treated as a sale in accordance with ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” but as a secured borrowing. Such borrowings are presented as short-term loans.

The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties and the cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to third parties, on a gross basis as trade accounts receivables in cash flows from operating activities and payment of loans in cash flow from financing activities in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the Company has balance of factoring arrangement against HKD 22,897,929 and HKD22,675,250 (US$2,918,571) of accounts receivable, respectively.

F-18

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Revenue (cont.)

The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by product categories for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Sales of products

           

Clothing, shoes and accessories

 

2,432,141

 

57,038,708

 

7,341,550

Home and tools

 

2,968,120

 

13,853,892

 

1,783,158

Personal care

 

2,193,144

 

11,130,763

 

1,432,660

School, office and art supplies

 

5,912,160

 

6,678,500

 

859,601

Seasonal décor and party supplies

 

37,465,982

 

44,845,862

 

5,772,188

Sports and outdoors

 

29,332,638

 

54,740,198

 

7,045,705

Toys and games

 

38,384,591

 

32,950,120

 

4,241,068

Others

 

409,200

 

 

Total

 

119,097,976

 

221,238,043

 

28,475,930

Note 5 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES, NET

Accounts receivables, net consisted of the following:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Accounts receivables

 

43,886,815

 

 

73,218,601

 

 

9,424,092

 

Less: allowance for expected credit losses

 

(17,515,679

)

 

(18,154,619

)

 

(2,336,712

)

Accounts receivables, net

 

26,371,136

 

 

55,063,982

 

 

7,087,380

 

Movements of allowance for expected credit losses are as follows:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning balance

 

(9,454,901

)

 

(17,515,679

)

 

(2,254,473

)

Addition

 

(8,505,786

)

 

(638,940

)

 

(82,239

)

Write-off

 

445,008

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for expected credit losses, ending balance

 

(17,515,679

)

 

(18,154,619

)

 

(2,336,712

)

As of the end of each of the financial year, the aging analysis of accounts receivables, net of allowance for expected credit losses, based on the due date is as follows:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Not past due

 

23,226,430

 

45,564,078

 

5,864,631

Up to 60 days

 

2,151,000

 

9,499,904

 

1,222,749

61 to 120 days

 

31,080

 

 

121 to 180 days

 

86,378

 

 

Over 180 days

 

876,248

 

 

Total accounts receivables, net

 

26,371,136

 

55,063,982

 

7,087,380

As of the report date, the Company had been subsequently collected 100% and 53% of the outstanding balance for overdue as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. Management assessed that a portion of the balance was still recoverable given the ongoing business relationship with the client; however, the time of recovery is expected to be greater than one operating period.

F-19

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — PREPAYMENTS

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Prepayment, current

 

13,313,016

 

11,006,599

 

1,416,678

   

13,313,016

 

11,006,599

 

1,416,678

The prepayment is mainly related to the trade deposit paid, which amounted to HKD13,313,016 and HKD11,006,599 (US$1,416,678) as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The trade deposit is an advance payment made by the Company to the manufacturers for goods or services that will be received in the future. This payment serves as a security or partial payment for the upcoming delivery.

Note 7 — DEPOSITS

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Deposit, non-current

 

408,032

 

516,303

 

66,454

   

408,032

 

516,303

 

66,454

Note 8 — OTHER ASSETS

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Other receivables

 

80,713

 

16,653

 

2,143

Total other current assets

 

80,713

 

16,653

 

2,143

             

Others

 

58,960

 

 

Total other non-current assets

 

58,960

 

 

Total other assets

 

139,673

 

16,653

 

2,143

Note 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Office equipment

 

71,522

 

 

71,522

 

 

9,206

 

Office furniture and fixtures

 

135,825

 

 

135,825

 

 

17,482

 

Motor vehicles

 

549,900

 

 

549,900

 

 

70,779

 

Leasehold improvement

 

87,600

 

 

87,600

 

 

11,275

 

Subtotal

 

844,847

 

 

844,847

 

 

108,742

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(669,160

)

 

(730,288

)

 

(93,997

)

Property and equipment, net

 

175,687

 

 

114,559

 

 

14,745

 

Depreciation expenses recognized for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024 amounted to HKD136,290 and HKD61,128 (US$7,868), respectively.

No impairment loss had been recognized during the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

F-20

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Accrued expenses

 

4,915,761

 

2,487,951

 

320,228

   

4,915,761

 

2,487,951

 

320,228

The accrued expenses primarily consist of the employee costs, professional fees and audit fees that have been incurred by the Company during the reporting period but have not yet been paid as of September 30, 2023 and 2024.

Note 11 — COMMISSION PAYABLE

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Commission payable

 

350,645

 

110,633

 

14,240

   

350,645

 

110,633

 

14,240

The commission payable represents amounts owed to sales representatives, agents, or other parties as compensation for services rendered in connection with sales transactions.

Note 12 — OTHER PAYABLE

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Other payable

 

994,535

 

823,580

 

106,004

   

994,535

 

823,580

 

106,004

Other payable are primarily related to disputed payables to manufacturers, renovation costs, payroll expense payable, and tax penalties.

Note 13 — CONTRACT LIABILITIES

Movement in contract liabilities, consistent of the following:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

At the beginning

 

9,304,244

 

 

3,717,929

 

 

478,541

 

Receipt from the customer

 

3,999,390

 

 

10,809

 

 

1,391

 

Revenue recognized during the year

 

(9,585,705

)

 

(2,502,204

)

 

(322,063

)

At the end

 

3,717,929

 

 

1,226,534

 

 

157,869

 

Note 14 — LOANS

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Total bank loans

 

58,914,284

 

 

50,581,747

 

 

6,510,464

 

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(52,255,107

)

 

(42,798,782

)

 

(5,508,705

)

Bank loans – non-current, net

 

6,659,177

 

 

7,782,965

 

 

1,001,759

 

F-21

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14 — LOANS (cont.)

Outstanding balances of loans consist of the following:

As of September 30, 2023

 

Balance

 

Maturity Date

 

Effective
Interest Rate

 

Collateral/
Guarantee

   

HKD

           

Standard Chartered Bank

 

22,897,929

 

 

N. A

 

7.9% – 8.0%

 

(b)

Standard Chartered Bank

 

7,926,385

 

 

January 11, 2024

 

8.7% – 8.9%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

2,183,334

 

 

December 14, 2023

 

7.55%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,145,548

 

 

November 20, 2023

 

5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,148,921

 

 

November 22, 2023

 

5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

March 19, 2024

 

3% – 3.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

March 28, 2024

 

3% – 3.38%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

November 13, 2023

 

6.4% – 7.8%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

2,000,000

 

 

December 06, 2023

 

6.4% – 7.8%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

December 07, 2023

 

6.4% – 7.8%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

February 01, 2024

 

6.4% – 7.8%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

2,812,500

 

 

November 16, 2025

 

2.75% – 3.63%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

5,799,667

 

 

September 29, 2031

 

1.8% – 7.4%

 

(a)

Total bank loans

 

58,914,284

 

           

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(52,255,107

)

           

Bank loans – non-current

 

6,659,177

 

           

Total bank loans (US$)

 

850,377

 

           

As of September 30, 2024

 

Balance

 

Maturity Date

 

Effective
Interest Rate

 

Collateral/
Guarantee

   

HKD

           

Standard Chartered Bank

 

22,675,250

 

 

N. A

 

7.3% – 8.0%

 

(b)

Bank of China

 

290,574

 

 

October 08, 2024

 

7.05%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,565,125

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,131,776

 

 

October 23, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,566,229

 

 

October 28, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

October 23, 2024

 

3.63% – 3.88%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

October 30, 2024

 

3.63% – 3.88%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,562,500

 

 

December 15, 2025

 

3.13% – 3.63%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

5,096,677

 

 

October 31, 2031

 

1.81% – 7.27%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,693,616

 

 

April 20, 2029

 

3.13% – 3.63%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 14, 2024

 

5.97% – 6.85%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

2,000,000

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

6.14% – 6.80%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

6.14% – 6.80%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 02, 2024

 

6.19% – 6.69%

 

N. A

Total bank loans

 

50,581,747

 

           

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(42,798,782

)

           

Bank loans – non-current

 

7,782,965

 

           

Total bank loans (US$)

 

1,001,759

 

           

____________

(a)      A guarantee executed by the director, Mr. Ting Chun Kwok Stanley, for an unlimited amount in respect of the obligations of the Company.

(b)      On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells account receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivables but is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

F-22

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — TAXES

Income tax

British Virgin Islands

The Company is incorporated in the BVI and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under current BVI law. In addition, upon payments of dividends by these entities to their shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.

Hong Kong

JM Manufacturing is incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to the two-tiered profits tax system applies to tax years commencing on or after 1 April 2018. Companies can choose to adopt a two-tiered profits tax system, which is 8.25% on assessable profits up to HKD2,000,000; and 16.5% on any part of assessable profits over HKD2,000,000. Under Hong Kong tax law, JM Manufacturing is exempted from income tax on its foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

Taxation in the statement of income represents:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Hong Kong profits tax provision for the year:

           

Current

 

 

1,560,959

 

200,914

Deferred

 

 

 

   

 

1,560,959

 

200,914

The following table reconciles Hong Kong statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate:

 

For the years ended September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

(Loss)/Income before tax

 

(26,282,350

)

 

8,589,401

 

 

1,105,557

 

Income tax (benefit) expense computed at statutory rate

 

(4,171,588

)

 

1,252,251

 

 

161,179

 

Reconciling items:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Non-deductible items in Hong Kong

 

(8,769

)

 

311,708

 

 

40,121

 

Tax credit

 

 

 

(3,000

)

 

(386

)

Changes in valuations allowance

 

4,180,357

 

 

 

 

 

Effective income tax expenses

 

 

 

1,560,959

 

 

200,914

 

The reconciliation of tax computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 16.5% for the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024 applicable to the Hong Kong profit tax were as follows:

 

For the years ended
September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

Statutory income tax rate

 

16.50

%

 

16.50

%

Non-deductible items in Hong Kong

 

0.03

%

 

3.63

%

Effect of preferential tax rates and tax reliefs

 

(0.63

)%

 

(1.96

)%

Changes in valuations allowance

 

(15.90

)%

 

 

Effective income tax rates

 

 

 

18.17

%

F-23

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — TAXES (cont.)

Uncertain tax positions

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of September 30, 2023 and 2024, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits. For the years ended September 30, 2023 and 2024, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

Note 16 — Related party balances and transactions

The Company’s relationships with related parties who had transactions with the Company are summarized as follows:

Related Party Name

 

Relationship to the Company

Mr. Ting Chun Kwok Stanley (“Mr. Ting”)

 

Controlling shareholder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company and Executive Director of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, and Director of JM Group Limited

JMJM Limited

 

100% shareholding owned by Mr. Kin Zheng, a CFO of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

Uniqloop Hong Kong Limited

 

25% shareholding owned by Mr. Ting (Chief Executive Officer), 25% shareholding owned by Mr. Ivan Chan (COO) and 10% shareholding owned by Mr. Kin Zheng (CFO) of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

Tooti & Beyond Limited

 

100% shareholding owned by Mr. Ivan Chan, a COO of the Company and of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited

a.      Amount due from a related party

Name of related party

 

Relationship

 

Nature of transactions

 

As of September 30,

2023

 

2024

 

2024

           

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Mr. Ting

 

Mr. Ting is a director of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited and JM Group Limited

 

The receivable represented payments made on behalf of the director and shareholder by JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited. The amount was wholly settled in cash subsequently on April 3, 2025.

 

 

7,049,425

 

907,344

JMJM Limited

 

100% owned by Mr. Kin Zheng

 

Payments made on behalf of the CFO by the entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly transferred to Stanley on 30 Sep 2024.

 

329,073

 

 

Uniqloop Hong Kong Limited

 

25% owned by
Mr. Ting, 25% owned by Mr. Ivan Chan, 10% owned by Mr. Kin Zheng

 

Payments made on behalf of the COO and shareholder by the entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly settled in cash subsequently on August 22, 2024.

 

67,117

 

 

Tooti & Beyond Limited

 

100% owned by
Mr. Ivan Chan

 

Payments made on behalf of the COO and shareholder by the entity for operating purpose. The amount was wholly transferred to Stanley on 30 Sep 2024.

 

321,298

 

 

       

Total

 

717,488

 

7,049,425

 

907,344

F-24

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Related party balances and transactions (cont.)

b.      Accounts amount due to related party

Due to a related party consisted of the following:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Name of related party

   

 

   

 

   

 

Mr. Ting(1)

 

(1,568,646

)

 

(6,006

)

 

(773

)

Total

 

(1,568,646

)

 

(6,006

)

 

(773

)

____________

(1)      During the fiscal year ended of September 30, 2024, the Company has repaid HKD1,568,646 (US$200,316) to Mr. Ting, a director and shareholder of the Company.

Note 17 — EQUITY

Ordinary shares

The Company was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on May 27, 2024, with an authorized share capital of US$50,000 divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 each.

On May 27, 2024, to facilitate the initial public offering and as part of the step of the Company’s reorganization process, 1,000 ordinary shares of the Company were issued to the participating shareholders on a pro rata basis in connection with the restructuring of the Company at par value of US$1.00.

On September 24, 2024, the shareholders of the Company contribute a total of 11,690,000HKD in proportion to its wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, to increase the subsidiary’s share capital from 10,000HKD to 11,700,000 HKD without insurance of additional ordinary shares by the subsidiary.

On July 24, 2025, the Company effected a share split of all issued and outstanding shares of 1,000 shares at a ratio of 1-to-16,000. As a result of the share split, the Company now has 16,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, par value US$0.0000625 per share as of the date hereof. The Company believed it is appropriate to reflect the above transactions on a retroactive basis similar to a share split or dividend pursuant to ASC 260. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 16,000 for 1 share.

All shares rank equally with regard to the Predecessor’s residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Predecessor.

Dividend

The Company has accounted for advance to certain shareholder as a reduction of in capital in the form of dividends.

During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Company didn’t declare and paid any dividend to its shareholders.

During the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company declared and paid HKD9,000,000 (US$1,149,308) to its shareholders on October 31, 2022. The dividend per share was HKD900 (US$115).

F-25

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease

The Company entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for certain leasehold properties. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception and records the lease in the financial statements upon lease commencement, which is the date when the underlying asset is made available for use by the lessor. The lease terms may include one or more options to extend the lease terms, for periods from one to three years, when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

As of September 30, 2024, the options to extend the leases were recognized as ROU assets — operating leases and operating lease obligation on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company has elected not to present short-term leases on the consolidated balance sheets as these leases have a lease term of 12 months or less at lease inception.

The following table shows amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Operating right-of-use assets

 

1,823,483

 

684,418

 

88,093

             

Operating lease obligation

           

Current

 

1,139,065

 

684,418

 

88,093

Non-current

 

684,418

 

 

   

1,823,483

 

684,418

 

88,093

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities of the Company’s operating lease obligation as of September 30, 2024:

Twelve months ending September 30,

 

HKD

 

US$

2025

 

693,000

 

 

89,197

 

2026

 

 

 

 

2027

 

 

 

 

2028

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total future lease payment

 

693,000

 

 

89,197

 

Less: imputed interest

 

(8,582

)

 

(1,104

)

Present value of operating lease obligation

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Operating lease obligation, current portion

 

684,418

 

 

88,093

 

Operating lease obligation, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

The following summarizes other supplemental information about the Company’s operating lease as of September 30, 2024:

Weighted average discount rate (per annum)

 

3.750

%

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

0.58 years

 

F-26

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Finance lease

The Company has entered into various non-cancellable finance lease agreements for certain Company’s vehicles. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception and records the leases in the financial statements upon lease commencement, which is the date when the underlying asset is made available for use by the lessor.

Finance leases are included in property and equipment and current and non-current finance lease obligation on the consolidated balance sheets.

The following table shows amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

As of September 30,

   

2023

 

2024

 

2024

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Finance lease obligation

           

Current

 

77,934

 

80,997

 

10,425

Non-current

 

108,516

 

27,622

 

3,555

   

186,450

 

108,619

 

13,980

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities of the Company’s finance lease obligation as of September 30, 2024:

Twelve months ending September 30,

 

HKD

 

US$

2025

 

83,484

 

 

10,745

 

2026

 

27,828

 

 

3,582

 

2027

 

 

 

 

2028

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total future lease payment

 

111,312

 

 

14,327

 

Less: imputed interest

 

(2,693

)

 

(347

)

Present value of finance lease obligation

 

108,619

 

 

13,980

 

Finance lease obligation, current portion

 

80,997

 

 

10,425

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

27,622

 

 

3,555

 

The following summarizes other supplemental information about the Company’s finance lease as of September 30, 2024:

Weighted average discount rate (per annum)

 

4.03

%

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

1.33 years

 

Litigation with Spin-Ball, LLC (Case Number 8:2023cv02743)

This case was initiated by the filing of a complaint on December 1, 2023 against several defendants, including the Company, alleging patent infringement, trade dress infringement and unfair competition in violation of the laws of the United States and the State of Florida. Damages are unspecified. The case was settled, and settlement payment was paid by the Company in July 2024, and subsequently the Company claimed the amount HKD4,456,253 (US$573,572) with its supplier.

F-27

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated all events and transactions that from September 30, 2024 up through August 12, 2025, which is the date that these consolidated financial statements are available to be issued, there were no other any material subsequent events that require disclosure in these consolidated financial statements, other than disclosed below.

On July 24, 2025, the Company effected a share split of all issued and outstanding shares of 1,000 shares at a ratio of 1-to-16,000. As a result of the share split, the Company now has 16,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, par value US$0.0000625 per share as of the date hereof. The Company believed it is appropriate to reflect the above transactions on a retroactive basis similar to a share split or dividend pursuant to ASC 260. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 16,000 for 1 share.

F-28

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To:

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

   

JM Group Limited

Results of Review of Interim Financial Information

We have reviewed the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets of JM Group Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2024 and 2025, and the related unaudited interim condensed consolidate statements of income, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2023 and 2024; in our report dated May 28, 2025, except for Note 15, Note 17 and Note 19, for which the date is August 12, 2025, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements with a paragraph indicating that there was substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

As mentioned in the second paragraph above, as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, there was substantial doubt that the Company would be able to continue as going concern; as of the date of this report, that substantial doubt has not been alleviated. Refer to Note 2 for further details.

Basis for Review Results

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of unaudited interim condensed financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

F-29

Table of Contents

We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

/s/ WWC, P.C.
WWC, P.C.
Certified Public Accountants
PCAOB ID No. 1171

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

San Mateo, California

August 12, 2025

F-30

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

4,858,613

 

 

17,622,838

 

 

2,265,175

 

Accounts receivables, net

 

55,063,982

 

 

64,445,383

 

 

8,283,575

 

Prepayments

 

11,006,599

 

 

3,645,996

 

 

468,643

 

Amount due from related party

 

7,049,425

 

 

83,720

 

 

10,761

 

Other current assets

 

16,653

 

 

43,576

 

 

5,601

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

77,995,272

 

 

85,841,513

 

 

11,033,755

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

   

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

114,559

 

 

97,743

 

 

12,564

 

Deposits

 

516,303

 

 

671,303

 

 

86,287

 

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

465,001

 

 

1,455,578

 

 

187,095

 

Right-of-use assets – operating lease

 

684,418

 

 

98,692

 

 

12,686

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

1,780,281

 

 

2,323,316

 

 

298,632

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

79,775,553

 

 

88,164,829

 

 

11,332,387

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Short-term loan

 

40,228,954

 

 

43,608,706

 

 

5,605,304

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

2,569,828

 

 

2,415,500

 

 

310,480

 

Accounts payable

 

64,439,616

 

 

59,963,938

 

 

7,707,546

 

Finance lease obligation, current

 

80,997

 

 

68,542

 

 

8,810

 

Operating lease obligation, current

 

684,418

 

 

98,692

 

 

12,686

 

Taxes payable

 

1,624,235

 

 

1,971,208

 

 

253,372

 

Accrued expenses

 

2,487,951

 

 

1,529,977

 

 

196,658

 

Commission payable

 

110,633

 

 

280,570

 

 

36,063

 

Amount due to related party

 

6,006

 

 

6,006

 

 

772

 

Contract liabilities

 

1,226,534

 

 

1,509,718

 

 

194,054

 

Other payable

 

823,580

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

114,282,752

 

 

111,452,857

 

 

14,325,745

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term loan, non-current

 

7,782,965

 

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

27,622

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

7,810,587

 

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

122,093,339

 

 

118,036,217

 

 

15,171,946

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares, US$0.0000625 par value, 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares authorized, and 16,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively(1)

 

7,831

 

 

7,831

 

 

1,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

11,692,169

 

 

11,692,169

 

 

1,502,869

 

Accumulated losses

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(41,571,388

)

 

(5,343,428

)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

(42,317,786

)

 

(29,871,388

)

 

(3,839,559

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

79,775,553

 

 

88,164,829

 

 

11,332,387

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

REVENUE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Sales of products

 

129,091,833

 

 

147,348,725

 

 

18,939,668

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Merchandise costs

 

(109,440,921

)

 

(128,707,587

)

 

(16,543,604

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(12,796,678

)

 

(3,859,024

)

 

(496,025

)

Total operating expenses

 

(122,237,599

)

 

(132,566,611

)

 

(17,039,629

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

 

6,854,234

 

 

14,782,114

 

 

1,900,039

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

INTEREST (EXPENSE) INCOME AND OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

   

 

   

 

   

 

Interest expense, net

 

(1,722,266

)

 

(1,426,237

)

 

(183,323

)

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange

 

15,386

 

 

(1,352

)

 

(174

)

Other income – litigation settlement

 

1,356,253

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

11,667

 

 

25,667

 

 

3,299

 

Bank charge

 

(546,235

)

 

(586,821

)

 

(75,428

)

Total interest and other expense, net

 

(885,195

)

 

(1,988,743

)

 

(255,626

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

5,969,039

 

 

12,793,371

 

 

1,644,413

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

(838,541

)

 

(346,973

)

 

(44,599

)

NET INCOME

 

5,130,498

 

 

12,446,398

 

 

1,599,814

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted(1)

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

16,000,000

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

 

0.32

 

 

0.78

 

 

0.10

 

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-32

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2024

 

Ordinary shares

 

Share
Capital

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Shareholders’
Deficit

No. of
Shares
(1)

 

Par
Value

 
   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

BALANCE, September 30, 2023

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

2,169

 

(61,046,228

)

 

(61,036,228

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

5,130,498

 

 

5,130,498

 

BALANCE, March 31,
2024

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

2,169

 

(55,915,730

)

 

(55,905,730

)

                     

 

   

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2025

 

BALANCE, September 30, 2024

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

11,692,169

 

(54,017,786

)

 

(42,317,786

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

12,446,398

 

 

12,446,398

 

BALANCE, March 31,
2025

 

16,000,000

 

0.000489

 

7,831

 

11,692,169

 

(41,571,388

)

 

(29,871,388

)

BALANCE, March 31,
2025 (US$)

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

1,502,869

 

(5,343,428

)

 

(3,839,559

)

____________

(1)      Giving retroactive effect to the 16,000-for-1 share split effected on July 24, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income

 

5,130,498

 

 

12,446,398

 

 

1,599,814

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of plant and equipment

 

44,311

 

 

16,816

 

 

2,161

 

Provision (reversal) of expected credit losses accounts

 

470,248

 

 

(10,445,496

)

 

(1,342,626

)

(Gain) loss from unrealized foreign currency translation

 

(15,386

)

 

1,352

 

 

174

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivables

 

(44,154,035

)

 

1,134,131

 

 

145,777

 

Prepayments

 

3,170,835

 

 

7,360,603

 

 

946,105

 

Deposits

 

 

 

(155,000

)

 

(19,923

)

Other current assets

 

54,002

 

 

(26,924

)

 

(3,461

)

Accounts payable

 

42,172,498

 

 

(4,550,150

)

 

(584,860

)

Taxes payable

 

24,318

 

 

346,973

 

 

44,599

 

Accrued expenses

 

(1,512,736

)

 

(954,889

)

 

(122,738

)

Commission payable

 

(229,359

)

 

169,937

 

 

21,843

 

Contract liabilities

 

(2,491,395

)

 

283,184

 

 

36,399

 

Other payable

 

(994,535

)

 

(823,580

)

 

(105,861

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,669,264

 

 

4,803,355

 

 

617,403

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from amount due from related party

 

4,186,133

 

 

8,207,908

 

 

1,055,015

 

Repayment of amount due from related party

 

(7,437,169

)

 

(1,242,203

)

 

(159,667

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(3,251,036

)

 

6,965,705

 

 

895,348

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

36,167,900

 

 

23,109,891

 

 

2,970,461

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

(40,148,297

)

 

(25,695,783

)

 

(3,302,842

)

Proceeds from factoring arrangement

 

73,795,872

 

 

93,413,413

 

 

12,007,020

 

Repayment under factoring arrangement

 

(69,000,095

)

 

(88,801,702

)

 

(11,414,247

)

Repayment of finance lease

 

(38,494

)

 

(40,077

)

 

(5,151

)

Deferred initial public offering cost

 

(465,001

)

 

(990,577

)

 

(127,325

)

Repayment of amount due to related party

 

(1,568,646

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(1,256,761

)

 

995,165

 

 

127,916

 

Change in cash

 

(2,838,533

)

 

12,764,225

 

 

1,640,667

 

Cash at the beginning of the period

 

7,911,340

 

 

4,858,613

 

 

624,508

 

Cash at the end of the period

 

5,072,807

 

 

17,622,838

 

 

2,265,175

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Supplementary cash flow information

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

814,222

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

1,725,514

 

 

1,424,571

 

 

183,109

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — NATURE OF BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

JM Group Limited (the “Company” or “JM Group”) is a holding company incorporated on May 27, 2024 under the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) law. The Company has no substantial operations other than holding all of the outstanding share capital of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited (“JM Manufacturing”), a Hong Kong Company incorporated on June 17, 2016. The Company, through JM Manufacturing, is engaged in the sourcing and wholesaling of toys, gifts, household products and other products for international brand owners. The Company’s headquarter is located in Hong Kong, China. All of the Company’s business activities are carried out by JM Manufacturing.

On May 27, 2024, a reorganization of JM Manufacturing completed under common control of its then existing shareholders, who collectively owned all of the equity interests of JM Group prior to the reorganization. JM Group and JM Manufacturing are under common control which results in the consolidation of JM Manufacturing at carrying value. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis as if the reorganization became effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of JM Group.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of each of the following entities:

Name

 

Background

 

Ownership

 

Principal activities

JM Group Limited
(the “Company” or
“JM Group”)

 

   A BVI company

   Incorporated on May 27, 2024

 

 

Investment holding

             

JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited
(“JM Manufacturing”)

 

   A Hong Kong company

   Incorporated on June 17, 2016

 

100% owned by
JM Group

 

Engaged in the sourcing and wholesaling of toys, gifts, household products, and other products

Note 2 — Liquidity and going concern

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP which contemplates continuation of the Company on a going concern basis. The going concern basis assumes that assets are realized, and liabilities are settled in the ordinary course of business at amounts disclosed in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern depends upon its ability to sell of its customized products in the US to generate positive operating cash flows. As of March 31, 2025 the Company’s working capital deficit was HKD25,611,344 (US$3,291,990). The factor raises substantial doubt as to whether the Company will be able to continue as a going concern.

The Company is attempting to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue and borrow money from financial institutions; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support the Company’s daily operations. Management intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering to alleviate working capital pressure. Additionally, management intends to negotiate extended credit periods with suppliers and to request prepayments or milestone payments from customers, if feasible. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to commence operations and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s ability to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and its ability to raise additional funds by way of a public or private offering.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-35

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Basis of presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Principles of consolidation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary. All inter-company transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Risks and uncertainties

Economic and political risks

The Company’s operations are mainly conducted in Hong Kong. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by changes in the political, economic, and legal environments in Hong Kong.

The Company’s operations in Hong Kong are subject to special considerations and significant risks. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic, and legal environment and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political and social conditions in Hong Kong, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion, remittances abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

Liquidity Risk

The Company is also exposed to liquidity risk, which is the risk that we are unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, we will turn to other financial institutions and related parties to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

Inflation Risk

Management monitors changes in price levels. Historically inflation has not materially impacted the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements; however, significant increases in the price of raw materials and labor that cannot be passed to the Company’s customers could adversely impact Company’s results of operations.

Use of estimates and assumptions

In preparing the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with the U.S. GAAP, the management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, allowance of expected credit losses, useful lives of property and equipment, the impairment of long-lived assets, uncertain income tax positions, and implicit interest rate of operating and finance leases. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign currency translation

The Company uses Hong Kong dollars (“HKD”) as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary which is incorporated in Hong Kong is HKD, which is its respective local currency based on the criteria of ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”.

F-36

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

In the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income during the year in which they occur.

Convenience translation

Translations of amounts in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows from HKD into US$ as of and for the year ended March 31, 2025 are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate of US$1 = HKD7.7799, as published in H.10 statistical release of the United States Federal Reserve Board. No representation is made that the HKD amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at such rate or at any other rate.

Fair value measurement

The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.

The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels are defined as follow:

        Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

        Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the carrying values of current assets and current liabilities approximated their fair values reported in thein the consolidated balance sheets and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets due to the short-term maturities of these instruments, respectively.

Cash

Cash mainly represents cash on hand, cash in the bank and demand deposits placed with financial institutions, which have original maturities of less than three months and are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025 the Company had HKD4,858,613 and HKD17,622,838 (US$ 2,265,175) in cash, respectively. The Company maintains all its bank accounts in Hong Kong.

Accounts receivables and allowance for expected credit losses

Accounts receivables are recorded and carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for any potential uncollectible amounts overdue by 60 to 120 days.

The Company make estimates of expected credit and collectability trends for the allowance for credit losses and allowance for unbilled receivables based upon our assessment of various factors, including historical experience, the age of the accounts receivables balances, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from

F-37

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

customers. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income. Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for expected credit losses after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

Allowance for expected credit losses accounts was HKD18,154,619 as of September 30, 2024 and HKD7,709,123 (US$990,903) as of March 31, 2025.

Accounts receivable that are factored out to banks with recourse to the Company are not derecognized until the recourse period has expired and the risks and rewards of the receivables have been fully transferred. The corresponding cash received from the banks is recorded as a short-term loan. Any fee incurred to effect factoring is net-off against short-term loan and taken to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income over the period of factoring using the effective interest method.

The Company from time to time may factor accounts receivables due from certain high credit quality customers to factoring house, on a recourse basis, in exchange of a loan equal to approximately 90% of the face value of the receivables in exchange for immediate cash proceeds for use in operations.

Factoring liability

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells accounts receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable and is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

The factoring is not treated as a sale in accordance with ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” but as a secured borrowing. Such borrowings are presented as short-term loans. See Note 14 for disclosure of short-term loan.

The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties and the cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to third parties, on a gross basis as trade accounts receivables and payment of loans in cash flow from financing activities in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company has balance of factoring arrangements against HKD22,675,250 and HKD27,286,961 (US$3,507,367) of accounts receivable, respectively.

As at September 30, 2024

Purchase of Accounts
Receivables

 

Total principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

22,675,250

 

128,813,127

 

129,035,806

 

7.3% to 8.0%

As at March 31, 2025

Purchase of Accounts
Receivables

 

Total principal
amount
outstanding

 

Accounts
receivables
transferred

 

Amount
derecognized

 

Interest rate range

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

HKD

   

Standard Chartered

 

27,286,961

 

93,413,413

 

88,801,702

 

6.8% to 7.3%

F-38

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Prepayments

Prepayments mainly consist of prepayments to manufacturers. Management reviews its prepayments on a regular basis to determine if the allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Deposits

Deposits paid by the company represent amounts paid in advance for utility, rental or other contractual obligations. These amounts are refundable and bear no interest. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no allowance was deemed necessary.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment if applicable. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method after consideration of the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Useful Life

Office equipment

 

5 years

Office furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

lesser of lease term or expected useful life

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the statements of operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred, while additions, renewals and betterment, which are expected to extend the useful life of assets, are capitalized. The Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation to determine whether subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

Impairment for long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognizes an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company will reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is taken to the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Borrowings which are due to be settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in short-term loan in the balance sheet even though the original term was for a period longer than twelve months and an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are authorized for issue. Other borrowings due to be settled more than twelve months after the balance sheet date are included in long-term loan in the balance sheet.

F-39

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Finance leases

Finance lease assets are subsequently amortized using the straight-line method from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of its useful life or the end of the lease term unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company or the Company is reasonably certain to exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset. In those cases, the Finance lease assets are amortized over the useful life of the underlying asset. Accordingly, the assets leased under the finance leases are included in property and equipment, and depreciation thereon is recognized in operating expenses in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. When the Company makes its contractually required payments under finance leases, the Company allocates a portion to reduce the finance lease obligation, and a portion is recognized as interest expenses.

Operating leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liability, current and non-current in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease obligation represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When determining the lease term, the Company includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, if any. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company used an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company has elected to adopt the following lease policies in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02: (i) for leases that have lease terms of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company elected not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements; and (ii) the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients for existing arrangements entered into prior to October 1, 2021 to not reassess (a) whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, (b) the lease classification applied to existing leases, and(c) initial direct costs.

Contract Liabilities

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. For certain products, customers are required to pay before the goods or services are delivered. The Company recognizes a contract asset or a contract liability in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, depending on the relationship between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment.

The Company classifies its right to consideration in exchange for goods transferred to a customer as either a receivable or a contract asset. A receivable is a right to consideration that is unconditional as compared to a contract asset which is a right to consideration that is conditional upon factors other than the passage of time. The Company recognizes accounts receivable in its unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets when it delivers the goods in advance of receiving consideration and if it has the unconditional right to receive consideration. The Company did not have any capitalized contract cost as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025.

Contract liabilities are recognized if the Company receives consideration in advance of performance, which is mainly in relation to emerging and other goods or services. The Company expects to recognize a significant majority of this balance as revenue over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the contract liabilities of the Company amounted to HKD1,226,534 and HKD1,509,718 (US$194,054), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the five-step model defined by ASC Topic 606 requires the Company to (1) identify its contracts with customers, (2) identify its performance obligations under those contracts, (3) determine the transaction prices of those contracts, (4) allocate the transaction prices to its performance

F-40

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

obligations in those contracts and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation under those contracts is satisfied. Revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration expected in exchange for those goods or services.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers in an amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Control is the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the specified goods and services.

The Company currently generates its revenue through trading of gifts, toys, and household products and other products through distribution network to the US market. Currently, the Company sells its products through sourcing and wholesale customers. The Company sells goods under Free On Board (“FOB”) shipping point term, and revenue is recognized when product is loaded on the ships and control is deemed as transferred. Typical payment terms set forth in the invoice are within 60 days and factoring loan of accounts receivables are within 120 days.

The Company is the principal for the majority of its transactions and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is the principal when it has control of the merchandise before it is transferred to customers, which generally is established when the Company is primarily responsible for merchandising decisions, maintains the relationship with customer, and has pricing discretion.

Merchandise costs

Merchandise costs of gifts, toys, and household products and other products, which are directly related to revenue-generating transactions, primarily consist of cost of purchasing of products.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of bad debts, entertainment & commission, and general administrative expenses such as of employee costs, rental expenses, management fee, legal and professional fees and other miscellaneous administrative expenses.

Employee Benefit

Hong Kong Employment Ordinance (“The Ordinance”) provides that an employee employed under a continuous employment contract for a period of one month or more immediately preceding a sickness day is entitled to sickness allowance if (1) the sick leave taken is not less than four consecutive days; (2) the sick leave taken is supported by an appropriate medical certificate; and (3) the employee has accumulated sufficient number of paid sickness days. The daily rate of sickness allowance is a sum equivalent to four-fifths of the average daily wages earned by an employee in the 12-month period preceding the first sickness day.

The Ordinance also provides that an employee is entitled to 14 statutory holidays regardless of his or her length of services. Holiday pay should be paid to the employee whose continuous employment contract is not less than three months immediately preceding a statutory holiday is entitled to the holiday pay.

An employee is entitled to a paid annual leave after having been employed under a continuous employment contract for every 12 months. An employee’s paid annual leave increases progressively from seven days to a maximum of 14 days in accordance with his or her length of employment.

Under Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, an employer shall enroll their relevant employees in Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes. Relevant employees are employees aged 18 to 64 and have been employed in any industry for a continuous period of 60 days or more and have been employed for consecutive 60 days or more. An employer is required to make regular mandatory contributions of at least 5% of the employee’s monthly income between HKD7,100 and HKD30,000 and HKD1,500 of the employee’s monthly income over HKD30,000.

F-41

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Income taxes

The Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the current laws of the British Virgin Islands. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the Company and the Company’s subsidiary in Hong Kong, JM Manufacturing to the Company’s shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

JM Manufacturing is incorporated in and carry trade and business in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong profits tax under Inland Revenue Department Ordinance.

The charge for taxation is based on actual results for the year as adjusted for items that are non-assessable or disallowed; and it is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Company is not currently subject to tax in the British Virgin Islands.

Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Related parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes a liability for such a contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Earnings per share

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary share outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, there were no dilutive shares.

Concentration of Risks

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivables. The Company places its cash with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality.

F-42

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Accounts receivables primarily comprise of amounts receivables from the service customers. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs on-going credit evaluations of the financial condition of these service customers. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific service customers and other information.

Concentration of customers

As of September 30, 2024, two major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad and the other one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 50% and 40% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, three major customers, one of the customers is a distributor that represents and sells brands of well-known manufactured products from the US and abroad, one is a distributor that represents and sells brands of manufacturers from the Hong Kong to abroad, and one is a well-known retailer that represents and sells low-cost products from the US and abroad for 56%, 29% and 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 70% and 26% of the Company’s total revenues respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, two major customers, one is a distributor represent and sell brands of well-known manufactures from the US and abroad, and other one is a distributor represent and sell brands of manufactures from Hong Kong to abroad, accounted for 79% and 11% of the Company’s total revenues respectively.

Concentration of manufacturers

As of September 30, 2024, one manufacturer accounted for 16.7% of the total balance of accounts payables. As of March 31, 2025, four manufacturers accounted for 21.1%, 16.1%, 15.6% and 11.4% of the total balance of accounts payables, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2024, three manufacturers accounted for 16%, 15% and 10% of our total purchases, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, three manufacturers accounted for 20%, 12% and 11% of our total purchases, respectively.

Segment reporting

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for detailing the Company’s business segments. Based on the criteria established by ASC 280, the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company. As a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company does not distinguish between markets or segments for the purpose of internal reporting. As the Company’s long-lived assets are substantially located in Hong Kong, no geographical segments are presented.

Deferred initial public offering (“IPO”) cost

Pursuant to ASC 340-10-S99-1, IPO costs directly attributable to an offering of equity securities are deferred and would be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. These costs include legal fees related to the registration drafting and counsel, consulting fees related to the registration preparation, and the SEC filing and print related costs. During the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company recorded a charge of HKD465,001 and HKD990,577 related to the IPO. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company had capitalized deferred IPO costs of HKD465,001 and HKD1,455,578 (US$187,095), respectively.

F-43

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (cont.)

Global Unrest

Global unrest due to wars and terrorist attacks have led to further economic disruptions. Mounting inflationary cost pressures and recessionary fears have negatively impacted the global economy. Prior to the interest risks cut in 2024, since mid-2022, the U.S. Federal Reserve had addressed elevated inflation by increasing interest rates due to the inflation risk. Given current market conditions, the Company may be unable to access the capital markets, and additional capital may only be available to the Company on terms that could be significantly detrimental to the Company’s existing shareholders and to the Company’s business.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company, or EGC, and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” This amendment incorporates certain U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification Topics, allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. For entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosure requirements and for entities required to file or furnish financial statements with or to the SEC in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, the effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC removes that related disclosure from its rules. For all other entities, the amendments will be effective two years later. However, if by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the related disclosure from its regulations, the amendments will be removed from the Codification and not become effective for any entity. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2023-06 to have a material impact on its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” which primarily requires disaggregated disclosure of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements on an annual and interim basis. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company is currently assessing the impact of adoption.

In March 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-02 — Liabilities (405): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 122. The amendments in this Update are effective immediately and on a fully retrospective basis to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adoption of this standard to its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets, unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-44

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Revenue

Effective October 1, 2021, the Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which replaced ASC Topic 605, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2021 are presented under ASC Topic 606 while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be presented under the Company’s historic accounting under ASC Topic 605. The Company’s accounting for revenues remains substantially unchanged. There was no cumulative effect adjustments made to the contracts in place prior to October 1, 2021. The effect from the adoption of ASC Topic 606 was not material to the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers in an amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Control is the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the specified goods and services.

Factoring liability

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells account receivables to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivable but is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

The factoring is not treated as a sale in accordance with ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” but as a secured borrowing. Such borrowings are presented as short-term loans.

The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties and the cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to third parties, on a gross basis as trade accounts receivables in cash flows from operating activities and payment of loans in cash flow from financing activities in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company has balance of factoring arrangement against HKD22,675,250 and HKD27,286,961 (US$3,507,367) of accounts receivable, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by product categories for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively:

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Sales of products

           

Clothing, shoes and accessories

 

36,756,352

 

21,246,495

 

2,730,947

Home and tools

 

8,354,560

 

11,747,774

 

1,510,016

Personal care

 

4,134,759

 

10,280,198

 

1,321,379

School, office and art supplies

 

4,509,964

 

3,481,362

 

447,482

Seasonal décor and party supplies

 

12,589,143

 

9,178,255

 

1,179,739

Sports and outdoors

 

53,462,509

 

70,714,990

 

9,089,447

Toys and games

 

9,284,546

 

20,699,651

 

2,660,658

Total

 

129,091,833

 

147,348,725

 

18,939,668

F-45

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES, NET

Accounts receivables, net consisted of the following:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Accounts receivables

 

73,218,601

 

 

72,154,506

 

 

9,274,478

 

Less: allowance for expected credit losses

 

(18,154,619

)

 

(19,699,189

)

 

(2,532,062

)

Add: reversal for expected credit losses

 

 

 

11,990,066

 

 

1,541,159

 

Accounts receivables, net

 

55,063,982

 

 

64,445,383

 

 

8,283,575

 

Movements of allowance for expected credit losses are as follows:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning balance

 

(17,515,679

)

 

(18,154,619

)

 

(2,333,529

)

Addition

 

(638,940

)

 

(1,544,570

)

 

(198,533

)

Reversal

 

 

 

11,990,066

 

 

1,541,159

 

Allowance for expected credit losses, ending balance, net

 

(18,154,619

)

 

(7,709,123

)

 

(990,903

)

As of the end of each of the financial year, the aging analysis of accounts receivables, net of allowance for expected credit losses, based on the due date is as follows:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Not past due

 

45,564,078

 

55,286,228

 

7,106,291

Up to 60 days

 

9,499,904

 

8,973,773

 

1,153,456

61 to 120 days

 

 

185,382

 

23,828

121 to 180 days

 

 

 

Over 180 days

 

 

 

Total accounts receivables, net

 

55,063,982

 

64,445,383

 

8,283,575

As of the report date, the Company had been subsequently collected 88% and 54% of the outstanding balance for overdue as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively. Management assessed that a portion of the balance was still recoverable given the ongoing business relationship with the client; however, the time of recovery is expected to be greater than one operating period.

Note 6 — PREPAYMENTS

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Prepayment, current

 

11,006,599

 

3,645,996

 

468,643

   

11,006,599

 

3,645,996

 

468,643

F-46

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — PREPAYMENTS (cont.)

The prepayment is mainly related to the trade deposit paid, which amounted to HKD11,006,599 and HKD3,645,996 (US$468,643) as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively. The trade deposit is an advance payment made by the Company to the manufacturers for goods or services that will be received in the future. This payment serves as a security or partial payment for the upcoming delivery.

Note 7 — DEPOSITS

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Deposit, non-current

 

516,303

 

671,303

 

86,287

   

516,303

 

671,303

 

86,287

Note 8 — OTHER ASSETS

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Other receivables

 

16,653

 

43,576

 

5,601

Total other assets

 

16,653

 

43,576

 

5,601

Note 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Office equipment

 

71,522

 

 

71,522

 

 

9,193

 

Office furniture and fixtures

 

135,825

 

 

135,825

 

 

17,458

 

Motor vehicles

 

549,900

 

 

549,900

 

 

70,683

 

Leasehold improvement

 

87,600

 

 

87,600

 

 

11,260

 

Subtotal

 

844,847

 

 

844,847

 

 

108,594

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(730,288

)

 

(747,104

)

 

(96,030

)

Property and equipment, net

 

114,559

 

 

97,743

 

 

12,564

 

Depreciation expenses recognized for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025 amounted to HKD44,311 and HKD16,816 (US$2,161), respectively.

No impairment loss had been recognized during the six months ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively.

Note 10 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Accrued expenses

 

2,487,951

 

1,529,977

 

196,658

   

2,487,951

 

1,529,977

 

196,658

F-47

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — ACCRUED EXPENSES (cont.)

The accrued expenses primarily consist of the employee costs, professional fees and audit fees that have been incurred by the Company during the reporting period but have not yet been paid as of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively.

Note 11 — COMMISSION PAYABLE

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Commission payable

 

110,633

 

280,570

 

36,063

   

110,633

 

280,570

 

36,063

The commission payable represents amounts owed to sales representatives, agents, or other parties as compensation for services rendered in connection with sales transactions.

Note 12 — OTHER PAYABLE

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Other payable

 

823,580

 

 

   

823,580

 

 

Other payable are primarily related to disputed payables to manufacturers, renovation costs, payroll expense payable, and tax penalties.

Note 13 — CONTRACT LIABILITIES

Movement in contract liabilities, consistent of the following:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

At the beginning

 

3,717,929

 

 

1,226,534

 

 

157,654

 

Receipt from the customer

 

10,809

 

 

2,115,994

 

 

271,982

 

Revenue recognized during the period

 

(2,502,204

)

 

(1,832,810

)

 

(235,582

)

At the end

 

1,226,534

 

 

1,509,718

 

 

194,054

 

Note 14 — LOANS

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Total bank loans

 

50,581,747

 

 

52,607,566

 

 

6,761,985

 

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(42,798,782

)

 

(46,024,206

)

 

(5,915,784

)

Bank loans – non-current, net

 

7,782,965

 

 

6,583,360

 

 

846,201

 

F-48

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14 — LOANS (cont.)

Outstanding balances of loans consist of the following:

As of September 30, 2024

 

Balance

 

Maturity Date

 

Effective
Interest Rate

 

Collateral/
Guarantee

   

HKD

           

Standard Chartered Bank

 

22,675,250

 

 

N. A

 

7.3% – 8.0%

 

(b)

Bank of China

 

290,574

 

 

October 08, 2024

 

7.05%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,565,125

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,131,776

 

 

October 23, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,566,229

 

 

October 28, 2024

 

5.13% – 5.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

October 23, 2024

 

3.63% – 3.88%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

October 30, 2024

 

3.63% – 3.88%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

1,562,500

 

 

December 15, 2025

 

3.13% – 3.63%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

5,096,677

 

 

October 31, 2031

 

1.81% – 7.27%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,693,616

 

 

April 20, 2029

 

3.13% – 3.63%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 14, 2024

 

5.97% – 6.85%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

2,000,000

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

6.14% – 6.80%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 07, 2024

 

6.14% – 6.80%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

October 02, 2024

 

6.19% – 6.69%

 

N. A

Total bank loans

 

50,581,747

 

           

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(42,798,782

)

           

Bank loans – non-current

 

7,782,965

 

           

As of March 31, 2025

 

Balance

 

Maturity Date

 

Effective
Interest Rate

 

Collateral/
Guarantee

   

HKD

           

Standard Chartered Bank

 

27,286,961

 

 

N. A

 

6.84% – 7.31%

 

(b)

Standard Chartered Bank

 

5,321,732

 

 

April 24, 2025

 

7.67% – 7.93%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

April 28, 2025

 

3.25%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,000,000

 

 

April 28, 2025

 

3.25%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

937,500

 

 

December 15, 2025

 

3.00% – 3.38%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

4,745,182

 

 

October 31, 2031

 

5.58% – 6.07%

 

N. A

Standard Chartered Bank

 

3,316,191

 

 

April 22, 2029

 

3.00% – 3.38%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

April 14, 2025

 

5.90% – 6.72%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

2,000,000

 

 

April 07, 2025

 

6.03% – 6.56%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

April 22, 2025

 

6.06% – 6.31%

 

N. A

Bank of China

 

1,000,000

 

 

April 04, 2025

 

5.99% – 6.12%

 

N. A

Total bank loans

 

52,607,566

 

           

Less: current portion of bank loans

 

(46,024,206

)

           

Bank loans – non-current

 

6,583,360

 

           

Total bank loans (US$)

 

6,761,985

 

           

____________

(a)      A guarantee executed by the director, Mr. Ting Chun Kwok Stanley, for an unlimited amount in respect of the obligations of the Company.

(b)      On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with Standard Chartered Bank to sell the accounts receivables of the Company’s customers with total limits of HKD28,000,000. Under the agreement, when the Company sells account receivable to Standard Chartered Bank, the bank prepays approximately 90% of accounts receivable to the Company. The Company is obligated to bear the default risk of the transferred accounts receivables but is liable for the losses incurred on any business dispute.

F-49

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — TAXES

Income tax

British Virgin Islands

The Company is incorporated in the BVI and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under current BVI law. In addition, upon payments of dividends by these entities to their shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.

Hong Kong

JM Manufacturing is incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to the two-tiered profits tax system applies to tax years commencing on or after 1 April 2018. Companies can choose to adopt a two-tiered profits tax system, which is 8.25% on assessable profits up to HKD2,000,000; and 16.5% on any part of assessable profits over HKD2,000,000. Under Hong Kong tax law, JM Manufacturing is exempted from income tax on its foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

Taxation in the statement of income represents:

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Hong Kong profits tax provision for the year:

           

Current

 

838,541

 

346,973

 

44,599

Deferred

 

 

 

   

838,541

 

346,973

 

44,599

The following table reconciles Hong Kong statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate:

 

For the six months ended March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Income before tax

 

5,969,039

 

 

12,793,371

 

 

1,644,413

 

Income tax expense computed at statutory rate

 

819,891

 

 

1,945,906

 

 

250,120

 

Reconciling items:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Non-deductible items in Hong Kong

 

22,566

 

 

270,920

 

 

34,823

 

Non-taxable items in Hong Kong

 

(916

)

 

(1,979,138

)

 

(254,391

)

Effect of income tax in jurisdictions other than Hong Kong

 

 

 

112,285

 

 

14,433

 

Tax credit

 

(3,000

)

 

(3,000

)

 

(386

)

Effective income tax expenses

 

838,541

 

 

346,973

 

 

44,599

 

The reconciliation of tax computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 16.5% for the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025 applicable to the Hong Kong profit tax were as follows:

 

For the six months ended
March 31,

   

2024

 

2025

Statutory income tax rate

 

16.50

%

 

16.50

%

Non-deductible items in Hong Kong

 

0.38

%

 

2.12

%

Non-taxable items in Hong Kong

 

(0.02

)%

 

(15.47

)%

Effect of preferential tax rates and tax reliefs

 

(2.81

)%

 

(0.43

)%

Effective income tax rates

 

14.05

%

 

2.71

%

F-50

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — TAXES (cont.)

Uncertain tax positions

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of September 30, 2024 and March 31, 2025, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits. For the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

Note 16 — Related party balances and transactions

The Company’s relationships with related parties who had transactions with the Company are summarized as follows:

Related Party Name

 

Relationship to the Company

Mr. Ting Chun Kwok Stanley (“Mr. Ting”)

 

Controlling shareholder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company and Executive Director of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, and Director of JM Group Limited

a.      Amount due from a related party

         

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

Name of related party

 

Relationship

 

Nature of transactions

 

2025

 

2025

           

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Mr. Ting

 

Mr. Ting is a director of JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited and JM Group Limited

 

The receivable represented payments made on behalf of the director and shareholder by JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited. The amount was wholly settled in cash subsequently on April 3, 2025.

 

7,049,425

 

83,720

 

10,761

       

Total

 

7,049,425

 

83,720

 

10,761

b.      Accounts amount due to related party

Due to a related party consisted of the following:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Name of related party

   

 

   

 

   

 

Mr. Ting

 

(6,006

)

 

(6,006

)

 

(772

)

Total

 

(6,006

)

 

(6,006

)

 

(772

)

Note 17 — EQUITY

Ordinary shares

The Company was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on May 27, 2024, with an authorized share capital of US$50,000 divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 each.

On May 27, 2024, to facilitate the initial public offering and as part of the step of the Company’s reorganization process, 1,000 ordinary shares of the Company were issued to the participating shareholders on a pro rata basis in connection with the restructuring of the Company at par value of US$1.00.

F-51

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 — EQUITY (cont.)

On September 24, 2024, the shareholders of the Company contribute a total of HKD11,690,000 in proportion to its wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary, JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, to increase the subsidiary’s share capital from HKD10,000 to HKD11,700,000 without insurance of additional ordinary shares by the subsidiary.

On July 24, 2025, the Company effected a share split of all issued and outstanding shares of 1,000 shares at a ratio of 1-to-16,000. As a result of the share split, the Company now has 16,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding par value US$0.0000625 per share as of the date hereof. The Company believed it is appropriate to reflect the above transactions on a retroactive basis similar to a share split or dividend pursuant to ASC 260. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 16,000 for 1 share split.

All shares rank equally with regard to the Predecessor’s residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Predecessor.

Dividend

The Company has accounted for advances to certain shareholders as a reduction of in capital in the form of dividends.

During the six months ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company didn’t declare and paid any dividends to its shareholders.

Note 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease

The Company entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for certain leasehold properties. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception and records the lease in the financial statements upon lease commencement, which is the date when the underlying asset is made available for use by the lessor. The lease terms may include one or more options to extend the lease terms, for periods from one to three years, when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

As of March 31, 2025, the options to extend the leases were recognized as ROU assets — operating leases and operating lease obligation on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company has elected not to present short-term leases on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets as these leases have a lease term of 12 months or less at lease inception.

The following table shows the amounts recognized in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Operating right-of-use assets

 

684,418

 

98,692

 

12,685

             

Operating lease obligation

           

Current

 

684,418

 

98,692

 

12,685

Non-current

 

 

 

   

684,418

 

98,692

 

12,685

F-52

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturity of the Company’s operating lease obligation as of March 31, 2025:

Twelve months ending March 31,

 

HKD

 

US$

2026

 

99,000

 

 

12,725

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total future lease payment

 

99,000

 

 

12,725

 

Less: imputed interest

 

(308

)

 

(40

)

Present value of operating lease obligation

 

98,692

 

 

12,685

 

Operating lease obligation, current portion

 

98,692

 

 

12,685

 

The following summarizes other supplemental information about the Company’s operating lease as of March 31, 2025:

Weighted average discount rate (per annum)

 

3.75

%

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

0.08 years

 

Finance lease

The Company has entered into various non-cancellable finance lease agreements for certain Company’s vehicles. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception and records the leases in the financial statements upon lease commencement, which is the date when the underlying asset is made available for use by the lessor.

Finance leases are included in property and equipment and current and non-current finance lease obligations on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The following table shows amounts recognized in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet:

 

As of
September 30,
2024

 


As of March 31,

   

2025

 

2025

   

HKD

 

HKD

 

US$

Finance lease obligation

           

Current

 

80,997

 

68,542

 

8,810

Non-current

 

27,622

 

 

   

108,619

 

68,542

 

8,810

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities of the Company’s finance lease obligation as of March 31, 2025:

Twelve months ending September 30,

 

HKD

 

US$

2026

 

41,742

 

 

5,365

 

2027

 

27,828

 

 

3,577

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total future lease payment

 

69,570

 

 

8,942

 

Less: imputed interest

 

(1,028

)

 

(132

)

Present value of finance lease obligation

 

68,542

 

 

8,810

 

Finance lease obligation, current portion

 

68,542

 

 

8,810

 

Finance lease obligation, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

F-53

Table of Contents

JM GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

The following summarizes other supplemental information about the Company’s finance lease as of March 31, 2025:

Weighted average discount rate (per annum)

 

4.03

%

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

0.83 year

 

Litigation with Spin-Ball, LLC (Case Number 8:2023cv02743)

This case was initiated by the filing of a complaint on December 1, 2023 against several defendants, including the Company, alleging patent infringement, trade dress infringement and unfair competition in violation of the laws of the United States and the State of Florida. Damages are unspecified. The case was settled, and settlement payment was paid by the Company in July 2024, and subsequently the Company claimed the amount HKD4,456,253 (US$573,572) with its supplier.

Note 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated all events and transactions that from March 31, 2025 up through August 12, 2025, which is the date that these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are available to be issued, there were no other subsequent events that require disclosure in these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, other than disclosed below.

On July 24, 2025, the Company effected a share split of all issued and outstanding shares of 1,000 shares at a ratio of 1-to-16,000. As a result of the share split, the Company now has 16,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, par value US$0.0000625 per share as of the date hereof. The Company believed it is appropriate to reflect the above transactions on a retroactive basis similar to a share split or dividend pursuant to ASC 260. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 16,000 for 1 share split.

F-54

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

JM Group’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association empowers JM Group to indemnify JM Group’s directors and officers against certain liabilities they incur by reason of their being a director or officer of JM Group.

JM Group has also entered into indemnification agreements with each of JM Group’s directors and executive officers in connection with this offering, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this registration statement. Under these agreements, JM Group has agreed to indemnify JM Group’s directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of JM Group.

The underwriting agreement in connection with this offering also provides for indemnification of JM Group and JM Group’s officers, directors or persons controlling JM Group for certain liabilities.

JM Group intends to obtain directors’ and officer’s liability insurance coverage that will cover certain liabilities of directors and officers of JM Group arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

In the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares) that were not registered under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

Securities/Purchaser

 

Date of
Issuance

 

Number of
Securities

 

Consideration

Restricted Ordinary Shares

           

Shareholders of JM Manufacturing HK(1)

 

May 27, 2024

 

1,000 restricted Ordinary Shares

 

Proportional holding of the shares of JM Manufacturing HK by each of its shareholders

____________

(1)      pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement in connection with restructuring in preparation for the offering. See “Corporate History and Structure” on page 63 of this prospectus for further details.

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such

II-1

Table of Contents

director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that No statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4)    For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-2

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1+

 

Underwriting Agreement

3.1^

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

3.2^

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Memorandum and Articles of Association

3.3+

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

4.1+

 

Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares

5.1

 

Form of Opinion of Ogier regarding the validity of the Ordinary Shares being registered

8.1

 

Form of Opinion of Ogier as to BVI tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1

 

Form of Employment Agreement.

10.2

 

Form of Director Offer Letter to Independent Director Nominee

10.3

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and officers

10.4

 

Form of Purchase Order between JM Manufacturing HK Limited and Harvest Giant Inc. Limited

10.5

 

Vendor Agreement, with Five Below

10.6

 

Commission Agreement, dated April 1, 2022, by and between JM Manufacturing HK Limited and Sales Agent.

14.1^

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant

15.1

 

Letter in Lieu of Consent for Review Report

21.1^

 

List of Subsidiary

23.1

 

Consent of WWC, P.C., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP (included in Exhibit 99.4)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney

99.1^

 

Consent of Yue Chun Stephen Fung to be named as a director nominee

99.2^

 

Consent of Man Kit Chiu to be named as a director nominee

99.3^

 

Consent of Sze Wai Li to be named as a director nominee

99.4

 

Form of Opinion of Tian Yun Law Firm LLP regarding certain Hong Kong Legal Matters

99.5^

 

Audit Committee Charter

99.6^

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

99.7^

 

Compensation Committee Charter

107^

 

Filing Fee Table

____________

+        To be filed by amendment

^        Filed Previously

II-3

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on the Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hong Kong, on the 11th day of September, 2025.

 

JM Group Limited

   

By:

 

/s/ Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

       

Name: Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Chun Kwok Stanley Ting as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his name or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign and file in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as director or officer of the registrant, any and all amendments or supplements (including any and all prospectus supplements, stickers and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement with all exhibits thereto, and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any applicable securities exchange, securities self-regulatory body or other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Chun Kwok Stanley Ting 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

September 11, 2025

Chun Kwok Stanley Ting

 

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America, has signed this registration statement thereto in Newark, Delaware, on the 11th of September, 2025.

 

U.S. Authorized Representative

   

Puglisi & Associates

   

By:

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

       

Name: Donald J. Puglisi

       

Title: Authorized Representative

II-5

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

JM Group Limited

Wickhams Cay II

Road Town, Tortola

VG1110, British Virgin Islands

 

  D +852 3656 6054/ +852 3656 6073
  E:  nathan.powell@ogier.com/ rachel.huang@ogier.com
   
  Reference: NMP/RYH/511534.00001
   
   

11 September 2025

 

Dear Sirs

 

JM Group Limited (Company no: 2149642) (the Company)

 

We have acted as counsel as to British Virgin Islands law to the Company in connection with the Company's registration statement filed on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the Registration Statement), as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). Pursuant to the latest Registration Statement, the Company's initial public offering (the Offering) relates to the offer and sale of:

 

(a)3,750,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0000625 par value each of the Company (each an Ordinary Share); and

 

(b)up to 562,500 Ordinary Shares which an option for a period of 45 days will be granted to the representative of the underwriters, Prime Number Capital, LLC (the Representative) of the Offering after the closing of the Offering to purchase an additional of 15% additional Ordinary Shares offered in the Offering (the Over-allotment Option) (collectively, the IPO Shares).

 

We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibits 5.1, 8.1 and 23.2 to the Registration Statement.

 

Unless a contrary intention appears, all capitalised terms used in this opinion have the respective meanings set forth in the Documents (as defined below). A reference to a Schedule is a reference to a schedule to this opinion and the headings herein are for convenience only and do not affect the construction of this opinion.

 

Ogier

Providing advice on British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands and Guernsey laws

 

Floor 11 Central Tower

28 Queen's Road Central

Central

Hong Kong

 

T +852 3656 6000

F +852 3656 6001

ogier.com

 

Partners

Nicholas Plowman

Nathan Powell

Anthony Oakes

Oliver Payne

Kate Hodson

David Nelson

Justin Davis

Joanne Collett

Dennis Li

 

 

Cecilia Li

Rachel Huang**

Yuki Yan**

Florence Chan*

Richard Bennett**

James Bergstrom

 

 

 

* admitted in New Zealand

** admitted in England and Wales

not ordinarily resident in Hong Kong

 

 

 

1Documents examined

 

1.1For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined originals, copies, or drafts of the following documents (the Documents):

 

(a)the Registration Statement;

 

(b)the constitutional documents and public records of the Company obtained from the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands on 16 December 2024 (the Company Registry Record);

 

(c)the public information revealed from a search of the electronic records of the Civil Division and the Commercial Division of the Registry of the High Court and of the Court of Appeal (Virgin Islands) Register, each from 1 January 2000, as maintained on the Judicial Enforcement Management System (the High Court Database) by the Registry of the High Court of the Virgin Islands on 10 September 2025 (the Court Records, and the Company Registry Record together, the Public Records).

 

(d)a copy of the memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted by the sole director's resolutions dated 23 July 2025 and filed on 24 July 2025 (the Memorandum and Articles);

 

(e)a certificate of incumbency dated 8 August 2025 issued by the Company's registered agent (the Registered Agent's Certificate);

 

(f)a certificate of good standing dated 8 August 2025 (the Good Standing Certificate) issued by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands (the Registrar) in respect of the Company;

 

(g)the register of directors of the Company as provided to us on 16 December 2024 (the ROD);

 

(h)the register of members of the Company as provided to us on 1 August 2025 and certified by the Company's registered agent on 7 August 2025 (the ROM, and together with the ROD, the Registers);

 

(i)a certified copy of the extract of resolution adopted by sole director dated 23 July 2024 approving the adoption of the Memorandum and Articles; and

 

(j)a copy of the written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 17 January 2025 and 11 August 2025 approving, inter alia, the Registration Statement (the IPO Resolutions, together with item (i) above, the Directors' Resolutions).

 

1.2We have not made any enquiries or undertaken any searches concerning, and have not examined any other documents entered into by or affecting the Company or any other person, save for the examinations referred to in paragraph 1.1 above. In particular, but without limitation, we have not examined any documents referred to within the Registration Statement save as expressly referred to above and our opinion is limited accordingly.

 

2

 

2Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set forth in this paragraph 2 without having carried out any independent investigation or verification in respect of those assumptions:

 

(a)all original documents examined by us are authentic and complete;

 

(b)all copy documents and counterparts of documents examined by us (whether in facsimile, electronic or other form) conform to the originals and those originals are authentic and complete;

 

(c)signatures, seals, dates, stamps and markings (whether on original or copy documents) are genuine;

 

(d)all signatures and seals on all documents are genuine and authentic and in particular that any signatures on the Documents are the true signatures of the persons authorised to execute the same by the resolutions within the Directors Resolutions;

 

(e)each of the Good Standing Certificate, the Registered Agent's Certificate and the Registers is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion;

 

(f)all copies of the Registration Statement are true and correct copies and the Registration Statement conforms in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and, where the Registration Statement has been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents, all such changes have been so indicated;

 

(g)the Company has complied with, or will comply with, its obligation to file (unless such Company is within one of the statutory exceptions to the obligation to file) a financial return, its register of directors, its register of members and its beneficial ownership information pursuant to the Business Companies Act, 2004 of the British Virgin Islands (the BCA);

 

(h)the Company is not resident for tax purposes in a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands and the Company is therefore a legal entity within the scope of the Economic Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 (the Substance Act), but the Company is not undertaking a relevant activity for the purposes of the Substance Act or, if the Company does undertake or proposes to undertake a relevant activity of a type described in the Substance Act, the Company has taken appropriate steps to comply with the economic substance requirements applicable to that activity under the Substance Act;

 

(i)the Directors' Resolutions remain in full force and effect and each of the directors of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her in approving the Offering, and no director has a financial interest in or other relationship to a party of the transactions contemplated by the Documents which has not been properly disclosed in the Directors' Resolutions;

 

(j)neither the directors nor the shareholders of the Company have taken any steps to appoint a liquidator of the Company and no receiver has been appointed over any of the Company’s property or assets;

 

(k)all parties to the Documents other than the Company (and other than any party that is an individual) are duly incorporated, formed or organised (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing under all relevant laws;

 

(l)all parties to the Documents other than the Company, have the capacity, power and authority to enter into the Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under such Documents;

 

(m)to the extent that any of the opinions given herein are given with respect to or relate to an individual, that individual (i) is of sound mind and has the legal capacity and authority to enter into a Document or any other document referred to herein (as a matter of British Virgin Islands law and the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction); (ii) is not the subject of any bankruptcy petition or order or other legal process having similar effect in any jurisdiction; (iii) is not entitled, under any law, to claim immunity (whether sovereign, diplomatic or otherwise) from suit; and (iv) was not under duress or unduly influenced into entering into any Document or taking any other action referred to herein;

 

3

 

(n)upon the issuance of the IPO Shares, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof;

 

(o)no invitation has been or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the British Virgin Islands to subscribe for any IPO Shares and none of the IPO Shares have been offered or issued to residents of the British Virgin Islands;

 

(p)the Company is, and after the allotment (where applicable) and issuance of the IPO Shares will be, able to pay its liabilities as they fall due;

 

(q)the information and each of the documents disclosed by the Public Records was and is accurate, up-to-date and remains unchanged as at the date hereof and there is no information or document which has been delivered for registration, or which is required by the laws of the British Virgin Islands to be delivered for registration, which was not included and available for inspection in the Public Records;

 

(r)no moneys paid to or for the account of any party under the Documents represent or are derived from, or will represent or will be derived from the proceeds of “criminal conduct” (as defined in the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997). None of the parties to the Documents is acting or will act in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Documents, in a manner inconsistent with either: (i) United Nations and/or United Kingdom sanctions and/or measures extended by statutory instrument to the British Virgin Islands by Orders in Council and/or (ii) sanctions imposed by governmental or regulatory authorities or agencies in the British Virgin Islands under British Virgin Islands legislation;

 

(s)there are no agreements, documents or arrangements (other than the documents expressly referred to in this opinion as having been examined by us) that materially affect or modify the transactions contemplated in the Registration Statement or restrict the powers and authority of the Company in any way from the issuance of the IPO Shares as described in the Registration Statement;

 

(t)the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Company and by the other parties in each Document will constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such parties under all applicable laws;

 

(u)on the date of execution of the Documents, the assets of the Company exceeded its liabilities and the Company was able to pay its debts as they became due, the Company had not failed to comply with the requirements of a statutory demand that had not been set aside under section 157 of Insolvency Act 2003 of the British Virgin Islands (the Insolvency Act), and no execution or other process issued on a judgment, decree or order of a Court in favour of a creditor of the Company has been returned wholly or partly unsatisfied, and the transactions contemplated by the Documents will not cause the Company to become "Insolvent" for the purposes of any part of the Insolvency Act, the BCA or the common law as applied in the British Virgin Islands;

 

(v)no charging orders have been made by the courts of the British Virgin Islands against either: (i) the Company; (ii) any of the Company assets, property or interests; or (iii) any of the shares, securities or other similar instruments of the Company;

 

(w)there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the British Virgin Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein;

 

(x)the Company is not a land owning company for the purposes of Section 242 of the BCA meaning that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries has an interest in any land in the British Virgin Islands; and

 

(y)no party to a Document (other than the Company) will enter into that document or administer the transactions contemplated by it through a branch or office in the British Virgin Islands.

 

4

 

3Opinion

 

On the basis of the examinations and assumptions referred to above and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in paragraph 4 below, we are of the opinion that:

 

Corporate status

 

(a)The Company was a company duly incorporated with limited liability under the BCA on 27 May 2024, and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands (the Company Registrar) as at the date of the Good Standing Certificate.

 

Shares

 

(b)Based on the Memorandum and Articles, the Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 800,000,000 shares of a single class each with a par value of US$0.0000625.

 

Corporate authorisation

 

(c)The Company has taken all requisite corporate action to authorise the issuance of the IPO Shares under the Registration Statement.

 

Valid Issuance of IPO Shares

 

(d)The IPO Shares when issued and allotted in accordance with the Registration Statement and the IPO Resolutions against payment in full of the consideration therefor in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement and the Company's then effective memorandum and articles of association, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums will be payable with respect them). Once the register of members of the Company has been updated to reflect such issuance and allotment, the shareholders as recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the IPO Shares set against their respective name.

 

Taxation

 

(e)No taxes, stamp duties, other duties, fees or charges are payable (by assessment, withholding, deduction or otherwise) to the government of the British Virgin Islands in respect of the Offering.

 

(f)There is no withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, succession tax or gift tax in the British Virgin Islands and any dividends, interest, rents, royalties, compensations and other amounts paid by the Company are exempt from any taxation in the British Virgin Islands imposed under the British Virgin Islands Income Tax Ordinance (Cap 206). In particular, section 242 of the BCA provides the Company with a statutory exemption from all forms of taxation in the British Virgin Islands.

 

(g)The statements under the caption “British Virgin Islands Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of the British Virgin Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

5

 

4Limitations and Qualifications

 

4.1We offer no opinion:

 

(a)as to any laws other than the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and we have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and we express no opinion as to the meaning, validity, or effect of references in the Documents to statutes, rules, regulations, codes or judicial authority of any jurisdiction other than the British Virgin Islands; or

 

(b)except to the extent that this opinion expressly provides otherwise, as to the commercial terms of, or the validity, enforceability or effect of the Registration Statement, the accuracy of representations, the fulfilment of warranties or conditions, the occurrence of events of default or terminating events or the existence of any conflicts or inconsistencies among the Registration Statement and any other agreements into which the Company may have entered or any other documents.

 

4.2Under the BCA an annual fee must be paid in respect of the Company to the Registry of Corporate Affairs. Failure to pay the annual fees by the relevant due date will render the Company liable to a penalty fee in addition to the amount of the outstanding fees. If the license fee and/or any penalty fee remains unpaid from the due date, the Company will be liable to be struck off and dissolved from the Register of Companies in the British Virgin Islands.

 

4.3Under the BCA, a copy of the Company's register of directors which is complete must be filed by the Company at the Registry of Corporate Affairs. Failure to make this filing will render the Company liable to a penalty fee and if the filing is not made within the requisite time period or any penalty fee remains unpaid from the due date, the Company will be liable to be struck off and dissolved from the Register of Companies.

 

4.4Under the BCA, an annual financial return, in the prescribed form, must be filed by the Company with its registered agent in respect of each year for which one is due within the timeframe prescribed by the BCA for that year (unless the Company is within one of the statutory exceptions to the obligation to file). Failure to make this filing when due will render the Company liable to a penalty fee and where the Company is liable to the maximum penalty and has not filed its annual return, the Company will be liable to be struck off and dissolved from the Register of Companies.

 

4.5Under the BCA, unless the Company is within one of the statutory exceptions to the obligation to file and is compliant with any conditions for the relevant exception(s) to apply, a copy of the Company's register of members which is complete and certain prescribed beneficial ownership information for the Company must be filed by the Company at the Registry of Corporate Affairs. Failure to make these filings will render the Company liable to penalty fees and if the filings are not made within the requisite time period or any penalty fee remains unpaid from the due date, the Company will be liable to be struck off and dissolved from the Register of Companies.

 

4.6For the purposes of this opinion "in good standing" means only that as of the date of this opinion the Registrar of Corporate Affairs has confirmed that she is satisfied that the Company (i) is on the Register of Companies; (ii) has paid all fees, annual fees and penalties due and payable; (iii) has filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs a copy of its register of directors which is complete; and (iv) has filed its annual return in accordance with the requirements pursuant to the BCA by issuing a Certificate of Good Standing in respect of the Company under Section 235 of the BCA, which we assume remains correct and accurate as at the date of this opinion. We have made no enquiries into the Company's good standing with respect to any other filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the British Virgin Islands other than the BCA. We have made no enquiries into whether the copy of the register of directors, the copy of the register of members or the Company's beneficial ownership information filed at the Registry of Corporate Affairs matches the details set out on the Certificate of Incumbency or whether the annual return filed by the Company with its registered agent is in the prescribed form as required pursuant to the BCA.

 

6

 

4.7We express no opinion on the Company status under or compliance with the Substance Act. Failure to comply with the Substance Act when it applies could subject the Company to fines and penalties under the Substance Act and, in the event of continued non-compliance, could eventually lead to the Company being struck off and dissolved from the Register of Companies. To the extent that execution and delivery by the Company of the Documents and/or the performance of its obligations thereunder could be regarded as part of a relevant activity or ancillary or incidental thereto, then the opinions given at 3(c)(Corporate authorisation) and 3(d) (Valid Issuance of IPO Shares) are qualified to the extent that the capacity and authority of its directors to bind the Company may be limited in certain circumstances where an action is known to be contrary to applicable British Virgin Islands law.

 

4.8The Public Records and our searches thereof may not reveal the following:

 

(a)in the case of the Company Registry Records, details of matters which have not been lodged for registration or have been lodged for registration but not actually registered at the time of our search or notifications made to the Registrar of Corporate Affairs by the Registered Agent of any failure by any Company to file its register of directors, register of members, beneficial ownership information and/or annual return as required and within the time frame prescribed by the BCA;

 

(b)in the case of the Court Records, details of proceedings which have been filed but not actually entered in the High Court Database at the time of our search;

 

(c)whether an application for the appointment of a liquidator or a receiver has been presented to the High Court of the British Virgin Islands or whether a liquidator or a receiver has been appointed out of court, or whether any out of court dissolution, reconstruction or reorganisation of the Company has been commenced; or

 

(d)any originating process (including an application to appoint a liquidator) in respect of the Company in circumstances where the High Court of the British Virgin Islands has prior to the issuance of such process ordered that such process upon issuance be anonymised (whether on a temporary basis or otherwise),

 

and the following points should also be noted:

 

(e)the Court Records reflect the information accessible remotely on the High Court Database, we have not conducted a separate search of the underlying Civil Cause Book (the Civil Cause Book) or the Commercial Cause Book (the Commercial Cause Book) at the Registry of the High Court of the British Virgin Islands. Although the High Court Database should reflect the content of the Civil Cause Book and the Commercial Cause Book, neither the High Court Database nor the Civil Cause Book or Commercial Cause Book is updated every day, and for that reason neither facility can be relied upon to reveal whether or not a particular entity is a party to litigation in the British Virgin Islands;

 

(f)the High Court Database is not updated if third parties or noticed parties are added to or removed from the proceedings after their commencement; and

 

(g)while it is a requirement under Section 118 of the Insolvency Act that notice of the appointment of a receiver be registered with the Registry of Corporate Affairs, however, it should be noted that failure to file a notice of appointment of a receiver does not invalidate the receivership but gives rise to penalties on the part of the receiver and the absence of a registered notice of appointment of a receiver is not conclusive as to there being no existing appointment of a receiver in respect of the Company or its assets.

 

5Governing Law of this Opinion

 

5.1This opinion shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the British Virgin Islands and is limited to the matters expressly stated herein. This opinion is confined to and given on the basis of the laws and practice in the British Virgin Islands at the date hereof.

 

5.2Unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any specific British Virgin Islands legislation is a reference to that legislation as amended to, and as in force at, the date of this opinion.

 

6Reliance

 

6.1We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” of the Registration Statement.

 

6.2This opinion may be used only in connection with the Offering while the Registration Statement is effective.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
/s/ Ogier  
Ogier  

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●], 2025, by and between JM Group Limited., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Company”) and [ ], a [ ] national (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive as the [Position] of the Company and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below) and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Director the Company approved the appointment of the Executive as the [Position] of the Company, effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the Company, at its discretion, may have caused or will cause, one of its subsidiaries to enter into an employment agreement between the Executive and such subsidiary to govern such terms and conditions of employment between the Executive and such subsidiary (the “Operative Employment Agreement”), and this Agreement shall not supersede or replace such Operative Employment Agreement;

 

1.EMPLOYMENT

 

The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “Employment”).

 

2.TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be 12 months, commencing on [●], 2025 (the “Effective Date”) (the “Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Upon expiration of the Initial Term of the Employment, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive periods of 12 months each (each, an “Extension Period”) unless either party shall have given thirty (30) days advance written notice to the other party, in the manner set forth in Section 7 below, prior to the end of the Extension Period in question, that the term of this Agreement that is in effect at the time such written notice is given is not to be extended or further extended, as the case may be (the period during which this Agreement is effective being referred to hereafter as the “Term”).

 

3.POSITION AND DUTIES

 

(a)During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the [Position] of the Company or in such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent with the foregoing with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities as the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) may specify from time to time and shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves hereunder and as assigned by the Board.

 

 

 

(b)The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, as a director of the Company or any subsidiaries or affiliated entities of the Company (collectively, the “Group”) and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entity, provided that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided to any other director of any member of the Group.

 

4.NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the duties of the [Position] hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is otherwise bound, except that the Executive does not make any representation with respect to the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, or other agreements required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Executive is based, if any; (ii) that the Executive is not in possession of any information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) the knowledge of which would prevent the Executive from freely entering into the Agreement and carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement with any person or entity other than any member of the Group.

 

5.LOCATION

 

The Executive will be mainly based in [Hong Kong], or any other location selected by the Executive at his/her convenience of work during the Term.

 

6.COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

(a)Cash Compensation. Unless otherwise specified in the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries on one hand and the Executive on the other hand, as compensation for the performance by the Executive of his/her obligations hereunder, the Company shall pay the Executive cash compensation of [●] per month, which may be paid by one of the subsidiaries of the Company. 

 

(b)Equity Incentives. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate, at a level comparable to similarly situated other executives of the Company, in such long-term compensation arrangements as may be authorized from time to time by the Board, including any share incentive plan, subject to the terms and provisions of such plan and the execution of the award agreement and other related agreements between the Company and the Executive.

 

(c)Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the employee benefit plans and arrangements made available by the Company to its similarly situated executives, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, medical insurance plan and travel/holiday policy, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. The Company shall reimburse all business-related expenses including, but not limited to meals, hotel, and transportation. The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance covering the Executive.

 

2

 

 

(d)Annual Leave. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled 14 days of paid annual leave, subject to the Company’s standard leave approval procedures.

 

(e)The Executive’s salary, remuneration and benefits shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors (or its designated committee) and/or the management of the Company in accordance with the relevant policies adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

7.TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

The Employment may be terminated as follows:

 

(a)Either party may terminate this Agreement by giving thirty (30) days advance written notice to the other party.

 

(b)Good Reason. Except as required by applicable law or regulations and/or otherwise provided under the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, the Executive may terminate his/her employment hereunder for “Good Reason” upon the occurrence, without the written consent of the Company, of an event constituting a material breach of this Agreement by the Company that has not been fully cured within ten (10) business days after written notice thereof has been given by the Executive to the Company setting forth in sufficient detail the conduct or activities the Executive believes constitute grounds for Good Reason, including but not limited to:

 

(i) the failure by the Company or its subsidiaries to pay to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s current compensation or to pay to the Executive any portion of an instalment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within five (5) business days of the date such compensation is due; or

 

(ii) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement and any other agreement with any entity of the Group.

 

(c)Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment under the Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of the Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

(d)Effect on the Operative Employment Agreement. Any termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement shall have no effect on the terms and conditions of the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, unless otherwise provided in such Operative Employment Agreement.

 

(e)Compensation upon Termination.

 

(1)Death. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement and the Executive’s benefits shall be determined under the Company’s retirement, insurance and other benefit and compensation plans or programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.

 

3

 

 

(2)By Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below) or by the Executive for Good Reason, except as required by applicable law or regulations, the Company shall (i) continue to pay and otherwise provide to the Executive, during any notice period, all compensation, base salary and previously earned but unpaid incentive compensation, if any, and shall continue to allow the Executive to participate in any benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans during such notice period; and (ii) pay to the Executive, in lieu of benefits under any severance plan or policy of the Company, any such amount as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive.

 

(3)By Company for Cause or by the Executive other than for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive other than for Good Reason, except as required by applicable law or regulations, the Company shall pay the Executive his/her base salary at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given through the Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no additional obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided under the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, the following conditions each shall constitute “Cause” and shall apply in evaluating a termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement:

 

(i)Commission of any act of fraud or dishonesty, conviction of a criminal offense, willful disobedience of a lawful order, or receipt of bribery;

 

(ii)Commission of any gross negligence by the Executive in the course of his/her employment hereunder that has a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities;

 

(iii)Wilful material misrepresentation at any time by the Executive to the Board;

 

(iv)The wilful failure or refusal to comply with any of the Executive’s material obligations hereunder or to comply with a reasonable and lawful instruction of the Board, which failure to comply with such instruction continues for a period of ten (10) days after the Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Board identifying in reasonable detail the objectionable action or inaction; or

 

(v)Engagement by the Executive in any misconduct or the commission by the Executive of any act that is materially injurious or detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities, as determined by the Board.

 

8.CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

(a)Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) the Executive holds a position of trust and confidence with the Company and that his/her employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information, material, and devices relating to the Company and/or its business, activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; research, techniques, know-how, and data; programs, software and source codes; personnel information; vendor information; agreements; marketing plans and techniques, strategies, forecasts, and other trade secrets (collectively, the “Confidential Information”); and (B) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company’s business.

 

4

 

 

(b)Third Party Information in the Company’s Possession. The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Term and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in strict confidence and not to disclose such information to any person or firm, or otherwise use such information, in a manner inconsistent with the limited purposes permitted by the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

9.NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

(a)Non-Competition. In consideration of the compensation provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, subject to the terms of the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, the Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive shall not engage in Competition (as defined below) with the Group. For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided under the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, “Competition” by the Executive shall mean the Executive’s engaging in, or otherwise directly or indirectly being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting the Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of, any other business or organization which competes, directly or indirectly, with the Group in the business of the Group; provided, however, it shall not be a violation for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of up to five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation in Competition with the Group, provided that the Executive does not otherwise participate in the business of such corporation.

 

5

 

 

(b)Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, subject to the terms of the Operative Employment Agreement, if any, the Executive agrees that he/she will not, directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the following:

 

(1)solicit or seek to solicit from any customer doing business with the Group during the Term business of the same or of a similar nature to the business of the Group;

 

(2)solicit or seek to solicit from any known potential customer of the Group business of the same or of a similar nature to that which, whether or not has been the subject of a known written or oral bid, offer or proposal by the Group, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a bid, proposal or offer;

 

(3)solicit or seek to solicit the employment or services of, or hire or engage, any person who is employed or engaged by the Group; or

 

(4)otherwise interfere with the business or accounts of the Group, including, but not limited to, with respect to any relationship or agreement between the Group and any customer, vendor or supplier.

 

10.Clawback

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, any incentive-based or other compensation paid to you under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement with the Company which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation, stock exchange listing requirement or policy established by the Company (whether in existence as of the date hereof or later adopted) will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation, stock exchange listing requirement and policy. The Company will make any determination for clawback or recovery in its sole discretion and in accordance with any applicable law or regulation.

 

11.ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, in each case other than concerning any Operative Employment Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into the Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in case of any conflict between this Agreement and any Operative Employment Agreement as to the terms and conditions of such Operative Employment Agreement, the Operative Employment Agreement shall prevail.

 

12.GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong law. Any dispute between the parties hereto respecting the meaning and intent of this Agreement or any of its terms and provisions shall be submitted to the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.

 

13.COUNTERPARTS

 

The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank.]

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  JM Group Limited
  a British Virgin Islands company

 

By:  
  Name: Chun Kwok Stanley Ting
  Title: Director
     

 

  EXECUTIVE:
   
 
  Name: [ ]

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

JM Group Limited

Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1,

1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong

 

[date], 2025

 

[Name]

I/C/O JM Group Limited

Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1,
1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

 

  Re: Director Offer Letter

 

Dear [Name],

 

JM Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), is pleased to offer you a position as a member of its Board of Directors (the “Board”). We believe your background and experience will be a significant asset to the Company and we look forward to your participation on the Board. Should you choose to accept this position as a member of the Board, this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) shall constitute an agreement between you and the Company and contains all the terms and conditions relating to the services you agree to provide to the Company.

 

1. Term. This Agreement is effective upon your acceptance and signature below. Your term as an independent director shall commence on the effective date of the prospectus that the Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its initial public offering and continue subject to the provisions in Section 8 below or until your successor is duly elected and qualified. The position shall be up for re-election at the first annual shareholder’s meeting following the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering and upon re-election, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2. Services. You shall render services as a member of the Board and/or the Board’s committees set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and perform the duties as provided in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and/or the charter of such committee (hereinafter your “Duties”). During the term of this Agreement, you shall attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the committee(s) of which you are a member as regularly or specially called. You may attend and participate at each such meeting via teleconference, video conference or in person. You shall consult with the other members of the Board and committee(s) as necessary via telephone, electronic mail or other forms of correspondence.

 

3. Compensation. As compensation for your services to the Company, you will receive compensation as set forth on Schedule B attached hereto (hereinafter, the “Compensation”) per year for serving on the Board during your term as a director, which shall be paid to you quarterly in arrears as determined by the Company. You shall be reimbursed for reasonable and approved expenses incurred by you in connection with the performance of your Duties.

 

4. No Assignment. Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by you, this Agreement may not be assigned by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

5. Confidential Information; Non-Disclosure. In consideration of your access to certain Confidential Information (as defined below) of the Company, in connection with your services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, you hereby represent and agree as follows:

 

a. Definition. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Confidential Information” means:

 

i. Any information or material which the Company possesses that has been created, discovered or developed by or for the Company, and which has or could have commercial value or utility in the business in which the Company is engaged; or

 

ii. Any information which is related to the Company or its the business and is generally not known by non-Company personnel. 

 

1

 

 

iii. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; research, techniques, know-how, and data; programs, software and source codes; personnel information; vendor information; agreements; marketing plans and techniques, strategies, forecasts, and other trade secrets.

 

b. Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Confidential Information shall not include:

 

i. Any information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of the confidentiality portions of this Agreement, or any other agreement requiring confidentiality between the Company and you;

 

ii. Information received from a third party in rightful possession of such information who is not restricted from disclosing such information; and

 

iii. Information known by you prior to receipt of such information from the Company, which prior knowledge can be documented.

 

c. Documents. You agree that, without the express written consent of the Company, you will not remove from the Company’s premises, any notes, formulas, programs, data, records, machines or any other documents or items which in any manner contain or constitute Confidential Information, nor will you make reproductions or copies of same. You shall promptly return any such documents or items, along with any reproductions or copies, to the Company upon the earliest of Company’s demand, termination of this Agreement, or your termination or Resignation, as defined in Section 8 herein.

 

d. Confidentiality. You agree that you will hold in trust and confidence all Confidential Information and will not disclose to others, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information or anything relating to such information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as maybe necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company. You further agree that you will not use any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company, and that the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

e. Ownership. You agree that Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights, trademark rights, and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions (whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designations, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by you during the term of this Agreement and that arise out of your Duties (collectively, “Inventions”) and you will promptly disclose and provide all Inventions to the Company. You agree to assist the Company, at its expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights assigned.

 

6. Non-Competition. You agree and undertake that you will not, so long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months following termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, directly or indirectly as owner, partner, joint venture, shareholder, employee, broker, agent principal, corporate officer, director, licensor or in any other capacity whatsoever, engage in, become financially interested in, be employed by, or have any connection with any business or venture that is engaged in any activities involving services or products which compete, directly or indirectly, with the services or products provided or proposed to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; providedhowever, that you may own securities of any public corporation which is engaged in such business but in an amount not to exceed at any one time, one percent of any class of stock or securities of such company, so long as you has no active role in the publicly owned company as director, employee, consultant or otherwise. 

 

7. Non-Solicitation. So long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months thereafter, you shall not directly or indirectly solicit for employment any individual who was an employee of the Company during your tenure.

 

2

 

 

8. Termination and Resignation. Your membership on the Board or on a Board committee may be terminated for any or no reason in the manner and under such conditions as provided in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company. Your membership on the Board or on a Board committee shall be terminated if you have a disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders you unable to perform the essential functions of your position as a member on the Board, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue burden on the Company, or are prohibited by law from being so. You may also terminate your membership on the Board or on a committee for any or no reason by delivering your written notice of resignation to the Company (“Resignation”), and such Resignation shall be effective upon the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon receipt of the notice of Resignation by the Company. Upon the effective date of the termination or Resignation, your right to compensation hereunder will terminate subject to the Company’s obligations to pay you any compensation that you have already earned and to reimburse you for approved expenses already incurred in connection with your performance of your Duties as of the effective date of such termination or Resignation.

 

9. Governing Law. All questions with respect to the construction and/or enforcement of this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be determined in accordance with the law of the British Virgin Islands.

 

10. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute between the parties hereto respecting the meaning and intent of this Agreement or any of its terms and provisions shall be submitted to the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center.

 

11. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver; Counterparts. This Agreement expresses the entire understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates any prior oral or written agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto. Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or condition or waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party at any time to require performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the right of any such party to require future performance of such provision or any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement, and may be executed using facsimiles of signatures, and a facsimile of a signature shall be deemed to be the same, and equally enforceable, as an original of such signature.

 

12. Indemnification. The Company shall, to the maximum extent provided under applicable law, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlements and other legally permissible amounts (“Losses”), incurred in connection with any proceeding arising out of, or related to, your performance of your Duties, other than any such Losses incurred as a result of your negligence or willful misconduct. The Company shall advance to you any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Such costs and expenses incurred by you in defense of any such proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding promptly upon receipt by the Company of (a) written request for payment; (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought; and (c) an undertaking adequate under applicable law made by or on your behalf to repay the amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined pursuant to any non-appealable judgment or settlement that you are not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

13. Not an Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not an employment agreement, and shall not be construed or interpreted to create any employment or right of employment between you and the Company.

 

14. Acknowledgement. You accept this Agreement subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. You agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of the Company of any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

 [remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

3

 

 

The Agreement has been executed and delivered by the undersigned and is made effective as of the date set first set forth above.

 

  Sincerely,
     
  JM Group Limited
     
  By:  
  Name:   Chun Kwok Stanley Ting
  Title: Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED as of the date set first set forth above:  
   
By:    
Name:    [Name]  

 

4

 

 

Schedule A

 

The Director is offered to serve on the following Board committee(s):

 

Committee  Title 
Audit Committee    
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee    
Compensation Committee    

 

5

 

 

Schedule B

  

Compensation

 

During your term as a member of Board of Directors of the Company, you will receive annual cash compensation in the amount of $500 per month, payable monthly.

 

 

6

Exhibit 10.3

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●] by and between JM Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), and the undersigned, a director and/or an officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”), as applicable.

 

RECITALS

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

A. DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

 

Expenses” shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.

 

Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including, but not limited to neglect, breach of duty, error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.

 

Participant” means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.

 

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.

 

B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY

 

1. General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

3. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

4. Exclusions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a) to the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid, enforceable and collectible insurance policy;

 

(b) to the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually paid other than pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(c) in connection with a judicial action by or in the right of the Company, in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a decision from which there is no further right of appeal, to be liable for gross negligence or knowing or willful misconduct in the performance of his/her duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that any court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses as such court shall deem proper;

 

(d) in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company, any director or officer of the Company or any other party, and not by way of defense, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement or any applicable law;

 

(e) brought about by the dishonesty or fraud of the Indemnitee seeking payment hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him/her by reason of any alleged dishonesty on his/her part, unless a judgment or other final adjudication thereof adverse to the Indemnitee establishes that he/she committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated;

 

(f) for any judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;

 

(g) arising out of Indemnitee’s breach of an employment agreement with the Company (if any) or any other agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or

 

(h) arising out of Indemnitee’s personal income tax payable on any salaries, bonuses, director’s fees, including fees for attending meetings, or gain on disposition of shares, options or restricted shares of the Company.

 

5. No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

 

6. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

2

 

 

C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS

 

1. Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.

 

2. Indemnification Payment.

 

(a) Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within 10 business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.

 

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company immediately after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.

 

(c) Determination by the Reviewing Party. If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.

 

3. Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

 

4. Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

 

3

 

 

5. Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.

 

6. No Settlement without Consent. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

7. Company Participation. Subject to Section B.6, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.

 

8. Reviewing Party.

 

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be (A) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

(d) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

1. Good Faith Determination. The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

2. Coverage of Indemnitee. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.

 

3. No Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; U.S. FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM

 

1. Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association, as may be amended from time to time, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

2. U.S. Federal Preemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

 

3. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Company, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

F. MISCELLANEOUS

 

1. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.

 

2. Subrogation. In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

5

 

 

3. Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

 

4. Severability and Construction. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.

 

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6. Governing Law. This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

7. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

JM Group Limited

Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1,
1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Attn: Chun Kwok Stanley Ting, CEO

 

and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.

 

8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  JM Group Limited
     
  By:         
    Name: Chun Kwok Stanley Ting
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
    Indemnitee
     
    Signature:        
    Name: [XX]

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement-JM Group Limited]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

Vendor Agreement
Section 1 of 3: Legal

 

Revised: Aug 2023

 

  
 1 

 

 

Contents

 

A. Introduction 3
     
  Definitions 3
     
B. Terms and Conditions 4
     
C. Representations and Warranties 4
     
D. Ethical Conduct Policy 6
     
E. Conflict Minerals 6
     
F. Insurance 7
     
G. Product Recall Policy 8
     
H. Disposition of Rejected Goods 9
     
Appendix A A-1
   
Appendix B B-1
   
Appendix C C-1

 

  
 2 

 

 

A. Introduction

 

 

Five Below is committed to processing merchandise efficiently, safely, and in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. By doing so, we are able to offer our customers exciting merchandise at a great value.

 

We have made significant investments within our Supply Chain network to speed the delivery of product to our stores. This includes highly automated distribution centers that are capable of conveying, sorting, and cross-docking product. To leverage these investments, it is required that all vendors ship product in case pack quantities that are packed in corrugated cartons that are shippable and conveyable, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Five Below. This will allow us to serve our customers by accelerating the flow of merchandise and leveraging every cost dollar along the way.

 

We appreciate your support in helping us ensure that every order is shipped to arrive in a safe, timely and efficient manner.

 

Definitions

 

As used herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in Five Below’s then current Purchase Order Terms and Conditions (the current version of which is attached here as Appendix A). Appendix C is a list of all states in which Five Below currently operates. In addition, the following capitalized terms are defined as follows:

 

Applicable Law” means all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of all foreign nations (or governmental subdivision thereof) and all applicable domestic (United States of America) federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders pertaining to the production, sale and shipment of the goods.

 

“Buyer” means Five Below.

 

Factory” or “manufacturing plant” means a building or group of buildings where goods are manufactured or assembled.

 

Goods” or “goods” means the items of merchandise (including components and related packaging, labeling, instructions, product descriptions, printed matter and visual and digital information) that are the subject of any Purchase Order.

 

Preferred Compliance Auditor” means Five Below’s preferred firm for factory audit and shipment inspections in China or in any other countries from which Goods are manufactured or sourced. Five Below’s current Preferred Compliance Auditor(s) can be found in the Compliance section of the Vendor Agreement.

 

Preferred Specialized Testing Lab” means Five Below’s preferred laboratory for microbiological, TRA, USP 51, USP 61, and 62 testing of Goods in China (or in any other countries from which Goods are manufactured or sourced) and for all product testing, shipment inspection and factory audit services in India. Five Below’s current Preferred Specialized Testing Lab, which may be changed at any time by Five Below, can be found in the Compliance section of the Vendor Agreement.

 

  
 3 

 

 

Preferred Standard Testing Lab” means Five Below’s preferred laboratory for standard testing of Goods. Five Below’s current Preferred Standard Testing Lab, which may be changed at any time by Five Below, is Bay Area Compliance Labs (“BACL”).

 

Merchandise Buyer” means an employee of Five Below who is authorized to purchase goods from Vendor.

 

Purchase Order Terms and Conditions” means Five Below’s then current Purchase Order Terms and Conditions (the current version of which is attached here as Appendix A).

 

Vendor Agreement” means the Company’s Routing, Packaging and Vendor Compliance Guide then in effect and as modified from time to time by the Buyer (current versions with updates will be available upon request by Vendor).

 

B. Terms and Conditions

 

 

By signing the Five Below Vendor Agreement Vendor Acknowledgment, and in consideration of the right to sell Goods to Five Below to be offered for sale by Five Below in its stores and online, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Vendor agrees to comply with all of the terms, conditions, and requirements set forth in this Vendor Agreement, including but not limited to the Purchase Order Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Appendix A. This Vendor Agreement together with the Purchase Order, Purchase Order Terms and Conditions, the terms contained in Five Below’s online system (or any successor system thereto), any other written and signed agreement(s) entered into between Five Below and Vendor (including any agreements entered into through Five Below’s online systems), and any attachments, instructions, or requirements furnished to Vendor by Five Below are considered one integrated agreement governing all aspects of the relationship between Five Below and Vendor. All representation, warranties, covenants and terms applicable to Vendor contained in any of the foregoing shall be considered cumulative obligations of Vendor.

 

NO ORDERS ARE GIVEN BY BUYER VERBALLY OR IN WRITING EXCEPT BY AN OFFICIAL PURCHASE ORDER. PROJECTIONS OR ESTIMATES ARE NOT ORDERS NOR DO THEY CONSTITUTE ANY OBLIGATION OF BUYER. PRODUCTION COMMITMENTS OR RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO RESERVATION OF PRODUCTION SPACE AND/OR OF RAW MATERIALS BY VENDOR) ARE FOR PROJECTION AND PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY AND IN NO WAY FORM OR CONSTITUTE AN OBLIGATION ON THE PART OF BUYER.

 

C. Representations and Warranties

 

 

In addition to, and not in limitation of, the representations and warranties in the Purchase Order Terms and Conditions, Vendor further represents and warrants to Five Below as follows:

 

(1)In obtaining, selling and delivering Goods to Five Below neither Vendor nor anyone affiliated with or representing Vendor has or will breach any agreement with or commitment or representation to any third party and there is no impediment or restriction, legal or otherwise, that limits, prohibits or prevents Five Below from reselling the product to its customers;

 

  
 4 

 

 

(2)The Goods shipped, as of the date of shipment, comply with, and are not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended (“FDCA”), including, without limitation, the Food Additives Amendment as further amended and also comply with, and are not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of, any state’s food and drug law;

 

(3)The Goods shipped, as of the date of shipment, are not articles that may not be introduced into interstate commerce pursuant to Sections 404 or 405 of the FDCA, or otherwise, and conform to all rules, bans, standards or regulations of or under the Consumer Product Safety Act (“CPSA”) and the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (“CPSIA”) and will include a Certificate of Compliance for children’s products or a General Compliancy Certificate for other CPSA regulated products as required under the CPSIA;

 

(4)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods is not misbranded or mislabeled under the Federal Hazardous Substance Act (“FHSA”) or any other Applicable Law, and if applicable, has been tested and approved by any approved third party, including the Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or the ETL, and the National Sanitation Foundation.

 

(5)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (including those enforced by the CPSC) governing product safety, product content and labeling, and shall include a Certificate of Compliance supplied by Vendor or maintained on Vendor’s internet accessible electronic platform to comply with applicable requirements of CPSIA §14(a);

 

(6)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods will, if constituting or containing an economic poison as defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, be registered pursuant to said Act and comply with all other provisions of such Act;

 

(7)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods will conform to the applicable flammability standards and other requirements under the Federal Flammable Fabrics Act and any other Applicable Law applicable to textiles, fabric, bedding and/or furniture and all Goods that contain textile fiber products shall be properly branded and invoiced in accordance with the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act and any other all Applicable Laws with respect to such products;
  
(8)The Goods meet all applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards;

 

(9)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods containing electric appliances, component parts and wiring shall be listed by either the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or the ETL and be in compliance with applicable electrical codes or other Applicable Laws;

 

  
 5 

 

 

(10)Each shipment or other delivery of Goods does not require a warning under California Proposition 65 or, if it requires a warning, a warning in a form which complies with the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 27, Division 4, Article 6 is provided on the product or product labeling for the Goods. Vendor must notify Five Below that Goods require Proposition 65 warning at the time of item set up. Five Below has the right to reject or cancel orders for Goods where a Proposition 65 warning is required; and

 

(11)As required by Applicable Law, Vendor will maintain copies of all Safety Data Sheets and like documentation for any Goods and will, upon request by Five Below, provide Five Below with copies of such documentation promptly.

 

D. Ethical Conduct Policy

 

 

Vendor represents and warrants to Five Below that it will obey and conform to all Applicable Laws, and is in full compliance with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, those relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption (including without limitation, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the US Travel Act, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and any and all similar provisions in the jurisdiction(s) in which it operates). Vendor represents and warrants that it has not and will not engage in any activity, practice or conduct which would constitute an offense under those requirements, and that it has in place its own policies and procedures adequate to ensure compliance with these anti-bribery and anti-corruption provisions by its officers, employees, agents and any other third party or person associated with Vendor in the performance of services or shipment of goods to Five Below.

 

Five Below’s expectation is that no Vendor producing Goods for Five Below will attempt to circumvent Five Below’s quality process through unethical conduct. We rely on our laboratories to assist Vendors to certify products to be in compliance with Applicable Laws by providing unbiased test reports. Attempts to alter test results, submit samples of Goods to labs that do not accurately represent final production, influence third party inspectors or auditors, or force laboratories to certify non-compliant product through exertion of undue influence is strictly prohibited. No Vendor or factory may circumvent Five Below’s requirements through modification, substitution, alteration or withholding information in test reports, factory audits, shipment inspections, etc.

 

E. Conflict Minerals

 

 

The SEC adopted the Conflict Minerals Provision, Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), to require publicly-held companies to publicly disclose their use of conflict minerals that originated in Covered Countries. At this time, Covered Countries include the Democratic Republic of Congo and its adjoining countries, including: Angola; Burundi; Central African Republic; the Republic of Congo; Rwanda; South Sudan; Tanzania; Uganda; and Zambia. The rule applies to all products manufactured on or after January 31, 2013, and according to the legislation, columbite-tantalite, cassiterite, wolframite and gold ore – which are refined into tantalum, tungsten, and gold, are considered Conflict Minerals.

 

  
 6 

 

 

Five Below does not directly purchase raw conflict materials for products we sell and is committed to complying with the reporting requirements under the conflict minerals rule.

 

Vendor understands that Five Below does not require, mandate or control the materials used on Goods ordered by Five Below from Vendor. Vendor represents and warrants that it shall not utilize, nor allow any other third party to utilize, any Conflict Minerals which are sourced from Covered Countries in any goods or components of goods, or in the production of such goods or components of goods, manufactured or produced by Vendor for Buyer under a Purchase Order or otherwise. This representation and warranty by Vendor is based on personal knowledge and/or written guarantees provided by Vendor’s suppliers. Five Below may require Vendor to provide due diligence documentation relating to Conflict Minerals, including formal certifications and policies and Vendor shall promptly comply with any such requests.

 

F. Insurance

 

 

Vendor shall, at its own cost, obtain and maintain insurance as required by Five Below’s then current Purchase Order Terms and Conditions.

 

INSURANCE. Vendor shall maintain and require its subcontractors to maintain:

 

(a)Commercial General Liability (CGL): Covering CGL on an “occurrence” basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $5,000,000 per occurrence. Claims made policies are not accepted;

 

(b)Automobile Liability, including owned, hired and non-owned vehicles (Employers’ Non-Ownership Liability), at a limit not less than $1,000,000;

 

(c)Statutory Workers’ Compensation in compliance with state laws and Employers’ Liability with limit of no less than $500,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease;

 

(d)Property Insurance on all materials that are part of this Purchase Order until such time as the materials are accepted by Buyer. In addition, Vendor is required to provide its own Property Insurance for its own equipment, materials and tools that are used by Vendor which are not part of this Purchase Order; and

 

(e)any other insurance, as may be required by law.

 

If Vendor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, Buyer requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by Vendor.

 

Vendor must submit a Certificate of Insurance (Accord 25-S) to Buyer in compliance with the above requirements. The certificate should:

 

(a)Designate Buyer, its affiliates, subsidiaries, and their respective successors, assigns, customers, and users of its products as additional insured with respect to liability arising out of goods or services hereby ordered from Vendor on a primary and non-contributory basis (even for Buyer’s sole negligence) on both your general liability and automobile liability insurance policies. It is specifically agreed by Vendor that Buyer’s policies of insurance are in excess of any coverage to be provided by Vendor to Buyer as Additional Insured.

 

  
 7 

 

 

(b)Include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Buyer, its affiliates, subsidiaries, and their respective successors, assigns, customers and users of its products on Vendor’s property, general liability, automobile liability and workers’ compensation insurance policies. Vendor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not Buyer has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from Vendor or Vendor’s insurer.

 

Vendor waives all rights of recovery or subrogation against Buyer for damage caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Property Insurance required pursuant to this Vendor Agreement and/or Five Below’s then current Purchase Order, whether or not such damage was caused by the negligence, strict liability or other actions or in-actions of Buyer, general contractor/construction manager or Buyer, or not.

 

(c)Contain a provision for notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or material change to Buyer of not less than thirty days.
   
(d)Be addressed to Certificate Holder and Additional Insured as follows:

 

Five Below, Inc.

1616 Holdings, Inc.

701 Market Street

Suite 200

Philadelphia, PA 19106

 

All coverage must be underwritten by licensed insurance companies rated no less than A- VII by A.M. Best.

 

Self-Insured retentions of $50,000 or more must be declared and approved by Buyer.

 

Vendor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all the requirements stated herein, and Vendor shall ensure that Buyer is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors.

 

Buyer reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of the risk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other circumstances.

 

G. Product Recall Policy

 

 

In the event of any and all product recalls that are either (i) agreed upon between Vendor and Five Below, or (ii) that are required (either by law or in the commercially reasonable judgment of Five Below) because Five Below has reason to believe the Goods are defective, dangerous, incomplete, infringe upon intellectual property rights or are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, the Goods will be returned to Vendor at Vendor’s expense, or otherwise disposed of by Five Below, at Five Below’s discretion. This expense will include (a) a 12% product handling fee; (b) incoming and return freight charges; (c) reasonable attorneys’ fees of Five Below; and (d) any and all other expenses, fees, or costs incurred by Five Below in connection with such recall.

 

  
 8 

 

 

In the event of a recall, Vendor shall immediately provide to Five Below any information requested by Five Below, including, without limitation, the following:

 

List of all affected items by Five Below SKU, UPC, Description and Vendor Style #

 

Specific production lots/batches, if applicable, (including instructions and photos on how to locate the batch information)

 

Detailed description of the issue/reason for recall

 

List of governmental agencies involved, if any

 

RTV information

 

Recall poster PDF for posting in stores and on Five Below’s website, including UPC information

 

Any consumer-level recalls must be provided to the Five Below Merchandise Buyer and QA-Compliance department in advance of public release. In no event shall Five Below be named in a recall unless specifically agreed in writing by Five Below prior to issuance of such release.

 

For additional detail on the Five Below product recall process, see Five Below’s current Policies and Principles Governing Product Recalls, the current version of which is attached here as Appendix B.

 

H. Disposition of Rejected Goods

 

 

With respect to Goods that Five Below has rejected (or revoked acceptance of), Five Below will return Goods to Vendor, except Five Below may elect not to return Goods in the following circumstances: (i) in the event Vendor and Five Below have agreed that Goods will not be returned to Vendor, (ii) in the event Vendor fails to authorize the return of Goods within 20 days after Five Below’s notice of rejection or revocation, (iii) in the event the return of Goods is precluded by act of any government agency, regulatory authority or third party, (iv) in the event Five Below has reasonable cause to believe that Goods contain defect or hazards that could create a substantial risk of injury to any person or property. Goods not returned by Five Below may be disposed of by Five Below in its sole discretion. With respect to any Goods disposed of or returned by Five Below, Vendor will be liable for all costs and expenses related to the disposition or return, including any standard processing fees charged by Five Below, any freight, store, and disposal or destruction costs.

 

With respect to Goods designated as ‘Fail’ by Five Below’s designated third party shipment inspection partner at the Vendor’s overseas factory, Five Below’s QA-Compliance and Merchandising departments will determine disposition of failed Goods (rework, re-inspection or accept as it is, or provide other specific directions), at their sole discretion.

 

  
 9 

 

 

Appendix A

 

Five Below Purchase Order Terms and Conditions

 

  
 A-1 

 

 

Five Below

Purchase Order Terms and Conditions

 

The following terms and conditions shall apply to transaction(s) between the parties, including those described in applicable purchase order(s) between Five Below, Inc., 1616 Holdings, Inc. and/or one of more of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (as designated on the Purchase Order, the “Buyer”) and the entity shown as the Vendor thereon. Whenever a term defined by the Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) is used herein, the definition contained in the UCC shall control. As used herein, the term “Purchase Order” or “PO” shall mean these Purchase Order Terms and Conditions together with a document entitled “Purchase Order” issued by Buyer to Vendor with a Purchase Order Number and detailing specific order details and other information.

 

NO ORDERS ARE GIVEN BY BUYER VERBALLY OR IN WRITING EXCEPT BY AN OFFICIAL PURCHASE ORDER. PROJECTIONS OR ESTIMATES ARE NOT ORDERS NOR DO THEY CONSTITUTE ANY OBLIGATION OF BUYER. PRODUCTION COMMITMENTS OR RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO RESERVATION OF PRODUCTION SPACE AND/OR OF RAW MATERIALS BY VENDOR) ARE FOR PROJECTION AND PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY AND IN NO WAY FORM OR CONSTITUTE AN OBLIGATION ON THE PART OF BUYER.

 

1.ACCEPTANCE. A Purchase Order is not an acceptance of any offer to sell but is an offer to purchase. A Purchase Order shall constitute no more than Buyer’s offer to purchase goods from Vendor in accordance with these Purchase Order Terms and Conditions and any additional terms and conditions expressly set forth or incorporated by express reference on the Purchase Order or herein, including, without limitation, the Company’s Routing, Packaging and Vendor Compliance Guide (the “Vendor Agreement”) in effect and as modified from time to time by the Buyer (current versions with updates will be available upon request by Vendor) (collectively, “terms and conditions”). When Vendor accepts a Purchase Order, the Purchase Order (together with these terms and conditions) collectively constitutes a binding contract between the parties. Acceptance of this Purchase Order is expressly limited to these terms and conditions. Any terms and conditions proposed by the Vendor in the Vendor’s quotation, invitation, acceptance, acknowledgement, invoice, transmittal or any other document which is different from, conflict with or add to these terms and conditions shall be deemed to materially alter the terms and conditions and are hereby objected to and rejected by Buyer. Acceptance of this Purchase Order, including acceptance of these terms and conditions shall occur upon the earliest occurrence of any of the following events: (i) receipt by Buyer of written acknowledgement that Vendor has accepted this Purchase Order, or (ii) receipt by Buyer of notification that Vendor has commenced performance hereunder, or (iii) tender or purported tender by Vendor of conforming goods and/or services. All dollar amounts on Purchase Orders and as used herein are in United States Dollars unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

2.CHANGES. No change shall be undertaken except upon express written authorization of Buyer. Buyer may at any time, by written notice, make changes within the general scope of this Purchase Order in the packaging, methods of shipment, quantities, place of delivery or delivery schedules. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the costs of, or the time required for Vendor’s performance, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the price or delivery schedule, or both, provided a written request for such an adjustment shall be made to Buyer within ten business days from the date of Vendor’s receipt of notice making the change and this Purchase Order shall be modified accordingly by written change order. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the Vendor from proceeding, without delay, to perform this Purchase Order, as changed.

 

3.QUALITY, PACKING, TICKETING AND DELIVERY. Goods must be of the appropriate quality, packed, ticketed and shipped in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Vendor Agreement. The time of delivery is of the essence, however, Buyer has the right to request Vendor to delay or accelerate any particular shipment, and Vendor shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to accommodate any such request. If a tender of conforming goods is not made by the scheduled delivery date, Vendor shall have no right to make a later conforming tender. Vendor shall bear the risk of loss to the goods purchased hereunder until received and accepted by Buyer. Unless designated otherwise on the face of this Purchase Order by Buyer, all goods ordered hereunder must be shipped FOB Point of Destination as designated on the face of this Purchase Order by Buyer.

 

  
 A-2 

 

 

4.WARRANTIES. Vendor warrants that all goods or services furnished hereunder (i) will conform to applicable specifications, including those specified in the then current Vendor Agreement, and samples, (ii) will be merchantable, (iii) will be of good material and workmanship and free from defects, (iv) will be fit and sufficient for the purposes intended, if such intent is known to Vendor, (v) will be free from all liens and other, encumbrances, and (vi) will not be designed, manufactured or otherwise produced in violation of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right existing anywhere in the world. In addition, Vendor represents and warrants that it shall not utilize, nor allow any other third party to utilize, any so called “Conflict Minerals” (such as gold, columbite-tantalite, cassiterite, and wolframite (and their respective metal derivatives, Gold, Tantalum, Tin, and Tungsten), as defined in Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (as amended from time to time and including rules and regulations thereunder, “Dodd-Frank”), which are sourced from “Covered Countries” (such as, without limitation, the Democratic Republic of Congo), also as defined in Dodd-Frank) in any goods or components of goods, or in the production of such goods or components of goods, manufactured or produced by Vendor for Buyer under the Purchase Order or otherwise. These warranties are in addition to all other warranties, expressed or implied, and survive acceptance of and payment for any and all goods or services ordered, and the warranties run to Buyer, its successors, assigns, customers and users of its products.

 

5.INSPECTION AND TESTS. All goods ordered hereunder and Vendor processes will be subject to inspection and testing by Buyer at all reasonable times and places, including Vendor’s facilities. It is expressly agreed that inspections and/or payments prior to, at the time of or after delivery do not constitute a final acceptance of the goods or services. Buyer’s inspection, discovery of any breach of warranty, failure to make an inspection or failure to discover any breach of warranty does not constitute a waiver of any of Buyer’s rights or remedies whatsoever.

 

6.CONFIDENTIALITY. All know-how, methods, marketing strategies, specifications, prices, costs, business plans, purchasing data, research and development data, customer lists and/or information, and other data, whether written or oral, (collectively, “Confidential Information”) furnished by Buyer to Vendor, or otherwise learned by Vendor as a result of its vendor relationship with Buyer, is proprietary to Buyer, and Vendor agrees to keep all such Confidential Information confidential and use such Confidential Information only as necessary in order to fulfill Vendor’s obligations to Buyer under Purchase Orders placed by Buyer with Vendor. Vendor further agrees to return to Buyer all Confidential Information, including all copies thereof made by or for Vendor, upon Buyer’s request. Excess inventory of goods ordered hereunder made by or for Vendor (and not purchased by Buyer) with the use of Confidential Information, or including Buyer’s trademarks or trade names, or trademarks and trade names of Buyer’s customers, shall be destroyed by Vendor at Vendor’s expense. Vendor shall not in any manner advertise or publish the fact that it has furnished or contracted to furnish to Buyer the goods or services herein mentioned without prior written consent of Buyer. Vendor agrees that all information furnished or disclosed to Buyer by Vendor in connection with this Purchase Order is furnished or disclosed as part of the consideration for this Purchase Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Vendor clearly identifies, in writing, information that Vendor considers to be confidential or proprietary, Buyer will protect and not disclose such information, except for information: (a) which is already known to Buyer; or (b) which is or becomes generally available to the public through no fault of Buyer; or (c) which is properly obtained from a third party who has the right to make such disclosure; or (d) which is independently developed by Buyer.

 

7.EQUIPMENT, BUYER’S PROPERTY. All equipment, tools, material, vehicles and/or other articles required for Vendor’s performance of this Purchase Order shall be furnished by Vendor, maintained in good condition, and replaced when necessary at Vendor’s expense. Title to and a right of immediate possession of any property of any nature whatsoever furnished or paid for by Buyer shall remain in Buyer.

 

8.FORCE MAJEURE. Buyer shall have the right to suspend shipments from Vendor hereunder without penalty or liability to Buyer in the event of war, riot, flood, pandemic or other public health emergency, acts of God, fire, court order, strike, work stoppage, act of governmental authority, or other causes beyond Buyer’s control. Buyer shall not be liable to Vendor for its failure to accept delivery of goods purchased hereunder, provided such failure arises from any of such above-mentioned causes.

 

9.TERMINATION AND DAMAGES. Buyer may terminate performance of the work under this Purchase Order, in whole or in part, by written notice to Vendor without incurring any liability to Vendor other than as specifically set forth in this Section. Upon receipt of such notice, Vendor shall immediately discontinue all work and the placing of all orders for material, facilities, and supplies pursuant to this Purchase Order. Upon termination by Buyer under this paragraph for reasons other than force majeure (as set forth above), Buyer shall negotiate payment to Vendor based on Vendor’s nonrecoverable, reasonable and actual documented costs and expenses; in no event, however, shall Buyer be obligated to pay Vendor an amount in excess of the aggregate price stated in this Purchase Order, less payments otherwise made or to be made. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to limit or affect any remedies which Buyer may have under this Purchase Order or under applicable law. In no event shall Buyer be liable for incidental, consequential, punitive or special damages. Buyer’s liability arising out of or relating to this Purchase Order shall not exceed the reasonable value of goods and services provided for hereunder.

 

  
 A-3 

 

 

10.DEFAULT AND CANCELLATION BY BUYER. Buyer may cancel any Purchase Order, without incurring any liability to Vendor, for any failure to comply with the terms of this Purchase Order, including, without limitation, the following reasons as determined by Buyer in its reasonable discretion:

 

(a)the failure or inability of Vendor to complete product development activities on a timetable supporting on-time deliveries;
   
(b)the failure or inability of Vendor to meet the quality and other requirements of the Purchase Order and/or the Vendor Agreement;
   
(c)the failure or inability of Vendor to timely deliver (i) samples (which meet specifications, testing standards or aesthetic criteria provided) or (ii) raw materials or finished products;
   
(d)the failure or inability of Vendor to comply fully with the Buyer’s terms of engagement governing treatment of workers, safety of facilities, conduct of the Vendor and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations;
   
(e)if Vendor’s financial condition, based on criteria determined by Buyer, is found to be or becomes unsatisfactory to Buyer during the term of the Purchase Order; or
   
(f)the failure or inability of Vendor to comply with any other of the terms of this Purchase Order or of the Vendor Agreement, or any breach by Vendor of any term or condition of this Purchase Order, including, without limitation, the terms relating to shipping point, Country of Origin, delivery, and order quantity.

 

Upon cancellation Vendor will refund any deposits, down payments or other advance payments to Buyer (except that for goods or services already delivered). After cancellation, Buyer also reserves the right to similarly terminate all other contracts covering purchases by Buyer of Vendor’s products or services whether or not Vendor may otherwise be in default, and no rights shall accrue to Vendor against Buyer on account of such termination. If Vendor fails to perform as specified in this Purchase Order or breaches any of these terms and conditions hereof or in the Vendor Agreement, Buyer also reserves the right, without incurring any liability, to: (a) cancel this Purchase Order in whole or part; (b) obtain the goods or services ordered herein from another source; (c) setoff or reduce all claims for money due or to become due from Buyer to Vendor; or (d) exercise any other right or remedy permitted by applicable law. These rights and remedies are cumulative and in addition to any other remedies provided at law or in equity. Buyer’s failure to insist on performance of any of these terms and conditions herein or to exercise any right or privilege, or Buyer’s waiver of any breach hereunder, shall not thereafter waive any other terms, conditions or privileges, whether of the same or similar type.

 

11.CANCELLATION BY VENDOR. Vendor may not cancel a Purchase Order within sixty (60) days of the FOB/FCA date, for an FOB/FCA order, or ninety (90) days of the in warehouse date, for an LDP order. Vendor cancellation within this time period, without the prior written authorization of Buyer, will result in a chargeback to the vendor of 50% of the FOB/FCA/LDP (depending on order terms) value of the order. Buyer may permit Vendor, at its sole discretion and on a case by case basis, to short or over ship an order by five percent 5% of quantity (10% for yarn/fiber dye orders). Any overages not reported will not be paid. In the case of a short shipment (shipping less than the shortage allowance, if such a shortage allowance is provided), Vendor will be charged back 50% of the FOB/FCA/LDP value as stated above. Vendor may cancel unconfirmed Purchase Orders by promptly informing Buyer, in writing, of Vendor’s intent not to confirm the order.

 

  
 A-4 

 

 

12.COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. (i) Vendor agrees to comply full with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of all foreign nations (or governmental subdivision thereof) and all applicable domestic (United States of America) federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders pertaining to the production, sale and shipment of the goods or services ordered, and, upon request, Vendor shall furnish Buyer certificates or other evidence of compliance. Further, to the extent applicable, such goods were or will be produced in compliance with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 and Sections 6, 7, 12, and 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, Dodd-Frank, all rules, regulations and orders thereunder, and any successor provisions thereto. (ii) In addition, Vendor is responsible for ensuring that the goods sold to Buyer comply with California Code of Regulations Title 27, Division 4, Article 6 for consumer product warnings (known as “Prop 65”), including, without limitation, all necessary testing and labeling requirements associated therewith. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Vendor is required to label any goods that require a Prop 65 warning with a warning, the content of which satisfies the requirements of applicable law and has been placed on the goods (either on the product or the product labeling) in a manner that complies with such applicable law. As to specific goods, Buyer reserves the right to reject goods if such goods require a Prop 65 warning. Buyer will not sign, label or otherwise provide warnings in its stores, or online as an alternative to Vendor’s obligations. When submitting sample goods to Buyer, Vendor must indicate whether the item and its packaging meet the safe harbor limits of Prop 65, whether the item or its packaging require a Prop65 warning label, and whether there is any restriction on Buyer’s ability to sell the goods in California. For any goods purchased by Vendor that are not in compliance with Prop 65, Buyer, in addition to any other rights or remedies which it may have at law or in equity, shall have the right to reject, return or dispose of and recover associated costs at the Vendor’s expense. Further, any such goods may not be replaced with substitute goods, without written authorization from Buyer. (iii) Vendor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend (at Buyer’s option) and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates and their respective successors, assigns, customers and users of its products from any costs, losses, expenses, damages, claims, suits, fines, penalties or any liability whatsoever, including attorneys’ and other professional fees, resulting from the failure of Vendor to comply, in the furnishing of goods or services under this Purchase Order, with all applicable foreign or domestic federal, state, or local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders as set out herein above.

 

13.INDEMNIFICATION. Vendor agrees to indemnify, defend (at Buyer’s option) and hold harmless Buyer, its officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates and their respective successors, assigns, customers and users of its products against all suits at law or in equity and from all damages, claims, demands and/or liability, including those arising out of, or relating in any way to: (a) the goods sold by Vendor to Buyer, or Vendor’s breach of any of the terms, conditions, requirements, representation or warranties contained in this Purchase Order or the Vendor Agreement, (b) the death of or injury to any person, or damage to any property, alleged to have resulted from the goods or services hereby ordered, (c) any actual or alleged failure by Vendor, or Vendor’s goods, to comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of all foreign nations (or governmental subdivision thereof) and all applicable domestic (United States of America) federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders (including, without limitation, as related to testing, labeling, marketing, content, shipment, or safety of goods); (d) any voluntary or mandatory recalls of goods (either required by law or deemed necessary in the commercially reasonable judgment of Vendor because Vendor has reason to believe the goods are defective, dangerous, incomplete, infringe upon intellectual property rights or are not in compliance with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders), and (e) any claim that the manufacture, importation, marketing, promotion, use, offer for sale, sale or resale of any goods or services supplied under this Purchase Order infringe any patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property rights. Vendor, when notified shall, at Buyer’s sole option, either defend any action or claim at its own expense, or reimburse Buyer’s expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other costs for defending such action or claim, with Buyer having the right to select and approve counsel to defend the action or claim in both instances. Vendor shall be responsible for all costs, losses, expenses, damages claims, suits, or any liability whatsoever, including attorneys’ fees. The foregoing indemnification shall apply whether the damage, claim or demand, including those for death, injury, or property damage, or relating to an intellectual property claim is caused by the sole or concurrent actions, inaction, or conduct of Vendor. To the extent that Vendor’s employees, or subcontractors enter upon the premises of Buyer, Vendor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent injury or death to any person or damage to property arising out of acts or omissions of such agents, employees or subcontractors, and, except to the extent that any such injury or damage is due solely and directly to Buyer’s gross negligence, shall indemnify, defend (at Buyer’s option) and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates and their respective officers, employees, and agents, from any and all cost, losses, expenses, damages, claims, suits, or any liability whatsoever, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of any act or omission of Vendor, its agents, employees or subcontractors. If the goods purchased hereunder or any part thereof cannot be imported, promoted, marketed, used, offered for sale, or sold by virtue of any court or administrative order finding them to be infringements, Vendor shall promptly and at its own expense (a) procure for the Buyer the right to continue to import, promote, market, use, offer for sale, and sell the goods purchased hereunder, or (b) replace the goods with noninfringing goods satisfactory to Buyer, or (c) modify such goods in a way satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel so they become noninfringing.

 

14.INSURANCE. Vendor shall maintain and require its subcontractors and suppliers to maintain insurance as set forth in the Vendor Agreement.

 

  
 A-5 

 

 

15.ASSIGNMENT. This Purchase Order may not be assigned by Vendor without the Buyer’s prior written consent. Vendor may delegate its duty to perform hereunder or subcontract the furnishing of any of the completed or substantially completed goods required by this Purchase Order; provided that any such delegation or subcontracting is only permitted if Buyer provides its prior written consent, and further provided that the delegatee or subcontractor agrees in writing to be bound by all of these terms and conditions contained in this Purchase Order and/or in the Vendor Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that such delegation or subcontracting does not relieve Vendor of its duty to perform its obligations hereunder or from any liability it may have as a result of its, or its delegatee’s or subcontractor’s failure to perform any of the terms or conditions contained herein and Vendor shall be liable for the act or neglect of its delegatees or subcontractors. Any assignment by Vendor of its right to payment under this Purchase Order shall be subject to all claims and defenses of Buyer. This Purchase Order may be assigned at any time and from time to time by the Buyer at its sole discretion.

 

16.APPLICABLE LAW. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Purchase Order will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (except for conflicts of laws rules), except to the extent that the transaction covered by this Purchase Order involves the international sale of goods, in which case the validity, interpretation and performance of these terms and conditions shall be governed and construed by the provisions hereof in accordance with the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, as amended, and all rules, regulations, orders thereunder, and any successor provisions thereto. Buyer and Vendor agree that the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue for any disputes arising or related to the Purchase Order or the Vendor Agreement shall be United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, and Buyer and Vendor submit to the personal jurisdiction of that court. If neither subject matter nor diversity jurisdiction exists in that court, then the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue for any such action shall be the courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania located in Philadelphia County.

 

THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTES, CLAIMS OR LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE PURCHASE ORDER OR THE VENDOR AGREEMENT.

 

17.SEVERABILITY. The terms and conditions of this Purchase Order are severable and if any terms and conditions or portions of any terms and conditions herein are stricken or declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and conditions shall not be affected thereby.

 

18.ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Purchase Order, together with the Vendor Agreement, constitutes the entire expression of the parties’ agreement with regard to the Goods identified in this Purchase Order. All prior or contemporaneous negotiations and agreements between the parties with regard to the Goods identified in this Purchase Order are expressly superseded by this Purchase Order and the Vendor Agreement.

 

19.MISCELLANEOUS. (a) Vendor shall be bound by any representation or undertaking made by any of its agents or employees with respect to the specifications, quality, packaging, price or conditions of delivery of the goods. By accepting this Purchase Order, Vendor ratifies any such representation or undertaking made by any of its agents or employees. (b) This Purchase Order shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. (c) If importation of the goods results in the assessment of a countervailing duty on Buyer as the importer, Vendor shall reimburse such countervailing duty on the Buyer, provided such reimbursement is permitted under applicable laws and regulations. (d) Vendor shall cooperate fully with the Buyer at Vendor’s expense in obtaining approvals of the goods requested by Buyer from certifying organizations. (e) The captions appearing at the beginning of each paragraph of these terms and conditions are for convenience only and are not to be construed as a substantive part of said terms and conditions. (e) The provisions of each of Sections 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 shall survive any termination, cancellation, execution, delivery, and/or performance of this Purchase Order.

 

  
 A-6 

 

 

Appendix B

 

FIVE BELOW, INC.

 

POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES GOVERNING PRODUCT RECALLS

 

March 2019

 

  
 B-1 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

I. THE DETERMINATION BY FIVE BELOW AS TO WHETHER A RECALL IS NEEDED   B-3
     
II. DIFFERENTIATING A RECALL FROM DISCONTINUANCE OF A PRODUCT OR A PRODUCT LINE   B-4
     
III. FIVE BELOW’S PREFERENCE FOR VOLUNTARY ACTION AND FOR COLLABORATION WITH RESPONSIBLE MANUFACTURERS AND REGULATORY AGENCIES   B-5
     
IV. MANAGEMENT OF THE RECALL PROCESS, AND CRITICAL ACTION ITEMS   B-6
     
A. The Formation Of A Recall Task Force And The Designation Of A Recall Coordinator   B-6
     
B. The Evaluation Of Reporting Obligations   B-7
     
C. Collection And Preservation Of Records And Data   B-8
     
1. Purchase Records   B-8
     
2. Records On Purchases, Sales, And On Units Removed From Inventory   B-8
     
3. Returns By Consumers   B-8
     
4. Tracking Of Individual Customers   B-8
     
D. Methods For Communicating With The Public About Recalls   B-8
     
V. CONCLUSION   B-9

 

  
 B-2 

 

 

FIVE BELOW, INC.

 

POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES GOVERNING PRODUCT RECALLS

 

March 2019

 

This memorandum describes the general principles that will be followed by Five Below, Inc. (“Five Below”) in implementing product recalls. As explained below, in conducting recalls and in supporting recalls initiated by its suppliers, Five Below’s primary objective is to prevent harm to consumers. Another critical objective is to ensure that Five Below complies with all applicable legal requirements.

 

In furtherance of these objectives, this guidance document initially discusses when recalls are necessary. It explains how recalls differ from decisions to halt sales of specific products. This memorandum then provides guidance on the management of the recall process, focusing on (a) the executives involved in managing recalls, and their responsibilities; (b) the process for evaluating and meeting reporting obligations to regulatory agencies such as the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) and the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”); (c) the procedures to locate and remove from Five Below’s stores and distribution centers any dangerous, defective, or noncompliant products; (d) the methods for communicating recall information to consumers; and (e) the tools available to encourage consumers to return any products found to be dangerous.

 

I.The determination by Five Below as to whether a recall is needed

 

In deciding whether a recall is needed, there are at least two fundamental questions that must be considered. The first question is whether there is credible evidence indicating that a product is defective and/or creates risks of injury, death, or property damage. This question typically will be evaluated by considering many types of data, including injury claims, consumer complaints, data on warranty claims or returns, product testing results, design information, and physical evidence relating to products alleged to be defective or dangerous, along with any other information provided by regulatory authorities. As explained below, Five Below’s Recall Coordinator or its Recall Task Force will evaluate all pertinent information on a rolling basis and may, if necessary, arrange for inspection or testing of products under review.

 

Certainly, a recall may be necessary if a product is found to have a defect and if the defect creates significant dangers or risks for consumers. Separately, however, a recall may be necessary if a product is found to be non-compliant. For example, the CPSC has adopted labeling, testing, and flammability requirements for children’s sleepwear. (See 16 C.F.R. §§ 1615.1-1615.5 (Sizes 0-6X) and 1161.1-1616.6 (Sizes 7-14).) If Five Below learns that it is selling or has sold children’s sleepwear that does not satisfy these CPSC requirements, it will initiate, or have its supplier initiate, a recall. Similarly, if a chocolate bar sold by Five Below is returned by customers, is tested or inspected, and is found to contain peanuts, and if there is no reference to peanuts on the packaging or label, this chocolate bar would likely be viewed as misbranded by FDA, due to the presence of undeclared allergens. Accordingly, Five Below would have to initiate, or ask its supplier to initiate, a recall on this product.

 

  
 B-3 

 

 

If a recall is necessary, the second question is whether the recall should be initiated by Five Below itself or by the supplier that sold the merchandise to Five Below. Five Below operates solely as a retailer. Irrespective of whether its products are sold as Five Below-branded items or under other brands, all products distributed or sold by Five Below are produced by independent manufacturers. If a product is defective, noncompliant, or dangerous, Five Below’s supplier or the manufacturer generally is the entity responsible for the product’s flaws. For that reason, and in the interest of protecting its public image, Five Below’s strong preference is to have the responsible supplier or manufacturer conduct any necessary recall with appropriate cooperation or support from Five Below.

 

If Five Below obtains credible information that a product is unsafe or non-compliant, Five Below will promptly contact the manufacturer or supplier and share the information in question. Where appropriate, Five Below simultaneously will evaluate and attempt to meet its own reporting obligations vis-à-vis the CPSC, FDA, or other regulatory agencies and will urge the supplier or manufacturer to conduct any necessary recall.

 

From time to time, without any prodding or involvement by Five Below, one of the company’s suppliers or manufacturers may independently determine that a recall is required. Five Below generally will request that the supplier or manufacturer provide information on the scope of the recall, on factors driving the recall, and on the programs in place for covering the costs incurred by retailers and consumers. As a matter of corporate policy, however, Five Below will not second-guess the need for a recall being initiated by one of its manufacturers or suppliers. If any of Five Below’s manufacturers or suppliers determines that a product is unsafe or non-compliant and must be recalled, Five Below’s policy is to cooperate fully with that manufacturer or supplier.

 

Five Below recognizes, however, that there may be instances in which its supplier or manufacturer is unwilling or unable to conduct a recall. In that situation, or whenever it is otherwise necessary, Five Below may be forced to take on this responsibility itself.

 

II.Differentiating a recall from discontinuance of a product or a product line

 

For planning purposes, it is necessary to differentiate product eliminations from product recalls. There may be situations where a product or stock-keeping unit (“SKU”) does not live up to expectations and elicits consumer complaints or returns, but poses no safety or non-compliance issue. For example, consumers might complain about the durability of a toy or a shirt, but there might be no questions about the safety of the product. If enough complaints or returns surface, the company generally will evaluate the SKU and may decide to discontinue sales. We refer to this as discontinuance or elimination of a product, not as a recall.

 

By contrast, a recall involves a situation in which a product is either noncompliant with a regulatory standard or is found to be dangerous. In a recall, Five Below will immediately halt sales, will quickly remove the product from its stores and distribution centers, and will encourage consumers to return the merchandise in question. As an inducement for such returns, consumers will typically be offered a full refund or credit, or will be offered a replacement product that does not have the defect or dangerous element. As a further inducement, Five Below will publicly disclose the known risks associated with the product and, where appropriate, will publicly disclose the harm that may result from continued use of the product.

 

  
 B-4 

 

 

In any product discontinuance or recall, Five Below will promptly instruct all stores and distribution centers to locate and quarantine the affected merchandise. Five Below will also provide instructions on whether the merchandise should be destroyed or should be preserved for inspection. All store personnel will be instructed to end sales of this merchandise. Company personnel also may be asked to keep a running count on the number of items that have been pulled from inventory. This data will be reported back to Five Below’s Recall Coordinator or to another designated executive overseeing the corrective action being taken.

 

III.Five Below’s preference for voluntary action and for collaboration with responsible manufacturers and regulatory agencies

 

In planning and implementing product recalls, Five Below strongly prefers to collaborate with responsible manufacturers and distributors and to confer with any regulatory agencies that have authority over the product in question. Likewise, whenever recalls are necessary, whether by a manufacturer or distributor that has supplied products to Five Below or by Five Below itself, Five Below generally prefers to have the recall undertaken on a voluntary basis, without the need for regulatory compulsion.

 

Five Below’s preference for a collaborative, voluntary approach with regulatory agencies such as the CPSC and FDA stems from several factors. To start with, Five Below recognizes that these agencies have substantial expertise in assessing product hazards and in developing appropriate recall plans. Additionally, regulatory authorities may have access to information on product hazards that is not readily available to Five Below. This information may reach these regulatory agencies through reports filed by manufacturers, consumers, or State public health agencies. Furthermore, many products carried by Five Below are sold by other retailers as well, and regulatory authorities may have knowledge of recent experiences involving these retailers or their customers.

 

Collaboration with regulatory agencies also may be advisable from a legal standpoint. While each recall needs to be examined individually, Five Below has a long-term interest in maintaining strong relationships with regulatory authorities. Moreover, a forced recall by the CPSC or by any other agency often increases the risks associated with third-party litigation by injured persons or by consumers who have suffered property damage.

 

  
 B-5 

 

 

As explained above, in conducting or participating in recalls, Five Below also prefers to work closely with the manufacturers and independent distributors that supply merchandise to Five Below. In conducting or facilitating recalls, Five Below must take into account its role in the market. Specifically, Five Below is a retailer that operates bricks and mortar stores and separately sells merchandise online. While a portion of the merchandise carried by Five Below is branded as Five Below merchandise, the company does not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. Consequently, all merchandise carried by Five Below is manufactured by third parties. Often, if a product is mislabeled or is defective or is unexpectedly linked to accidents or injuries, Five Below’s supplier will be the entity responsible for creating the defect or hazard. Thus, if possible, when product hazards are identified, Five Below will work closely with the responsible manufacturer or distributor. Where appropriate, Five Below will encourage the manufacturer to interface with responsible regulatory agencies and to conduct any necessary recalls. Five Below recognizes, however, that, depending upon the circumstances, it may have its own reporting obligations. Five Below also recognizes that if a recall is necessary and if the responsible manufacturer or distributor fails to initiate a required recall, Five Below may have no choice but to take action itself.

 

Conversely, as a matter of corporate policy, if any supplier to Five Below initiates a recall, Five Below will cooperate fully with that supplier. As part of this cooperation, Five Below will promptly remove the affected merchandise from its stores and distribution centers. Where appropriate, Five Below also will publicize the recall online and in stores, and will process returns or exchanges by consumers. Five Below will of course seek reimbursement from the responsible manufacturer or distributor for direct costs incurred in supporting or implementing such recalls.

 

While Five Below generally prefers to collaborate with its suppliers and with regulatory authorities, each recall needs to be evaluated, planned, and conducted individually. With particular merchandise, the facts relating to product risks, defects, and potential exposure will vary considerably. These individual factors and any related legal obligations imposed on Five Below will need to be carefully considered in deciding whether a recall is needed and in planning any corrective action. In addition, final decisions relating to product hazards should always be made in consultation with Five Below’s Legal Department. In almost any recall, the company will need to evaluate its compliance obligations vis-à-vis the CPSC or other regulatory agencies, and the company may need to develop a strategy that minimizes risks stemming from third-party claims.

 

IV.Management of the recall process, and critical action items

 

The recall process is complex, and recalls may be necessitated or triggered on an emergency basis. In this memorandum, Five Below describes the basic procedures that will be used to manage the recall process. These procedures can be modified or tailored for particular recalls, but should at least provide a starting point for the management team tasked with overseeing or implementing particular recalls.

 

A.The Formation Of A Recall Task Force And The Designation Of A Recall Coordinator

 

For each recall, Five Below will designate a Recall Coordinator and a Recall Task Force. Unless otherwise specified, the company’s General Counsel will have full authority to make these appointments. Presumptively, the Recall Coordinator will serve on the Task Force, along with a Five Below attorney designated by the company’s General Counsel.

 

The Task Force will have broad authority to design and oversee the recall. This group will be empowered to manage communications with the public and with regulatory authorities. Additionally, the Task Force will coordinate with the responsible buyer within Five Below and will decide on how the recall will be implemented. In many instances, consumers will be encouraged to return the affected merchandise and will be offered replacement merchandise or a refund or a credit. In most instances, systems will have to be established for keeping lists of the names of consumers who have returned the merchandise and the dates of such returns. Likewise, systems for tracking claims, consumer complaints, and any other alleged injuries should be established.

 

  
 B-6 

 

 

As the recall progresses, the Task Force will brief Five Below’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and General Counsel periodically on the progression of the recall and on information obtained about the safety of particular products and the reliability of particular suppliers. If needed, efforts will be made to suggest improvements to product screening procedures going forward.

 

Under the guidance of the Task Force, the Recall Coordinator will take the lead in collecting and tracking data on the products in question and on any complaints or allegations relating to deaths, injuries, accidents, or property damage. The Recall Coordinator will collect and preserve quality control records, engineering analyses, test results, and any other pertinent data. Together with the General Counsel or one of the Company’s other attorneys, the Recall Coordinator will ensure that the Company’s insurance companies and suppliers receive appropriate notifications. Additionally, the Legal Department will draft any required submissions to regulatory agencies such as the CPSC. All such submissions shall be subject to review and approval by the Task Force.

 

B.The Evaluation Of Reporting Obligations

 

During or prior to the initiation of a recall, it is likely that questions may arise as to whether Five Below has any reporting obligations vis-à-vis the CPSC or other regulatory agencies. For example, as a retailer, if Five Below receives credible information that one of its products has a defect that has caused, or has the potential to cause, significant injuries or deaths, the company may have reporting obligations under Section 15 of the Consumer Product Safety Act.

 

Under the guidance of the Recall Task Force, the Recall Coordinator will evaluate such reporting obligations. Before making any final decision on the filing of such reports, however, the Recall Coordinator will seek guidance from the Legal Department on the appropriate course of action and on the content of any written submissions.

 

There may be products, such as food items, that are not within the CPSC’s jurisdiction. Reporting obligations on such products should be examined in the same manner as specified above. Additionally, even if Five Below does not have a mandatory reporting obligation vis-à-vis the FDA, CPSC, or any other agency, the Recall Coordinator or the Task Force should assess whether voluntary consultation with regulatory authorities is advisable. In some circumstances, a voluntary disclosure to regulatory authorities may be appropriate. Again, however, any final decision on such disclosures should be made in consultation with Five Below’s Legal Department.

 

  
 B-7 

 

 

C.Collection And Preservation Of Records And Data

 

The Recall Coordinator will be tasked with collecting and maintaining records and data relating to any recall. The collection of substantial data is often necessary in order to determine whether a product is defective and whether the recall should be limited to particular batches or production runs. Information also must be collected, as needed, in order to provide progress reports to any regulatory authorities overseeing the recall.

 

Depending upon the circumstances, the Recall Coordinator should try to collect and maintain the following:

 

1.Purchase Records

 

Five Below should collect purchase orders, supplier agreements, and records showing the volume and timing of its purchases of the product in question. If the manufacturer or distributor has supplied testing data, quality control records, or inspection reports, those documents should be collected and preserved.

 

2.Records On Purchases, Sales, And On Units Removed From Inventory

 

For products subject to recalls, Five Below should preserve records indicating the number of units purchased and the number of units sold to consumers. Likewise, as these products are removed from Five Below’s stores and distribution centers, records should be kept on the number of units that are retrieved or isolated and on the disposition of those items. (Store personnel should be instructed never to sell items that are being recalled.)

 

3.Returns By Consumers

 

To the extent that consumers return affected merchandise for exchanges, credits, or refunds, Five Below should track the volume of such returns. In many instances, the company also should track the disposition or disposal of the returned units.

 

4.Tracking Of Individual Customers

 

To the extent that Five Below has data or documents that could be used to identify the buyers of affected merchandise, such records should be preserved. In some instances, if customer names are available, the company may wish to open communications with such consumers for the purpose of encouraging returns or exchanges.

 

D.Methods For Communicating With The Public About Recalls

 

As part of every recall, Five Below will develop a public communications plan. If the recall is undertaken in coordination with the CPSC or another regulatory agency, the communications plan may be developed and implemented jointly. Irrespective of the level of coordination with regulatory authorities, however, the communications plan must be carefully designed and must provide information in an understandable form that will encourage consumers to return the product in question. Typically, Five Below’s communications will identify the product with specificity, will describe any product defect or hazard, and will describe the corrective action being taken by the company.

 

  
 B-8 

 

 

The CPSC and other regulatory agencies have identified many methods for reaching consumers. The CPSC encourages companies conducting recalls to issue joint press releases with the CPSC. This approach is especially appropriate if the recall is being implemented in consultation with the CPSC and under the CPSC’s rules.

 

In addition to press releases, many other communications tools are available and should be considered. Certainly, recall posters in stores are often useful and should be considered. Likewise, information relating to recalls should be published on Five Below’s website. In particular recalls, the company may also consider release of a video news release (“VNR”). Such VNRs increase the likelihood of television coverage. In addition, in reaching consumers, Five Below may be able to use social media platforms such as Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter. To facilitate interaction with consumers, the CPSC also recommends the use of a toll-free telephone number, a dedicated email address, and a website URL. All of these tools are potentially effective and should be considered in designing the communications plan for a particular recall.

 

Furthermore, if Five Below is able to identify consumers known to have purchased the product in question, the company should contact these consumers. Telephone calls, regular email, and text messages could potentially be used for this purpose.

 

V.CONCLUSION

 

Each recall by Five Below will need to be carefully planned and implemented. This memorandum is intended to guide this decision-making process.

 

The approach taken on a particular product will depend in part on the level of risk associated with use of that product. As a starting point, whenever a product is found to be dangerous or non-compliant, the company will need to evaluate its reporting obligations. Then, if a recall is necessary, Five Below will have to immediately halt sales of the product, promptly remove the product from inventory, and actively encourage consumers to return the affected merchandise.

 

In most instances, if products are found to be dangerous or non-compliant, Five Below will work closely with its suppliers and manufacturers to develop a corrective action plan. If suppliers or manufacturers are responsible for the product defect or for any non-compliance, Five Below will encourage those firms to take the lead on any necessary recall. Five Below, however, will actively support their recalls and will conduct its own recall if necessary.

 

Lastly, in most recalls, even in voluntary recalls, Five Below will at least consult with regulatory authorities and may elect to conduct a recall under regulatory oversight. The company’s main objectives are to prevent harm to consumers and to meet all legal requirements. In pursuing these objectives, Five Below prefers to work on a collaborative basis with the responsible regulatory agencies whenever possible.

 

  
 B-9 

 

 

Appendix C

 

States in which Five Below currently operates

 

  Alabama
  Arizona
  Arkansas
  California
  Connecticut
  Delaware
  Florida
  Georgia
  Illinois
  Indiana
  Iowa
  Kansas
  Kentucky
  Louisiana
  Maine
  Maryland
  Massachusetts
  Michigan
  Minnesota
  Missippi
  Missouri
  Nebraska
  New Hampshire
  New Jersey
  New York
  North Carolina
  Ohio
  Oklahoma
  Pennsylvania
  Rhode Island
  South Carolina
  Tennessee
  Texas
  Virginia
  Washington DC
  West Virginia
  Wisconsin

 

  
 C-1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vendor Guide 

Section 2 of 3: Compliance

 

Revised: June 2023

 

  
 1 

 

 

Contents  
     
A. Change Log 4
     
B. Social Compliance Policy 5
     
C. Factory Audits—Import Vendors 7
     
D. Supply Chain Security Guidelines for Vendors, Suppliers, and Service Providers 9
     
  Overview 9
     
  Onboarding New Vendors for Supply Chain Safety and CTPAT: 10
     
  Five Below and SCAN 11
     
  Five Below Document Requirements at Time of Shipment 11
     
  Carton and Item Markings and Labeling 11
     
  Customs Country of Origin Requirements 12
     
E. CTPAT Minimum Security Criteria 12
     
  Corporate Security 12
     
  Security Vision and Responsibility 12
     
  Risk Assessment 12
     
  Business Partners 12
     
  Cybersecurity 13
     
  Transportation Security 13
     
  Conveyance and Instruments of International Traffic (ITT) Security 13
     
  Container Inspection 13
     
  Container Sales 14
     
  Procedural Security 15
     
  Agricultural Security 16
     
  People & Physical Security 16
     
  Physical Security 16
     
  Physical Access Controls 17
     
  Education, Training, and Awareness 17
     
F. Compliance with Applicable Laws 18
     
  Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act (CPSIA) 18
     
  Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) – Title VI for Composite Wood Products 20
     
  California Statutes and Regulations Governing Product Content 21

 

  
 2 

 

 

  Tracking Labels on Product and Packaging 25
     
  Fair Packaging and Label Act Section 500.5 25
     
  Private Brand Packaging Review and Approval 26
     
  California Proposition 65 Labeling 26
     
  Uniform Label Law for Stuffed Articles 27
     
  Textile Fiber Products Identification Act 27
     
  Care Labeling Rule 27
     
  Safety Data Sheet (SDS) 28
     
G. Testing Process 29
     
  General Testing Guidelines 29
     
  Testing Guidelines 30
     
  Products with the Five Below Name and/or Brands, including 1616 Holdings 30
     
  Vendor-Branded Goods for which Five Below is Importer of Record 30
     
  Submitting Items to Five Below’s Designated Third Party Lab for Testing 30
     
  Lab Testing Process—Riskonnect ESG (formerly ICIX) 31
     
  Five Below Test Review Timelines 31
     
H. Shipment Inspection 32
     
I. Appendix A – Five Below’s Designated 3rd Party Audit, Inspection, and Lab Contacts 33
     
  Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms China 33
     
  Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms - India 35
     
  Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms – Vietnam 37
     
  Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms – United States 38

 

  
 3 

 

 

A. Change Log

 

 

 

Update Page Date
Updated factory audit policy 8 August 2023
Updated approved lab and audit partner matrix 9 August 2023
Addition of RN number for Five Below branded goods subject to Textile, Wool and Fur Act 26 August 2023
California Proposition 65 Policy 27 August 2023
Product Testing for Vendor-Branded Good for which Five Below is Importer of Record 32 August 2023

 

  
 4 

 

 

B. Social Compliance Policy

 

 

Five Below strives to be an example of good human rights and labor practices throughout our business activities. As we do not own our manufacturing facilities, we take care in the selection of our vendors, and our process intends to screen out any that do not share our values.

 

Five Below requires that each of its Vendors:

 

(1)Complies with all Applicable Laws regarding eradication of forced, indentured, involuntary or compulsory labor in its facilities, and requires its suppliers, including labor brokers and agencies, to do the same;

 

(2)Ensure that its supply chain and materials incorporated into its products (including Goods supplied to Five Below) comply with all Applicable Laws (including international laws) prohibiting slavery and human trafficking;

 

(3)Treats its workers with dignity and respect, provides them with a safe work environment, and conducts business in compliance with all Applicable laws (including applicable environmental, labor and employment laws), and refrains from corrupt practices and engaging in human rights violations;

 

(4)Has and will continue to maintain records that are sufficiently detailed to substantiate that all Goods it supplies to Five Below are produced in compliance with the anti-slavery and human trafficking laws of the country or countries where they are produced and will produce such records to Five Below or its auditors upon request.

 

(5)Will allow Five Below and its agents access to every facility to conduct schedule and unscheduled inspections for the purpose of ensuring compliance with our social compliance requirements. It will grant Five Below and its Preferred Compliance Auditor the right to review all employee-related books and records maintained by the Vendor and to interview workers. Inspection/audit costs will be paid by the Vendor;

 

(6)Use of any sub-contracted factories will be communicated to and approved by Five Below, in advance, of outsourcing production of Goods;.

 

(7)Pays all workers at least the minimum wage and benefits as required by any Applicable Laws and regulations; as well as compensates workers for overtime at the rate enforced by Appliable Laws and regulations;

 

(8)Respects the rights of all workers to lawfully associate or not associate with groups of their choosing, so long as the groups are permitted by law. Vendors shall not unlawfully prevent or interfere with employee associations and related activities;

 

(9)Follows all Applicable Laws and regulations, and prohibits discrimination or harassment due to an employee’s sex, race, color, religion, origin, age, disability, marital status, gender identity, gender expression, or sexual orientation. Vendors should maintain a workplace that is free from harassment or discrimination;

 

  
 5 

 

 

(10)Maintains a working environment free from abuse or harassment. Vendors shall not tolerate forms of physical, sexual, psychological or verbal abuse; and

 

(11)Provides workers with access to acceptable working conditions, and, if applicable, acceptable living conditions. Vendor shall provide its workers with access to clean bathrooms, potable water, sanitary food storage areas, and sanitary dining areas. If Vendors provide dormitories or other housing for workers, these facilities must be sanitary, safe, and allow the housed employees to enter or exit freely.

 

Five Below also supports the goals of the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act of 2010. International Labor Organization research shows that there are at least 20 million victims of forced labor across different industries worldwide and that women and children are particularly vulnerable. Below are the steps Five Below is taking to prevent human trafficking and modern-day slavery in its supply chain.

 

Five Below is committed to upholding ethical sourcing practices globally, to protect the lives, freedom, and well-being of all individuals who take part in manufacturing Five Below products. Five Below has a zero-tolerance policy for unethical sourcing practices by Vendors, including a prohibition against use of forced and bonded labor. All work for Five Below must be completed on a voluntary and legal basis. This means that Vendor employees must be free to move and/or resign from their role, be free to leave at the end of their shift or under extenuating circumstances, and Vendors must not engage in illegal practices that restrict their employees’ freedom of movement.

 

Compliance with our vendor requirements is a pre-condition to start and maintain a business relationship with Five Below. All manufacturing partners are required to uphold Five Below vendor requirements. Five Below’s Preferred Compliance Partner does facility audits.

 

To ensure Vendors uphold Five Below requirements, Five Below reserves the right to conduct announced and unannounced audits, as well as follow-up visits and verification of Vendor facilities. Visits and audits are an opportunity for Five Below to strengthen its relationship with its Vendors, enhance transparency and work together on preventive actions. During an audit and any follow up visit, auditors meet with management, tour the site and interview employees.

 

Five Below vendor requirements apply to every vendor partnership that Five Below forms. Five Below has a zero-tolerance policy toward unapproved subcontractors, facilities and homework, and Vendors who are not open, transparent and cooperative; this allows Five Below to know who is producing goods and how such product is being produced. All of Five Below’s Vendors must abide by the laws of the country in which they are doing business.

 

If forced or bonded labor are found during a facility audit, Five Below will cease conducting business with the Vendor and require that they correct the problem immediately. If one of Five Below’s Vendors were found to be complicit in any form of forced or bonded labor, Five Below would require the Vendor address and correct the problem immediately and would launch an investigation. Five Below’s approach to manufacturing is to establish and maintain long-term partners that share its values, and where applicable, help develop preventive action plans to address and correct issues that arise. In extreme cases of systemic non-compliance or violation of its zero tolerance policies, Five Below reserves the right to terminate the business partnership with a Vendor.

 

  
 6 

 

 

C. Factory Audits—Import Vendors

 

 

New Vendors or New Factories

 

As Five Below does not own our manufacturing facilities, we take care in the selection of our vendors, and we partner only with those who share our values. We have an obligation to evaluate and assess social compliance for each factory that manufacturers goods using Five Below’s name and/or brands including 1616 Holdings, as well as national brands for which we are Importer of Record.

 

Each import supplier must disclose the name and address of all factories that produce goods for Five Below. For preliminary approval, all new factories must successfully compete a Social Compliance questionnaire and a Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (C-TPAT) self-assessment.

 

Vendors must provide, for each new import item, the factory from which the product will be sourced. Vendors are unable to set up import SKs without an approved factory.

 

After preliminary approval and no later than 30 days before purchase order is placed, all import import Vendors must schedule and successfully complete two factory audits conducted by one of Five Below’s designated third party factory and shipment inspection partners. Vendor is responsible for audit costs. Five Below requires TWO audits:

 

1.Social Compliance

 

2.Supplier Qualification Program (SQP)

 

During factory audits, Vendors are required to provide Five Below’s designated third party audit partner and its agents access to every facility to conduct audits to ensure all factories are in compliance with Five Below’s Social Compliance and Quality policies.Vendor may not use a subcontractor factory without Five Below approval. Subcontractor factories must follow the same approval process. Vendor must provide Five Below’s designated third party audit partner and its agents with access to employee-related records maintained by Vendor as well as the ability to interview workers.

 

Failure to provide Social Compliance and Supplier Qualification Program audits 30 days prior to Purchase Order placement date are subject to cancelation of purchase order at vendor’s expense.

 

Factories with an unacceptable initial audit will not be accepted.

 

Critical Failures

 

Any critical failure identified will place the factory into an unacceptable rating. Critical failures require Vendor to develop a CAP (Corrective Action Plan) within five business days and require a follow up audit by one of Five Below’s designated third party factory audit partners within 30 days of the date of audit.

 

Social Compliance Critical Failures

 

Factory does not have a valid business license

 

Child Labor Violations

 

Evidence of imprisoned/forced labor

 

Evidence of abuse and/or harassment

 

Emergency exits/doors/stairways are blocked or locked.

 

Evidence of bribery

 

Lack of cooperation from factory during audit (site tour, access to data, Q&A)

 

  
 7 

 

 

SQP Critical Failures

 

Lack of independent Quality Control staff

 

Lack of non-confirming product control procedures

 

Inability to provide relevant quality records

 

Lack of procedures to handle customer complaints

 

Lack of cooperation from factory during audit (site tour, access to data, Q&A)

 

Factory does not have a valid business license

 

Buildings and equipment are in poor condition

 

Vendors must supply factory information for each import item. Factories must be approved in advance of new import item set up. Not supplying factories in advance will delay new item set up until Five Below reviews and approves audit information.

 

Audit costs vary depending on the number of workers.

 

Vendor is responsible for total audit costs and travel expenses when applicable.

 

Audit labs require five (5) business days lead time to schedule audits

 

Audit labs will provide results within three (3) business days

 

Below is a matrix of labs by country. See appendix “A” for audit firm contact information.

 

  China India Vietnam USA Cambodia
Social Compliance
Audit
Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek
TQS QIMA STC STC
Supplier
Qualification
Program (SQP)
Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek
TQS QIMA STC STC
Product Testing Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek Intertek
BACL BV STC STC

Microbiological
testing 

(TRA / USP 61/62)

 

Intertek Intertek Intertek STC Intertek
STC BV STC STC

 

Current Vendors

 

Vendors currently supplying Goods to Five Below are subject to announced or unannounced factory inspections/audits to ensure on-going compliance with Five Below’s Social Compliance and Quality policies.

 

  
 8 

 

 

Subcontracting

 

Subcontracting production or labor without prior written consent of Five Below is strictly prohibited. Vendors are responsible for ensuring that Five Below approved subcontractors are in compliance with Five Below’s Social Compliance policies and will provide Five Below with proof of compliance upon request. Subcontracted facilities are also subject to announced and unannounced Factory Capacity and Capability in Manufacturing and Social Compliance audits by Five Below and its agents.

 

Environmental

 

Vendor’s factories must be compliant with local regulations and have modernized their environmental controls.

 

D. Supply Chain Security Guidelines for Vendors, Suppliers, and Service Providers

 

 

Overview

 

In the interests of securing 1616 Holdings, Inc (Five Below, Inc.), its shipments and its international supply chain, the company has initiated the implementation of supply chain security guidelines in line with the latest U.S. Customs and Border Protection CTPAT (Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism) requirements.

 

The Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (CTPAT) program is a voluntary supply chain security program led by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and focused on improving the security of private companies’ supply chains with respect to terrorism, smuggling and any other illicit activity.

 

As a Certified member, Five Below is required to ensure that its business partners adopt security minded strategies and procedures that meet the CTPAT requirements. This applies to existing suppliers, as well as vendors interested in becoming a business partner and part of the Five Below supply chain.

 

Certified importers that outsource elements of their supply chain, such as foreign facilities, conveyances and domestic warehouses are required to assess and monitor their business partners’ security protocols according to U.S. Customs CTPAT criteria. CBP enhanced their MSC (Minimum Security Criteria) in January of 2020. This is a significantly enhanced security profile, with specific ‘must’ and ’should’ Security questions in the areas of: Upper Management, Risk Assessment, Business Partners, Procedural, Conveyance & International Instruments of Trade (ITT), Agricultural, Physical, Access Controls, Personnel, Training, and Cybersecurity. The expectation is that our Foreign Business partners are maintaining proven and verifiable processes that meet these criteria. These questions are listed below for your reference. All question pertaining to Customs Trade compliance and CTPAT should be sent to: CustomsTrade@fivebelow.com

 

  
 9 

 

 

Onboarding New Vendors for Supply Chain Safety and CTPAT:

 

Terms for understanding:

 

BSI- Risk Management and Audit software. User creates login and password, completes a Self-Assessment Questionnaire for Supply Chain Security and Social Compliance. Supply Chain and Social Compliance are independent of one another. This is the system where factory self-assessments for Supply Chain Security (managed by Supply Chain) and Social Compliance (managed by Compliance) will be held. BSI is the system where factories will submit Social Compliance and Factory Capability and Capacity Audits (FCCA) audits.

 

OMS – the Order Management System booking portal that direct import factories utilize when booking a shipment for an Import Purchase Order. Our Consolidator is M+R and our Customs Broker is Samuel Shapiro.

 

Riskonnect (formerly ICIX) – Software that allows Five Below and vendors to trade compliance documents. This is the system where vendors submit product test reports and shipment inspections.

 

Five Below has partnered with BSI Supply Chain Solutions to manage business partner validation and CTPAT compliance via the SCM (Supplier Compliance Management) module. Prior to the vendor receiving a Five Below purchase order:

 

New prospective Vendor provides factory name(s), address and contact information at time of set-up request through the New Vendor Setup Process with Five Below Merchandise Operations

 

Five Below Customs Trade will generate a ‘welcome’ email in the BSI portal, for each Factory contact provided, which will provide a link to the SCM portal

 

Each Factory will create a login and password from the link, provided in the email, using Google Chrome or Internet Explorer 10 or higher

 

Factory Name will be screened for Denied Party, and

 

Each Factory will take the MSC (Minimum Security Criteria) Self-Assessment in the BSI portal, unless they are already members of SCAN or are part of an approved AEO program

 

Customs Trade will evaluate the resulting score of the Self-Assessment or valid audit

 

If the score does not meet the minimum threshold, a Corrective Action Plan, a Supply Chain Security Factory Audit, or both, will be issued

 

What you need to know:

 

Five Below will use BSI to issue Self-Assessment Questionnaires for Supply Chain Security, and Social Compliance, to our Business Partners

 

Five Below will issue Supply Chain Security factory audits through SCAN (Supplier Compliance Audit Network, highly recognized in the market), once the Self Assessments have been compiled and scored. You will receive an email welcoming you to the Supply Chain Risk Solutions web portal, which includes a link to create an account

 

All BSI communication will come from fivebelow@scrisksolutions.com

 

oIf you are not the appropriate point of contact reply to the email with the updated name and email

 

  
 10 

 

 

oThe link is associated with your email and cannot be forwarded to another user

 

oBSI is compatible with Google Chrome or Internet Explorer 10. Using other browsers may cause problems accessing BSI

 

You will receive two separate questionnaires – one for Supply Chain Security and one for Social Compliance. They are separate and independent from one another and managed by two different Five Below teams

 

SCAN, factory audits will be issued for Supply Chain Security audits only

 

Five Below is sensitive to the number of security audits factories complete during the year, and has signed with SCAN to reduce overall security audit fatigue and to drive operational efficiency without compromising security compliance excellence

 

Five Below and SCAN

 

Five Below is a member of SCAN (Suppler Compliance Audit Network). SCAN is an association of companies with global supply chains who collectively develop and manage supply chain security audits standards to reduce the audit fatigue and redundancy by way of confidential risk management platform.

 

As part of our ongoing Supply Chain Security audit program, factories will periodically need to audit their factories for Supply Chain Security. If the factory is an active SCAN member, we will incorporate the audit timeframe and utilize the SCAN audit. If the factory has an existing audit, Customs Trade will accept the report provided it is less than two years old.

 

Five Below Document Requirements at Time of Shipment

 

Commercial Invoice

 

Packing List

 

General Certificate of Conformity (GCC)

 

CTPAT 7-Point Inspection Certificate

 

Certificate of Origin

 

Depending upon the type of item:

 

LACEY

 

CITES

 

TSCA

 

IPR

 

Carton and Item Markings and Labeling

 

Manufacturers must place permanent distinguishing marks (tracking labels) on any consumer product primarily intended for children 12 years and younger, made on or after August 14, 2009. The marks must appear on the product itself, and its packaging, to the extent practicable.

 

  
 11 

 

 

Customs Country of Origin Requirements

 

The purpose of Country of Origin markings:

 

Section 304 of the Tariff Act of 1930 as amended (19 U.S.C.1304) requires most imports to bear labels informing the ultimate purchaser of their country of origin.

 

The country of origin marking on an item has an impact on consumers’ quality perceptions, affects the product’s admissibility, the rate of duty applied at time of import, its entitlement to special duty or trade preference programs, antidumping and government procurement.

 

Required marking characteristics:

 

1.Must be indicated in English and spelled out in full text. No abbreviation or short form version will be accepted.

 

2.Acceptable in the form of stickers, labels, tag, paint, or etching. The marking must be applied to a surface that ensures that the marking is conspicuous, legible and sufficiently permanent.

 

E. CTPAT Minimum Security Criteria

 

 

Corporate Security

 

Security Vision and Responsibility

 

Business partners should have a signed statement of support from a senior company official that is displayed throughout the company

 

The Business partner should form a cross-functional team from various disciplines within the organization to participate in the supply chain security process

 

There must be an internal audit process in place to ensure that the supply chain security policies and procedures are being adhered to

 

The Business partner must designate a supply chain security point of contact

 

Risk Assessment

 

An overall risk assessment must be conducted to identify and mitigate security vulnerabilities

 

Risk assessments must be reviewed at minimum on an annual basis

 

There should be a Crisis Management Plan in place, including business continuity, security recovery plans and business resumption

 

Business Partners

 

A written risk-based process must be in place for screening new business partners and monitoring existing partners. Financial soundness must be checked to ensure there is no involvement in money laundering or the funding of terrorist organizations

 

There must be written screening processes that include indicators to identify shipments or customers that might not be legitimate

 

Certification statuses of business partners, in a sponsored supply chain security program (such as AEO), must be monitored

 

A method must be in place to ensure that business partners have security measures in place that meet or exceed the minimum security criteria

 

Self-assessment questionnaires should be updated periodically

 

  
 12 

 

 

Cybersecurity

 

Written cybersecurity policies and procedures must be in place.

 

Security software and firewalls must be in place to protect IT systems, including provisions for data breaches and unforeseen events that can lead to data loss

 

The facility must regularly test the security of the IT system infrastructure

 

There must be a documented system in place to identify unauthorized access of IT systems, abuse of IT systems or tampering/altering of business data by employees or contractors.

 

Cybersecurity policies and procedures must be reviewed and updated annually or more frequently as risk or circumstances dictate

 

Access to IT systems must be restricted by job function and responsibilities

 

Individually assigned user accounts must be issued to all employees who access any IT related systems or programs

 

Transportation Security

 

Conveyance and Instruments of International Traffic (ITT) Security

 

Conveyances and instruments of International Traffic (ITT) must be stored, at all times, in a secure area to prevent unauthorized access

 

Security and agricultural inspections must be conducted on all shipping conveyances prior to loading

 

Container Inspection

 

All factory-loaded containers selected to transport Five Below cargo must be inspected according to the standards outlined by Five Below and by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP).

 

The container inspection must be conducted prior to loading cargo for Five Below, and documented using an inspection checklist, including all locking mechanisms are in good working order and will detect any signs of tampering, conducted in a controlled area. Each form must be uploaded to the booking portal at time of shipment and accompany the commercial documents.

 

Front wall

 

Left side

 

Right side

 

Floor

 

Ceiling/Roof

 

Inside/outside doors

 

Outside/Undercarriage

 

If pest contamination is discovered during inspection, washing/vacuuming must occur to remove such contamination

 

Managers should conduct re-inspection based on risk to ensure effectiveness

 

  
 13 

 

 

 

Figure 1

 

Container Sales

 

Seal Controls

 

Management of seal controls must be restricted to authorized personnel

 

Seals must be securely stored in a secure area

 

A seal log of inventory, distribution, recording of new, and tracking must be maintained

 

Issuance of seals must be recorded in the log

 

Only trained, authorized personnel may affix seals to ITT

 

A driver must immediately notify applicable staff when a seal is broken

 

Placement

 

All containers loaded with Five Below cargo must be secured with an ISO-17712 high security seal immediately after loading. The seal must meet or exceed the current PAS/ISO 17712 standards. It must be a bolt seal or a cable seal (see Figure 2). FIVE BELOW will not accept any other type or lower rated seal to be placed on its shipments.

 

 

 

Figure 2

 

  
 14 

 

 

The seals must be placed on the right door of the container on the hasp that has the welded rivet. Once placed, the integrity of the seal must be tested by utilizing the V.V.T.T method.

 

The integrity of each of the affixed high security seals must be verified by implementing the following steps: (Figure 3)

 

View the seal

 

Verify the seal

 

Tug on the seal

 

Tug & Twist the seal

 

A diagram of a person's process

AI-generated content may be incorrect. 

 

Figure 3

 

Procedural Security

 

Measures must be in place to prevent unauthorized address when cargo is staged overnight or extended periods of time

 

Cargo staging areas and the immediate surrounding areas must be inspected on a regular basis to ensure these areas remain free of visible pest contamination

 

The stuffing of cargo into containers/ITT should be supervised by a security officer or other designated person

 

Photos should be taken during the loading and sealing process to document the seal number and seal location

 

Procedures must be in place to ensure that all information used in the clearing of merchandise/cargo is legible, complete, accurate, protected against the exchange, loss, or introduction of erroneous information and reported on time

 

All shipping documents should be stored in a secure location to prevent unauthorized use

 

The Bill of Lading information provided to the customs administration must include the first foreign location where the carrier takes possession of the cargo

 

Shipping personnel who are responsible for reviewing import/export shipping data must be trained to recognize or identify suspicious cargo shipments

 

  
 15 

 

 

Agricultural Security

 

Written procedures must be in place that are designed to prevent pest contamination to include compliance with Wood Packaging Materials (WPM) regulations

 

People & Physical Security

 

Physical Security

 

Cargo handling and storage facilities, including trailer yards and offices, must be secured by physical barriers and/or deterrents that prevent access

 

Gates where vehicles and/or personnel enter or exit (as well as other points of egress) must be manned or monitored

 

Private passenger vehicles must be prohibited from parking in or adjacent to cargo handling and storage areas

 

Adequate lighting must be provided inside and outside the facility, including entrances, exits, cargo handling and storages areas, fence lines, and parking areas

 

Security technology should be used to monitor premises and prevent unauthorized access to sensitive areas

 

There must be written policies and procedures governing the use, maintenance, and protection of security technology for the access control, alarms, and video surveillance systems

 

A licensed/certified resource should be contracted to design and install the security technology systems

 

The security technology infrastructure must be physically secured from unauthorized access

 

Security technology systems should be configured with an alternative power source that will allow the systems to continue to operate in the event of an unexpected loss of direct power.

 

A CCTY system should be in place

 

The CCTV system should cover the premises and all sensitive areas to deter unauthorized access

 

Alarms should be used to alert the company to unauthorized access into sensitive areas

 

Cameras must be positioned to cover key areas of the import/export process

 

Cameras should have an alarm/notification feature, which would signal a ‘failure to operate/record’ condition

 

Periodic, random reviews of the camera footage must bey conducted by management, security, or other designated personnel, to verify that cargo security procedures are being properly followed

 

CCTV recordings of key import/export processes should be maintained for a minimum of 14 days after the shipment being monitored has arrived at the point of destination (where the container is first opened after clearing customs)

 

  
 16 

 

 

Physical Access Controls

 

There must be written procedures governing how identification badges and access devices are granted, changed, and removed

 

All visitors, vendors, and service providers must be required to present photo identification upon arrival. Also, there must be a registration log maintained that records the details of the visit

 

Drivers delivering / receiving cargo must be required to present photo identification to the facility prior to delivering / receiving cargo to verify their identity

 

oThe carrier must notify the facility of the estimated time of arrival for the scheduled pick up, the name of the driver, and truck number

 

Cargo truck pickup and deliveries must be made by appointment

 

Arriving packages and mail should be periodically screened for contraband before being admitted

 

Work requirements for security guards must be contained in written policies and procedures

 

Application information, such as employee history and references, must be verified prior to employment, to the extent possible and allowed under the law

 

Criminal history checks should be conducted as part of the employee background screening

 

Education, Training, and Awareness

 

The company must establish and maintain a security and awareness training program to foster awareness of the security vulnerabilities to facilities, conveyances, and cargo at each point in the supply chain

 

Drivers and other employees that conduct security and agricultural inspections of empty conveyances and instruments of international traffic (ITT) (containers), must be trained to inspect their conveyances/ITT for both security and agricultural purposes

 

Drivers must be trained on situational reporting – the procedures to follow if something is found during a conveyance inspection or if a security incident takes place while in transit

 

The company should have measures in place to verify that the employees understand the training such as through quizzes, a simulation exercise/drill, or, regular audits of procedures

 

Training must be provided that encompasses pest preventing measures, regulatory requirements applicable to wood packaging materials (WPM), and the identification of infested wood

 

Personnel must be trained on the company’s cybersecurity policies and procedures. This must include the need for employees to protect passwords / passphrases and compute access

 

Personnel operating and managing security technology systems must be trained in their operation and maintenance

 

Training that covers reporting security incidents, suspicious activities, and escalation procedures must be provided.

 

  
 17 

 

 

F. Compliance with Applicable Laws

 

 

Vendor agrees to comply fully with all Applicable Laws as required by Five Below’s then current Purchase Order Terms and Conditions, including as follows (without limitation):

 

Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act (CPSIA)

 

Visit the Consumer Product Safety Commission’s website at www.cpsc.gov for the latest rules and regulations regarding cadmium, lead in paint and substrate, phthalates and phthalate substitutes, ASTM 963, toxicity testing and any other required tests.

 

*ALL GOODS MUST PASS ALL CURRENT CPSC, ASTM, FDA, FTC, UL, AND OTHER APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND MUST BE 50- STATE COMPLIANT AS TO PRODUCT AND PACKAGING CONTENT AND LABELING*

 

Below is a listing of certain requirements, but is not intended to supply Vendor with a listing of all applicable requirements with which Vendor must comply.

 

Regulation /
Standard

Venue Limits Comments Five Below Requirements
CPSIA - lead in
substrate
US 100 ppm
substrate
Effective date does not apply to product on shelves as of that date, but for all items manufactured after that date. Five Below requires compliance to 100 ppm prior to the effective date of August 14, 2011
CPSIA – Lead in
surface coating
US 90 ppm All the products that the lead in surface coating shall be less than 90 ppm.  
CPSIA – Phthalates in Children’s Toys and Children’s Care Articles US 0.1 percent Applies to goods produced after April 25, 2018.  

Illinois - lead

Children (12 years and

younger)

State of Illinois 40 ppm
substrate
Products whose lead limits exceed 40 ppm may be sold but must include a label. The language for this label was amended August 26, 2011 Five Below does not allow labeling and requires compliance within 40 ppm.

Illinois -

Cadmium Children (12

years and younger)

State of Illinois 75 ppm Law limits any part or surface coating or accessible substrate Five Below requires 75 ppm

 

  
 18 

 

 

CHILDREN’S JEWELRY:

 

Regulation / Standard

Summary Comments
ASTM F 2923 Children’s Jewelry
Standard on cadmium content
The extracted cadmium must be less than 200 ppm for metal component if it is a federal small part. If it is not a small part, and be tested by saline extraction procedure shall not exceed 18 ug. The extracted cadmium shall not exceed 75 ppm for plastic components. Children’s jewelry includes the following items: Anklet, arm cuff, bracelet, brooch, chain, crown or tiara, cuff link, hair accessory with significant deco elements, earrings or ear cuffs, necklace, pins, ring, body piercing jewelry, charm beads and pendant, etc.
ASTM F 2923 Children’s Jewelry Standard on total lead content of substrate The total lead content in metal components (plated or none plated), plastic components or any other materials should not exceed 100 ppm.
ASTM F 2923 Children’s Jewelry Standard on total lead content of surface coatings. The total lead content in surface coating shall not exceed 90 ppm.
ASTM F 2923 Children’s Jewelry Standard on nickel release The nickel release must be less than 0.2 ug/square centimeter/week for body pierced parts, and 0.5 ug/square centimeter/week for direct and prolonged skin contact parts.
ASTM F 2923 Children’s Jewelry Standard on magnets

Children’s jewelry shall not contain loose AS RECEIVED hazardous magnet or hazardous magnetic components. It shall not become hazardous magnet or have hazardous magnetic components after use and reasonable foreseeable abuse test.

ASTM F 2923-20 Specification for Phthalates in Plasticized Components of Children’s Jewelry Phthalates content in plasticized components of children’s jewelry not to exceed 0.1% each for BBP, DBP, DEHP, DHEXP, DINP, DCHP, DIBP, and DPENP.

 

ADULT JEWELRY:

 

Citation / Requirements Summary Comments

ASTM F 2999-13 Adult

Jewelry Safety Standard /CPSC-CH-E 1001-08, 1002 – 08, 1003-09; EPA 3050B; EPA 3051A EPA 3052; ASTM F2853-

10

Total cadmium content must be less than 300ppm. If the testing data exceeded this limit, Lab should proceed with extracted cadmium test. The extracted cadmium content shall be less than 200 ppm. Adult jewelry includes the following items: Anklet, arm cuff, bracelet, brooch, chain, crown or tiara, cuff link, hair accessory with significant deco elements, earrings or ear cuffs, necklace, pins, ring, body piercing jewelry, charm beads and pendant, etc.
ASTM F 2999-13 Adult Jewelry
Safety Standard on total lead
content of substrate
The total lead content in electroplated metals shall not exceed 6.0%; The lead content on un-plated metals should not exceed 1.5%; The lead content of plastic /rubber / stone / PVC should not exceed 200 ppm; The lead content of any other materials should not exceed 600 ppm.

The total lead content in surface coating shall not exceed 90 ppm.

ASTM F 2999-13 Adult Jewelry
Safety Standard on nickel
release
The nickel release must be less than 0.2 ug/square centimeter/week for body pierced parts, and 0.5 ug/square centimeter/week for direct and prolonged skin contact
parts.
Adult jewelry includes the following items: Anklet, arm cuff, bracelet, brooch, chain, crown or tiara, cuff link, hair accessory with significant deco elements, earrings or ear cuffs, necklace, pins, ring, body piercing jewelry, charm beads and pendant, etc.
ASTM F 2999-13 Adult
Jewelry Safety Standard on
soluble heavy metal of surface
coating
The soluble heavy metal of Adult jewelry shall not exceed the limit as follows: Antimony < 60 ppm; As < 25 ppm; Ba < 1000 ppm; Cd < 75ppm; Cr < 60 ppm; Hg < 60 ppm; Se < 500 ppm
ASTM F 2999 -13 Adult
Jewelry Safety Standard on
Magnet
Adult jewelry contains loose hazardous magnet that its flux
index greater than 50 and fit into federal small parts
cylinder must contain a warning label with the following
warning statements such as ” WARNING: Contains magnet.
Swallow or inhaled magnets can attract through and
squeeze intestines or other body issue, and cause serious
injury or death. Seek immediate medical attention if
swallowed on inhaled.

 

  
 19 

 

 

BOOKING WILL NOT BE GRANTED WITHOUT TEST REPORTS/GCC.

 

FOR CHILDREN’S PRODUCTS, VENDOR MUST FILL OUT A CHILDREN’S GENERAL CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

 

*BEDDING AND UPHOLSTERY ITEMS, INCLUDING PLUSH, MUST CONTAIN VALID REGISTRATION NUMBERS AND BE ON FILE WITH DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY IN APPLICABLE STATES*

 

Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) – Title VI for Composite Wood Products

 

Citation / Requirements

Summary Comments

Environmental Protection

Agency (EPA)

40 CFR Part 770

Until March 22, 2019, regulated products certified as compliant with the CARB ATCM Phase II emission standards must be labeled as compliant with either the TSCA Title VI or the CARB ATCM Phase II emission standards.

 

 
 

Regulated products manufactured in or imported into the United States after March 22, 2019 may not rely on the CARB reciprocity of 40 CFR 770.15(e) and must be certified and labeled as TSCA Title VI compliant by an EPA TSCA Title VI TPC with all of the required accreditations.

 

 
  After March 22, 2019, CARB-approved TPCs must comply with additional accreditation requirements in order to remain recognized as an EPA TSCA Title VI TPC and to continue certifying products as TSCA Title VI compliant.  

 

  
 20 

 

 

California Statutes and Regulations Governing Product Content

 

Below is a listing of certain requirements, but is not intended to supply Vendor with a listing of all applicable requirements with which Vendor must comply.

 

 

Statute

Description Statute or Regulation and
Department of Toxic
Substances Control Fact
Sheet if available
Division 12.2
Products
Containing
Toxic Metals
-- Ch. 5
Consumer
Products
Containing
Mercury §§
15025-
15029, CA
Public
Resource
Code

15025. For purposes of this article, the following terms have the following meanings: (a) “Mercury-added novelty” means a mercury-added product intended mainly for personal or household enjoyment or adornment. A “mercury-added novelty” includes, but is not limited to, any item intended for use as a practical joke, figurine, adornment, toy, game, card, ornament, yard statue or figure, candle, jewelry, holiday decoration, and item of apparel, including footwear. “Mercury-added novelty” does not include a product that contains no mercury other than in a mercury-added button cell battery.

 

15027. (a) On and after January 1, 2003, no person shall manufacture, offer for final sale or use, or distribute for promotional purposes in this state, a mercury-added novelty, if the manufacturer, seller, or distributor knows, or has reason to know, that the product contains mercury. A person who manufactures or distributes any mercury-added novelty shall notify each retailer regarding the requirements of this section and how to dispose of the remaining inventory in accordance with Chapter 6.5 (commencing with Section 25100) of Division 20 of the Health and Safety Code.

 

* Code also regulates Mercury in batteries (see section 15020-15024 CA Public Resource Code)

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=pr
c&group=15001-
16000&file=15025-15029
Plastic
Products
Law, CA
Public
Resource
Code §§
42355-
42358.5

42357. (a) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (3), a person shall not sell a plastic product in this state that is labeled with the term “compostable,” “home compostable,” or “marine degradable” unless, at the time of sale, the plastic product meets the applicable ASTM standard specification, as specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 42356 or the Vincotte OK Compost HOME certification, as provided in paragraph (4).

 

42356. For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions apply:
(a) “ASTM” means the ASTM International.
(b) (1) “ASTM standard specification” means one of the following:
(A) The ASTM Standard Specification for Compostable Plastics D6400, as published in September 2004, except as provided in subdivision (c) of Section 42356.1.
(B) The ASTM Standard Specification for Non-Floating Biodegradable Plastics in the Marine Environment
D7081, as published in August 2005, except as provided in subdivision (c) of Section 42356.1.
(C) The ASTM Standard Specification for Biodegradable Plastics Used as Coatings on Paper and Other
Compostable Substrates D6868, as published in August 2003, except as specified in subdivision (c) of Section 42356.1.

 

(h) “Vincotte certification” means a certification of a European norm (EN) standard adopted by the Belgian-
accredited inspection and certification organization Vincotte.

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=pr
c&group=42001-
43000&file=42355-42358.5
Plastic
Microbeads
Nuisance
Prevention
Law, CA
Public
Resource
Code §§
42360-
42366
(AB No. 888)
EFFECTIVE
JANUARY 1,
2020

42362. On and after January 1, 2020, a person shall not sell or offer for promotional purposes in this state any personal care products containing plastic microbeads that are used to exfoliate or cleanse in a rinse-off product, including, but not limited to, toothpaste.

 

42363. Section 42362 shall not apply to a person that sells or offers for promotional purposes a personal care product containing plastic microbeads in an amount less than 1 part per million (ppm) by weight.

 

42361.“Personal care product” means an article intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, introduced to, or otherwise applied to, the human body or any part thereof for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance, and an article intended for use as a component of that type of article.

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=pr
c&group=42001-
43000&file=42360-42366

  
 21 

 

 

Statute Description Statute or Regulation and
Department of Toxic
Substances
Expanded
Polystyrene
Loosefill
Packaging, CA
Public Resource
Code § 42390

42390. (b) Except as provided in subdivision (c), on and after January 1, 2012, a wholesaler or manufacturer shall not sell or offer for sale in this state expanded polystyrene loosefill packaging material.

(c) Subdivision (b) does not apply to expanded polystyrene loosefill packaging materials that complies with the following requirements:

(1) On and after January 1, 2012, until December 31, 2013, inclusive, it is comprised of at least 60 percent recycled material.

(2) On and after January 1, 2014, until December 31, 2016, inclusive, it is comprised of at least 80 percent recycled material.

(3) On and after January 1, 2017, it is comprised of 100 percent recycled material.

“Recycled material” means feedstock material from any of the following that has been diverted from landfill disposal:

(A) Material derived from a finished polystyrene product that has completed its intended end use and product life cycle.

(B) Material derived from a blemished, flawed, or otherwise unusable finished polystyrene product.

(C) Material derived from manufacturing and fabrication scrap from production of a finished polystyrene product.


Statute:
http://www.legin
fo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?
section=pr
c&group=42001-
43000&file=4239
0
California’s
Metal-
Containing
Jewelry Law,
Health and
Safety Code §§
25214.1-
25214.4.2

Restricts the materials, lead content, and cadmium content of “jewelry made for, marketed for use by, or marketed to children ages six and younger”

25214.2. (a) A person shall not manufacture, ship, sell, offer for sale, or offer for promotional purposes jewelry for retail sale or promotional purposes in the state, unless the jewelry is made entirely from a class 1, class 2, or class 3 material, or any combination of those materials.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), a person shall not manufacture, ship, sell, offer for sale, or offer for promotional purposes children’s jewelry for retail sale or promotional purposes in the state, unless the children’s jewelry is made entirely from one or more of the following materials:

(1) A nonmetallic material that is a class 1 material and that does not otherwise violate the requirements of paragraph (4).

(2) A nonmetallic material that is a class 2 material.

(3) A metallic material that is either a class 1 material or contains less than 0.06 percent (600 parts per million) lead by weight.

(4) Glass or crystal decorative components that weigh in total no more than one gram, excluding any glass or crystal decorative component that contains less than 0.02 percent (200 parts per million) lead by weight and has no intentionally added lead.

(5) Printing ink or ceramic glaze that contains less than 0.06 percent (600 parts per million) lead by weight. (6)
Class 3 material that contains less than 0.02 percent (200 parts per million) lead by weight.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), a person shall not manufacture, ship, sell, offer for sale, or offer for promotional purposes body piercing jewelry for retail sale or
promotional purposes in the state, unless the body piercing jewelry is made of one or more of the following materials:
(1) Surgical implant stainless steel. (2)
Surgical implant grade of titanium. (3)
Niobium (Nb).
(4) Solid 14 karat or higher white or yellow nickel-free gold. (5)
Solid platinum.

(6) A dense low-porosity plastic, including, but not limited to, Tygon or Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), if the

plastic contains no intentionally added lead.

** see 25214.1 for definitions of classes of materials

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.
gov/ cgi-
bin/displaycode?sectio
n=hs c&group=25001-
26000&file=2521
4.1-
2521
4.4.2

DTSC Fact Sheet:
https://www.dtsc.ca.go
v/Ha
zardousWaste/Jewelry/
uplo ad/Jewelry-Fact-
Sheet.pdf

Toxics in
Packaging
Prevention Act,
CA Health &
Safety Code §§
25214.11-
25214.26
25214.13. (a) Except as provided in Section 25214.14, on and after January 1, 2006, a manufacturer or supplier may not offer for sale or for promotional purposes in this state a package or packaging component that includes a regulated metal, in the package itself, or in a packaging component, if the regulated metal has been intentionally introduced into the package or packaging component during manufacturing or distribution.

(b) Except as provided in Section 25214.14, on and after January 1, 2006, a person may not offer for sale or for promotional purposes in this state a product in a package that includes a regulated metal, in the package itself, or in a packaging component, if the regulated metal has been intentionally introduced into the package or packaging component during manufacturing or distribution.

(c) Except as provided in Section 25214.14, on and after January 1, 2006, a person may not offer for sale or for promotional purposes in this state a package, packaging component, or product in a package if the sum of the incidental total concentration levels of all regulated metals present in a single-component package or in an individual packaging component exceeds 100 parts per million by weight. 

Note: 25214.14. includes exemptions to this law

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov
/cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=h
sc&gr oup=25001-
26000&file=25214.11-
25214.26

DTSC Fact Sheet for
Consumer Goods:
https://www.dtsc.ca.gov/T
oxicsI
nPackaging/upload/HWMP
_FS_ Toxics-Packaging.pdf

DTSC Fact Sheet for
Grocers and Retailers

  
 22 

 

 

Statute Description Statute or Regulation and
Department of Toxic
Substances Control Fact
Sheet if available

Lighting Toxics

Reduction Law,

CA Health and

Safety Code §§

25210.9-

25210.12

 

25210.9 (b) Except as provided in subdivisions (e), (f), and (g), on and after January 1, 2010, a person shall not sell or offer for sale in this state a general purpose light under any of the following circumstances:

(1) The general purpose light being sold or offered for sale was manufactured on and after January 1, 2010, and contains levels of hazardous substances that would result in the prohibition of that general purpose light being sold or offered for sale in the European Union pursuant to the RoHS Directive.

(2) The manufacturer of the general purpose light sold or being offered for sale fails to provide the documentation to the department required by subdivision (h).

(3) The manufacturer of the general purpose light being sold or offered for sale does not provide the certification required in subdivision (i).

25210.10. (a) For purposes of this article, “general purpose lights” means lamps, bulbs, tubes, or other electric devices that provide functional illumination for indoor residential, indoor commercial, and outdoor use.

(b) General purpose lights do not include any of the following specialty lighting: appliance, black light, bug, colored, infrared, left-hand thread, marine, marine signal service, mine service, plant light, reflector, rough service, shatter resistant, sign service, silver bowl, showcase, three-way, traffic signal, and vibration service or vibration resistant.

(c) General purpose lights do not include lights needed to provide special-needs lighting for individuals with exceptional needs.

Statute:

http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/

cgi-

bin/displaycode?section=hs

c&group=25001-

26000&file=25210.9-

25210.12

 

Art or Craft

Materials, CA

Health and

Safety Code

§§

108500-108515

108500. For the purposes of this article, an art or craft material shall be presumed to contain an ingredient that is a toxic substance causing chronic illness if the ingredient, whether an intentional ingredient or an impurity, is 1 percent or more by weight of the mixture or product, or if the department determines that the toxic or carcinogenic properties of the art or craft material are such that labeling is necessary for the adequate protection of the public health and safety.

 

108115. “Department” means the State Department of Health Services.

108110. The term “art or craft material” means any raw or processed material or manufactured product marketed or being represented by the manufacturer, repackager or retailer as being suitable for use in any phase of the creation of any work of visual or graphic art of any medium. These mediums may include, but shall not be limited to, paintings, drawings, prints, sculpture, ceramics, enamels, jewelry, stained glass, plastic sculpture, photographs, and leather and textile goods.

108140. The term “human carcinogen” means any substance listed as a human carcinogen by the International Agency for Research on Cancer.

The term “potential human carcinogen” means one of the following:

(1) Any substance that does not meet the definition of human carcinogen, but for which there exists sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in animals, as determined by the International Agency for Research on Cancer.

(2) Any chemical shown to be changed by the human body into a human carcinogen.

108145. The term “toxic” shall apply to any substance, other than a radioactive substance, that has the capacity to produce personal injury or illness to man through ingestion, inhalation, or absorption through any body surface.

108150. The term “toxic substance causing chronic illness” means any of the following:

(1) Human carcinogens.

(2) Potential human carcinogens.

(3) Any substance included in the list of hazardous substances prepared by the Director of Industrial

Relations, pursuant to Section 382 of the Labor Code, notwithstanding exemptions made for substances on the list that are used in particular forms, circumstances, or concentrations, if the health hazard presented by the substance is not the subject of label statements required by federal law. 

Statute:

http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/ cgi-

bin/displaycode?section=hs

c&group=108001-

109000&file=108500-

108515

 

  
 23 

 

 

Statute Description Statute or Regulation and
Department of Toxic
Substances Control Fact
Sheet if available

Toy Safety CA
Health and
Safety Code
§§108550-

108585

108230. A determination by the department that a toy or other article intended for use by children presents an electrical, mechanical, or thermal hazard shall be made by regulation.

 

108550. “Toy,” as used in this article, means an article designed and made for the amusement of a child or for his or her use in play.

 

108555. (a) No person shall manufacture, sell, or exchange, have in his or her possession with intent to sell or exchange, or expose or offer for sale or exchange to any retailer, any toy that is contaminated with any toxic substance or that is any of the following:

 

(1) Is coated with paints and lacquers containing compounds of lead of which the lead content (calculated as Pb) is in excess of that permitted by federal regulations contained in Part 1303 of Title16 of the Code of Federal Regulations adopted pursuant to the Consumer Product Safety Act (Title 15 (commencing with Section 2051) of the United States Code) and the lead limit as reduced by Congress in Section 101(f) of the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (Public Law 110-314), or soluble compounds of antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, mercury, selenium, or barium, as identified in the ASTM International Standard F963-08 “Standard Consumer Safety Specification for Toy Safety” (ASTM F963).

(2) Consists in whole or in part of a diseased, contaminated, filthy, putrid, or decomposed substance.

(3) Has been produced, prepared, packed, shipped, or held under unsanitary or other conditions whereby it may have become contaminated with filth or hazardous materials or otherwise rendered injurious to health.

(4) Is stuffed, padded, or lined with materials that are toxic or that would otherwise be hazardous if ingested, inhaled, or contacted.

(5) Is a stuffed, padded, or lined toy that is not securely wrapped or packaged.

(b) The department and local health officers shall enforce this article.

 

108560. (a) All toys offered for sale or exchange, shall contain a label with the name and place of business of the manufacturer, distributor, or importer in the United States.

(b) It is unlawful to fail to provide any information required by this section upon the request of the department.

108585. (a) No person shall knowingly manufacture, sell, or offer for sale any toy that is designed to depict torture or resemble an instrument specifically designed for torture, or that specifically resembles a bomb or grenade.

(b) This section shall not apply to any model of an aircraft, ship, motor vehicle, railroad engine, car, or rocketship or other spacecraft, or to any part of the model.

Statute:

http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=hs
c&group=108001-
109000&file=108550-
108585

Phthalates in
Products for
Young Children,
CA Health and
Safety Code §§
108935-108939

 

108937. (a) Commencing January 1, 2009, no person or entity shall manufacture, sell, or distribute in commerce any toy or child care article that contains di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP), dibutyl phthalate (DBP), or benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP), in concentrations exceeding 0.1 percent.

(b) Commencing January 1, 2009, no person or entity shall manufacture, sell, or distribute in commerce any

toy or child care article intended for use by a child under three years of age if that product can be placed in

the child’s mouth and contains diisononyl phthalate (DINP), diisodecyl phthalate (DIDP), or di-n-octylphthalate (DnOP), in concentrations exceeding 0.1 percent.

 

108935. For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a) “Toy” means all products designed or intended by the manufacturer to be used by children when they play.

(b) “Child care article” means all products designed or intended by the manufacturer to facilitate sleep, relaxation, or the feeding of children, or to help children with sucking or teething. 

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=hs
c&group=108001-
109000&file=108935-
108939

 

 

  
 24 

 

 

Statute Description

Statute or Regulation and
Department of Toxic
Substances Control Fact
Sheet if available

Bisphenol A, CA
Health & Safety
Code §§ 108940-
41

108940. (a) “no person shall manufacture, sell, or distribute in commerce any bottle or cup that contains bisphenol A, at a detectable level above 0.1 parts per billion (ppb), if the bottle or cup is designed or intended to be filled with any liquid, food, or beverage intended primarily for consumption from that bottle or cup by children three years of age or younger.

 

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi- bin/displaycode?section=hs
c&group=108001-
109000&file=108940-
108941

 

Polybrominated
Diphenyl Ethers,
CA Health &
Safety Code §§
108920-1089323

108922. On and after June 1, 2006, a person may not manufacture, process, or distribute in commerce a product, or a flame-retarded part of a product, containing more than one-tenth of 1 percent of pentaBDE or octaBDE, except for products containing small quantities of PBDEs that are produced or used for scientific research on the health or environmental effects of PBDEs.

 

108920. Chemicals known as brominated flame retardants (BFRs) are widely used in California. To meet stringent fire standards, manufacturers add BFRs to a multitude of products, including plastic housing of electronics and computers, circuit boards, and the foam and textiles used in furniture.

Statute:
http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/
cgi-
bin/displaycode?section=hs
c&group=108001-
109000&file=108920-
108923
Consumer
Product
Regulations, 17
CA Code of
Regulations §§
94500-94555

Regulates content of volatile organic compounds and other chemicals and prohibits use of certain chemicals in certain consumer products.

 

Requires that label of covered products contain date code and imposes other administrative obligations.

 

 

Regulations:
http://www.arb.ca.gov/con
sprod/regs/regs. htm

 

 

Tracking Labels on Product and Packaging

 

Manufacturers must place permanent distinguishing marks (tracking label) on any consumer product primarily intended for children 12 and younger made on or after August 14, 2009. The permanent marks must enable consumers to ascertain basic information, including the manufacturer or private labeler, location, the date of manufacture, and more detailed information on the manufacturing process such as a batch or run number. The permanent distinguishing marks must appear on the product itself and its packaging to the extent practicable. Learn more about the tracking label requirement at http://www.cpsc.gov/en/Business--Manufacturing/Business- Education/tracking-label/

 

For Goods not subject to the CPSIA tracking label requirement above, but are either ‘exclusively for 1616 Holdings ’ or ‘distributed by 1616 Holdings’, Five Below requires a tracking number on the customer packaging as well as the product itself. Contact Five Below at QA-Compliance@FiveBelow.com for further details.

 

Fair Packaging and Label Act Section 500.5

 

a)Five Below Private Label Products: All Product packaging for Five Below private label products must contain (as directed by Five Below) ’Manufactured for 1616 Holdings, Inc.’ or Distributed by 1616 Holdings, Inc.” Unless required by Applicable Law, only the city and state of 1616 Holdings, Inc. shall be listed. The city and state is ‘Philadelphia, Pennsylvania’. If a full street address is required by Applicable Law, the address is ’701 Market Street Suite 200, Philadelphia PA 19106’. For Five Below’s private brand products subject to the Textile, Wool and Fur Act, vendor may use Five Below’s Registered Identification Number (RN) 163199.

 

b)Non-Private Label Products: All Product packaging shall be labelled as required by Applicable Law and shall not identify Five Below or any of its affiliates.

 

c)Vendor Information: Vendor/Manufacturer’s name, and the Vendor/Manufacturer’s Place of Business will only be included on packaging if specifically directed by Five Below, or otherwise required by Applicable Law.

 

d)If packaging contains more than one unit, the quantity must be listed on the package.

 

If the Vendor has been issued an RN (Registered Identification Number) by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), Vendor may, in lieu of listing their full business name, use their RN on labels of products covered by the Textile, Wool, and Fur Acts.

 

  
 25 

 

 

Private Brand Packaging Review and Approval

 

Packaging for Goods that are private labeled for Five Below (“Exclusively for 1616 Holdings”, “Distributed by 1616 Holdings”, or “Manufactured by 1616 Holdings”) must be reviewed and approved by Five Below QA-Compliance department prior to production. Email dylines to QA-Compliance@FiveBelow.com for approval.

 

California Proposition 65 Labeling

 

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Vendor is required to label any Goods that require a Proposition 65 warning with a warning, the content of which satisfies the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 27, Division 4, Article 6 for consumer product warnings and has been placed on the Goods (either on the product or the product labeling) in a manner that complies with the requirements of Article 6.

 

Five Below’s policy with regard to Prop 65 is as follows:

 

1.Five Below prefers to sell products that are compliant with Prop 65 (i.e., that either do not contain any chemicals on the Prop 65 List, or contain such chemicals but within permissible safety levels) and thus do not require Prop 65 Warnings. Five Below, in its sole discretion, will consider exceptions to this policy on a case-by-case basis.

 

2.All exceptions must be approved, in advance, by the Quality Assurance team. Five Below may request proof of product testing to confirm the Prop 65 Warning is warranted and appropriate.

 

3.Although the law permits Prop 65 Warnings to be provided on in-store signage or on SKU packaging, Five Below does not allow vendors the option to provide in-store signage. This means that if a Prop 65 Warning is required, it must appear on the product’s package. If the SKU is offered for sale on Five Below’s e-commerce site, the Prop 65 Warning must be on the product display page and use the same content as the on-product warning.

 

4.If a Prop 65 Warning is warranted and approved, and there is sufficient space on the packaging, Five Below prefers the ‘long-form’ warning which includes the name of the chemical(s), along with the associated health risk(s). “Short-form” Prop 65 Warnings may be used on packaging where the longer warning will not fit.

 

Five Below will not double-slot products in our distribution centers (meaning one SKU number for product with the Prop 65 Warning and another SKU number for product without the Prop 65 Warning).

 

THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA HAS MODIFIED LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS FOR GOODS PRODUCED AFTER AUGUST 30, 2018. ANY GOODS PRODUCED AFTER AUGUST 30, 2018 THAT REQUIRE A PROPOSITION 65 WARNING ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENT OUTLINED BY OEHHA.

 

Vendors must review the Proposition 65 chemical list (https://oehha.ca.gov/proposition-65/proposition-65-list ) to determine whether SKUs they produce meet contain chemicals above the safe harbor limits. When submitting new items to Five Below, Vendor must indicate whether the item and its packaging meet the safe harbor limits, whether the item or its packaging require a Proposition 65 warning label or if the item cannot be sold in California.

 

  
 26 

 

 

For any Goods purchased by Five Below that are found at any time to not be Proposition 65 compliant and for which Five Below has not provided written advance approval, Five Below, in addition to any other rights or remedies which it may have at law or in equity, shall have the right to reject, return or dispose of and recover costs at the Vendor’s expense. Further, any such Goods may not be replaced with other Goods, without written authorization from Five Below.

 

Uniform Label Law for Stuffed Articles

 

Label laws are enacted and enforced at the state level and each state may have different requirements. In addition to fastening a uniform law label, certain states may require the Vendor/Manufacturer to apply for a license and obtain a registration number. Vendor is responsible for understanding and complying with all laws.

 

The label must be legible and accessible to the customer at time of purchase. If the label is hidden by packaging, the label must be on the product packaging as well.

 

The website for International Association of Bedding and Furniture Law Officials (www.IABFLO.org) contains contacts for each State.

 

Textile Fiber Products Identification Act

 

To comply with this Federal Trade Commission Act, for textile articles, the Vendor must ensure that the following information is present:

 

Fiber Content

 

Country of Origin

 

Identification of Manufacturer, Importer, or other Dealer

 

Vendors can use a registered identification number (RN) in place of their company name on the required label. Vendors can apply to the Federal Trade Commission for an RN or to update an existing RN. An RN is not required. See https://www.ftc.gov/tips-advice/business-center/selected-industries/registered-identification-number-frequently-asked for further details.

 

Care Labeling Rule

 

The Care Labeling rule requires manufacturers and imports of textile wearing apparel and certain piece goods to attach care labels to advise consumers “what regular care is needed for ordinary use of the product”.

 

Covered Products:

 

Textile apparel worn to cover or protect the body

 

Exempt: Shoes, gloves, hats

 

Excluded: Handkerchiefs, belts, suspenders and neckties and non-woven garments made for one-time use

 

Piece goods sold for making apparel at home

 

Exempt: trim up to 5” wide

 

See https://www.ftc.gov/tips-advice/business-center/guidance/clothes-captioning-complying-care-labeling-rule for further details.

 

  
 27 

 

 

Safety Data Sheet (SDS)

 

 

Chemical-containing products include:

 

Over-the-counter pet pharmaceutical products, nutritional supplements, personal care products, household products (pesticides, cleaners, air fresheners, etc.) / batteries: including products containing a battery / electronics containing a circuit board or flashing lights / light bulbs: incandescent, neon, and fluorescent / some food products: cooking oil, energy bars, vitamin drinks / products dispensed by aerosol or bag-on-valve method/ personal care and beauty products/hair care products 

 

Vendor is required to review the full list of chemicals and confirm whether Goods require SDS by accessing this website: https://www.dir.ca.gov/title8/339.html.

 

Below are examples of categories that require SDS; however, this is not intended to be inclusive of every item that could require SDS:

 

 

 

Five Below maintains Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on all chemical compounds used in our locations. These forms allow Five Below to determine whether substances to which employees and customers are exposed are hazardous and, therefore, subject to the hazard communication regulation. These SDSs will also be made available for review in accordance with all applicable OSHA and state regulations. 

 

Vendors must supply Five Below with SDSs that provide information such as health hazards, special chemical and physical characteristics, protective measures, precautions for safe handling, use and storage of each chemical.

 

SDS’s must comply with all applicable laws.

 

Vendor must provide SDS for applicable items at the time of Item Set-Up unless the item is in pre-production, in which case, Vendor must provide SDS within thirty days of receipt of Purchase Order. SDS must be provided to Five Below Merchandise Buyer. 

 

  
 28 

 

 

G. Testing Process

 

 

The safety of Five Below’s customers and legal compliance from an ethical and business perspective is of critical importance to Five Below. Five Below’ policy is to provide quality products that safely perform their intended functions and meet all applicable legal requirements.

 

General Testing Guidelines

 

Vendors must use Five Below’s designated test labs. Use of any other third party Lab must be approved, in advance, in writing, by the Five Below QA/QC Director. Email QA-Compliance@fivebelow.com for approval

 

Vendor must test Goods against Five Below’s corporate test protocols before mass production. Vendor must hold test reports for all products sold to Five Below for as long as legally mandated. Vendor must supply, on demand, a valid test report demonstrating compliance with all applicable laws

 

All products supplied to Five Below must comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulations

 

Vendors are responsible for monitoring timing of testing timelines to ensure that PO’s meet required dates. Testing is NOT an excuse for late deliveries

 

Separate testing is required for products sourced from multiple factories

 

Seasonal products must be tested prior to shipping for each season, regardless of last report date

 

Products made from final production material or final production items AND customer packaging must be tested

 

Standard testing must be dated within the last 12 months. Expired test reports will NOT be accepted

 

Valid dates for specialized testing are below:

 

FCC Test Reports – valid for 5 years after test date

 

Battery Test Reports – valid for 1 year after test date

 

Laser/LED Test Reports – valid for 3 years after test date

 

Microbiological (TRA/USP) – valid for 1 year after test date

 

Test reports for products made for other retailers (for example, the same base product with different embellishments and/or packaging) WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED

 

Five Below reserves the right to require test reports for all Goods

 

Vendor is responsible for all testing fees

 

When product testing is requested or required, Vendor must complete and submit passing product testing to Five Below prior to shipping. Five Below reserves the right to refuse delivery of any shipments, and to cancel Purchase Orders, where passing product testing is not provided. If Vendor cannot provide passing product testing for an accepted shipment, Vendor agrees to a return of such product and/or chargeback, and to assume costs associated with any return of the product such as shipping costs

 

  
 29 

 

 

Testing Guidelines

 

Products with the Five Below Name and/or Brands, including 1616 Holdings

 

Any product with the Five Below name on the item or packaging (‘distributed by 1616 Holdings, ‘manufactured exclusively for 1616 Holdings’, ‘exclusively for 1616 Holdings’, etc.) must be tested by Five Below’s designated third party lab. This applies to all SKUs, whether Five Below is the importer of record or is sourcing the goods from a U.S. location.

 

Vendor-Branded Goods in Tech Departments

 

Five Below requires product testing from our designated 3rd party Lab for all Goods in the Tech departments, regardless of branding, including but not limited to Goods such as audio, power and personal electronics, and device accessories.

 

Vendor-Branded Goods for which Five Below is Importer of Record

 

Any product for which Five Below is Importer of Record must be tested by Five Below’s designated third party lab.

 

Test reports for these products must be received and approved by Five Below QA/QC department NO LATER THAN 5 weeks prior to shipment.

 

Test reports for products made for other retailers (same base product with different embellishments and/or packaging) WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

 

Submitting Items to Five Below’s Designated Third Party Lab for Testing

 

Vendor must submit to the Lab a final production sample labeled with the proper UPC number, color and description

 

Samples must be final packaged product, representative of merchandise being shipped to Five Below. Ensure all packaging components are submitted (including hang tags and swift tacks)

 

Items must:

 

Be from the same factory

 

Utilize the same base protocol

 

Be composed of the same base material(s)/substrates

 

Be made within the same manufacturing process

 

Vendor must include all relative UPCs and vendor part/style numbers

 

Sample collection must be conducted at one time at the same facility or items must be self-submitted together, as applicable

 

Final packaging must be tested for Toxins in Packaging Clearinghouse (TPCH)and for phthalates, meeting the February 2021 updates to TPCH Model Legislation https://toxicsinpackaging.org/2021-update/

 

Lab is not authorized to add additional style numbers to a report if the items were not received together

 

If a sample fails due to chemical non-compliance (i.e. levels are above either Federal or State mandated limits, vendor MUST NOT ship to Five Below any of the goods produced with non-compliant materials

 

  
 30 

 

 

Multiple products may be added to the same report under the following conditions (samples must be received at the same time):

 

Items which have the same UPC (assortment SKUs), regardless of protocols applied

 

Color variance only

 

All colors must be provided to the Lab (1 sample per color)

 

Lab will determine whether additional tests would be required based on different colors.

 

Lab is authorized to request additional samples, if needed.

 

Size variance only

 

One of each size must be provided to the lab

 

Lab will determine whether additional tests would be required based on size

 

Lab is authorized to request additional samples, if needed.

 

All other scenarios require separate test reports. Contact Five Below QA-Compliance with any questions at QA-Compliance@FiveBelow.com

 

Lab Testing Process—Riskonnect ESG (formerly ICIX)

 

Five Below has partnered with Riskonnect to manage the test report and shipment inspection request and review process.

 

Each Vendor, with the exception of Candy and Food Vendors, will be set up with a Riskonnect account. Five Below will pay the cost of the first 5 users on the Vendor’s account. Vendor must contact Riskonnect Customer Service to add or delete users from their account (HelpMe@Riskonnect.com). It can take up to 10 business days to add additional users.

 

Riskonnect will generate test and shipment inspection requests automatically. Once a request is generated, individuals on Vendor’s account will receive an email notification of a new task.

 

Vendor is responsible to upload documentation against the appropriate request PRIOR to shipment of Goods. Additional information on navigating Riskonnect and other information will be shared with the Vendor at the time of Riskonnect set up.

 

Do NOT email Lab reports directly to Five Below.

 

Five Below Test Review Timelines

 

Five Below’s QA-Compliance Team will review each test report.

 

Allow at least three business days for Five Below’s QA-Compliance department to process test reports

 

Approval or rejection of test reports and shipment inspections will be provided via Riskonnect. Vendor will receive an email notification once the submitted document has been approved or rejected

 

Note:

 

Vendor receipt of Five Below QA-Compliance approval is REQUIRED PRIOR to shipment

 

Five Below PO’s are subject to cancellation and/or chargebacks if Vendor does not adhere to test protocols outlined in this document or contributes to testing delays that result in late shipments

 

If Five Below does not have an accepted test report on file for a ‘distributed by 1616 Holdings’ or ‘exclusively for 1616 Holdings’ item, it will NOT be offered for sale

 

Five Below will NOT accept GCC’s (General Certificate of Conformity) in lieu of test reports

 

  
 31 

 

 

H. Shipment Inspection

 

 

Import Goods that are ‘distributed by 1616 Holdings’, ‘manufactured for 1616 Holdings’, or ‘exclusively for 1616 Holdings’ are subject to Five Below designated third party shipment inspection at factory site.

 

Five Below’s inspection standard is ANSI/ASQZ 1.4 Single Sample plan, which is adopted by most of the retailers in the United States. Five Below is under no obligation to unpack or inspect Goods before resale thereof. Five Below inspection, testing, payment for or retention of Goods does not (i) constitute an acceptance of Goods not in compliance with the Contract, (ii) affect Five Below’s right to reject or return Goods, or (iii) constitute a waiver by Five Below of any Vendor warranties or any rights or remedies of Five Below under the Contract. In no event will Vendor sell or distribute to third parties any Goods that contain logos, trade names, trademarks or labels of Five Below even if rejected by Five Below as nonconforming.

 

Five (5) days prior to the completion of 80% of mass production of Goods, vendor must contact one of Five Below’s designated audit partners to schedule the shipment inspection. Below is the matrix of shipment inspection auditors. See Appendix for contact information for each partner.:

 

 

China India Vietnam USA
Shipment Inspection Intertek TQS Intertek QIMA Intertek
STC
Intertek
Inline Inspection Intertek TQS Intertek QIMA Intertek
STC
-

 

Vendor is responsible for the cost of shipment inspections and any travel expenses.

 

Vendor must provide shipment inspection documentation via Riskonnect. Five Below’s QA-Compliance team will review each shipment inspection. Allow three (3) business days for shipment inspection reports to be reviewed. Approval or rejection of shipment inspections will be provided via Riskonnect. Vendor will receive an email notification once the submitted document has been approved or rejected.

 

If a SKU receives three sequential passing shipment inspections, Five Below, at its own discretion, may authorize suspension of shipment inspections for that SKU for the remainder of the calendar year. Contact QA-Compliance@FiveBelow.com for more information.

 

Import Goods not distributed by OR exclusively for Five Below but where Five Below is the Importer of Record are subject to random shipment inspections at Five Below’s discretion.

 

  
 32 

 

 

I. Appendix A – Five Below’s Designated 3rd Party Audit, Inspection, and Lab Contacts

 

Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms China 

 

Social Audits and SQP Audits Final Shipment Inspections Product Testing Labs
TQS (Trustful Quality Services):
booking@trustfulservices.com

TQS (Trustful Quality Services):

booking@trustfulservices.com

BACL (Bay Area Compliance Labs Corp): China, Hardline & Soft line
Emily Gao emily.gao@baclcorp.com
Laura Cortes laura.cortes@baclcorp.com

Intertek: Betty Liao

Email: betty.liao@intertek.com

Office: 86-755-2602 0698

Intertek: Shirley Xia

Email:

shirley.xia@intertek.com
Mobile:  +86- 186 0303 3100
Office:    +86-0755-2602 0614
Address: 1F Bldg. 1,
Yuanzheng Science and
Technology Industrial Park,
No. 4012, Wuhe Ave. North,
Bantian Street, Longgang
District, Shenzhen, China

Intertek: Shenzhen, China, Hardlines Account Manager: Daniel Cheung
Email: daniel.cheung@intertek.com
Direct: +86 755 2602 0308 China /
+852 3500 9405 HK
Mobile: +86 139 2657 6323 China /
+852 9527 1454
HK (WeChat/WhatsApp)

 

Customer Service: Haley Xie
Email: haley.xie@intertek.com
Direct: +86 755 2602-0115 Intertek Testing
Services Shenzhen: 4F Bldg. 1,
Yuanzheng Science and Technology
Industrial Park, No. 4012, Wuhe
Ave. North, Bantian Street,
Longgang District, Shenzhen, China

   

Intertek: Guangzhou, China, Softline

Account Manager: Linky Li

Email: linky.li@intertek.com

Direct: +86 20 2820 9323

   

Intertek: Hong Kong, China, Hardlines & Electrical

Account Manager: Eddie
Wong

(Primary Hardlines)

Email: eddie.wong@intertek.com
Tel: +852 2173 8791
Mobile/WeChat/WhatsApp: +852 9311 2699

Michael Chan (Secondary Hardlines)

Email: michael.chan@intertek.com
Tel: +852 2173 8639

    Mobile/WeChat/WhatsApp: +852 9685 0933

 

  
 33 

 

 

   

Account Manager: Betty Tsui

(Electrical)

Email: betty.tsui@intertek.com

Direct: +86 852 2173 8543

 

Carter Poon (Secondary Electrical)
Email: carter.poon@intertek.com

Direct: +86 852 2173 8558
    Intertek: Hong Kong, China, Softline
    Account Manager: Brenda Wong
    Email: brenda.ps.wong@intertek.com
    Direct    +852 2173 8358
    Mobile  +852 9726 1720
   

Office    +852 2173 8888

 

    Intertek Testing Service HK Ltd
    6/F Garment Centre, 576 Castle Peak
    Rd, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Intertek: Shanghai, China, Electrical
    Account Manager: Apple Cang
    (Electrical)
    Email: apple.cang@intertek.com
    Direct: +86 21 61278227
    Intertek China
    7/F, Building No.51, 1089 Qinzhou Road
    (North), Shanghai, China 200233

 

  
 34 

 

 

Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms - India

 

Social Audits and SQP Audits Final Shipment Inspections Product Testing Labs  
QIMA: Dory Lanenter
dory.Lanenter@qima.com
QIMA: Dory Lanenter
dory.Lanenter@qima.com

Intertek: Haryana, India, Hardline &

Softline

Customer Service: Main contact

(Hardines): Abhishek Kumar

Email: abhishek.1.kumar@intertek.com

 

Carli Wasiela

carli.Wasiela@qima.com

Carli Wasiela

carli.Wasiela@qima.com

 
     

Direct: 0124 4503527
(Cell # +91 9599781026)

Address: Intertek, Plot No 290 Udyog
Vihar Phase II, Gurugram, Haryana 122016

 

Customer Service: Secondary (backup) (Hardlines) contact: Akhilesh Sharma
Email: akhilesh.sharma@intertek.com

 

Intertek: Mini Sharma

Email: mini.sharma@intertek.com

Office: 91 011 41595460

Intertek: Vikash Bhattacharya
Email:

vikash.bhattacharya@intertek.com
Mobile: 91-8826321465

Intertek: Bangalore, India, Softline

Customer Service: Mr. Sudarvel

Email: sudarvel.s@intetek.com

Direct: +91 9900823806

Address: 17/F, Industrial Suburb, 2nd Stage,

Industrial Area, Yeshwanthpur, Bangalore

560 022, India

 
 
 
 
   

Intertek: Tirupur, India,
Softline Customer Service:
Main Contact: Mr. Muthukumar M

Email: muthukumar.mohan@intertek.com

 

Direct: +91 9790632212

Address: 501, Opp. To LRG College,
Palladam Road, Thennampalayam,
Tirupur-641 604, Tamilnadu, India

 

Customer Service:

Secondary (backup)
Contact: Mr. Prince PremKumar

Email: princepremkumar.j@intertek.com

 

Direct: +91 8754012336

 

Intertek: Gurgaon, India, Softline

Customer Service:
Main Contact: Mr. Jogesh Kumar

Email: jogesh.kumar@intertek.com

 

Direct: +91 99729 98941

Address: 290 Udyog Vihar, PhaseII,

Gurgaon, Haryana 122 015, India

 

 

  
 35 

 

 

   

Customer Service: Secondary (backup)

Contact: Mr. Mukesh

Email: mukesh.dulgach@intertek.com

Direct: +91 70426 95099
    Intertek: Mumbai, India, Softline Customer Service: Mr. Husain Bootwala Email: husain.bootwala@intertek.com

Direct: +91 7738522456

Address: G3, Ground Floor, Akruti Corporate Park, LBS Marg, Opp: Naval Civilian Housing Colony, Kanjurmarg (West), Mumbai - 400 079, India

   

Intertek: Chenai, India, Softline
Customer Service: Gopi PN
Direct: +91 44 66019027

Email: Gopi.PN@intertek.com

Address: No. 607, 608, 6th Floor, Ticel Bio Park - Phase II, CSIR Road, Taramani, Chennai - 600 113.
   

Bureau Veritas (BV): Bangalore, India,

Softline

Customer Service: Pradipta Kumar

Email: Pradipta.kumar@bureauveritas.com

Mobile: 7760992710

Address: AKR Tech Park Ground Floor, C Block, Survey no 112 Krishna Reddy Ind. Area 7th Mile Hosur Road Bangalore-560068, India

   

Bureau Veritas (BV): Tirupur, India,

Softline

Customer Service: Kanagraj N

Email: kanagraj.n@bureauveritas.com

Mobile: 9500980570

Address: 79/51, MRD Complex, P.N. Road,

Nesavalar Colony, Tirupur- 641602, India

   

Bureau Veritas (BV): Noida, India, Softline

Customer Service: Deepak Prasad

Email: deepak.prasad@bureauveritas.com

Mobile: 8448848367

Address: C-19, Sector-7, Noida- 201301,

Uttar Pradesh, India

   

Bureau Veritas (BV): Noida, India, Hardline

Customer Service: Sunil Tomar Sunil.Tomar@bureauveritas.com

Mobile: 8448800442| DID: +0091.120 4368299

 

  
 36 

 

 

Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms – Vietnam 

 

Social Audits and FCAA Audits Final Shipment Inspections Product Testing Labs

STC: Franki Lee

frankiLee@stc.group

Mia Tran miatran@stc.group
cc: Norman Aronowitz
normanaronowitz@stc.group

STC: Roberto Leung
(robertoleung@stc.group)

Rita Law (ritalaw@stc.group)
cc: Norman Aronowitz
(Normanaronowitz@stc.group)
Tel: +84 225 366 8188
Fax: +84 225 366 8199

STC: Franki Lee

frankiLee@stc.group

Mia Tran miatran@stc.group
cc: Norman Aronowitz normanaronowitz@stc.group

Intertek: Oanh Pham

Email: oanh.pham@intertek.com
Office:   +84 28 7305 1088 Ext.113

84-8-62971094

Intertek: Ms. Thao

Email: thao.duong@intertek.com
Mobile: +84 907 271 087

Office:  +84 28 7305 1088 – ext 501

Address: Warehouse 2 – 142
Cong Hoa – Ward 4 – Tan Binh
District – HCMC

 

Mr. Hien (Softline Inspections)
Mobile: +84 93 7878 711

Email: hien.dang@intertek.com

Intertek: Ho Chi Minh City,
Vietnam, Softline

Ms. Silvia: (Softlines)

Email: silvia.febriani@intertek.com
Direct: +84 28 6297 1092

Address: 8th and 9th Floor of Lobby
D, S.O.H.O Building, No. 38 Huynh
Lan Khanh Street, Ward 2, Tan Binh
District, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam\

   

Intertek: Ho Chi Minh City,
Vietnam, Hardline

Mr. Duy (Toys test)

Mobile: +84 96 697 2488

Office: +84-28-62971099

Email: duy.do@intertek.com
Address: Warehouse 2 – 142 Cong
Hoa – Ward 4 – Tan Binh District –
HCMC

 

Mr. Nam Toys test (Sales)

Mobile: (+84) 937 14 08 14

Office: (+84) 28 7305 1088 – Ext: 508

Email: nam.t.nguyen@intertek.com

 

Hai Ho (Furniture/Hardlines test)
Mobile: +84 976 014 199

Office: +84 2862816898 – Ext 109

Email: hai.ho@intertek.com

 

  
 37 

 

 

Five Below Designated Labs & Audit Firms – United States

 

 Social Audits and FCAA Audits

Final Shipment Inspections Product Testing Labs

Intertek USA: Carrie A. Cowdrey

Email: carrie.cowdrey@intertek.com

Mobile: 616-238-3561 

Intertek USA: Michael Wong

Email: michael.wong@intertek.com

Direct: (862) 216-6290

 

Intertek USA: Taisha Aime

Email: taisha.aime@intertek.com

Direct: (973) 941 5534

3 Gateway Center, Suite

1110, Newark, NJ 07102

Intertek: Arlington Heights, IL,

USA

Account Manager: Nancy Munoz

(Hardlines & Softlines)

Email: nancy.munoz@intertek.com

Direct: 1-312-906-7761

Address: 545 E. Algonquin Rd.

Suite F, Arlington Heights, IL 60005

 

   

STC: USA, Hardline & Softline

Norman Aronowitz

(normanaronowitz@stc.group)

 

 

  
 38 

 

 

Five Below Designated Labs in Cambodia
Social Audits and FCAA Audits Final Shipment Inspections Final Shipment Inspections

Intertek: Cambodia

Savorn Sin - Coordinator

Email: savorn.sin@intertek.com

Phone: +855 23 885 421

 

Intertek: Cambodia
(Phnom Penh, Softline)

Ramon Macaraig Jr. (Softlines)
Email: ramon.macaraig@intertek.com

Direct: +855 23 885 295

Mobile: +855 77 555 352

Office: +855 23 885 421 Ext. 333
Address: No. 13 AC. Street 337,
Sangkat Boeung Kak I, Khan Tuol
Kork, Phnom Penh, Cambodia, 12151

STC: Roberto Leung
(robertoleung@stc.group)

Rita Law (ritalaw@stc.group)

Tel: +84 225 366 8188

Fax: +84 225 366 8199

cc: Norman Aronowitz

(Normanaronowitz@stc.group)

   

 

  
 39 

 

 

 

 

Vendor Agreement 

Section 3 of 3: Supply Chain

 

Revision: August 2023

 

  
 1 

 

 

Version Updates

 

Release Date Section Revision
Aug 2023 A SPS Contact Information
Aug 2023 B Carton Markings Instruction
Aug 2023 B Seasonal Icons Updated
Aug 2023 E Violation Summary
Aug 2023 G TMS Contact Information
Aug 2023 E Dispute Contacts
Aug 2023 G Shipping Packing Instructions/Palletization
Aug 2023 H Freight Forwarder Contact Information
Aug 2023 I Direct to Store Delivery Appointments and Receiving Process
Aug 2023 I Direct to Store Invoicing Contact

 

  
 2 

 

 

Contents  
     
A. EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) 5
     
B. Carton Information 6
     
  Carton Marking Instructions 6
     
  Carton Dimension Limits 8
     
  Inner Pack Carton Marking Instructions 8
     
  Carton Packing 9
     
  Seasonal Icons 10
     
C. Merchandise Invoice Instructions 11
     
D. Return Instructions 11
     
E. Violation Summary 11
     
F. Purchase Order Information 14
     
  Purchase Order Instructions 14
     
  Purchase Order Process 14
     
G. Domestic Routing Information 15
     
  Shipment Packing Instructions 16
     
  Packing List 16
     
  Palletization 17
     
  Bill of Lading (BOL) 19
     
  Routing Guidelines 20
     
  Prepaid 20
     
  Collect 21
     
H. Import Routing Information 22
     
  Onboarding Process 22
     
  Confirmation Process 22
     
  Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Confirmation Process 23
     
  Booking Process 23
     
  Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Booking Process 23
     
  Document Instructions 24

 

  
 3 

 

 

  Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Booking Process 24
     
  Container Loading Instructions 24
     
  Full Container Load—FCL 25
     
  Less than Container Load – LCL 25
     
  General Routing Information 25
     
  Import Security Filing 25
     
  Special Requirements for Air Shipments Containing Lithium Metal and Lithium Ion Batteries 25
     
  Safety of Life at Sea Act (SOLAS) 26
     
I. Direct to Store Shipments 26
     
  Store Direct Shipment Instructions 26
     
  Packing List 26
     
  Labeling 26
     
  Palletized Store Deliveries 26
     
  Direct to Store Deliveries via 3rd Party Carriers 27
     
  Direct to Store Delivery Appointments and Receiving Process 28
     
  Direct to Store Invoicing Process 28
     
  Direct to Store Contact Information 28
     
J. Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) 28
     
  Vendor Managed Inventory Program 28
     
  Service Level Agreement (SLA) 29
     
  Agreed Assortment 29
     
  Clearance/Returns/Expired Goods 29
     
  Vendor Managed Inventory Invoicing Process 29
     
  VMI Store Execution Contact Information 29
     
  Vendor General Conduct Requirements 30

 

  
 4 

 

 

A. EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)

 

 

Five Below requires all Domestic vendors to trade using EDI communications. All EDI data to or from Five Below is processed through SPS Commerce, a SaaS provider of supply chain solutions. SPS Commerce offers a range of hosted EDI solutions ranging from web browser based to direct integration with back end applications. If the Vendor has in-house EDI capabilities or has already partnered with an eCommerce enablement company, Vendor may certify existing capabilities for Five Below’s EDI program through SPS Commerce.

 

For more information regarding how to enable EDI capabilities with Five Below, contact SPS Commerce’s Client Services department.

 

SPS Commerce Client Services
www.SPSCommerce.com

866-245-8100

ClientServices@SPSCommerce.com

 

Vendors with existing services through SPS Commerce or have questions regarding Five Below’s EDI program, should contact SPS Commerce’s Customer Operations team:

 

SPS Commerce Customer Operations

www.spscommerce.net – 888-739-3232

support@spscommerce.com - SPS Production Support Center

implementation@spscommerce.com – Web Implementation

editesting@spscommerce.com -EDI Testing/Certification (For Active Testing Projects Only**)

billing@spscommerce.com – SPS Billing

 

Vendor will be assessed a one-time charge of $600 for the 6 weeks of set up and testing. SPS will notify Five Below once testing is complete. Extension fees of $99 monthly apply if testing is not completed on time and will recur until testing is finished.

 

If a new EDI system is installed or any major changes are made to Vendor’s existing system, SPS Commerce must be contacted for re-certification of the trading partnership, ensuring that future transmissions continue to meet Five Below’s standards.

 

Fulfillment Help – Advice and answers from the SPS Commerce Team
http://help.fulfillment.spscommerce.com/

 

SPS Training Center – Learn about SPS Fulfillment
https://trainingcenter.spscommerce.com/

 

SPS Support Center

https://supportcenter.spscommerce.com/spscommerce

 

Required Electronic Documents

 

SPS Commerce hosts the most current documentation related to Five Below’s EDI program on a Five Below specific portal. SPS will assign a username and password which will allow Vendor to access Five Below’s Trading Partner Specific Documentation:

 

www.spscommerce.net

 

  
 5 

 

 

The following document types are supported by Five Below through SPS Commerce and are required for all EDI enabled vendors unless specifically noted as optional:

 

850 Purchase Order

 

855 Purchase Order Acknowledge

 

856 Advanced Shipment Notice* (ASN) (carton level detail)

 

810 Invoice

 

820 Check Remittance (optional)

 

*856 Carton Level (UCC 128) ASN required for all domestic freight. Pallet label level ASN may be used for single item pallets. Please email Vendorrelations@fivebelow.com for pallet ASN approval.

 

B. Carton Information

 

 

Carton Marking Instructions

 

All merchandise is required to be shipped in case pack quantity and must arrive in a sealed, conveyable corrugated carton. Each carton MUST contain the following information, either printed on the corrugate or a printed label.

 

The company name: 1616 Holdings, Inc.

 

PO number

 

UPC

 

Vendor Name

 

Item Number

 

Item Description

 

Quantity included

 

Carton count of total count

 

Weight

 

Cubic Feet

 

Made in Country

 

The Batch/Lot Production number, per Consumer Product Safety Commission, should be visible when applicable

 

Glass/fragile product must have master cases marked with ‘Fragile’ on all 4 sides, with UP Arrows

 

If applicable, please add UP Arrows on all 4 sides if cartons. Cartons must face upwards to prevent product damage or spillage.

 

  
 6 

 

 

 

 

  
 7 

 

 

 

 

Carton Dimension Limits

 

All cartons must meet a minimum size and weight of the following, to enable flow of all cartons on conveyance systems:

 

MINIMUM carton size: 6“L x 4“W x 4“H

MINIMUM carton weight: 5 pounds

 

Any carton considered conveyable has maximum size and weight of the following:

 

MAXIMUM carton size: 36“L x 22“W x 24“H

MAXIMUM carton weight: 40 pounds

 

Any carton dimensions that fall outside of the Carton Dimension Limits must be approved by a member of the Five Below Merchandise Operations team. Requests for approval should be sent to VendorRelations@fivebelow.com. Any unauthorized carton dimensions outside of the Carton Dimensions Limits will be subject to a chargeback.

 

Inner Pack Carton Marking Instructions

 

Processing cartons in case pack is preferred, however there may be exceptions that require inner pack cartons. If approved, inner pack cartons MUST be sealed and clearly labeled with the following information:

 

UPC

 

Item Number

 

Item Description

 

Quantity

 

  
 8 

 

 

Carton Packing

 

Ship full cases, single items per case. Exceptions include “pack by store” orders, assortments, or pre-pack (PPK)

 

Cartons of the same item (SKU) must be packed using identical packaging dimensions and unit count on each PO and across multiple PO’s

 

Cartons must be packed in accordance with the PO as follows:

 

For items shipping in full cases, the case pack quantity must match the pack quantity listed on the PO

 

For items shipping in master/inner cases, both the master case pack and inner pack quantities must match the pack quantities listed on the PO

 

For Pre-pack items, the configuration quantities of the individual items within the Pre-pack case must match the configuration quantities on the PO

 

Goods must be packed to ensure they arrive in a safe and saleable condition. Damage due to poor or inadequate packaging will result in a chargeback.

 

Both master cartons and inner packs must be of corrugated cardboard (minimum of 2-ply cardboard). The carton must be constructed such that it can be handled, palletized, and conveyed on automated rollers and conveyor systems.

 

Cartons must not be shrink-wrapped in plastic. Exceptions include dumbbell weights or other expressly permitted items such as liquids.

 

No plastic strapping or banding is allowed without approval.

 

Inner Polybags are not acceptable. Exceptions with approval.

 

Ensure cartons are packed efficiently to minimize air and avoid crushing..

 

Cartons must be dimensionally stable.

 

The corners cannot be crushed and sides, top, and bottom cannot be rounded or bulging.

 

Any tape or glue used in carton construction must be secure and stay intact when the carton is handled and transported on automated conveyors

 

The merchandise in whole or in part cannot protrude from the outside of the carton.

 

Do not use Flo-Pak peanuts for case dunnage

 

Each item of Goods ordered must have a standard UPC with a scannable barcode . We accept 8 digit truncated UPC, 12 digit UPC , 13 digit EAN or 14 digit GTIN.

 

Each item on a purchase order must arrive in a single case pack and pallet configuration. Multiple case pack and/or pallet configuration will not be accepted

 

  
 9 

 

 

Seasonal Icons

 

Master Carton Icons were created to classify Direct Import seasonal merchandise and to easily identify it at DC and store levels. The matching icons, colors and year identify seasonal merchandise by holiday, separating the cartons from everyday goods. Vendors will be informed by the Five Below buyer of products that require the seasonal icons. Any questions regarding seasonal icons please email Vendorrelations@fivebelow.com

 

Requirements:

 

All 4 sides of carton should have the seasonal icon in the upper right-hand corner with selling year under icon.

 

All carton descriptions and markings should be in the correlating pantone color as advised each year.

 

Seasonal icon measurements should be scaled up or down depending on the carton size.

 

Carton Marking Reference Guide

 

 

 

  
 10 

 

 

C. Merchandise Invoice Instructions

 

 

Domestic Vendors will submit all merchandise invoices via EDI 810.

 

Import Vendors will submit all merchandise invoices via the Freight Forwarder.

 

Any inquiries or technical issues should be emailed to invoices@fivebelow.com

 

D. Return Instructions

 

 

Damages observed at point of receipt will be communicated to Vendor upon inspection, and cost of goods will be charged back to Vendor. If damaged goods are requested to be returned, Vendor will assume shipping costs and arrange for pick up.

 

Vendor must respond to Five Below with a Return Authorization Number (RA#) within 48 hours of request.

 

If no routing is specified by Vendor, the goods will ship prepaid by Five Below carrier and will be charged back to Vendor.

 

RTVs must be scheduled in the same manner as deliveries.

 

Bill of Lading must reference a Five Below PO # and Ship-To Vendor name/address.

 

Bill of Lading must be emailed to Receiving before carrier arrives to pick up RTV freight.

 

DC003 Pedricktown, NJ, contact: PTinbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC004 Forsyth, GA, contact: ForsythInbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC005 Conroe, TX, contact: ConroeAppointments@fivebelow.com

 

DC006 Buckeye, AZ, contact: SCAZ-inbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC007 Indianapolis, IN contact: scin-inbound@fivebelow.com

 

E. Violation Summary

 

 

Five Below’s goal is to establish a solid partnership and working relationship with Vendors who have demonstrated their ability to partner with us in providing our customers with quality product at great prices. The chargeback policy is a financial incentive for our Vendors to become familiar with and closely follow our standards.

 

The following schedule lists specific issues and fees for each violation. Chargebacks are enforced to recoup cost of business and are not for financial gain. This list is not intended to include every potential chargeback and does not (in any way whatsoever) limit Five Below’s rights and remedies (which are further described in Five Below’s Purchase Order Terms and Conditions in Section 1 Legal).

 

  
 11 

 

 

There will be a $100 per Purchase Order administrative fee assessed for each incident of non-compliance in addition to the following specific fees listed below:

 

Area Violation Penalty Measured Unit
Purchasing Receipt of backorder (shortship) 5% of cost of backorder Per shipment
Overage quantity received 5% of cost for overage quantity Per shipment
Incorrect item received 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order

Lack of, or incorrect, UPC on item

·if repack required

· if able to correct via system update

$0.50

$750

Unit
PO
Incorrect case pack dimensions during item set up negatively effecting landed cost $5 Carton
Packing Incorrect inner pack or master pack 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order
Incorrect carton marking 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order
Carton dimensions or weight outside parameters $50 Pallet
Unapproved plastic banding on cartons or individually shrink wrapped master carton $5 Carton
Poor product packaging (improper sealing or closure, under/overpacking, insufficient for handling) $5 Carton
Missing or incorrect packing slip (Domestic only). $300 Per shipment
Missing or Incomplete Carton or Pallet Label 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order
Incorrect Bill of Lading (Domestic only) $200 Per shipment
Palletization (domestic only) Incorrect pallet loading $50 Pallet
Broken Pallets $50 Pallet
Unapproved CHEP pallet $50 Pallet
Unapproved floor loaded shipment $1,500 Trailer
All Inbound Shipments Shipping to the incorrect DC $750 per day on lot, plus cost to reroute Trailer
Inadequate Delivery Vehicle (lip of trailer must be at least 50 inch off ground). Standard dock plate is 47 inches $1,500 Trailer
Domestic Shipments Cartons not grouped by PO, then UPC/item/style number $50 Per Pallet
Failure to use slip sheets for multiple items on the same pallet $50 Per Pallet
Failure to book a Purchase Order 72 hours prior to delivery date $150 Per Purchase Order
Failure to accurately book a purchase order including use of TMS for both FOB and PPD pricing. 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order
Appointment not made 48 hours in advance of requested appt Date $150 Per Appointment
Missed/Late/Unappointed Appointments w/o communication 3% of cost up to $750 Per Appointment
Late Shipment (arrive after the cancel date because of late booking) 5% cost of order Per Purchase Order

 

  
 12 

 

 

  Accessorials

Examples include:

Detention/Overweight/re-weigh fee/ incorrect shipping method based on pallet counts (+/-)

Full cost of added fee
Import Shipments Vendor not ready by confirmed and agreed upon Date 5% cost of order plus Freight Forwarder charge of $200. Per Purchase Order
Vendor ships from a port other than the confirmed and agreed upon port $150 plus $25/cbm Per Purchase Order
Failure to book than 21+ days prior to ship date Freight Forwarder charge $200 Per Purchase Order
Missed sailing due to vendor production lateness

5% cost of order plus cost

Per Purchase Order

to expedite freight

Documents not uploaded within 3 working days of the sail date or missing information. Freight Forwarder charge. 1-7 days Late $100
8-12 days late $200
13+ days late $250
Per Document, Per Day late + Pass through Fee’s
Container light load - vendor opted to ship underutilized container versus delivering goods to CFS warehouse for consolidation $100 Per CBM
Cartons not grouped by PO, then UPC/item/style number 3% of cost up to $750 Per Purchase Order

 

**It is Vendor’s responsibility to ensure that all parties in its distribution operation are fully aware and informed of these fees. Five Below’s goal is to have zero chargebacks and move product in a timely and efficient manner. Quantity or Pricing chargebacks will be created when the invoice is processed. There will be 90 days from the chargeback creation to dispute.

 

Disputes Contacts:

 

- Shortage and cost variances: Invoices@FiveBelow.com

 

- Routing Agreement violations disputes

 

DC003 Pedricktown, NJ, contact: PTinbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC004 Forsyth, GA, contact: ForsythInbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC005 Conroe, TX, contact: ConroeAppointments@fivebelow.com

 

DC006 Buckeye, AZ, contact: SCAZ-inbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC007 Indianapolis, IN contact: scin-inbound@fivebelow.com

 

-Unresolved disputes & questions: VendorRelations@FiveBelow.com

 

  
 13 

 

 

F. Purchase Order Information

 

 

Purchase Order Instructions

 

Five Below’s commitment to purchase Goods arises only upon Five Below’s issuance of a Purchase Order. Any forecasts, commitments, projections, representation about quantities to be purchased or other estimates provided to Vendor are for planning purposes only and shall not be binding on Five Below and Five Below shall not be liable for any amounts incurred by Vendor in reliance on such estimates

 

All orders must be supported by a Five Below Purchase Order Number

 

F.O.B. Point includes the shipping point of origin

 

Substitution for out-of-stock items without written approval by Five Below is prohibited

 

Partial shipments are not permitted. It is expected that all orders ship “on-time” and are “in full.” Back orders are not permitted without written approval from Five Below

 

Five Below may also issue pre-split orders written to a specific DC location, for specific regional needs. These Pre-split orders will be a 7 digit PO# and will not contain the DC suffix.

 

No orders are given by Buyer verbally or in writing except by an official Purchase Order

 

Vendor cannot change item quantity or case pack quantity after the purchase order has been issued. In addition, this item quantity or case pack quantity must remain the same for all future shipments unless a change is approved by Five Below. Vendor must email buyer to receive advance approval.

 

Purchase Order Process

 

For purchase orders to be received at Five Below, you will receive orders written to any of our distribution facilities/shipcenter:

 

0003 – Pedricktown, NJ

 

0004 – Forsyth, GA

 

0005 – Conroe, TX

 

0006 – Buckeye AZ

 

0007 – Indianapolis, IN

 

00010 – Overseas Consolidation Facility

 

00011 – Domestic Bulk Orders

 

00012 – Domestic Bulk Orders

 

Domestic Vendors will receive a Master PO written to DC11 or DC12, which is a non-shipping location. Approximately 45 days before the ship date, you will receive new Child POs to DCs 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. (POs written inside the 45-day window will be split as soon as possible after the initial PO) These Child POs will include the specific quantity to ship for each distribution facility/ship center. This is to accommodate our growing distribution network and ensure we have inventory in the correct region to support retail demand. You will ship and invoice against the Child POs which will be designated with a 003, 004, 005, 006, 007 at the end. It is preferred (but not required at this time) that the cartons be marked with the 003, 004 005, 006 or 007 suffix.

 

  
 14 

 

 

Import Vendors will work through APLL or Maersk. Import Routing information found in section H. Import vendors will receive a Master PO written to DC10, which is a non-shipping location. Approximately 45 days before the ship date, you will receive new Child POs to DCs 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. (POs written inside the 45-day window will be split as soon as possible after the initial PO). These Child POs will include the specific quantity to ship for each building. This is to accommodate our growing distribution network and ensure we have inventory in the correct region to support retail demand. You will ship and invoice against the Child POs which will be designated with a 003, 004, 005, 006 or 007 at the end. It is preferred (but not required at this time) that the cartons be marked with the 003, 004, 005, 006 or 007suffix.

 

If you have not received your child POs within the appropriate time, please follow-up with your buyer.

 

G. Domestic Routing Information

 

 

ALL purchase orders are to be shipped to ARRIVE at the distribution centers between the EARLIEST “Ship” and “Anticipate/Cancel” dates.

 

All Beauty / Cosmetic Pack “By Store” purchase orders are to be shipped to arrive at the distribution centers between the “Ship” and “Cancel” dates.

 

All appointments for Full Truck Loads (FTL) must be scheduled at least 48 hours in advance of the delivery date / appointment and Less Than Truckloads (LTL) 24 hours in advance of delivery date.

 

Appointments will only be scheduled between the “EARLIEST Ship” and “Anticipate/Cancel” date. No appointments will be scheduled outside of this window without written approval of Five Below.

 

Prior to making an appointment, packing lists must be scanned to the appropriate email address(es) listed below.

 

Appointments can be made using the TMS Manhattan portal.

 

TMS Contacts:

 

TMSsupport@fivebelow.com -New or existing vendors that haven’t received TMS login information.

 

Inboundfreightteam6@fivebelow.com -Domestic collect vendors with questions about their bookings/RTSs.

 

  
 15 

 

 

Below is an example of a Five Below Purchase Order

 

 

In above example, the Five Below distribution center will assign delivery orders for this appointment between Jan 15 (Earliest Ship Date) and Feb 8 (Anticipate/Cancel Date).

 

Vendors or vendor carrier are responsible for requesting an appointment, Via FB TMS, 24 hours (LTL) or 48 hours (TL) prior to their requested delivery date.

 

The Five Below Distribution Center will appoint this order within delivery window, based on appointment availability (assuming the appointment request is made within the above appointment guidelines)

 

In all cases appointments should be requested at least 72 hours prior to the Anticipate/Cancel date to ensure the Five Below distribution center has available appointments.

 

Shipment Packing Instructions

 

Packing List

 

A packing list is to be EMAILED and included with delivery to the respective distribution center at the time of shipment.

 

DC003 Pedricktown, NJ: PTinbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC004 Forsyth, GA: ForsythInbound@FiveBelow.com

 

DC005 Conroe, TX: ConroeAppointments@fivebelow.com

 

DC006 Buckeye, AZ,: SCAZ-inbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC007 Indianapolis, IN: scin-inbound@fivebelow.com

  
 16 

 

 

Include in the subject line of the email:

 

Purchase Order Number

 

Vendor Name

 

Bill of Lading/PRO Number (for PO’s with multiple loads)

 

The following must be included on the packing list:

 

The Five Below Purchase Order #

 

Vendor name and address

 

The number of cartons and total quantity of each item shipped

 

Five Below Item#, Item description, UPC#

 

Case pack quantity

 

A physical packing list must also be included with each shipment. The lead carton must have a packing list attached to it that is clearly visible on the outside of the lead pallet; also include the packing list IN the lead carton. If a shipment is spread over multiple trailers, there must be a packing list for each trailer that corresponds with the product on that trailer. A single packing list reflecting product on multiple trailers will not be accepted.

 

Palletization

 

Use 40” by 48” wooden pallets (do not use pallets with plastic feet)

 

Pallets must be 4-way entry style pallets.

 

No Block Pallets

 

Five Below does not participate in the CHEP pallet recycling program. If you have any questions, please contact vendorrelations@fivebelow.com

 

Pallet exceptions must be reviewed by vendorrelations@fivebelow.com

 

The top and bottom boards must maintain a minimum thickness of 5/8 of an inch. All stringers must be stable and without cracks.

 

Pallets must be structurally stable and all top and bottom boards must be attached and in good condition.

 

 

Maximum weight of pallets is 1,700 lbs.

 

Pallet built height should be a minimum of 48” and a maximum of 92”

 

Stretch wrap must be used to secure the product and must grasp the corners of the pallet

 

  
 17 

 

 

Pallet labels are to be used on each pallet

 

Pallet labels should include: PO number, product item number, pallet carton total

 

Pallet labels should be approximately 8 1/2” x 11” to ensure clear visibility

 

Domestic orders with ASN Pallet labels (for single item pallets) instead of carton labels requires approval from Five Below. Please email vendorrelations@fivebelow.com

 

Carton markings must be facing outward

 

UCC-128 Label must be on the top right corner of the carton.

 

If pre-approved to ship international orders on pallets, follow these requirements

 

Wood Packaging Materials – IPPC – ISPM 15 (NIMF 15) and 7CFR 319.40

 

Meet the International Plant Protection Convention’s (IPPC) International Standards for Phytosanitary Measures No. 15 (ISPM 15)

 

IPPC – Treaty under the supervision of the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization

 

ISPM 15 – Internationally-accepted measures which require that:

 

WPM is debarked and subsequently heat-treated or fumigated by methyl bromide

 

Stamped or branded with the IPPC mark of compliance (‘wheat stamp’):

 

 

 

Pallets must be packed per SKU; if order size dictates SKU consolidation is necessary, group SKUs together by layering SKUs per pallet. Use a slip sheet or plastic sheet to separate SKUs. A chargeback will result if the pallet is not grouped and layered by SKU

 

Pallets must be packed such that the cartons are flush with the pallet; overhanging cartons will be subject to damage. This will result in a Vendor Chargeback

 

Multiple pallets of the same item (SKU) must be built with a consistent TI-HI configuration and case quantity

 

Pallets must be built as a stable interlocking block, without column stacking

 

Pallets cannot be built with a hollow center.

 

All product must be palletized on acceptable pallets as listed above. Slip sheets are not acceptable as a standalone shipping method and will result in a chargeback

 

No DOMESTIC floor loaded deliveries will be accepted unless approved by Vendor Relations

 

  
 18 

 

 

Bill of Lading (BOL)

 

All Bill of Ladings must contain the following information:

 

Destination Distribution Center address as well as the DC identifying number

 

Freight Terms (Collect, Prepaid)

 

Vendor name and complete ship from address

 

Vendor’s ID number

 

Ship date

 

Carrier name

 

Purchase Order #

 

Carton and pallet counts

 

Weight

 

Ship Request # (required for collect POs, optional for prepaid POs)

 

Appointment # (required for prepaid POs, if value is known)

 

Seal number attached to the trailer by the vendor

 

  Accurate NMFC # for LTL shipments

 

  IMPORTANT Consignee name and address must match PO

 

  The shipper is responsible for providing the correct freight classification and including it on the BOL

 

  Vendor is not to indicate any additional services or service upgrades on the BOL without prior written permission from Five Below

 

  Unless approved, ALL domestic deliveries must be palletized

 

  The Five Below Ship Center will sign for the total pallets delivered and mark the BOL “Subject to Count” or “Said to contain”.

 

  The vendor/shipper is responsible for any shortages until reconciliation process is complete.

 

  Carton level reconciliation will NOT be completed while the driver waits

 

  The Five Below receiving team will reconcile the shipment to the carton level after driver departure.

 

  
 19 

 

 

Routing Guidelines

 

All domestic vendors are required to use Five Below’s Transportation Management System (TMS) to create bookings before purchase orders are shipped.

 

TMS Contacts:

 

TMSsupport@fivebelow.com -New or existing vendors that haven’t received TMS login information.

 

Inboundfreightteam6@fivebelow.com -Domestic collect vendors with questions about their bookings/RTSs. TMS training materials can also be obtained via this address.

 

Prepaid

 

Vendor is responsible for selection of carrier, freight costs, and appointment scheduling.

 

All purchase orders are required to be booked within Five Below’s TMS portal at least 72 hours prior to ship date. This is also referred to as creating a “ready to ship” or “RTS”. Please refer to the TMS training materials for specific requirements.

 

Failure to book a purchase order 72 hours prior to the ship date will result in a chargeback.

 

The “RTS” must include actual pallet counts, weights, and correct pickup facility.

 

Unit and/or pallet counts must be accurate during the booking. Failure to provide accurate data will result in a chargeback. Example: Vendor booked entire shipment, only partial was shipped

 

All FTL shipments must be scheduled within TMS at least 48 hours in advance of the delivery date, and LTL shipments 24 hours prior to delivery. Appointments will only be scheduled between the “Ship” and “Cancel” date. No appointments will be scheduled outside of this window without written approval of Five Below

 

Appointments will either be Approved, Countered, or Rejected within TMS. If the appointment was Countered, Vendor must reconfirm the appointment in TMS

 

Vendor must include ALL purchase orders numbers in an appointment. If multiple purchase orders are included within an RTS, the appointment should be made on the shipment level which will include all POs. Failure to do so will result in a chargeback

 

It is the Vendor’s choice whether to obtain insurance for the shipment. Five Below will not honor any insurance charges that are billed by the Vendor

 

Prepaid vendors are expected to indicate the carrier during the booking process and ensure their carriers are requesting appointments in TMS

 

  
 20 

 

 

All Vendors whose representatives or carriers enter a Five Below location must ensure compliance with any and all Five Below policies and procedures relating to minimal contact and social distancing, personal hygiene, and the wearing of masks and other personal protective equipment (PPE)

 

Such representatives shall also follow the guidance of local, state and federal governments in regard to physical distancing and the wearing of masks and other PPE

 

Collect

 

Five Below is responsible for selection of carrier and freight costs

 

All purchase orders are required to be booked within Five Below’s TMS portal at least 72 hours prior to ship date. This is also referred to as creating a “ready to ship” or “RTS”. Please refer to the TMS training materials for specific requirements.

 

Failure to book a shipment 72 hours prior to the ship date will result in a chargeback

 

Unit and/or pallet counts must be accurate during the booking. Failure to provide accurate data will result in a chargeback. Example: Vendor booked entire shipment, only partial was shipped

 

All shipments sent from the same destination on a single day must be consolidated into one RTS

 

Must cancel pickup request 24 hours prior to pickup

 

Five Below will perform the routing within TMS. Vendor must ensure origin facility is accurate when booking in TMS

 

TMS will assign a Carrier and create the Bill of Lading (BOL). Five Below requires that Vendors use the BOL obtained within TMS

 

Five Below Distribution Centers:

 

DC 003 PEDRICKTOWN NJ:

5 Gateway Blvd.

Pedricktown, NJ 08067

Main: 856.376.5342

E-Mail: PTInbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC 004 FORSYTH GA:

270 Logistics Center Parkway

Forsyth, GA 31029

Main: 478.992.7200

E-Mail: ForsythInbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC 005 CONROE TX:

950 Conroe Park Drive West

Conroe, TX 77303

Main: 936-320-0460

E-Mail: ConroeInbound@fivebelow.com

 

  
 21 

 

 

DC 006 BUCKEYE AZ:

2150 S. Miller Rd

Buckeye AZ 85326

Main: (623) 264-6700

E-Mail: SCAZ-Inbound@fivebelow.com

 

DC 007 Indianapolis, IN:

12050 East McGregor Road

Indianapolis, Indiana 46259

Main: 463-895-5300

E-Mail: SCIN-Inbound@fivebelow.com

 

H. Import Routing Information

 

 

All Direct Import vendors are to book with Five Below’s nominated Freight Forwarder and Consolidator. All suppliers must meet Five Below’s social compliance and CTPAT criteria before onboarding with FB’s freight forwarder. Please reference “Five Below Vendor Agreement - Part 2 of 3, Compliance” for more information.

Samuel Shapiro is Five Below’s Licensed Customs Broker.

 

Outlined below is the forwarders initial contact details should you need to be set up and trained on either system.

 

Forwarder    
Apl Logistics
Apl Logistics
Maersk Logistics
Robin Kapiloff
Pamela Loniewski
Mayra Aizprua
robin_kapiloff@apllogistics.com
pamela_loniewski@apllogistics.com
Patricia.Felton@ins.maersk.com

 

Onboarding Process

 

New vendors will need a login and password to the freight forwarder’s booking portal which can be obtained from the local forwarder’s office. Forwarder will require the vendor name, vendor number, address, point of contacts, phone number and email address. The Vendor will receive a factory registration form at this point. For any additional support, email supplychain@fivebelow.com

 

Confirmation Process

 

Five Below’s Direct Import program is FOB (Foreign) Port. Purchase Order states FOB ______ Port, where the shipping port is specified. Vendor is responsible for shipping costs to the specified port or consolidation point.

 

1.Pre-Booking Milestone: Within 48 hours of receipt of the Purchase Order, Vendor must review each Purchase Order to ensure all information is correct. Please specifically review the following: ship date, payment terms, port of lading, style number, UPC number, unit quantity, master and inner carton quantity, and item cost.

 

a.Presuming the information is correct, “Accept” the purchase order

 

b.If any item is incorrect, “Reject” the order, listing specific issues, and communicate the issues via email directly to the Five Below Merchandising team

 

c.Once the order revised, Vendor must log into forwarder portal to ‘Accept’ the order

 

d.Only Accepted orders can be booked

 

  
 22 

 

 

2.Direct Import orders are primarily written to DC 10, while others may be DC specific. Orders written to DC 10 are ‘bulk’ POs, where quantities to Five Below Distribution Centers have not yet been determined. Vendor should produce the order and await DC specific quantity, which will occur 45 days prior to PO ship date.

 

3.45 Days prior to the PO Ship date (Vessel Sail Date), the PO will be split in forwarder portal to reflect quantity by PO Line to each DC. At this milestone, Vendor must confirm readiness for the ready date / ex-factory date and Accept the order. If not ready, the vendor should ‘Reject’ the order. If rejected, vendor must provide a reason (Safety Test failed; Waiting for Sample Approval, Production Issue, Raw Material Issue), provide a revised ready date, and alert the Five Below Buyer immediately.

 

Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Confirmation Process

 

If vendor is not ready by the confirmed and agreed upon date, they will be subject to a chargeback of 5% of Purchase Order cost unless Five Below has requested a later sailing or vendor received approval from Five Below

 

If vendor does not ship from confirmed and agreed upon port, they will be subject to a chargeback of $150 plus $25 per cbm. Five Below also reserves the right to chargeback vendor for any additional costs incurred due to inaccurate forecasting, container utilization, or additional port fees not considered with original agreed upon port

 

Booking Process

 

1.21 days prior to PO ship date, the PO must be booked in forwarder portal

 

2.Booking can occur once POs are split, 45 days prior to the ship date

 

3.CRD needs to be read as “Cargo Receipt Date” and not Cargo Ready Date

 

a.CY Booking = CRD will be – date when cargo is gated -in.

 

b.CFS Booking = CRD will be – date when custom cleared cargo is delivered at CFS as per carting order

 

4.If you wish to group multiple Purchase Orders together and load at factory to one destination, all orders must have ship dates within 7 days of each other. Any changes or requests to consolidate outside of this window require Five Below Buyer approval

 

5.Shipments may be full container loads, less than container loads, or a mix of both. Vendor must book full container loads and less than container loads by PO separately. Anything over 80% of one 40’ container may be factory loaded and shipped as a full container

 

6.At the time of the booking, Shipper completes the Import Security Filing (ISF) information in the Forwarder Booking Portal

 

Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Booking Process

 

Failure to book less than 21 days prior to ship date will result in a 1% chargeback (every 3 days late) to the PO cost

 

Failure to catch a sailing due to vendor production lateness will result in a chargeback of 5% of Purchase Order cost, unless Five Below has requested a later sailing or vendor received approval from Five Below. Five Below reserves the right to request the vendor to expedite freight at their cost if determined necessary

 

  
 23 

 

 

Document Instructions

 

Five Below requires all vendors to participate in the E-document process. This process utilizes the information provided in the purchase order along with the vendor booking to auto-create the commercial invoice and packing list. All other documents except for the packing list and commercial invoice MUST be uploaded into the Forwarder portal no later the 5 days after vessel departure. For each Shipment, upload all applicable test reports, [Child’s] Certificates of Conformity, Intellectual Property Rights Agreements, CTPAT 7-point inspection, etc. no later than five (5) working days after the sail date (sail + 5). Vendor will need to upload all documentation within the Forwarder portal.

 

Packing List

 

The details for the packing list will be captured during the booking process. This information will auto-create the packing list through the E-doc process in the Forwarder system.

 

Vendor should be sure to revise their booking if any shipment related information changes.

 

Commercial Invoice

 

The details for the commercial invoice will be captured during the booking process. This information will auto-create the commercial invoice through the E-doc process in the Forwarder system.

 

Vendor should be sure to revise their booking if any shipment related information changes.

 

Required Documents to Upload include:

 

Forwarder’s Cargo Receipt

 

Include Five Below PO number on FCR and Packing List

 

Five Below does not accept Original Bills of Lading

 

Merchandise License Agreements (if applicable)

 

[Child’s] General Certificate of Conformity

 

Certificate of Origin

 

CTPAT 7-point Inspection

 

Other documents as applicable (Lacey Declaration, FDA Certification, etc.)

 

All Copyrighted/Trademarked product must have all applicable License Agreements uploaded

 

Acceptable formats include PDF, Excel, TIF. MDI is not acceptable since it is unreadable

 

Any documents missing above required information or calculated incorrectly will be rejected by US Customs. Ensure documents are complete and correct prior to upload.

 

Chargebacks for Non-Compliance—Booking Process

 

Any documents not uploaded within 5 working days of the sail date or missing information will be subject to a chargeback of $150 USD per document, per day late

 

Any demurrage or storage incurred due to a delay in receiving documents or incorrect documents will be charged back to the vendor. This includes all containers on the Five Below Master Bill of Lading

 

Container Loading Instructions

 

No solid wood packing material

 

All containers MUST be floor loaded. Any exceptions must be approved by Vendor Relations

 

  
 24 

 

 

Full Container Load—FCL

 

Any shipment over 80% of one full 40H container can be shipped as a full container load

 

When loading container, keep each UPC/item/style number together

 

If there is more than one UPC/item/style number, Vendor must group by UPC/item/style number

 

If there is more than one PO, Vendor must first group by PO, then by UPC/item/style number

 

Containers must be sealed

 

Containers cannot be overweight

 

Thresholds by container size:

 

 Container Size

80% (FCL) Weight Limitation
20‘GP 26 39200 lbs. / 17780 kgs.
40‘GP 54 44000 lbs. / 19960 kgs.
40‘HC 61 43700 lbs. / 19820 kgs.
45‘HC 69 42000 lbs. / 19050 kgs.

 

Less than Container Load – LCL

 

LCL shipments (less than 80% of one full 40’ container) are to be delivered to the designated consolidation location 7- 10 days prior to the sail date. Exact delivery requirements will be provided by Forwarder’s local office representative

 

Inventory housed greater than 14 days will be subject to storage charges

 

Vendor is responsible for all inland trucking costs to the consolidation location as well as all LCL charges

 

When loading truck, keep each UPC/item/style number together

 

If there is more than one UPC/item/style number, group by UPC/item/style number

 

If there is more than one PO, first group by PO, then by UPC/item/style number

 

Requests for FCL shipments that are less than 80% of one full 40’ container must be directed to supplychain@fivebelow.com.

 

A light load fee will be evaluated on a case by case basis and charged back to the Vendor at the discretion of Five Below

 

General Routing Information

 

Import Security Filing

 

The shipper is to complete the ISF (Import Security Filing) section of the booking portal at the time of the booking, 21 days prior to the ship date. Updating the ISF information when creating the booking will provide the necessary time for review and transmission to U.S. Customs. U.S. Customs has implemented the penalty phase, which can be up to $5,000 per occurrence of late transmissions.

 

It is the Vendor’s responsibility to ensure timely and accurate information, and violations due to Vendor inaccuracy or Vendor lateness will be charged back.

 

Ensure all ISF information is provided prior to any Origin or US holidays.

 

Special Requirements for Air Shipments Containing Lithium Metal and Lithium Ion Batteries

 

Lithium metal and lithium ion batteries are considered dangerous goods. Vendors are responsible to ensure they are properly trained to ship dangerous goods.

 

  
 25 

 

 

Air shipments of any item containing a lithium metal or lithium ion battery require compliance with section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, sub-section 38.3, “Lithium metal and lithium ion batteries”. Batteries must be packaged in a manner to prevent short circuits and separated so that electrically active terminals cannot come into contact with each other. The shippable container/carton must be capable of passing a 1.2M drop test in any orientation without spillage of the contents of the packaging, damage to the batteries inside or shifting of the contacts that could lead to short circuit before transporting. Shippable container/cartons must contain the appropriate lithium battery handling labels.

 

Vendors can contact Five Below Supply Chain at SupplyChain@FiveBelow.com for any questions or concerns.

 

Safety of Life at Sea Act (SOLAS)

 

The Safety of Life at Sea Act (SOLAS) was put into place by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and requires that all containers loading a vessel must have a Verified Gross Mass (VGM) certificate for each container shipped as of July 1, 2016. Containers will not be loaded on to the vessel without the VGM certificate.

 

This is a requirement of all shippers. Five Below will not pay any penalties or fines associated with non-compliance of this regulation and will not accept any delays resulting from shipper failure to comply.

 

I. Direct to Store Shipments

 

 

Store Direct Shipment Instructions

 

Five Below must approve a vendor for direct to store shipments or deliveries in advance.

 

Packing List

 

A detailed packing list must be included with each delivery and provided to Five Below

 

The following must be included on the packing list:

 

Five Below Purchase Order #

 

Vendor name and address

 

Number of cartons and total quantity of each item shipped

 

Item description and style #

 

Case pack quantity

 

Labeling

 

Each delivery must be labeled with the Vendor’s name, store name and address and correspond to the enclosed packing list

 

Each carton or pallet must be labeled clearly with store name, number and address

 

Palletized Store Deliveries

 

Palletized orders that ship Direct-To-Store must be delivered by trucks with lift-gates

 

Use 40” by 48” wooden pallets (do not use pallets with plastic feet)

 

Wood board must be fumigated for international shipments

 

Pallets must be 4-way entry style pallets

 

The top and bottom boards must maintain a minimum thickness of 5/8 of an inch. All stringers must be stable and without cracks

 

  
 26 

 

 

Pallets must be structurally stable and all top and bottom boards must be attached and in good condition

 

 

Maximum weight of pallets: 1,700 lbs.

 

Pallet built height should be a minimum of 72” and a maximum of 84”

 

Stretch wrap must be used to secure the product and must grasp the corners of the pallet

 

Pallet labels are to be used on each pallet

 

Pallet labels should include: PO number, product item number, pallet carton total

 

Pallet labels should be approximately 8 1/2” x 11” to ensure clear visibility

 

Pallets must be packed such that the cartons are flush with the pallet; overhanging cartons will be subject to damage. This will result in a Vendor Chargeback

 

Pallets must be built as a stable interlocking block, without column stacking

 

Pallets cannot be built with a hollow center

 

Direct to Store Deliveries via 3rd Party Carriers

 

Five Below stores have the ability to receive Vendor deliveries via third party carriers (FedEx, UPS). These requirements apply to all 3rd party direct to store deliveries.

 

Any palletized orders that ship Direct to Store must be delivered by trucks with lift-gates

 

Consignee name and address must match PO

 

PO number and carton count must be noted on BOL

 

Scannable Barcode must be present on invoice or carton or pallet label for store to scan

 

Carrier must sign for the number of cartons and pallets. If the BOL is signed “said to contain” or “STC”, Carrier avoids responsibility for all shortages and Vendor will be responsible

 

Five Below will sign as “said to contain / subject to count” or “STC” upon receipt

 

The proper weight of the shipment must be listed on the BOL

 

The shipper is responsible for providing the correct freight classification and including it on the BOL

 

Vendor is not to indicate any additional services, or service upgrades on the BOL, without prior written permission from Five Below

 

It is the Vendor’s choice whether to obtain insurance for the shipment, however, Five Below will not honor any insurance charges that are billed by the Vendor

 

Risk of loss transfers to Five Below only upon written acceptance of the goods by Five Below Manager

 

  
 27 

 

 

Direct to Store Delivery Appointments and Receiving Process

 

All deliveries must occur during regular business hours (10am – 5pm) unless otherwise scheduled or agreed to by Five Below. Contact the Five Below DTS Store Transportation at DTSService@fivebelow.com for requests

 

EDI: Direct to Store deliveries must utilize EDI documents 850, 855, 856, 810.

 

oThe 856 ASN must match the invoice.

 

oCarton number listed on ASN must match the carton or pallet label for stores to scan.

 

oMultiple carton numbers on one ASN is acceptable.

 

oASN must be transmitted with shipment (not after shipment).

 

oASN delivery date should be a best estimate.

 

oNo backorders.

 

oDuplicate line items with the same sku and store are not acceptable.

 

All deliveries shipped direct by the Vendor must be signed for and verified against a provided invoice by a Five Below Store Manager

 

Five Below does not accept unauthorized items.

 

Discrepancies must be acknowledged by a Five Below Store Manager and notated on the provided invoice

 

All deliveries shipped via third party carriers must be signed for by a Five Below Store Manager

 

Inside delivery required

 

All Vendors whose representatives are required to enter a Five Below location must ensure that such representatives follow the Vendor General Conduct Requirements herein.

 

For assistance on new store openings and scheduling please email DTSService@fivebelow.com

 

Direct to Store Invoicing Process

 

All Direct to Store deliveries are Prepaid. Vendor is responsible for the selection of carrier and shipping costs.

 

Vendors are to submit all merchandise invoices through SPS via EDI 810. For inquiries, email invoices@fivebelow.com

 

Five Below Stores are not authorized to provide payment for any direct to store deliveries.

 

Direct to Store Contact Information

 

For Five Below Direct to Store delivery guidance or inquiries, contact: DTSService@fivebelow.com

 

Five Below Corporate Office:
701 Market Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19106

Main: 215-546-7909

 

J. Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI)

 

 

Vendor Managed Inventory Program

 

The Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) program allows the Vendor to manage inventory at Five Below stores. Vendor shall have the responsibility to replenish store inventories for Goods which Five Below authorizes.

 

  
 28 

 

 

Vendor shall provide Five Below with the level of performance as specified in the Service Level Agreement (SLA).

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein or agreed to in writing, the provisions of the Five Below Routing, Packaging and Vendor Compliance Guide apply.

 

Service Level Agreement (SLA)

 

Vendor and Five Below agree to share all the information needed to support VMI over electronic data interchange (EDI).

 

Handling out of stock (OOS) issues

 

Five Below and Vendor shall inform each other promptly if signs of an OOS become evident

 

When a longer OOS (more than 7 days) occurs for the first time, Five Below and Vendor will meet, wherein further steps will be jointly agreed upon in writing

 

Delivery Terms

 

Five Below or Vendor shall inform the other party 10 days in advance if there will not be a delivery (i.e. physical inventories, December holiday season, etc.). During such non-delivery period exceeding max quantities are OOS are allowed temporarily until the next delivery

 

Agreed Assortment

 

Duration of assortment will be agreed upon, in advance, by Five Below Merchandise Buyer and Vendor. In the event assortments differ by store locations, the assortment will be specified by location

 

Updates to assortment (new products, replacements and delisting of products) will be mutually planned

 

Unauthorized items are not permitted. All items must be pre-approved by Merchandise Buyer and must have a Five Below SKU associated therewith. Five Below may refuse payment for unauthorized items

 

Each item of Goods ordered must have a standard UPC with a scannable barcode

 

Clearance/Returns/Expired Goods

 

Candy and food Vendors are responsible for expired and unsaleable Goods. Vendor will credit Five Below for cost of any and all expired and/or unsaleable Goods

 

Vendor Managed Inventory Invoicing Process

 

All Direct to Store deliveries are Prepaid. Vendor is responsible for selection of carrier and shipping costs.

 

Vendors are to submit all merchandise invoices through SPS via EDI 810. For inquiries, email invoices@fivebelow.com

 

Five Below Stores are not authorized to provide payment for any direct to store deliveries.

 

VMI Store Execution Contact Information

 

For Five Below Vendor Managed Inventory guidance or inquiries, contact: DTSService@fivebelow.com

 

Five Below Corporate Office:
701 Market Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19106

Main: 215-546-7909

 

  
 29 

 

 

Vendor General Conduct Requirements

 

Vendor representatives are expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner when visiting Five Below stores. They not only represent their company but are representatives for Five Below as well. Vendors will make every attempt to assist customers while in our stores to the extent they can, or direct them to a Five Below team member.

 

The following Vendor general conduct requirements must be followed by all Vendor representatives while they are in a Five Below store. Violating these requirements will result in the Vendor representative being immediately dismissed from Five Below, with a corresponding report and request to the Vendor representative’s immediate supervisor, that they not return to any Five Below store.

 

(1)Vendors shall wear professional, appropriate clothing and footwear. Dress must be neat and clean and free from any offensive messages or graphics. Vendor appearance should be neat and clean.

 

(2)Vendors must provide proper identification when they arrive at Five Below stores. They must alert the Manager-on-Duty upon arrival, as well as at the completion of their visit. Vendors are also required to complete the Store Vendor Visit log at each visit.

 

(3)Vendors are responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and shall, at all times, be mindful of customers and employees. Vendors work areas must be kept clean and free of debris. Vendors must place waste and trash in designated containers or areas for disposal.

 

(4)Designated back stock areas will be provided in the stockroom by Store Management. These back stock areas will be the responsibility of the Vendor to maintain their product. Store teams will secure shipments received in these areas for when the Vendor arrives.

 

(5)The use of Five Below shopping carts, lifts, ladders or any other store equipment is prohibited without prior Five Below authorization.

 

(6)Vendors shall not use profanity and/or sexual harassing/ insulting/ discriminatory/ threatening, unprofessional language while in Five Below or in dealing with the Five Below store teams.

 

(7)The use of tobacco products, including the use of e-cigarettes, vaping pipes and chewing tobacco, are strictly prohibited at Five Below and are only permitted in designated outside smoking areas.

 

(8)The use of alcohol and other drugs, on Five Below property, is strictly prohibited. Vendors who use alcohol and/or illicit drugs away from Five Below and are suspected of being under the influence will be removed from the facility and prohibited from returning.

 

(9)Vendors are subject to inspection of all bags/cases/totes/boxes that are brought onto Five Below premises. Vendors found to have knowledge of a theft or unauthorized possession of Five Below property will be directed to leave Five Below immediately, become subject to prosecution, and/or reported to Vendor’s direct supervisor.

 

(10)Vendors must first pay for any Five Below products and retain receipt(s) for said product while at Five Below.

 

(11)Vendors must comply with any and all Five Below policies and procedures while in a Five Below store relating to minimal contact and social distancing, personal hygiene, and the wearing of masks and other personal protective equipment (PPE). Such vendors shall also follow the guidance of local, state and federal governments in regard to physical distancing and the wearing of masks and other PPE.

 

  
 30 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Commission Agreement

 

This Commission Agreement (“Agreement”), dated on lst April, 2022 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into between JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong Company with an address of Unit G, 4/F, Kaiser Estate Phase 2, 47-53 Man Yue Street, Hung Horn, Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and [redacted], a US Company with an address of [redacted] (hereinafter referred to as the “Sales”) (collectively refer to as the “Parties”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follow:

 

1.Cooperation

 

This Agreement serves as authorization for the Sales to sell the product(s) on behalf of the Company. Sales agrees to sell the product(s) on behalf of the Company for a commission. The Parties agree that the prices of the product will be set by the Company, that the Company will obtain and provide the promotional materials (if any). The Cooperation Terms of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and remains perpetual,

 

2.Commission Structure

 

The Parties agree to the below Commission Structure. This Commission Structure may be revised at any time by the Company, by amending this Agreement and upon serving a written notice to Sales. The Sales shall earn a percentage of each sale as Commission based on the invoice amount as set out below. Commission shall be paid to Sales every six (6) months.

 

Customer

  Commission Percentage
Five Below   [redacted]
Other US retailers   [redacted]

 

3.Confidentiality

 

During the course of this Agreement, it may be necessary for the Company to share proprietary information, including trade secrets, industry knowledge, and other confidential information, to the Sales in order for the Sales to successfully sell the Product. The Sales will not share any of this proprietary information at any time. The Sales also will not use any of this proprietary information for the Sales’ personal benefit at any tune. This section remains in full force and effect even after termination of the Agreement by it’s natural termination or the early termination by either party.

 

Page 1 of 3

 

 

4.Termination

 

This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either Party upon written notice to the other party. The Company will be responsible for payment of all Commissions earned up to the date of termination.

 

Upon termination, the Sales shall return all the Company’s content, materials, and associated work product, if applicable, to the Company at its earliest convenience, but in no event beyond thirty (30) days after the date of termination.

 

5.Representations and Warranties

 

Both Parties represent that they are fully authorized to enter into this Agreement. The performance and obligations of either Party will not violate or infringe upon the rights of any third-party or violate any other agreement between the Parties, individually, and any other person, organization, or business or any law or governmental regulation.

 

6.Severability

 

In the event any provision of this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, that part shall be severed from the remainder of the Agreement and all other provisions should continue in full force and effect as valid and enforceable.

 

7.Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, without regard to its conflicts of law rules. The Parties agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is specifically excluded from application to this Agreement.

 

Any dispute, controversy, difference or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof or any dispute regarding non-contractual obligations arising out of or relating to it shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (HKIAC) under the HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules in force when the Notice of Arbitration is submitted. The seat of arbitration shall be Hong Kong. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English.

 

8.Assignment

 

Sales may not assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, whether by operation of contract, law or otherwise, except with the express written consent of Company, and any attempted assignment by Sales in violation of this Section is void.

 

Page 2 of 3

 

 

9.Language

 

This Agreement is drafted in the English language. In the event that this Agreement is translated into any other languages, the English language version shall prevail. All nouns herein shall apply to both their singular or plural forms as the context may require.

 

10.Entire Agreement and Modification

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Company and Sales, and supersedes in its entirety any and all previous oral or written agreements, assurances, representations, communications and understandings existing between Company and Sales with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended or supplemented in writing that refers explicitly to this Agreement and is signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties.

 

The Parties agree to the terms and conditions set forth above as demonstrated by their signatures as follows:

 

Company   Sales
   
JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited    

 

Page 3 of 3

Exhibit 15.1

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

JM Group Limited

 

LETTER IN LIEU OF CONSENT FOR REVIEW REPORT

 

We have reviewed, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of JM Group Limited and its subsidiary for the six-month periods ended March 31, 2024 and 2025, as indicated in our report dated August 12, 2025; because we did not perform an audit, we expressed no opinion on that information.

 

We also are aware that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, is not considered a part of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.

 

  /s/ WWC, P.C.
San Mateo, California WWC, P.C.
September 11, 2025 Certified Public Accountants
  PCAOB ID No. 1171

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Amendment No.1 to Form F-1 of JM Group Limited (the “Company”) of our report dated May 28, 2025, except for Note 15, Note 17 and Note 19, for which the date is August 12, 2025,under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the audit of the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of September 30, 2023 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2024, and the related notes included herein.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

    /s/ WWC, P.C.
San Mateo, California   WWC, P.C.
September 11, 2025   Certified Public Accountants
    PCAOB ID: 1171

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP
Suites 3304-3309, 33/F
Jardine House
One Connaught Place
Central, Hong Kong
 
天元律師事務所
有限法律責任合夥
香港中環康樂廣場1
怡和大廈333304-3309
 
T: +852 3500 8638
F: +852 3579 1969
www.tylaw.com.cn

 

BY EMAIL AND BY HAND

 

September 11, 2025

 

JM Group Limited

Unit 812, 8/F, Harbour Center Tower 1,

1 Hok Cheung Street, Hung Hom, Kowloon,

Hong Kong

 

Attn: The Board of Directors

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: Hong Kong Legal Opinion in relation to JM Group Limited (the “Company”)

 

1.We act as legal advisers to the Company (the “Engagement”) as to the matters of the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“Hong Kong”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, relating to the Company’s proposed offering (the “Offering”) and listing of the ordinary shares of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange. We are qualified lawyers of Hong Kong and as such are qualified to issue this opinion (the “Opinion”) on the laws and regulations of Hong Kong effective as of the date hereof. We have been requested to provide the Opinion on the matters set forth below.

 

Applicable Law

 

2.The Opinion is confined solely to the laws of Hong Kong as applied by the Hong Kong courts as at the date of the Opinion. Accordingly, we express no opinion with regard to any system of law other than the laws of Hong Kong as at the date hereof as currently applied by the Hong Kong courts. The Opinion is to be construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong. In the Opinion, the laws of Hong Kong refer to Hong Kong domestic law only, without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law. We do not undertake to advise you of any change in facts or law relevant to the Opinion or the opinions expressed herein after the date hereof.

 

Assumptions

 

3.For the purpose of giving the Opinion, we have examined the documents provided by the Company’s subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong, JM Manufacturing (HK) Limited (the “HK Subsidiary”), and obtained other relevant documents as we deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering the Opinion. Where certain facts were not independently established and verified by us, we have relied upon statements issued or made by, among others, appropriate representatives of the Company or the HK Subsidiary.

 

 

 

Beijing | Shanghai | Shenzhen | Chengdu | Hangzhou | Xi’an | Haikou | Suzhou | Guangzhou | Hefei | Kunming | Nanjing | Wuhan | Hong Kong

A list of the names of partners of Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP may be inspected at our offices at the address set out above

 

 

 

 

4.In rendering the Opinion, we have made due inquiries as to other facts and questions of law as we deem necessary.

 

5.Company searches conducted by us with the Companies Registry are limited in respect to the information it produces. Also, the company searches do not determine conclusively whether or not an order has been made or a resolution has been passed for the winding up of a company or for the appointment of a liquidator or other person to control the assets of a company as notice of such matters might not be filed immediately and, once filed, might not appear immediately on a company’s public file.

 

6.In rendering the Opinion, we have, without any further enquiry or independent verifications, made the following assumptions (the “Assumptions”):

 

(i)all signatures, seals and chops are genuine, each signature on behalf of a party thereto is that of a person duly authorized by such party to execute the same, all documents (the “Documents”) submitted to us in relation to the Engagement as originals are authentic, and all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the originals;

 

(ii)each of the parties (other than the HK Subsidiary) to the Documents, (a) if a legal person or other entity, is duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation; or (b) if an individual, has full capacity for civil conduct; each of them, has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its/her/his obligations under such documents to which it is a party in accordance with the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation or the laws that it/she/he is subject to;

 

(iii)the Documents remain in full force and effect on the date of the Opinion and have not been revoked, amended or supplemented, and no amendments, revisions, supplements, modifications or other changes have been made, and no revocation or termination has occurred, with respect to any of such Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of the Opinion;

 

(iv)the Documents contain all relevant information which is material for the purposes of the Opinion and there is no other agreement, undertaking, representation or warranty (oral or written) and no other arrangement (whether legally binding or not) between all or any of the parties or any other matter which renders such information inaccurate, incomplete or misleading or which affects the conclusions stated in the Opinion;

 

-2-

 

 

(v)the information disclosed by the company searches referred to above is accurate and complete as at the time of the Opinion and conforms to records maintained by the Company and the companies involved. The search would not fail to disclose any information which had been filed with or delivered to the Companies Registry but had not been processed at the time when the search was conducted;

 

(vi)the laws of jurisdictions other than Hong Kong which may be applicable to the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of the Documents are complied with;

 

(vii)the instructions and information provided by the Company to us are true and accurate to our best belief; and

 

(viii)there has been no change in the information contained in the latest records of Company and the companies involved under the Companies Registry made up to the issuance of the Opinion.

 

Opinions

 

7.Subject to the Assumptions, Qualifications (as defined below) and limitations set forth herein and subject to any matters not disclosed to us, and having regard to such considerations of the laws of Hong Kong in force as at the date of the Opinion as we consider relevant, we are of the Opinion that:

 

(i)the statements set forth in the Registration Statement on the cover page and under the captions “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Business — Governmental Regulations”, “Regulations”, “Legal Matters” in each case insofar as such statements purport to describe or summarise the Hong Kong legal matters stated therein as at the date hereof, are true and accurate in all material respects, and fairly present and summarise in all material respects the Hong Kong legal matters stated therein as at the date hereof; and

 

(ii)the statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation — Hong Kong Profits Taxation” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” are true and accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinions.

 

Qualifications

 

8.Our opinion expressed above is subject to the following qualifications (the “Qualifications”):

 

(i)the Opinion is limited to the laws of Hong Kong of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any views on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong. Accordingly, we express or imply no opinion directly or indirectly on the laws of any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong;

 

(ii)the laws of Hong Kong referred to herein are laws and regulations publicly available and currently in force on the date hereof and there is no guarantee that any of such laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, will not be changed, amended or revoked in the future with or without retrospective effect;

 

-3-

 

 

(iii)the Opinion is subject to the effects of (a) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (b) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (c) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defences, or calculation of damages; and (d) the discretion of any competent Hong Kong legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in Hong Kong;

 

(iv)the Opinion is issued based on the laws of Hong Kong that are currently in effect. For matters not explicitly provided under the laws of Hong Kong, the future interpretation, implementation and application of the specific requirements under the laws of Hong Kong are subject to the final discretion of competent Hong Kong legislative, administrative and judicial authorities, and there can be no assurance that the government agencies will not ultimately take a view that is contrary to our opinion stated above;

 

(v)we may rely, as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deem proper, on certificates and confirmations of responsible officers of the Company and public searches conducted in Hong Kong;

 

(vi)the Opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein. It should be read as a whole and each paragraph of the opinion should not be read independently; and

 

(vii)as used in the Opinion, the expression “to our best knowledge” or similar language with reference to matters of fact refers to the current actual knowledge of the solicitors of this firm who have worked on matters for the Company in connection with the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereunder. We have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of any fact, and no inference as to our knowledge of the existence or absence of any fact should be drawn from our representation of the Company or the rendering of the Opinion.

 

Consent

 

The Opinion is delivered solely for the purpose of and in connection with the Registration Statement publicly filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date of the Opinion and may not be used for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

 

We hereby consent to the use of the Opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ Tian Yuan Law Firm LLP  
TIAN YUAN LAW FIRM LLP  

 

-4-